SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 


 

FORM 20-F

 

o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

OR

 

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003

 

 

 

OR

 

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

 

 

For the transition period from                  to                 

 

Commission file number 1-15028

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

N/A

 

Hong Kong

(Translation of Registrant’s Name Into English)

 

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

 

 

75 th Floor, The Center
99 Queen’s Road Central
Hong Kong
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered

Ordinary shares, par value HK$0.10 per share

 

New York Stock Exchange, Inc.*

 


*                                          Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. of American depositary shares, or ADSs, each representing 10 ordinary shares.

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None
(Title of class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None
(Title of Class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

12,553,172,070 Ordinary Shares as of December 31, 2003.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes     ý                                     No  o

 

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

 

Item 17     o      Item 18     ý

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements

 

 

 

Certain Definitions

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

 

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

 

 

Item 3. Key Information

 

 

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

 

 

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

 

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

 

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

 

 

Item 8. Financial Information

 

 

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

 

 

 

Item 10. Additional Information

 

 

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

 

 

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

 

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

 

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

 

 

 

Item 16A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

 

 

Item 16B.  Code of Ethics

 

 

 

Item 16C.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

 

 

Item 16D.  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

 

 

Item 16E.  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

 



 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 17.  Financial Statements

 

 

 

Item 18.  Financial Statements

 

 

 

Item 19.  Exhibits

 

 



 

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report for the year ended December 31, 2003 contains forward-looking statements that are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties.  Such forward-looking statements include, without limitation, our strategy and future plan, our capital expenditure plan, our future business condition and financial results, our abilities to expand network capacity and increase network efficiency, our ability to develop new technology applications and offer new services, the advantages of code division multiple access, or CDMA, technology and our ability to realize such advantages and successfully execute our CDMA-related strategy, our ability to leverage our position as an integrated telecommunications operator and expand into new businesses and new markets, future growth of market demand for our services, and future regulatory and other developments in the Chinese telecommunications industry.

 

Such forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events.  Actual results may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, without limitation, any changes in the regulatory policies of the Ministry of Information Industry, or MII, and other relevant government authorities in China, the effects of competition on the demand and price of our telecommunications services, any changes in telecommunications and related technology and applications based on such technology, and changes in political, economic, legal and social conditions in China including the Chinese government’s policies with respect to economic growth, foreign exchange, foreign investment and entry by foreign companies into China’s telecommunications market.  In addition, our future network expansion and other capital expenditure and development plans are dependent on numerous factors, including the availability of adequate financing on acceptable terms, the adequacy of currently available spectrum or availability of additional spectrum and the adequate and timely supply of equipment when required.  Please also see the “Risk Factors” section under Item 3.

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this annual report, references to “us”, “we”, “our,” the “Company” and “Unicom” are to China Unicom Limited.  Unless the context otherwise requires, these references include all of our subsidiaries.  In respect of any time prior to our incorporation, references to “us”, “we”, “our” and “Unicom” are to the telecommunications businesses in which our predecessors were engaged and which were subsequently assumed by us.  All references to “Unicom Group” are to China United Telecommunications Corporation, our indirect controlling shareholder.  Unless the context otherwise requires, these references include all of its subsidiaries, including us and our subsidiaries.  Please also see “A. History and Development of the Company –Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” under Item 4 for our current shareholding structure.

 



 

PART I

 

Item 1 .  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 2 .  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 3 .  Key Information

 

A.                                     Selected Financial Data

 

The following table presents our selected consolidated income statement data for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003.  The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and income statement and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and income statement and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this annual report.  The financial statements for periods prior to our restructuring and initial public offering in 2000 reflect historical results of operations and financial positions of the businesses that were transferred to us from Unicom Group in 2000 in contemplation of our initial public offering.

 

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Hong Kong, or HK GAAP.  Under HK GAAP, prior to 2003, deferred taxation was accounted for at the current taxation rate in respect of timing differences between net income as computed for taxation purposes and net income as stated in the income statement. A deferred tax asset was not recognized unless the related benefits are expected to crystallize in the foreseeable future. Upon the adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003, deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date are used to determine deferred taxation. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Under HK GAAP, the adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003 represents a change in accounting policy which has been applied retrospectively so that the comparative data presented have been restated to conform to the changed policy. A detailed description is set forth in Note 3(a) to the financial statements.

 

In addition, financial statements prepared in accordance with HK GAAP vary in certain material respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or US GAAP.  In accordance with HK GAAP, we adopted the purchase method to account for our acquisition from Unicom Group of certain cellular businesses and assets held by Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or Unicom New Century, and Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or Unicom New World.  The acquisition of Unicom New Century became effective on December 31, 2002 and the acquisition of Unicom New World became effective on December 31, 2003, as described in “A. History and Development of the Company – Restructuring and Acquisition of Unicom New Century” and “– Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” under Item 4.  Accordingly, our consolidated income statements and, except as otherwise noted, all other HK GAAP financial information presented in this annual report include the operating results of Unicom New Century only for the year ended

 



 

December 31, 2003, and do not include the operating results of Unicom New World.  Under the purchase method, our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2002 includes the financial position of Unicom New Century and our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 includes the financial position of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World.  In contrast, under US GAAP, these acquisitions would be accounted for as transfers of entities under common control.  The financial statements prepared under US GAAP would retroactively be restated for all periods presented on a combined basis as if the acquisitions had been in effect since inception, whereby related assets and liabilities of the acquired businesses would be accounted for at historical cost and the results of operations of the acquired businesses would be included in the consolidated financial statements for the earliest period presented.

 

Under HK GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging Corporation Ltd., or Guoxin Paging, on December 31, 2003 by us to Unicom Group has been accounted for as a sale of discontinued operation. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 was recorded as the loss on sale of discontinued operation in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003. The operating results of Guoxin Paging from January 1, 2003 to the effective date of the sale of Guoxin Paging were included in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003.  Under US GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group is considered a transfer of business between entities under common control and accounted for at historical cost of the net assets transferred, after reduction, if appropriate, for an indicated impairment of value. In addition, under US GAAP, the results of operations of a component or segment of an entity that has been disposed of should be reported in discontinued operations as a separate component of income, separated from continuing operations, in the period in which the disposal occurred and in prior periods. Accordingly, all the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been grouped into and reported in the income statement as “Discontinued operation - Loss from discontinued operation” under US GAAP.

 

See Note 41 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report for a summary of the principal differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP that have a significant effect on our financial statements.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31

 

 

 

1999

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$(1)

 

 

 

(in millions, except number of shares and per share data)

 

Income Statement Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hong Kong GAAP (As restated) (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cellular Business

 

5,314

 

12,188

 

20,505

 

30,613

 

56,927

 

6,878

 

GSM Business

 

5,314

 

12,188

 

20,505

 

27,388

 

40,304

 

4,870

 

CDMA Business

 

 

 

 

3,225

 

16,623

 

2,008

 

Paging Business

 

9,047

 

8,483

 

4,342

 

2,161

 

1,403

 

170

 

Long Distance Business

 

 

556

 

1,489

 

2,766

 

2,273

 

275

 

Data Business

 

79

 

481

 

1,550

 

2,173

 

2,624

 

317

 

Internet Business

 

 

59

 

270

 

620

 

813

 

98

 

Total service revenue

 

14,440

 

21,767

 

28,156

 

38,333

 

64,040

 

7,738

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

3,010

 

1,925

 

1,237

 

2,244

 

3,596

 

434

 

Total operating revenue

 

17,450

 

23,692

 

29,393

 

40,577

 

67,636

 

8,172

 

Operating expenses

 

(14,634

)

(18,470

)

(24,129

)

(33,253

)

(59,122

)

(7,143

)

Operating income

 

2,816

 

5,222

 

5,264

 

7,324

 

8,514

 

1,029

 

Loss on sale of discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging)

 

 

 

 

 

663

 

80

 

 

2



 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31

 

 

 

1999

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$(1)

 

 

 

(in millions, except number of shares and per share data)

 

Income before taxation

 

1,759

 

4,482

 

5,463

 

6,303

 

6,096

 

737

 

Net income

 

927

 

3,324

 

4,602

 

4,598

 

4,217

 

510

 

Basic net income per share (3)

 

0.095

 

0.297

 

0.367

 

0.366

 

0.336

 

0.041

 

Number of shares outstanding for basic net income per share (in thousands) (3)

 

9,725,000

 

11,208,224

 

12,552,996

 

12,552,996

 

12,553,010

 

12,553,010

 

Diluted net income per share (3)

 

 

0.297

 

0.367

 

0.366

 

0.336

 

0.041

 

Number of shares outstanding for diluted net income per share (in thousands) (3)

 

9,725,000

 

11,208,224

 

12,552,996

 

12,552,996

 

12,568,683

 

12,568,683

 

Basic net income per ADS (4)

 

0.953

 

2.966

 

3.666

 

3.663

 

3.359

 

0.406

 

Number of ADS outstanding for basic net income per share  (in thousands) (3)

 

972,500

 

1,120,822

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,301

 

1,255,301

 

Diluted net income per ADS (4)

 

 

2.966

 

3.666

 

3.663

 

3.355

 

0.405

 

Number of ADS outstanding for diluted net income per share (in thousands) (3)

 

972,500

 

1,121,968

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,300

 

1,256,869

 

1,256,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GAAP (As restated) (2)&(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue

 

 

 

32,501

 

50,415

 

71,958

 

8,694

 

Operating income from continuing operations

 

 

 

7,921

 

9,753

 

10,701

 

1,293

 

Net income before discontinued operation, and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy

 

 

 

5,866

 

5,493

 

6,070

 

733

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

710

 

422

 

1,342

 

162

 

Effect of change in accounting policy(transitional adjustment of goodwill impairment upon the adoption of SFAS 142)

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

5,155

 

5,028

 

4,728

 

571

 

Basic net income per share before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy (3)

 

 

 

0.467

 

0.438

 

0.484

 

0.058

 

Basic net income per ADS before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy (4)

 

 

 

4.673

 

4.376

 

4.836

 

0.584

 

Basic net income per share after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy (3)

 

 

 

0.411

 

0.401

 

0.377

 

0.046

 

Basic net income per ADS after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy (4)

 

 

 

4.107

 

4.006

 

3.767

 

0.455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hong Kong GAAP (As restated) (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank balances and cash

 

6,002

 

44,717

 

18,413

 

14,433

 

9,220

 

1,114

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

33,227

 

52,864

 

75,748

 

107,487

 

118,105

 

14,270

 

Total assets

 

45,504

 

113,057

 

128,278

 

149,628

 

149,838

 

18,104

 

Net assets

 

11,207

 

58,336

 

62,884

 

67,219

 

69,615

 

8,411

 

Short-term debt and current portion of other long-term debt

 

7,894

 

8,501

 

7,933

 

15,330

 

18,173

 

2,196

 

Obligations under finance lease-current portion

 

 

 

8

 

17

 

25

 

3

 

 

3



 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31

 

 

 

1999

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$(1)

 

 

 

(in millions, except number of shares and per share data)

 

Obligations under finance lease-non current portion

 

 

 

101

 

101

 

100

 

12

 

Other long-term debt

 

12,234

 

27,151

 

36,337

 

37,686

 

36,213

 

4,375

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

8,676

 

57,452

 

62,054

 

66,653

 

69,615

 

8,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GAAP (As restated) (2)&(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

118,787

 

118,124

 

14,272

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

164,636

 

150,413

 

18,173

 

Obligations under finance lease-current portion

 

 

 

 

17

 

25

 

3

 

Obligations under finance lease-non current portion

 

 

 

 

101

 

100

 

12

 

Other long-term debt

 

 

 

 

45,520

 

36,213

 

4,375

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

64,215

 

65,913

 

7,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hong Kong GAAP:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

4,511

 

9,344

 

11,078

 

13,054

 

22,565

 

2,726

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(13,930

)

(30,551

)

(46,125

)

(5,166

)

(19,051

)

(2,302

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

11,084

 

59,921

 

8,743

 

(11,868

)

(8,778

)

(1,061

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GAAP (As restated) (5):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

15,320

 

18,215

 

25,992

 

3,140

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(62,971

)

(10,256

)

(20,272

)

(2,449

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

 

21,015

 

(12,773

)

(11,379

)

(1,375

)

 


(1)                                   The translation of RMB into US dollars has been made at the rate of RMB8.2767 to US$1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfer in RMB as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December  31, 2003. The translations are solely for the convenience of the reader.

 

(2)                                   The adoption of HK SSAP12 “Income Tax” (revised) in 2003 represents a change in accounting policy which has been applied retrospectively so that the comparative data presented have been restated to conform to the changed policy. See Note 3(a) set forth in the financial statements for detailed information.

 

(3)                                   See Notes 15 and 41 to the financial statements included in this Form 20-F on how basic and diluted net income per share are calculated under HK GAAP and US GAAP, respectively.

 

(4)                                   Net income per ADS is calculated by multiplying net income per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each ADS.

 

(5)                                   The US GAAP amounts as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003 are presented as if the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World had been in existence since the beginning of the earliest period presented.

 

Historical Exchange Rates Information

 

We publish our financial statements in Renminbi, or RMB, the legal tender currency in the People’s Republic of China.  In this annual report, references to “US dollars” or “US$” are to United States

 

4



 

dollars and references to “Hong Kong dollars”, “HK dollars” or “HK$” are to Hong Kong dollars.  Solely for the convenience of the reader, this annual report contains translations of certain RMB and Hong Kong dollar amounts into US dollar amounts and vice versa at specified rates.  These translations should not be construed as representations that the RMB or Hong Kong dollar amounts actually represent such US dollar amounts or could be converted into US dollar amounts at the rates indicated or at all.  Unless otherwise stated, the translations of RMB and Hong Kong dollars into US dollars and vice versa have been made at the rate of RMB8.2767 to US$1.00 and HK$7.7640 to US$1.00, the noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers payable in RMB or Hong Kong dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2003.

 

The noon buying rates on June 1 8, 2004 were RMB8.2766 to US$1.00 and HK$7.7997 to US$1.00, respectively.  The average noon buying rates for 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were RMB8.2785, RMB8.2784, RMB8.2772, RMB8.2772 and RMB8.2771, respectively, to US$1.00, and HK$7.7599, HK$7.7936, HK$7.7996, HK$7.7996 and HK$7.7864, respectively, to US$1.00, calculated as the average of the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during each applicable year.  The following table sets forth the high and low noon buying rates between RMB and the US dollar (in RMB per US dollar) and Hong Kong dollar and the US dollar (in Hong Kong dollar per US dollar) for each month during the previous six months:

 

Period

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

(RMB per US$1.00)

 

(HK$ per US$1.00)

 

December 2003

 

8.2772

 

8.2765

 

7.7670

 

7.7628

 

January 2004

 

8.2772

 

8.2767

 

7.7775

 

7.7632

 

February 2004

 

8.2773

 

8.2769

 

7.7845

 

7.7686

 

March 2004

 

8.2774

 

8.2767

 

7.7980

 

7.7842

 

April 2004

 

8.2772

 

8.2768

 

7.8000

 

7.7870

 

May 2004

 

8.2773

 

8.2768

 

7.8010

 

7.7895

 

 

B.                                     Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C.                                     Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

D.                                     Risk Factors

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Our cellular businesses face intense competition from China Mobile Communications Corporation, or China Mobile, China Telecom Corporation Limited, or China Telecom, and China Network Communications Group Corporation, or China Netcom.  Such competition may result in slower subscriber growth, lower tariffs and higher customer acquisition costs for us, which would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

Our cellular businesses face intense competition from China Mobile.  China Mobile is the largest cellular operator in China and in our cellular service areas and has competitive advantages over us in customer base, overall network coverage and quality, financial resources, network management, technical

 

5



 

expertise and brand recognition.  We are experiencing intense competition from China Mobile in many of our cellular service areas, and such competition may continue and further intensify.  In particular, continued price competition between China Mobile and us in many service areas has accelerated the decline of the average revenue per user per month, or ARPU, of our cellular services, and adversely affected our profitability.

 

In addition, our cellular services also compete with the local wireless telecommunications services of China Telecom and China Netcom, known as “Little Smart” services, that are based on their fixed line networks and primarily utilize the personal handyphone system, or PHS, technology.  They are offered as extensions of fixed line services and, with such features as calling-party-pays arrangements, carry significantly lower tariffs than cellular services.  The “Little Smart” services were previously offered primarily in small- to medium-sized cities, but have been introduced in most major cities nationwide in 2003.  According to public reports, these services have attracted over 40 million users in China and their subscriber base is continuing to grow quickly.

 

Increased competition from the cellular services of China Mobile and the “Little Smart” services of China Telecom and China Netcom may lead to slower subscriber growth, lower usage of our services, continued price pressure and higher costs of customer acquisition, which would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

Our CDMA services may fail to gain sufficient market share.

 

We launched our CDMA services in January 2002 and introduced CDMA 1X wireless data services in March 2003.  Prior to the introduction of our CDMA services, digital cellular services in China were mostly based on the global system for mobile communications, or GSM, technology.  The majority of cellular subscribers in China today continues to be GSM subscribers.  CDMA cellular services compete with GSM services for cellular subscribers, who may be reluctant to switch to CDMA cellular services because of the need to obtain a new CDMA handset and phone number.  As of March 31, 2004, the total number of our CDMA subscribers has reached 21.62 million in our service areas. Nevertheless, CDMA technology and services have yet to gain broader market acceptance in China.  In addition, as Unicom Group only began to construct CDMA networks in 2001, the present coverage of CDMA networks may not be as extensive in some areas as the coverage of existing GSM networks, including those of our competitor, China Mobile.  CDMA services are also perceived to have limitations in international roaming due to the lack of CDMA networks in many countries.

 

Whether our CDMA services can gain broader market acceptance will continue to be subject to a number of uncertainties, including:

 

                                          whether we can attract quality CDMA cellular subscribers in sufficient numbers,

 

                                          whether the high-speed CDMA 1X wireless data services can attract sufficient targeted customers,

 

                                          whether we can effectively promote our CDMA services and successfully execute our strategy of promoting the service as “enterprise, infotainment, health-conscious and trendy” services to mid- to high-end cellular subscribers,

 

                                          whether we can successfully market a sufficient quantity and variety of high-quality CMDA handsets through our sales channels, and

 

6



 

                                          whether we can further improve the coverage of the CDMA networks in certain service areas to provide quality services necessary to attract our targeted customers.

 

As a result of these uncertainties, the growth and profitability of our CDMA cellular services and our overall business results of operation and financial condition, may be adversely affected.

 

The development of our CDMA and GSM services may not be coordinated effectively.

 

The majority of our current cellular services users subscribe to cellular services based on the GSM standard.  We mainly target our new CDMA service offerings to mid- to high-end cellular subscribers.  At the same time, our GSM cellular services primarily target the mass market.  To the extent the development of the two services is not effectively coordinated, our CDMA cellular services may compete with our GSM services for subscribers.  In 2003, a majority of our CDMA subscribers were subscribers to the GSM cellular services of our main competitor, new users of cellular services or subscribers who subscribed to our CDMA services in addition to their GSM services, but some of our CDMA subscribers were subscribers of our GSM services.  In addition, the CDMA business may also compete for our financial, management, human and other resources otherwise allocated to our GSM cellular services.  If the development of our CDMA and GSM services is not coordinated effectively or we cannot obtain adequate resources for both our GSM and CDMA cellular services, the growth and profitability of these businesses and our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects may be adversely affected.

 

Our churn rates have been increasing.

 

In accordance with the industry trend, the churn rates of our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses have been increasing.  In 2003, the churn rate of our GSM cellular services increased to 29.1% from 14.6% in 2002, and the churn rate of our CDMA cellular services reached 11.52% after its introduction in 2002.  The increase in the churn rate of our GSM services was mainly due to the following factors:

 

                                          with the revocation of one-time connection fees and the decline in prices for SIM cards, cellular subscribers’ cost of switching networks has been lowered;

 

                                          due to high competition from “Little Smart” services in the mass market, cellular operators have responded by lowering prices for cellular services, resulting in the frequent switching of networks by cost-sensitive subscribers; and

 

                                          as pre-paid services grew, the frequency of changes in phone numbers by the same customer increased, which contributed to the churn rate.

 

The increase in the churn rate of our CDMA cellular services was primarily due to the following factors:

 

                                          the termination of CDMA services by some CDMA subscribers at the end of their contract periods under the CDMA handset rental programs we began in 2002;

 

                                          the introduction of pre-paid CDMA services, which are characterized by a higher churn rate than post-paid services, led to an increase in the proportion of pre-paid services subscribers; and

 

                                          the increase in the proportion of cost-sensitive subscribers among new subscribers as a result of continuing expansion of our CDMA cellular services in the mass market.

 

7



 

Increased churn rate may adversely affect our market share and increase our costs of additional customer acquisitions and bad debt, which would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

In order to accelerate the growth of our CDMA business, we offered CDMA handset promotional packages, which increased our operating expenses in the short-term and may adversely affect our profitability.

 

In order to accelerate the development of the CDMA business and subscriber growth during the product introduction period, we began to offer certain CDMA handset promotional packages in the second half of 2002.  Under those arrangements, CDMA handsets were provided to the subscribers for their use at no additional cost to them during the specified contract periods as long as such subscribers agreed to incur a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period.  The cost of the handsets provided to subscribers under these contractual arrangements, treated as deferred customer acquisition costs, were deferred, to the extent recoverable, and amortized over the contractual periods to match with minimum contract revenue.  As of December 31, 2003, amortization of such deferred customer acquisition costs amounted to approximately RMB5,837 million and the carrying amount of such costs amounted to RMB4,447 million for our wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, China Unicom Corporation Limited, or CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World.  These promotional packages tend to increase our operating expenses and require us to maintain an inventory of CDMA handsets with the associated inventory risk.  In addition, some of those subscribers terminated our CDMA services at the end of their contractual periods and therefore increased our churn rate.  While we significantly reduced the use of such arrangements in 2003 and have decreased the carrying amount of the deferred customer acquisition costs substantially, the carrying amount of such costs remain significant.  As of March 31, 2004, the carrying amount of such costs amounted to RMB3,487 million for CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World.  As a result, although the use of these CDMA promotional packages has accelerated the growth of our CDMA business, they may adversely affect the profitability of our CDMA business and our overall results of operations.

 

Our long distance, data and Internet businesses remain relatively small comparing to the fixed line operators, and competition from China Telecom and China Netcom may adversely affect our growth and profitability in these businesses.

 

The fixed line operators of China Telecom and China Netcom currently hold a dominant market position in the public switched long distance telephony and data services markets in China in their respective service areas.  They are also the dominant providers of Internet protocol telephony, or IP telephony, and Internet access services in China.   China Telecom and China Netcom have competitive advantages over us in customer base, financial resources, network coverage and “last-mile” access.  The growth of our long distance, data and Internet businesses has been hindered by our lack of licenses to operate local telephony networks.  Competition from China Telecom and China Netcom may continue to adversely affect the growth and profitability of our long distance, data and Internet businesses and consequently our overall results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

Failure or inability to continue to expand and upgrade our networks timely and effectively and changes in telecommunications technology and technological standards could hinder our growth.

 

The growth of our businesses depends on whether we are able to continue to expand the coverage and capacity of our networks, to upgrade the technology and to improve the quality of our networks in a timely and effective manner.  Rapid growth of our cellular subscribers in some of our cellular service areas had in the past resulted in our reaching or exceeding our existing network capacity, which limited our

 

8



 

subscriber growth in those areas.   The ability to attract corporate customers for our long distance, data and Internet services often depends on our ability to construct metropolitan area networks and local access networks connecting these customers and their offices with our nationwide networks.  We also need to continue to improve the quality of our existing networks in order to enhance the quality of our services.

 

In addition, the telecommunications industry in China and elsewhere in the world is subject to rapid and significant changes in technology and technological standards.  Such changes may render our networks and systems obsolete or inadequate.  As a result of such changes, we may need to make significant changes to existing networks and infrastructure or build new networks, which may require substantial capital expenditures.

 

Our ability to expand and improve our networks is subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to achieve the following on a timely basis and on acceptable terms:

 

                                          obtain adequate financing,

                                          retain experienced management and technical personnel,

                                          obtain relevant government permits and approvals and gain access to office towers, residential buildings and other sites for network construction,

                                          enter into interconnection and other arrangements with other operators, and

                                          obtain adequate network equipment and software.

 

Difficulties we may encounter in expanding and upgrading our networks, if not adequately resolved on a timely basis, could adversely affect our competitive position, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

Obstacles in interconnection with networks of other operators could jeopardize our operations.

 

The effective provision of our cellular, long distance telephony and other services requires the interconnection between our networks and the networks of China Telecom, China Netcom, China Mobile and other operators.  Any obstacles in existing interconnection arrangements or any significant change of their terms, as a result of natural events, accidents, or for regulatory, technological, competitive or other reasons, could lead to temporary service disruptions and increased costs that can seriously jeopardize our operations and adversely affect our growth and profitability.  Difficulties in the execution of new interconnection arrangements on a timely basis and on acceptable terms, including the inability to promptly establish additional interconnection links or increase interconnection bandwidths as required, could also adversely affect our operations, growth and profitability.

 

Unicom Group, as our controlling shareholder, can exert influence on us and cause us to make decisions that may not always be in the best interests of our other shareholders.

 

Unicom Group indirectly controls an aggregate of 77.4 2% of our issued share capital.  As our controlling shareholder, it is able to influence our major business decisions through its control of our board of directors.  The interests of Unicom Group as our controlling shareholder could conflict with the interests of the other holders of our shares and ADSs.  Some of our executive directors and executive officers also serve as directors or executive officers of Unicom Group.  In addition, our operations depend on a number of services provided by Unicom Group.  It leases to us, on an exclusive basis, capacity on the CDMA network located in our cellular service areas, provides us with access to international gateways, supplies us with SIM cards and calling cards and provides equipment procurement services to us.  In addition, Unicom Group and we provide a number of services to each other, including interconnection and roaming services, sales agency and collection services, customer services and provision of premises.  See “Relationship with Unicom Group” under Item 7 of this annual report.  The interests of Unicom Group and our interests in

 

9



 

these transactions may differ and Unicom Group may cause us to make decisions that conflict with the interests of our other shareholders.

 

The internal reorganization of Unicom Group for the A Share offering has created a two-step voting mechanism that will require the approval of the minority shareholders of both our Company and the A Share Company for significant connected transactions between us and Unicom Group.

 

In October 2002, Unicom Group completed an internal reorganization of its shareholding in our company and the initial public offering in China of the ordinary shares, or A Shares, of its newly established subsidiary, China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or A Share Company.  As part of this restructuring, a portion of Unicom Group’s indirect shareholding in our company was transferred to the A Share Company, whose business is limited to indirectly holding the equity interest of our company without any other direct business operations.  A voting mechanism was established to allow public shareholders of the A Share Company to indirectly participate in our shareholders’ meetings and a two-step voting mechanism was established for the approval of connected transactions.  See “Further Restructuring of Unicom Group and Initial Public Offering of the A Share Company in 2002” under Item 4 below.  As a result, significant connected transactions between us or our subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries will require the separate approval of the independent minority shareholders both of our company and of the A Share Company.  Connected transactions approved by our independent minority shareholders nevertheless cannot proceed if they are not approved by the independent minority shareholders of the A Share Company.  This adds another necessary step of approval process for those transactions.

 

Our inability to fund our capital expenditure requirements may adversely affect our growth and profitability.

 

Although we have gradually reduced our capital expenditure in recent years, we continue to have a reasonable level of capital expenditure requirements.  We expect to require approximately RMB19.35 billion for capital expenditure in 2004.  As of December 31, 2003, the sum of our long-term and short-term interest bearing debt exceeded the amount of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits by RMB44.25 billion.  See “Liquidity and Capital Resources - Capital Expenditures” under Item 5.  In the future we may be unable to obtain the necessary financing on a timely basis and on acceptable terms, and our failure to do so may adversely affect our financial position, competitive position, growth and profitability.  Our ability to obtain acceptable financing at any time may depend on a number of factors, including:

 

                                          our financial condition and results of operations,

                                          the condition of the economy and the telecommunications industry in China,

                                          conditions in relevant financial markets in China and elsewhere in the world, and

                                          our ability to obtain any required government approvals for our market financings.

 

Fluctuations in the value of the Renminbi could adversely affect our share price and profitability and changes in the interest rate could adversely affect our cost of financing.

 

Substantially all of our revenues and operating expenses are denominated in Renminbi, while a portion of our borrowings, equipment purchases and other capital expenditures are denominated in foreign currencies.  Although the exchange rate between Renminbi and US dollars has been stable, the exchange rate of the Renminbi may become volatile against the US dollar or other currencies in the future.  Fluctuations of the Renminbi could adversely affect the value in foreign currency terms of cash flow generated from our operations or any dividends payable on our shares and ADSs, and therefore the price of

 

10



 

our shares and ADSs.  Any future Renminbi devaluations could also increase our equipment acquisition costs and operating expenses or lead to significant fluctuations in the exposure of our foreign-currency-denominated liabilities, thereby adversely affecting our profitability.

 

Most of our bank loans are borrowed from domestic banks at interest rates that vary in accordance with the standard guidance interest rates announced by relevant Chinese government authorities.  In addition, we entered into a US$700 million term loan facility with 13 financial institutions in September 2003, with variable interest rates based on the US$ LIBOR.  As a result, a significant increase in interest rates would increase our cost of new debt and the interest cost of our outstanding borrowings, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

 

Our doubtful debt ratio may continue to increase.

 

China has yet to develop an effective credit control system, and with more intense competition in the market, our doubtful debt ratio for cellular services in our service areas, calculated as the amount of provision for doubtful debt divided by revenue from cellular services, has been showing an increasing trend.  As of December 31, 2003, such ratio is 2.9%, compared to 2.7% in 2002 and 2.0% in 2001.  If the ratio continues to increase, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

Risks Relating to the Overall Telecommunications Industry in China

 

New regulations or regulatory changes relating to telecommunications tariffs and other matters may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

The Chinese government currently regulates many aspects of the telecommunications industry in China.  Deregulation of the telecommunications industry or changes in regulations and policies and uncertainties with respect to their implementation, including any regulatory measures relating to calling-party-pays arrangements or other tariff adjustments, fulfillment of telecommunications service providers’ universal service obligations and the associated expenses, usage of numbers or frequency resources and the associated fees, or standards of interconnection settlement, could significantly affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.  For example, in 2001 the government deregulated the tariffs for IP telephony services, leading to significant tariff decline for international long distance telephony services via IP telephony.  Further, the “Little Smart” services of China Telecom and China Netcom, which were previously offered primarily in small- to medium-sized cities, have been introduced in major cities nationwide.  If the Chinese government deregulates or reduces state tariff rates applicable to some of our services or modifies other regulations of the telecommunications industry in China, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

The telecommunications sector in China may not sustain its pace of rapid growth, which may adversely affect the growth and profitability of our business.

 

The telecommunications industry in China has experienced rapid growth in the last several years, especially in the cellular communications sector.  The total number of cellular subscribers in China increased from 43.2 million at the end of 1999 to 268.69 million by December 31, 2003, representing a compound annual growth rate of 57.8%.  Cellular penetration increased from 3.0% to 20.9% nationwide during the same period.  The rapid rate of growth in cellular subscribers may slow down as cellular penetration continues to increase in our cellular service areas.  In addition, average revenue per user per month, or ARPU, for the cellular communications market in China continues to decline.  For example, ARPU of our GSM subscribers declined from RMB67.3 in 2002 to RMB56.7 in 2003.  Any slow-down in the growth in China’s telecommunications sector may adversely affect the growth and profitability of our business.

 

11



 

New entrants in the telecommunications industry in China may further intensify industry competition and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Since mid-1990s, the Chinese government has taken various measures, including licensing more providers of telecommunications services, to encourage competition in the telecommunications industry.  Currently, the Chinese telecommunications market has six basic telecommunications service providers – China Telecom, China Mobile, China Netcom, China Satellite Communications Corporation, or China Satcom, China Railway Communications Co., Ltd., or China Railcom, and our company – and thousands of value-added service providers.  In addition, the government may grant additional telecommunications service licenses in the future, including additional licenses to provide cellular services.

 

After its accession to the World Trade Organization, or WTO, in December 2001, China promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Telecommunications Companies with Foreign Investment, implementing its commitments to the WTO.  Those commitments include the gradual reduction of foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and the step-by-step opening of the telecommunications market in China to foreign operators.  When the government licenses additional telecommunications service providers in the future, licensees may include operators with foreign investment.  Foreign-invested operators entering into China’s telecommunications market may have competitive advantages over us in financial resources, network management and technical expertise.

 

Increased competition from new entrants in China’s telecommunications services industry could impede the growth of our businesses, further increase competition for skilled and experienced employees, result in or exacerbate price competition and increase our customer acquisition costs and other operating expenses, and thereby adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

Actual or perceived health risks associated with the use of mobile devices could impair our ability to retain and attract customers, reduce cellular service usage or result in litigation.

 

Concerns have been expressed in some countries that the electromagnetic signals emitted by wireless telephone handsets and base stations may pose health risks at exposure levels below existing guideline levels, and interfere with the operation of electronic equipment.  In addition, cellular operators have been subject to lawsuits alleging various health consequences as a result of cellular handset usage or proximity to base stations or seeking protective or remedial measures.  While we are not aware that such health risks have been substantiated, there can be no assurance that the actual, or perceived, risks associated with the transmission of electromagnetic signals will not impair our ability to retain customers and attract new customers, reduce cellular service usage or result in litigation.

 

Other Risks

 

If the Chinese government revises the current regulations that allow a foreign investment enterprise to pay foreign exchange in current account transactions, our subsidiaries’ ability to satisfy their foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us in foreign currencies may be restricted.

 

The ability of our wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, to satisfy their foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us depends on existing and future foreign exchange regulations in China.  The Renminbi is currently convertible by foreign investment enterprises in China to settle transactions under the current account, which include trade and service related foreign exchange transactions and payments of dividends and interest on foreign loans.  Renminbi currently cannot be freely converted without regulatory approval for transactions under the capital account, which include outbound foreign investment and principal payments on foreign loans.  CUCL, Unicom New

 

12



 

Century and Unicom New World, which hold substantially all of our assets and through which we conduct substantially all of our business, are foreign investment enterprises in China.  This status allows them to purchase foreign exchange at designated foreign exchange banks for settlement of current account transactions without the approval of the State Administration for Foreign Exchange.  However, the relevant Chinese government authorities may in the future impose limitation on the ability of foreign investment enterprises to purchase foreign exchange to satisfy their foreign exchange obligations or to pay dividends in the future.  In that event, our subsidiaries’ ability to satisfy their foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us in foreign currencies may be restricted.

 

Uncertainties in the Chinese legal system could limit the legal protections available to us and to foreign investors.

 

Our wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, are organized under the laws of China and are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment enterprises in China.  The Chinese legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes.  Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which decided legal cases may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.  Since 1979, the Chinese government has promulgated laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade.  However, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published cases and their non-binding nature, interpretation and/or enforcement of these laws and regulations involves uncertainties.  Therefore, the Chinese legal system may not afford the same legal protection available to investors in the United States or elsewhere.

 

Any future outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome or similar illnesses in various parts of mainland China, Hong Kong and elsewhere may have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

 

From November 2002 to mid-2003, mainland China, Hong Kong and certain other countries, largely in Asia, experienced an outbreak of a new and highly contagious form of atypical pneumonia, now known as severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS.  This outbreak resulted in significant disruption to the lifestyles of the affected population and business and economic activity generally in the affected areas during its peak in 2003.  Areas in mainland China that were affected include areas where we have substantial business and management operations.  On July 5, 2003, the World Health Organization declared that the SARS outbreak had been contained.  However, new SARS cases were reported in certain areas of China since then .  We cannot predict at this time whether the situation may again deteriorate or the extent of its effect on our business and operations.  We cannot assure you that any new outbreak of SARS or SARS-like illnesses will not significantly disrupt our staffing or otherwise generally disrupt our operations, result in higher operating expenses for us, severely restrict the level of economic activity generally, or otherwise adversely affect our services and usage levels of our services in affected areas, all of which may result in a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

 

Item 4 .  Information on the Company

 

A.                                     History and Development of the Company

 

Industry Restructuring and Grant of New Licenses

 

Since 1993, the Chinese government has implemented a number of measures to restructure and introduce competition in the telecommunications industry.  Prior to June 1994, China Telecom was the sole provider of telecommunications services in China.  In June 1994, Unicom Group was established in accordance with the State Council’s approval to introduce competition in the telecommunications industry.

 

13



 

Since then, the Chinese government has approved Jitong Network Communications Company Limited, or Jitong, and China Netcom Corporation Ltd., or CNCL, to provide IP telephony, Internet and data services.  It has also approved China Railcom to provide most telecommunications services other than cellular services.

 

In 1999, the State Council approved a plan to restructure the former China Telecom along four business lines: fixed line, cellular, paging and satellite communications.  As a result of the restructuring, China Telecom retained the fixed line, data and Internet businesses, while China Mobile assumed the cellular business previously operated by China Telecom.  In 2002, the Chinese government further separated China Telecom into two companies, with the southern company retaining the name of China Telecom and assets and businesses in 21 provinces in southern and western China and the northern company retaining assets and businesses in 10 provinces in northern China and merging with CNCL and Jitong to form China Netcom.  As a result of the Chinese government’s efforts to introduce competition in the telecommunications industry, there is currently more than one service provider in most of the sectors within the telecommunications industry.  See “Competition” under Item 4.

 

History of Unicom Group

 

As part of its efforts to introduce orderly competition to the telecommunications sector in China, the State Council approved the establishment of Unicom Group in December 1993 and authorized it to build and operate cellular networks and local and long distance networks.  Unicom Group first developed a nationwide cellular network using GSM technology and a nationwide long distance telephony network.

 

In May 1997, the State Council granted approval to Unicom Group to provide data services.  The MII licensed Unicom Group to begin to provide Internet services in July 1999 and IP telephony services on a trial basis in 12 cities in April 1999 and on a nationwide basis in March 2000.  Unicom Group also offers local telephony services in the municipalities of Chengdu, Chongqing and Tianjin.  It offers satellite transmission services through its subsidiary, China United Telecommunications Satellite Communication Co. Ltd., or Unisat.

 

China-China-Foreign Arrangements of Unicom Group

 

Following its formation, Unicom Group commenced cooperation with foreign companies to develop its nationwide cellular network.  A financing structure widely known as China-China-Foreign, or CCF arrangements , was developed and used by Unicom Group and its foreign partners.  Under a typical CCF structure, the foreign partner first established a joint venture with a Chinese enterprise.  The joint venture then provided financing and technical support to a project of Unicom Group through a project cooperation contract.  In return, the joint venture obtained the right to receive a percentage of the cash flow generated by the project for a fixed number of years.  Altogether, Unicom Group adopted this CCF structure for more than 40 projects in a number of provinces and municipalities.

 

In August 1999, the MII officially announced that the CCF structure had contravened existing Chinese government policies and regulations and required that all CCF cooperation contracts be rectified and terminated.  All CCF contracts related to GSM cellular networks in our service areas have been terminated.

 

As part of the termination of CCF contracts by Unicom Group, other parties to the CCF contracts received cash payments in an amount representing their original funding plus an agreed amount of compensation.  In addition, we granted some of these parties or their designees warrants to purchase our shares.  The aggregate number of shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants was approximately 313

 

14



 

million shares.  The exercise period for all warrants terminated on June 22, 2001 and none was exercised prior to termination of the exercise period.

 

The Restructuring of Unicom Group and Our Initial Public Offering in 2000

 

We are a company limited by shares incorporated under the Companies Ordinance of Hong Kong on February 8, 2000.  Our registered office and principle executive offices are located at 75th Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (telephone number: 852-2126-2018).

 

Under a reorganization agreement, dated April 21, 2000, between Unicom Group and CUCL, Unicom Group transferred to CUCL all of its assets, rights and liabilities in connection with the following telecommunications businesses:

 

                                          its cellular businesses in 12 provinces and municipalities, including Guangdong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Fujian, Liaoning, Shandong, Hebei, Hubei and Anhui provinces and Beijing, Shanghai and Tianjin municipalities,

 

                                          its 99.67% shareholding interest in Guoxin Paging,

 

                                          its nationwide long distance telephony business, including its IP telephony business, and

 

                                          its nationwide data and Internet businesses.

 

Under an equity transfer agreement, dated April 21, 2000, among us, Unicom Group, China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and China Unicom (BVI) Limited, or Unicom BVI, Unicom Group transferred to us its 100% equity interest in CUCL, which became our wholly-owned operating subsidiary in China.  In return, we issued 9,725 million shares to Unicom BVI, then an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group.

 

We subsequently purchased the remaining 0.33% interest in Guoxin Paging from its minority shareholders, raising our ownership interest in Guoxin Paging to 100%.

 

In June 2000, we successfully completed our initial public offering of shares, or IPO, raising approximately US$5.65 billion.  Upon completion of our IPO, our shares became listed and traded on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and ADSs representing our shares became listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Further Restructuring of Unicom Group and Initial Public Offering of the A Share Company in 2002

 

After our IPO, Unicom BVI, which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited, or Unicom HK, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, directly held 77.47% of our outstanding shares.  In October 2002, Unicom Group completed an internal restructuring of its shareholding in our company.  Unicom HK transferred the total issued capital of Unicom BVI held by it to Unicom Group and Unicom BVI became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group.   Unicom Group then transferred 51% of its equity interest in Unicom BVI to the A Share Company, a newly established holding company and subsidiary of Unicom Group.  The A Share Company’s business is limited to indirectly holding the equity interest of our company without any other direct business operations.

 

Following the restructuring, Unicom Group successfully completed the IPO of the A Shares of the A Share Company in mainland China and the listing of the A Shares on the Shanghai Stock Exchange.

 

15



 

After the IPO of the A Share Company, the A Share Company transferred all of its net offering proceeds to Unicom Group in return for an additional 22.84% equity interest in Unicom BVI.  Unicom Group currently holds a 74.60% equity interest in the A Share Company.  The A Share Company in turn holds 73.84% of the total equity interest in Unicom BVI, with the remaining 26.16% held directly by Unicom Group.  Unicom BVI continues to hold 77.42% of our outstanding shares and Unicom Group remains our ultimate controlling shareholder.  See also “Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” below for the current shareholding structure of our company.

 

In accordance with the articles of association of the A Share Company and Unicom BVI, before Unicom BVI votes on a certain proposal at our shareholders’ meeting, the A Share Company must first convene its shareholders’ meeting to consider the same proposal and has the right to direct Unicom BVI to vote the shares in our company indirectly held by the A Share Company through Unicom BVI.  Unicom Group can similarly direct the voting in respect of its direct equity interest in Unicom BVI.  This mechanism for voting is designed to allow public shareholders of the A Share Company to indirectly participate in our shareholders’ meeting.

 

The voting mechanism described above, however, will not apply to the approval process for any connected transactions between us or our subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries, on which Unicom BVI will not be permitted to vote under the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.  Instead, our significant connected transactions would require the separate approvals of the public shareholders both of our company and of the A Share Company.  According to the two-step voting arrangements we and the A Share Company have established, each connected transaction between us or our subsidiaries and Unicom Group or its subsidiaries will consist of an initial agreement and a further agreement.  The initial agreement would be entered into by Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and its subsidiaries) and the A Share Company or Unicom BVI.  This agreement would contain the following terms:

 

                                          the closing of the initial agreement would be subject to the (i) successful transfer of all rights and obligations of the A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the initial agreement to us or our subsidiaries, and (ii) the approval of the further agreement by our independent shareholders, and

 

                                          Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and its subsidiaries) would agree and acknowledge that all rights and obligations under the initial agreement can be transferred to us or our subsidiaries without any further consent requirements.

 

The initial agreement will constitute a connected transaction of the A Share Company and, if certain thresholds are met, will require the approval of the public or independent shareholders of the A Share Company under the rules of the Shanghai Stock Exchange.  The further agreement would be entered into by the A Share Company or Unicom BVI and us or our subsidiaries, and would provide for the transfer of all rights and obligations of the A Share Company or Unicom BVI under the initial agreement to us or our subsidiaries.  The further agreement will constitute a connected transaction of our company and, if certain thresholds are met, will require the approval of our public or independent shareholders under the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.  This two-step structure will be used in all future connected transactions between us and Unicom Group and will effectively require the separate approvals of the public or independent shareholders both of our company and of the A Share Company for such connected transactions.

 

16



 

Restructuring and Acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

On December 31, 2002, in accordance with the two-step approach outlined above, we successfully completed the acquisition from Unicom Group of Unicom New Century, which holds cellular telecommunications businesses (including GSM assets and businesses and CDMA businesses) in the following nine provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in China:  Jilin, Heilongjiang, Jiangxi, Henan, Shaanxi and Sichuan provinces, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region and Chongqing municipality.  The total purchase price was HK$4,523,181,304 (approximately RMB4.8 billion), payable in cash.

 

Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging

 

On December 31, 2003, we successfully completed the acquisition from Unicom Group of Unicom New World, which holds cellular telecommunications businesses (including GSM assets and businesses and CDMA businesses) in the following nine provinces and autonomous regions in China: Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang autonomous regions.  The total purchase price was HK$3,014,886,000 (approximately RMB3.2 billion), payable in cash.  On the same date, we also completed the sale of the entire equity interests of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group for a total sale price of HK$2,590,917,656 (approximately RMB2.75 billion), and such proceeds were applied to our general working capital.  Both the acquisition of Unicom New World and the sale of Guoxin Paging were completed in accordance with the two-step approach outlined above.

 

Set forth below is our shareholding structure and principal operating subsidiaries after the completion of the acquisition of Unicom New World and sale of Guoxin Paging.

 

17



 

 

18



 

Our Relationship with Unicom Group

 

Unicom Group continues to own and manage the international gateways that provide international connections to our long distance network.  Unicom Group also continues to operate the following telecommunications networks:

 

                                          its cellular networks in Guizhou province,

 

                                          its local telephony networks in Chengdu, Chongqing and Tianjin municipalities,

 

                                          the satellite transmission networks operated through Unisat, and

 

                                          the paging networks operated through Unicom Paging and Guoxin Paging.

 

Unicom Group holds the licenses required for our telecommunications businesses and we derive our rights to operate our businesses from our status as a majority owned subsidiary of Unicom Group.  Under the respective reorganization agreements entered into by CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World with Unicom Group referred to above, Unicom Group undertook to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with our businesses solely for our benefit during the term of the licenses and at no cost to us.  In addition, Unicom Group undertook to take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain for our benefit such governmental licenses or approvals as we shall require to continue to operate our businesses.  Unicom Group also agreed not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the then-existing competing businesses of Unicom Group and to grant us a right of first refusal in relation to any government authorization, license or permit, or other business opportunity to develop any new telecommunications technology, product or service.  Finally, Unicom Group also gave us an undertaking not to seek an overseas listing for any of its businesses or the businesses of its subsidiaries in which we are engaged or may engage in the future, except through us.

 

In connection with the restructuring of Unicom Group and the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, we entered into a number of agreements with Unicom Group pursuant to the two-step process described in “Further Restructuring of Unicom Group and the Initial Public Offering of A Shares” above.  These include arrangements for interconnection and roaming services between the telecommunications networks owned by us and Unicom Group and for the provision or sharing of telecommunications and ancillary services and facilities between us and Unicom Group.  Unicom Group also retains its interests in its other subsidiaries that provide ancillary services to us, including the procurement of telecommunications equipment and the supply of SIM cards and calling cards.  See “B. Related Party Transactions” under Item 7.

 

Unicom Group has constructed nationwide cellular networks based on CDMA technology. The first phase of the construction was completed at the end of 2001.  We entered into lease agreements with Unicom Group to lease a portion of the network capacity and began to offer CDMA cellular services on an exclusive basis in our cellular service areas in early 2002.  In March 2003, Unicom Group substantially completed the second phase of the CDMA network construction, which included the upgrade of the network to CDMA 1X technology.  Wireless data services that utilize CDMA 1X technology have been introduced throughout our service areas.  Unicom Group operates its CDMA networks outside of our cellular service areas, in Guizhou province.  We also have an option to acquire the CDMA networks from Unicom Group.  See “B. Related Party Transactions – Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity – Lease of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7.

 

19



 

Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

 

See “Liquidity and Capital Resources - Capital Expenditures” under Item 5 for information concerning our principal capital expenditures for the previous three years and those planned for 2004.  We have not undertaken any significant divestitures.

 

B.                                     Business Overview

 

General

 

We are a n integrated telecommunications operator in China, offering a wide range of telecommunications services, including cellular, international and domestic long distance, data, Internet and, until December 31, 2003, paging services all of which are based on our advanced, uniform nationwide network system.

 

Prior to the acquisition of Unicom New Century on December 31, 2002, w e offer ed cellular communications services based on both GSM and CDMA technologies in 12 provinces and municipalities in China through our wholly-owned operating subsidiary CUCL.  After the acquisition of Unicom New Century and until our acquisition of Unicom New World on December 31, 2003, our cellular service area encompassed a total of 21 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities.   See “A.  History and Development of the Company – Restructuring and Acquisition of Unicom New Century” above.  After the acquisition of Unicom New World, our cellular service area encompassed a total of 30 provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities (i.e., all provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in China except for Guizhou province).   See “A.  History and Development of the Company – Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” above and “Cellular Services – Cellular Services of Unicom New World and of the Combined Group” below under this Item 4.

 

We and China Mobile are the two cellular service providers in our cellular service areas.  We had a total of 63.92 million GSM cellular subscribers in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century at the end of 2003, representing a 19.54% increase from 53.47 million subscribers at the end of 2002.  Our GSM cellular business is our largest business, having contributed 60.9% of our total operating revenue in the year ended December 31, 2003.  We began to offer CDMA services in January 2002 and had approximately 16.91 million subscribers in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century as of December 31, 2003.  During 2003, we increased our market share from 33.1% to 34.6% in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century, attracting approximately 39.3% of net subscriber additions in those service areas.

 

We provide traditional public switched and IP telephony international and domestic long distance, data and Internet services nationwide in China.  All of these services were launched in 2000, with the exception of our IP telephony long distance service, which was launched in 1999.  These businesses currently represent a relatively small portion of our overall business, but are growing in absolute terms and relative to the market.  Our long distance, data and Internet businesses contributed 8.4% of our total operating revenue in 2003, compared to 13.7% in 2002.

 

Outgoing public switched and IP telephony long distance calls totaled 8.44 billion and 11.39 billion minutes, respectively, in 2003, compared to 6.37 billion and 6.88 billion minutes, respectively, in 2002.  Our market share increased from approximately 11.6% in 2002 to 14.0% in terms of total outgoing long distance call minutes in 2003.  Our incoming international long distance calls (including incoming calls from Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan) totaled 1.91 billion minutes in 2003, up from 1.47 billion minutes in 2002.

 

20



 

Our data and Internet business expanded rapidly in 2003.  Total leased bandwidth of our data services increased from 1466x2 Mbps in 2002 to 7194x2 Mbps in 2003, and our Internet subscribers reached 12.43 million from 7.29 million in 2002.

 

Our fiber optic transmission network continued to expand in 2003.  As of December 31, 2003, the total cable length of our transmission network reached 569,000 km, including 115,000 km for our backbone transmission network, representing an increase of 17.1% and 4.7%, respectively, from the end of 2002.

 

Recent Developments

 

As of March 31, 2004, the total number of our GSM subscribers in all of our cellular service areas, including those of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, has increased to 75.67 million, including 40.03 million post-paid subscribers and 35.64 million pre-paid subscribers.  As of March 31, 2004, we also had a total of 21.62 million subscribers to our CDMA services.  Average minutes of usage, or MOU, for GSM services in the combined service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World were 186.5 minutes for the three months ended March 31, 2004.  Average MOU for CDMA services in the combined service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World were 295.2 minutes for the three months ended March 31, 2004.  ARPU for GSM services in the combined service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World was RMB53 for the three months ended March 31, 2004.  ARPU for CDMA services in the combined service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World was RMB93.7 for the three months ended March 31, 2004.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2004, outgoing public switched long distance calls totaled 2.281 billion minutes, including 2.248 billion minutes of domestic long distance calls and 0.034 billion minutes of international long distance calls (including calls to Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan).  Outgoing IP telephony long distance calls totaled 3.072 billion minutes for the first three months of 2004, including 3.042   billion minutes of domestic long distance calls and 0.031 billion minutes of international long distance calls (including calls to Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan).  As of March 31, 2004, our Internet subscribers reached 12.82 million.

 

Cellular Services

 

Our cellular business is our largest business, with our GSM and CDMA businesses together having contributed 88.4% of our total operating revenue in 2003.  Prior to the acquisition of Unicom New World, we offered cellular services in Guangdong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Fujian, Liaoning, Shandong, Anhui, Hebei, Hubei, Jilin, Heilongjiang, Jiangxi, Henan, Shaanxi and Sichuan provinces, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region and Beijing, Shanghai, Tianjin and Chongqing municipalities.  These cellular service areas hosted approximately 30.1% of China’s total cellular subscriber population at the end of 2003 and are economically more developed and generally more prosperous than other areas in China.  After the acquisition of Unicom New World, effective on December 31, 2003, our cellular service areas expanded to include Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang autonomous regions.  These areas hosted approximately 34.1% of China’s total cellular subscriber population at the end of 2003.  See “A. History and Development of the Company –Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” above and “– Cellular Services – Cellular Services of Unicom New World and of the Combined Group” below under this Item 4.

 

We offer both GSM and CDMA cellular services.  We began to offer GSM cellular services in 1995 and currently most of our existing cellular users subscribe to our GSM cellular services.  We began to offer CDMA cellular services in January 2002.  After a trial period of three months, we launched our CDMA services in April 2002.   In August 2003, we introduced pre-paid CDMA services, which are currently provided in 17 cellular service areas.  With such advantages as better voice quality, better security, lower

 

21



 

handset radio transmitting power and, in the case of CDMA 1X services, high data transmission rates, we have positioned our CDMA services as “enterprise, infotainment, health-conscious and trendy” services.  We have positioned our GSM services as “price-sensitive and mass market” services.  We also offer GSM international roaming services in conjunction with 165 operators in 80 countries and regions and CDMA international roaming services in conjunction with 15 operators in 10 countries and regions.

 

We also offer SMS and a number of other value-added services to our cellular subscribers, including CDMA 1X wireless data services and GSM wireless data services under the service brand of “U-Max” and sub-brand of “Uni-Info”.

 

In 2003, our market share in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century continued to grow, from 33.1% in 2002 to 34.6% in 2003.  The continued growth is due to the following reasons:

 

                                          the expansion of our network service areas, improvements in service quality and network quality,

 

                                          continued introduction of new technologies and new services, and

 

                                          effective marketing strategies.

 

GSM Cellular Services

 

We centrally plan and oversee our provincial GSM cellular businesses, which are operated by provincial branches of our operating subsidiaries, CUCL, Unicom New Century and, after December 31, 2003, Unicom New World.  We centrally manage the key aspects of network construction such as network planning and design and selection of major equipment.  We also centrally devise the overall business strategies to be carried out by the provincial operating branches.

 

We have enhanced the quality of our GSM networks through optimization and improved network management . Our GSM cellular networks reach all cities, county centers, major highways and railways in our cellular service areas.  We continue to selectively deploy GSM systems that operate in the 1800 MHz frequency band in high-density population centers to supplement our GSM networks operating in the 900 MHz frequency band.  In 2003, we focused on ensuring the operational security and stability of our GSM networks, and will continue to manage our GSM networks to support the development of our various cellular services.

 

Post-paid Services and Pre-paid Services

 

We offer two main categories of GSM cellular services:  post-paid and pre-paid services that target different consumer segments.  We began to offer pre-paid services in 1999.  Generally, we promote our pre-paid services to migrant population and temporary residents as well as low-end subscribers and target our post-paid services at long-term residents and mid-end subscribers in our cellular service areas.

 

To subscribe for our post-paid services, a customer generally needs to produce proof of local residency or a guarantee from a local resident and sign a service contract.  A post-paid subscriber pays a monthly fee and per-minute usage and roaming charges.  In many of our cellular service areas, we require most post-paid subscribers to pay a deposit directly to us or to give a direct debit authorization to one of the commercial banks that collect service charges for us.

 

22



 

To subscribe for our pre-paid services, a customer simply purchases a SIM card with a pre-paid amount of service charges.  The customer can add to the pre-paid balance by purchasing recharge cards.  A customer of pre-paid services does not need to register with us.  Pre-paid services are therefore more suitable than post-paid services for migrant population and temporary residents in a cellular service area.  In addition, pre-paid services do not have monthly fees, but carry higher per-minute usage and roaming charges.  This fee structure is generally more attractive to lower-usage subscribers.

 

We and Unicom Group provide pre-paid services under the service brand of “Ru Yi Tong”.  These services are generally supported by intelligent networks built by us.  The intelligent networks enable us to offer nationwide roaming services and monitor in real time the account balance of pre-paid subscribers.  We also offer pre-paid services in some service areas that are based on the local billing systems and use local service brands.

 

Subscribers and Usage

 

The following table sets forth selected historical information about our GSM cellular operations and our subscriber base for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

CUCL and Unicom New
Century only,
as of or for the
year ended December 31,

 

Unicom New
World only,
as of or for the
year ended
December 31,

 

CUCL, Unicom
New Century and
Unicom New
World,
as of or for the
three months
ended March 31,

 

 

 

2001 (5)

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

2004

 

Number of subscribers (in thousands)

 

27,033

 

53,465

 

63,923

 

8.647

 

75,666

 

Post-paid

 

16,489

 

29,718

 

32,458

 

7,105

 

40,031

 

Pre-paid

 

10,544

 

23,747

 

31,465

 

1,542

 

35,635

 

Estimated market share in our service areas (1)

 

28.5

%

29.8

%

27.4

%

27.1

%

26.4

%

Average churn rate (2)

 

16.3

%

15.5

%

29.1

%

46.9

%

7.7

%

Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month (3)

 

161.2

 

165.49

 

173.70

 

204.55

 

186.5

 

Average revenue per subscriber per month (in RMB) (4)

 

86.3

 

67.34

 

56.74

 

58.34

 

53.0

 

SMS Volume

 

1.080

 

8.495

 

25.034

 

2.959

 

7.845

 

 


(1)                   Market share in a given area is determined by dividing the number of our GSM subscribers in the area by the total number of cellular subscribers in the area.  Source :  Ministry of Information Industry.

 

(2)                   Average churn rate is the rate of subscriber disconnections from our GSM cellular network, which we have determined by dividing the sum of voluntary and involuntary deactivations during the period by the average of the number of our GSM subscribers during the period.

 

(3)                   Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month is calculated by dividing the total minutes of usage during the period by the average of the number of our GSM subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the relevant period.

 

(4)                   Average revenue per subscriber per month, or ARPU, is calculated by dividing the sum of GSM cellular services revenue during the relevant period by the average of the number of our GSM subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the period.

 

(5)                   CUCL only.

 

Subscriber Increase:   Our subscriber count continued to grow rapidly.  As of December 31, 2003, the total number of GSM subscribers in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century increased to 63.92 million, including 32.46 million post-paid subscribers and 31.47 million pre-paid subscribers.  Our share of the cellular market in terms of total cellular subscribers in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century was 27.4% as of December 31, 2003.  We attracted 19.4% of the

 

23



 

net cellular subscriber additions in those service areas during 2003.  We believe that this growth was attributable to a number of factors, including:

 

                                          continued growth of the Chinese cellular telecommunications market, driven by economic growth and reduction in the cost of cellular handsets and services,

                                          continued improvement in the coverage of our GSM networks,

                                          flexible marketing, sales and distribution, and

                                          competitive pricing of our services,

                                          our continuing focus on customer service.

 

Pre-paid Subscribers:   The rate of increase in our pre-paid subscribers continues to exceed the rate of increase in our post-paid subscribers.  As of December 31, 2003, we had 31.47 million pre-paid subscribers in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century, representing 49.2% of our total subscriber base, up from 44.4% at the end of 2002.  Pre-paid subscribers represented 73.8% of our net subscriber additions in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century during 2003.

 

MOU and ARPU:   Our total minutes of usage, or MOU, and average revenue per subscriber per month, or ARPU, were 123.39 billion minutes and RMB56.7, respectively, in 2003.  The average MOU per subscriber per month was 173.7 minutes in 2003, an increase from 165.5 minutes in 2002.  The increase in MOU was attributable to increased tariff competition with our competitor, which resulted in the provision of more free minutes to subscribers.  The decreasing tariffs as a result of such competition also spurred higher usage among subscribers.  Our ARPU continued to decline in 2003 as the cellular penetration in our cellular service areas increased.  The decline in ARPU was attributable to intensified market competition and regional promotional activities that led to a decline in effective tariffs.  Our pre-paid subscribers in general have lower MOUs and ARPUs compared to our post-paid subscribers.  For the year ended December 31, 2003, the average MOU and ARPU were 108.0 minutes and RMB46.0, respectively, for our pre-paid subscribers, compared to 231.8 minutes and RMB66.2, respectively, for our post-paid subscribers.

 

Churn Rate:   For the year ended December 31, 2003, the churn rate for GSM services in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century increased from 15.5% in 2002 to 29.1%.  Our calculation of churn rate reflects those subscribers who switch to services of other operators and those whose services we disconnect as a result of account inactivity or payment delinquency.  The churn rate also includes those subscribers who switched among our cellular services and, as a result, obtained a new phone number.  For example, the calculation of the churn rate includes those subscribers who switched between our pre-paid and post-paid services and between our GSM and CDMA services.

 

The increase in the churn rate for GSM services was attributable to the following reasons:

 

                                          the revocation of one-time connection fees, which lowered the cost of switching networks for cellular subscribers;

 

                                          due to high competition from “Little Smart” services in the low-end user market, cellular operators have responded by lowering prices for cellular services, thereby facilitating the frequent switching of networks by cost-sensitive subscribers; and

 

                                          the growth in pre-paid services, which is characterized by frequent changes in phone numbers by the same customer, with each change contributing to the churn rate.

 

The Chinese government eliminated connection fees in 2001 and, as competition continues to intensify, our churn rate from subscribers voluntarily discontinuing our services may increase in the future.  The churn rate for our pre-paid services is generally higher than that for our post-paid services because of

 

24



 

the migrant and temporary nature of most pre-paid subscribers.  It is also difficult for us to develop and maintain customer relationships with pre-paid subscribers from whom we do not require registration.

 

Payment Delinquency:   Payment delinquency in general is on the rise due to intensifying competition.  As of December 31, 2003, the doubtful debt ratio for GSM cellular services in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century, calculated as the amount of provision for doubtful debt divided by revenue from GSM cellular services, is 2.8%, compared to 2.9% at the end of 2002 for CUCL.  In some of our cellular service areas we require our post-paid subscribers to deposit service charges and maintain a certain level of account balances with us or with commercial banks that collect service fees for us.  We classify the creditworthiness of our subscribers into various levels and have adopted other credit control measures.  We also closely manage payment delinquencies through confirmation of customer address and other registration information, expansion of collection channels, advance notification of inadequate deposits, close monitoring of call patterns and account balances and prompt termination of services.

 

Tariffs

 

Generally we charge our post-paid cellular subscribers the following categories of tariffs:  basic monthly fees, usage charges for both incoming and outgoing calls, roaming charges, long-distance call charges and charges for value-added services.  Pre-paid subscribers do not pay monthly fees but pay higher per-minute usage and roaming charges.

 

The cellular tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the MII, the National Development and Reform Commission and provincial price regulatory authorities.  The following table summarizes the present State guidance tariff rates for post-paid and pre-paid cellular services:

 

 

 

Post-paid Services

 

Pre-paid Services

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

Basic monthly fee

 

50

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic usage charge (per minute)

 

0.4

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic roaming charge (per minute)

 

0.6

 

 

0.8

 

 

 


Source:   MII.

 

Intense competition in our cellular service areas has resulted in tariff discounts and service promotions offered by both us and our main competitor from time to time, which may lower effective tariffs.  These discounts and promotions have taken many forms, including promotional tariff rates, free call minutes, off-peak discounts or discounts for high-usage subscribers and package service plans with fixed monthly fees.  While various features of our package service plans are coordinated on a nationwide basis, the tariff structure of the various plans are determined by our provincial and local branches based on the local competitive environment.  See “Risks Relating to the Overall Telecommunications Industry in China – New regulations or regulatory changes relating to telecommunications tariffs and other matters may adversely affect our results of operations” under Item 3.

 

We have introduced a number of package service plans in our cellular service areas.  Under these plans, subscribers pay a fixed monthly fee for a specified number of call minutes.  The plans vary in the level of the fixed monthly fee, the number of specified call minutes and the tariff rates for call minutes in

 

25



 

excess of the specified call minutes.  The terms of these plans also vary depending on the local markets and generally offer some price discounts to similar plans of our main competitor.  We have also introduced in selected cities promotional plans for certain qualified subscribers, which allow such subscribers to receive incoming calls without incurring per-minute usage charges in exchange for a fixed monthly fee.

 

In 1997, the Chinese government granted us preferential treatment by allowing us to reduce our tariffs by up to 10% below the State guidance tariff rates.  In the past, this preferential treatment has helped us capture a significant number of cellular subscribers by allowing us to market our cellular services at discounted rates.  As we and our competitor, China Mobile, introduced various package service plans and other promotional programs, the tariff structure has become more complex.  While we continue to maintain tariff levels that are generally lower than those of our main competitor, the more complex tariff structure has, to some extent, made our price advantages less obvious to subscribers compared to previous tariff schemes that were largely based on simple per-minute charges.  In 2003, as we continued to offer package service plans in our service areas, we increased the variety of such plans in order to offer our subscribers more choices and stopped offering service plans that:

 

                                          did not include settlement fees,

 

                                          permitted unlimited usage,

 

                                          were characterized as low usage, and

 

                                          were not profitable.

 

CDMA Cellular Services

 

Our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, currently has the exclusive license to offer CDMA cellular services in China.  It has constructed CDMA networks nationwide through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Unicom Horizon.  It completed construction of the initial phase of its CDMA network at the end of 2001.  We, including CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, have leased capacity on the network and operate the CDMA network in our cellular service areas.  After a trial period of three months, we formally launched our CDMA services in April 2002.  In March 2003, Unicom Group substantially completed the second phase of the CDMA network construction, which included the upgrade of the network to CDMA 1X technology, and we introduced wireless data services that utilize CDMA 1X technology.  In August 2003, we introduced pre-paid CDMA services, which are currently available in 17 cellular service areas.  Although our CDMA business over all recorded a loss for the year ended December 31, 2003, in the third quarter of 2003, our CDMA business recorded profit for the first time.

 

Unicom Group’s Construction of CDMA Networks

 

In May 2001, through Unicom Horizon, Unicom Group awarded supply contracts to a number of foreign and domestic equipment suppliers, and began to build CDMA networks nationwide.  The networks are expected to be expanded in phases.  The number and size of each phase will depend upon actual and forecast CDMA subscriber growth and anticipated capacity requirements.  In the first phase of the construction, which was completed by the end of 2001, the networks achieved a nationwide coverage of approximately 330 cities in China, with a total capacity of 15.81 million subscribers.  The portion of this network within the combined cellular service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World has a total capacity of approximately 15.62 million subscribers.

 

26



 

Through a competitive bidding process, Unicom Group was able to obtain highly attractive terms for its CDMA equipment supply contracts.  The construction of the first phase of its CDMA networks utilized to a significant extent the existing GSM infrastructure, such as base stations, switching centers and transmission capacity.

 

In March 2003, Unicom Group substantially completed the second phase of the CDMA network construction, which included the upgrade of the network to CDMA 1X technology.  The second phase of the construction also added capacity for 20.69 million additional subscribers, bringing the total capacity of the nationwide CDMA networks to approximately 36.50 million subscribers.  The portion of the CDMA networks within the combined cellular service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World has a capacity of approximately 20.38 million subscribers.  In addition, the second phase of the construction focused on improving the depth of network coverage, by deepening coverage to the level of almost all of the county-level towns and cities and increasing indoor coverage.

 

Our Lease of CDMA Networks from Unicom Group

 

Our wholly-owned operating subsidiary, CUCL, entered into a lease agreement with Unicom Group and its subsidiary Unicom Horizon, dated November 22, 2001, which sets forth the principal terms of the network capacity leasing arrangement between us and Unicom Group.  Unicom New Century and Unicom New World have also entered into lease agreements, dated November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003, respectively, with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon on similar terms and conditions.  We lease network capacity from Unicom Group and operate these CDMA networks in our cellular service areas on an exclusive basis and receive all revenue generated from the operation.  We may terminate the lease arrangements upon giving at least six months’ prior notice to Unicom Group.

 

The term of each lease is for an initial period of one year and may be renewed for further one-year terms at our option.  We leased network capacity in our cellular service areas on a quarterly basis during the first year and, thereafter, will lease network capacity on an annual basis, with the ability to request to (i) lease additional lease capacity for any initial or additional lease term and (ii) reduce lease capacity for any additional lease term.  See “B. Related Party Transactions – Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity – Lease of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7. We have leased capacity for 26.05 million, subscribers in the cellular service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, for the first half of 2004.

 

Under these leasing arrangements, we are required to make quarterly lease payments to Unicom Group for the actual amount of network capacity we lease.  The lease fee is charged on a per line basis and determined so as to enable Unicom Group to recover its total investment in constructing the network in seven years, if the full network capacity is leased, together with a rate of return on its investment of 8%.  To the extent that we have not leased or do not lease in the future the full capacity of the CDMA network in the particular period, we do not have to compensate Unicom Group for unused capacities not leased by us.  The quarterly lease fee for the first phase of the CDMA networks in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century was RMB56.4 per subscriber line leased in 2003.  The quarterly lease fee for the second phase of the CDMA network in our combined cellular service areas is RMB61.5 per subscriber line leased.

 

In addition to leasing network capacity, we will also have the option, exercisable at any time during the lease period and for an additional year thereafter, but not later than seven years following the commencement of the lease, to purchase the CDMA network in our cellular service areas.  The acquisition price will be negotiated between Unicom Group and us.  It will be based on the determination of an independent asset appraiser in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations and take into account the then prevailing market conditions and other factors.  However, the purchase price will not exceed an amount which will, taking into account all lease fee payments made by us to Unicom Horizon and lease fee

 

27



 

discounts as a result of delay of delivery, enable Unicom Horizon to recover its total network construction costs, together with an internal rate of return of 8%.  The exercise of the purchase option will be subject to the relevant provisions of the listing rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange governing connected transactions, including approvals of our minority shareholders.  Also see “B. Related Party Transactions  -  Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity - Lease of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7.

 

Services

 

The CDMA services we offer in our cellular service areas include basic voice and value added services such as call forwarding and voicemail, caller identity display, SMS services and CDMA 1X data services.  In addition to post-paid CDMA services, we launched pre-paid CDMA services under the service brand of “Ru Yi 133” in 17 cellular service areas in August 2003.  The features of our pre-paid and post-paid CDMA services are similar to pre-paid and post-paid GSM services.  See “B. Business Overview – Cellular Services – GSM Cellular Services – Post-paid Services and Pre-paid Services” under this Item 4.  We have begun operations of the CDMA 1X networks in all of the major cities in our cellular service areas.

 

Subscriber Base

 

The following table sets forth selected historical information about our CDMA cellular operations and our subscriber base for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

CUCL and Unicom New
Century only,
as of or for the
year ended December 31,

 

Unicom New
World only,
as of or for the
year ended
December 31,

 

CUCL, Unicom
New Century and
Unicom New
World,
as of or for the
three months
ended March 31,

 

 

 

2001(5)

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

2004

 

Number of subscribers (in thousands)

 

 

 

6,245

 

16,910

 

2,036

 

21,619

 

Post-paid

 

 

6,245

 

16,046

 

1,934

 

20,308

 

Pre-paid

 

 

 

864

 

102

 

1,311

 

Estimated market share in our service areas (1)

 

 

3.5

%

7.2

%

6.4

%

7.5

%

Average churn rate (2)

 

 

0.8

%

11.5

%

25.9

%

2.7

%

Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month (3)

 

 

328.1

 

337.5

 

335.4

 

295.3

 

Average revenue per subscriber per month (in RMB) (4)

 

 

172.2

 

128.4

 

123.4

 

93.7

 

SMS Volume

 

 

0.5 16

 

6. 231

 

0.623

 

2.664

 

 


(1)                   Market share in a given area is determined by dividing the number of our CDMA subscribers in the area by the total number of cellular subscribers in the area.  Source :  Ministry of Information Industry.

 

(2)                   Average churn rate is the rate of subscriber disconnections from our CDMA cellular network, which we have determined by dividing the sum of voluntary and involuntary deactivations during the period by the average of the number of our CDMA subscribers during the period.

 

(3)                   Average minutes of usage per subscriber per month is calculated by dividing the total minutes of usage during the period by the average of the number of our CDMA subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the relevant period.

 

(4)                   Average revenue per subscriber per month, or ARPU, is calculated by dividing the sum of CDMA cellular services revenue during the relevant period by the average of the number of our CDMA subscribers during the period, and dividing the result by the number of months in the period.

 

(5)                   No CDMA services.

 

 

 

28



 

As of December 31, 2003, our total CDMA subscriber base in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century reached 16.91 million, including 16.05 million post-paid subscribers and 0.86 million pre-paid subscribers.  Pre-paid subscribers represented 5.1% of the total number of CDMA subscribers in 2003.  We believe the rapid growth in our CDMA subscriber base was primarily attributable to:

 

                                          the advantages of the CDMA technology, including the lower radio transmitting power of CDMA handsets as compared to GSM handsets, better voice quality and enhanced security,

 

                                          increased brand awareness,

 

                                          our promotions and marketing efforts, which include our handset promotional packages begun in 2002 (the use of which was reduced in 2003), and encouraging the active involvement of our agents in CDMA handset sales in order to facilitate the marketing of our CDMA services, and

 

                                          the launch of “U-Max” services in an effort to use CDMA 1X value-added services to facilitate CDMA subscriber growth.

 

MOU, ARPU and Churn Rate

 

In 2003, MOU for our CDMA services was 43.70 billion minutes, an increase from 8.278 billion minutes in 2002, and ARPU for our CDMA services was RMB128.4, a decrease from RMB172.2 in 2002.  Average MOU for our CDMA services was 337.5 minutes, 45.6% higher than the average MOU of 231.8 minutes for GSM post-paid services, while our CDMA ARPU was 94.0% higher than the ARPU of RMB66.2 for our post-paid GSM subscribers.  The reasons for the increase in MOU and the decrease in ARPU for our CDMA services in 2003 are similar to the reasons for similar trends in GSM services.  See “B. Business Overview – Cellular Services – GSM Cellular Services – MOU and ARPU” under this Item 4.

 

The churn rate for our CDMA services is calculated in the same way as the churn rate for our GSM services and was 11.5% in 2003, higher than the 0.8% in 2002, but significantly lower than the 29.1% churn rate for our GSM services.  Loss of CDMA subscribers was primarily attributable to the following reasons:

 

                                          increased competition as the focus of growth gradually shifts from new subscribers to increased usage;

 

                                          the termination of some CDMA subscribers at the end of their contract periods under the CDMA handset rental programs we began in 2002; and

 

                                          the introduction of pre-paid CDMA services, which are characterized by a higher churn rate than post-paid services and led to some subscribers switching from post-paid services to pre-paid services.

 

Payment Delinquency

 

As of December 31, 2003, the doubtful debt ratio for CDMA cellular services in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century, calculated as the amount of provision for doubtful debt divided by revenue from CDMA cellular services, is 2.4%, compared to 1.4% in 2002 for CDMA cellular services in the cellular service areas of CUCL.  We have taken various measures to control payment delinquency for our CDMA services, which measures are similar to the ones taken to control payment delinquency for our

 

29



 

GSM services.  See “B. Business Overview – Cellular Services – GSM Cellular Services – Payment Delinquency” under this Item 4.

 

Tariffs and Promotion

 

The tariff rates for our CDMA services are generally the State guidance rates for cellular services without the 10% discount we are permitted to adopt for GSM services.  However, we have adopted other promotional programs.  Generally we charge our post-paid cellular subscribers the following categories of tariffs:  basic monthly fees, usage charges for both incoming and outgoing calls, roaming charges, long-distance call charges and charges for value-added services.  Pre-paid subscribers do not pay monthly fees but pay higher per-minute usage and roaming charges.

 

To accelerate the growth in our CDMA subscriber base, we began offering special handset promotional packages in the second half of 2002.  We and Unicom Group purchased CDMA handsets directly from several suppliers, or through Unicom Guomai Communications Co., Ltd., (or Guomai, a company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange which was an indirect, non-wholly-owned subsidiary of our company prior to our sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group).  Under the handset promotional packages, CDMA mobile handsets purchased by us from handset suppliers were given to certain CDMA subscribers for their use at no additional cost during specified contract periods, ranging from 6 months to 2 years. In return, subscribers were required to incur a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period. If the contractual subscribers can fulfill the minimum contract spending amounts, they will not need to repay the remaining costs of the CDMA handsets. To secure contract performance, these subscribers were also required to (1) prepay certain non-refundable amounts of service fees or deposits, (2) maintain a bank deposit in designated commercial banks to secure their minimum contract amounts, or (3) provide a guarantor who will compensate us for any loss in the event of the subscribers’ non-performance of contract obligations.

 

Due to the high cost of the handset promotional packages, we stopped the use of such packages in the second half of 2003, and concentrated on alternative promotional programs to develop our CDMA services.  We focused on expanding the distribution network for our CDMA services by significantly increasing the number of sales agents.  We also launched several marketing campaigns in the second half of 2003, which included increased advertising for our CDMA services, promotion of various customized package service plans that gave subscribers more choices, and promotion of our CDMA 1X value-added services.

 

See “Risk Factors - Risks Relating to Our Business - Our new CDMA services may fail to gain sufficient market share” under Item 3.

 

SMS Services

 

We began to offer SMS services in 2000.  SMS volume has been increasing rapidly.  A total number of 25.03 billion short messages were transmitted by GSM subscribers and 6.23 billion short messages by our CDMA subscribers in the cellular service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century in 2003.  Our SMS services are offered under a uniform service brand of “Uni-Info” and mainly include the following services: SMS transmission and receipt through handsets, operator-assisted SMS, automated SMS platform, voice SMS, stock quotes, weather, flight information.  We continue to promote the use of SMS as a convenient and cost effective method of business and personal communication.  The SMS platform of our GSM network and the SMS platform of our CDMA network are interconnected with each other and with China Mobile’s GSM network.

 

 

30


Other Value-added Services

 

On August 1, 2001, Unicom Group and we launched our nationwide GSM wireless data services under the service brand of “Uni-Info”.  The Uni-Info services are presently based on a nationwide wireless information services platform.  Uni-Info offers a variety of services in the categories of games, downloads and other entertainment services, information and notification services, personal information management and transactions services.  We and Unicom Group cooperate with a number of national and regional content providers that supply our subscribers with Uni-Info services.

 

In March 2003, we launched CDMA 1X wireless data services under the service brand of “U-Max”, with individual services offered under various sub-brands, including “Uni-Info”, “U-Info”, “U-Net”, “U-Mail”, “U-Magic” and “U-Map”, which can enable much higher data transmission rates and more stable connectivity than the GPRS services offered by our main competitor.  “Uni-Info” services are similar to the GSM services offered under the same brand described above.  “U-Info” services allow users to connect to and browse the Internet on their CDMA handsets.  “U-Net” services give personal computer users wireless connection to the Internet using an Internet connection card and provide Virtual Private Data Network (or VPDN) services.  “U-Mail” services allow users to send and receive e-mails, either from other e-mail accounts or from the Internet.  This service also allows users to download and read documents in various applications that are attached to the e-mail sent to the user’s handset.  “U-Magic” services allow users to download ring tones, pictures, games, entertainment services and other forms of image and sound.  “U-Map” services provide location-based information to users’ handsets.  Retail users can find locations and research information with respect to a particular location (including transportation options, entertainment, sightseeing and dining locations as well as the locations of hospitals and other landmarks).  This service also offers industrial applications, such as the logistics industry and sea rescue services.

 

In 2003, in order to develop our CDMA 1X value added services, we took the following measures:

 

                                          Through the launch of the “U-Max” services, more staff training, advertising and promotions, trial programs and our various other efforts, we strengthened marketing efforts for our CDMA 1X services;

 

                                          We improved the content of our CDMA 1X services, through strengthening cooperation with content providers and service providers, in order to increase the appeal of these services;

 

                                          We included the growth of our CDMA 1X services as a measure of staff performance evaluation; and

 

                                          Through short-term free trials and promotional packages, we sought to reduce the obstacles for subscriber usage of our CDMA 1X services.

 

We have designed a fee structure under which we earn transmission fees from the use of our GSM and CDMA value added services and generally retain a certain percentage of application fees charged by content providers that we collect for them.

 

We are currently testing our dual-mode cellular services and plan to launch these services on a nationwide basis in the second half of 2004 under the “Worldwind” brand.  With the launch of dual-mode handsets, we will be able to offer more wireless data services to both our GSM and CDMA subscribers under the “Worldwind” brand.  “Worldwind” services offer the following features:

 

 

31



 

                                          Users can switch between our GSM and CDMA networks in China, thereby giving users coverage in areas of the country covered by only one of these networks;

 

                                          When roaming in areas outside of China, users can freely use the cellular services of local operators, whether they are GSM or CDMA, who signed roaming agreements with us; and

 

                                          Our GSM users who sign up for “Worldwind” can continue to use the basic GSM services, while enjoying the additional benefits of the CDMA 1X services.

 

Cellular Services of Unicom New World and of the Combined Group

 

Unicom New World

 

Effective December 31, 2003, we acquired the GSM cellular assets and businesses and CDMA businesses of Unicom New World from Unicom Group.  See “A. History and Development of the Company ¾ Acquisition of Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” under this Item 4.

 

As of December 31, 2003, the total number of GSM and CDMA cellular subscribers in the nine provinces and autonomous regions covered by Unicom New World was 10.68 million, including 8.65 million GSM subscribers and 2.04 million CDMA subscribers.  Unicom New World’s market share of total cellular subscribers in its service areas was 33.5% as of December 31, 2003, and its average market share of net subscriber additions in these areas was 33.8%.  The SMS volume for GSM and CDMA services totaled 3.58 billion messages in 2003 in these service areas.

 

GSM Business.  As of December 31, 2003, there were 8.65 million GSM subscribers in Unicom New World’s service areas, an increase of 22.3% from 7.07 million at the end of 2002.  Out of the total GSM subscribers in these areas, post-paid subscribers accounted for 7.10 million, an increase of 17.7% from 6.03 million at the end of 2002, and pre-paid subscribers accounted for 1.54 million, as compared to 1.04 million in 2002. The proportion of pre-paid subscribers increased from 14.7% at the end of 2002 to 17.8% at the end of 2003. The MOU for GSM subscribers amounted to 19.69 billion minutes, a 45.6% increase from 13.52 billion minutes in 2002.

 

In 2003, average MOU for Unicom New World’s GSM business was 204.6 minutes, an increase of 1.4% from 201.8 minutes in 2002.  ARPU for the GSM business was RMB58.3, a decline of 15.0% from RMB68.6 in 2002.

 

CDMA Business .  As of December 31, 2003, there were 2.04 million CDMA subscribers in Unicom New World’s service areas, an increase of 129.2% from 0.89 million at the end of 2002.  Out of the total CDMA subscribers in these areas, post-paid subscribers accounted for 1.93 million, an increase of 116.9% from 0.89 million at the end of 2002, while pre-paid subscribers accounted for 0.102 million.  The proportion of pre-paid subscribers reached 5.0%. The MOU for CDMA subscribers amounted to 5.45 billion minutes, a significant increase from 0.82 billion minutes in 2002.

 

In 2003, average MOU for Unicom New World’s CDMA business was 335.4 minutes, an increase of 5.1% from 319.0 minutes in 2002.  ARPU for the CDMA business was RMB123.4, a decline of 31.3% from RMB179.7 in 2002.

 

Combined Businesses of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World

 

As of December 31, 2003, there were 91.52 million cellular subscribers in the combined service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, of which GSM subscribers accounted for

32



 

72.57 million and CDMA subscribers accounted for 18.95 million.  Our average market share of total cellular subscribers in the combined service areas was 34.5% as of December 31, 2003, and our average market share of net subscriber additions in the combined service areas was 38.5%.  The SMS volume for GSM and CDMA services in these areas totaled 34.84 billion messages in 2003.

 

GSM Business.   As of December 31, 2003, there were 72.57 million GSM subscribers in the combined service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, an increase of 19.9% from 60.54 million at the end of 2002. Of the total number of GSM subscribers, post-paid subscribers accounted for 39.56 million, an increase of 10.7% from 35.75 million at the end of 2002, and pre-paid subscribers rose from 24.79 million at the end of 2002 to 33.01 million in 2003, representing an increase of 33.2%.  The proportion of pre-paid subscribers increased from 40.9% at the end of 2002 to 45.5% at the end of 2003.  MOU for GSM subscribers amounted to 143.08 billion minutes in 2003, an increase of 38.0% from 103.69 billion minutes in 2002.  Average MOU in the combined service areas was 177.4 minutes and APRU was RMB56.3 in 2003.

 

CDMA Business .  As of December 31, 2003, there were 18.95 million CDMA subscribers in the combined service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, an increase of 165.8% from 7.13 million at the end of 2002.  Of this total, post-paid subscribers accounted for 17.98 million, an increase of 152.2% from 7.13 million at the end of 2002, while pre-paid subscribers accounted for 0.96 million.  The proportion of pre-paid subscribers reached 5.1%. The MOU for CDMA subscribers amounted to 49.15 billion minutes, a significant increase from 9.10 billion minutes in 2002.  Average MOU in the combined service areas was 337.3 minutes and ARPU was RMB125.8.

 

Long Distance, Data and Internet Services

 

We offer international and domestic long distance services in China based on both the traditional public switched telephony standard and the IP telephony standard.  Our long distance services are based on our advanced, uniform nationwide network system.  We leverage our ability to integrate our long distance services with a broad range of services to target different customer segments.  We have also developed a nationwide video-conferencing network that reaches over 300 cities.  We launched our data and Internet services throughout China in 2000.  Similar to our long distance services, our data and Internet services are supported by our advanced, unified nationwide network system.

 

The following table sets forth the total number of outgoing call minutes for our long distance services and our data and Internet services for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

(in billions of minutes)

 

Public switched telephony:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

2.64

 

6.23

 

8.31

 

International

 

0.08

 

0.14

 

0.13

 

Total

 

2.7 3

 

6.37

 

8.44

 

IP telephony:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

3.52

 

6.75

 

11.25

 

International

 

0.17

 

0.13

 

0.14

 

Total

 

3.69

 

6.88

 

11.39

 

Data Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer ports

 

802

 

2,876

 

6,603

 

Internet Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dial-up subscribers (in thousands)

 

3,540

 

7,270

 

12,385

 

Dedicated access subscribers

 

4,555

 

22,596

 

47,750

 

 

33



 

Public Switched Telephony Services

 

We offer public switched long distance services to business and residential customers who register their telephone numbers with us.  They can access our services by dialing a prefix of “193”.  We also distribute pre-paid long distance calling cards that purchasers can use to access our services by dialing a prefix of “193300”.  For some corporate and government customers, we also offer our public switched long distance services over dedicated lines, frequently as part of our integrated offerings of long distance and data services. We also offer long distance services to our cellular subscribers.

 

The following table sets forth selected information about our public switched long distance telephony services for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended on December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

Number of cities reached

 

329

 

329

 

Number of customers (in million)

 

21.83

 

28.21

 

Minutes of outgoing long distance calls (in billion)

 

6.37

 

8.44

 

Market share of outgoing long distance call minutes (1)

 

11.45

%

14.33

%

Minutes of incoming international calls (in billion)

 

1.31

 

1.78

 

 


(1)                   Source : MII.  In calculating market share, the total minutes of outgoing long distance calls include ours and those of the incumbent operators.

 

Tariff rates for public switched long distance telephony services of incumbent fixed line operators are set by the Chinese government.  Other fixed line operators, including us, can adopt tariffs that are different from the State tariff rates upon approval by the MII as long as they do not offer services at tariff rates below cost.  The following table sets forth our present tariff rates (including rates applicable to domestic and international long distance calls made by our cellular subscribers):

 

 

 

Regular Tariff Rates

 

Discount Rates

 

 

 

RMB per six seconds

 

Public switched Domestic Long Distance:

 

0.06

 

0.03

 

Public switched International Long Distance:

 

 

 

 

 

To Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau

 

0.18

 

0.15

 

To all other international destinations

 

0.72

 

0.38

 

 

The discount period is every day from 10pm to 7am of the following day, with two more hours for the Tibet and Xinjiang autonomous regions.  Effective August 21, 2001, we adjusted the discount rates set forth in the table above as follows:

 

 

34



 

                                          RMB0.04 per six seconds every day from 8pm to 10pm;

 

                                          RMB0.03 per six seconds every day from 10pm to 7am of the following day; and

 

                                          RMB0.04 per six seconds on public holidays and weekends from 7am to 8pm.

 

Settlement of outgoing and incoming international calls with international operators is conducted through negotiated contracts such individual international operators, which contracts must be approved by the MII.

 

We have adopted a number of measures to increase the number of our registered long distance customers, including utilizing our paging call center resources to launch direct-marketing calls, organizing sales agents to promote our services in residential areas, and cross-selling our long distance services with our cellular services at our service centers.

 

IP Telephony Services

 

We offer domestic and international long distance IP telephony services through interconnection of our IP network with the Internet and other telecommunications networks based on a manageable IP network configuration to enhance service quality.  The following table sets forth selected information about our IP telephony services for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

Number of cities reached

 

320

 

337

 

337

 

Minutes of outgoing IP telephony calls (in billion)

 

3.69

 

6.88

 

11.39

 

Domestic

 

3.52

 

6.75

 

11.25

 

International, Hong Kong, Macau & Taiwan

 

0.17

 

0.13

 

0.14

 

Market share of outgoing IP calls minutes (1)

 

18.2

%

11.7

%

13.8

%

Minutes of incoming international calls (in billion)

 

0.07

 

0.16

 

0.13

 

 


(1) Source: MII.

 

Our IP telephony services including the following services:

 

                                          IP telephony services using the “17910” access code, which allows users to dial long distance phone numbers as follows: “17910 + IP card number + password + long distance number”.  There are three types of such services:  (a) users can register for an IP card, pay the accumulated charges on the card on a monthly basis after receipt of a bill from us, (b) users can purchase an IP card with a pre-paid value, which can be re-filled after the user has used up the value on the card, or (c) users can purchase an IP card with a one-time-only pre-paid value.

 

                                          IP telephony services using the “17911” access code, which allows users to dial long distance phone numbers as follows:  “17911 + long distance number”.  There are two types of such services:  (a) users can register for our services at any of our offices or our designated agents’ offices free of charge, or (b) users can purchase a pre-paid IP card from us, input the card number and password the first time the IP card is used, and thereafter dial international calls only with the 17911 prefix.

 

                                          Dedicated IP telephony services – users of these services only need to dial the long distance phone number to be connected.

 

35



 

                                          Direct IP telephony services – Pursuant to authorization from the MII, we are providing fixed long distance direct-dialing IP telephony services nationwide on a trial basis.  As of December 31, 2003, we have set up more than 20,000 “IP convenient stores” nationwide.  “IP convenient stores” are fixed-line long distance call centers in locations with a high concentration of callers who do not otherwise have access to fixed or wireless telephony services.  These call centers provide long distance telephony services to customers on a pre-paid basis.

 

In February 2001, the Chinese government ceased regulatory control of tariffs for IP telephony long distance calls and allowed operators to set their own rates.  Most providers of IP telephony services, including us, significantly lowered their international long distance tariffs shortly after the tariffs were deregulated.  The following table sets forth our present tariff rates for our IP telephony services (including rates applicable to IP long distance calls made by our cellular subscribers). 

 

 

 

Our Tariff Rates (RMB)

 

IP Telephony Domestic Long Distance

 

0.30 per minute

 

IP Telephony International Long Distance

 

 

 

To Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau

 

1.5 per minute

 

To U.S. and Canada

 

2.6 per minute

 

To other international destinations

 

3.6 per minute

 

 

Effective September 1, 2001, we adjusted our tariff rates for our IP telephony services for certain international destinations.  The tariff rate for calls to 14 countries, including India, was adjusted to RMB4.60 per minute, and the tariff rate for calls to the U.S. and Canada was adjusted to RMB2.40 per minute.

 

We rely primarily on our network of sales agents to sell IP telephony cards.  We also market registered IP telephony services and IP telephony services through dedicated lines.

 

Data Services

 

We presently provide data services in 316 cities in China.  We target high volume business or government users of integrated voice, data and video communications and offer them data services as part of our integrated offerings of long distance, data and Internet services.  As of December 31, 2003, the total leased bandwidth of our ATM and FR data services was 7,194 x 2 Mbps.

 

Our data service offerings mainly consist of broadband, managed data services, including:

 

                                          Frame relay, or FR, services, which provide high speed and cost effective data communications services linking remote business sites using FR technology, and

 

                                          Asynchronous transfer mode, or ATM, services, which employ ATM technology and are able to handle high bandwidth, integrated voice, video, data and Internet traffic.

 

                                          Broadband video-conferencing and video-telephony services, which are provided under the brand name of “Uni-Video”.  These services currently include video-conferencing, video-telephony, video conference room leasing and video public telephony services.  These services are based on our existing unified data network platform.  Two or more users can use our services by connecting to the Internet or our data network through video-conferencing terminals or computer terminals.

 

36



 

The following table sets forth selected information about our data services for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

Number of cities reached

 

273

 

297

 

316

 

Number of customers

 

802

 

2,876

 

6,603

 

 

We provide data services through an advanced, unified nationwide network system, the backbone of which is our advanced nationwide fiber optic transmission network.  This network is the second largest fiber optic transmission network in China.  We have also built metropolitan area networks in many cities throughout China.  These networks provide local transmission capacity for our different services.  See “ -  Networks - Transmission Network” below.

 

We believe that our ability to offer integrated access to customers’ premises is important to the success of our data services.  We continue to build integrated access networks linking major office buildings to our networks in major cities.  See “ - Networks - Long Distance, Data and Internet Networks” below.

 

Our charges for ATM and FR services include up-front charges for installation materials (currently RMB270 per port) and testing (currently RMB270 per circuit or port), a monthly port fee and a monthly circuit fee.  Our tariff charges are generally offered at a 10% discount from the State guidance tariffs.  The following table sets forth our tariff rates for monthly port fees and monthly circuit fees for data services of selected bandwidths and selected distance categories. 

 

Bandwidth

 

Tariff Rates (RMB per month)

 

 

 

Port
Fee

 

Circuit Fee

 

 

 

 

 

Local
(intra-district)

 

Local
(inter-district)

 

Domestic
long distance

 

Hong Kong,
Macau &
Taiwan

 

International
long distance
(Asia)

 

International
long distance
(outside of
Asia)

 

64kbps

 

234

 

495

 

720

 

1,530

 

2,340

 

13,050

 

13,140

 

128kbps

 

270

 

630

 

900

 

1,890

 

3,060

 

16,200

 

16,560

 

256kbps

 

360

 

720

 

1,035

 

1,980

 

3,150

 

17,100

 

17,640

 

384kbps

 

405

 

765

 

1,215

 

2,070

 

3,420

 

18,000

 

18,450

 

512kbps

 

450

 

900

 

1,305

 

2,250

 

3,690

 

20,070

 

20,790

 

1Mbps

 

675

 

1,125

 

1,800

 

2,700

 

4,680

 

26,010

 

27,045

 

2Mbps

 

900

 

1,350

 

1,980

 

3,600

 

6,300

 

35,100

 

35,100

 

 

Effective April 2003, we began charging our corporate customers fees for our “Uni-Video” services based on package service plans, including up-front charges for testing, a monthly fee and telecommunications charges.  Retail customers of our “Uni-Video” services purchase re-chargeable cards to pay for such services.

 

Our target customer groups are government offices, financial institutions, multinational or multi-regional corporations, large- and medium-sized enterprises in China, and Internet service providers and Internet content providers that provide telecommunications services.  We market our data services through our dedicated teams and our sales agents.

 

37



 

Internet Services

 

We offer the following Internet services:

 

                                          Dedicated Internet Access.  We began to offer business customers high speed Internet access through dedicated lines in 2000.  As of December 31, 2003, we had a total of 47,750 subscribers for dedicated Internet access.  We package this service with voice and data services to provide integrated communications solutions to our business customers and cooperate with cable operators and real estate developers to offer broadband access to residential customers.

 

                                          Dial-up Internet Access.  We began to offer dial-up Internet access services to customers in 2000.  As of December 31, 2003, the total number of our dial-up subscribers increased to 12.38 from 7.27 million in 2002.

 

                                          “Ruyi Mailbox” Services.  This service allows our cellular subscribers to use their cellular phone numbers as e-email address.  As of December 31, 2003, the number of “Ruyi Mailbox” subscribers increased to 7.81 million from 6.24 million in 2002.

 

                                          IDC Services.  We have built Internet data centers (or IDC) in Shanghai, Shenzhen, Beijing, Guangzhou and Zhejiang province, and provide server hosting, server rental, virtual servers and other IDC services to commercial customers and virtual IDC operators.

 

                                          Unicom’s Internet Plaza Services.  Beginning in September 2003, pursuant to a license from the MII, we launched a nationwide chain of upscale Internet cafes under the “Unicom’s Internet Plaza” brand name.  To date, we have opened more than 100 such Internet cafes nationwide.

 

                                          Others.   Other Internet services we offer include international Internet Protocol-Virtual Private Network (or IP-VPN), VPN, Virtual Private Data Network (or VPDN), Virtual Internet Service Provider (or VISP), Uninet international roaming and corporate e-mail services.

 

The following table sets forth selected historical information about our Internet service operations and our subscriber base for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

Number of cities reached by our dedicated Internet access services

 

255

 

317

 

323

 

Number of cities reached by our dial-up Internet access services

 

276

 

305

 

325

 

Number of subscribers of dedicated Internet access services

 

4,555

 

22,596

 

47,750

 

Number of subscribers of dial-up Internet access services (in thousand)

 

3,540

 

7,270

 

12,385

 

Market share of Internet subscribers(1)

 

9.7

%

14.7

%

23.2

%

 


(1)                   Source : MII.

 

 

 

38



 

Our tariff charges for registered dial-up access include a network usage fee and a fixed telecommunications fee.  In addition, those registered accounts that charge based on usage volume include an up-front account set-up fee and those accounts that charge based on monthly usage include a monthly fee.  Our tariff charges for dial-up access through pre-paid cards include only a network usage fee and a fixed telecommunications fee.  The following table sets forth the various tariff charges for our dial-up access services:

 

 

 

Registered Accounts

 

Pre-Paid Cards

 

 

 

Volume-Based
Service Plan

 

Monthly Service
Plans

 

 

 

Account Set-up Fee (RMB)

 

100

 

 

 

 

Monthly Fee (RMB)

 

 

50

 

100

 

 

Network Usage Fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local Fee (RMB/Hour)

 

2.7

 

2.2

 

1.8

 

2.5

 

Roaming Fee (RMB/Hour)

 

3.0

 

3.0

 

3.0

 

2.8

 

Telecommunications Fee (RMB/Minute)

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

 

The network usage fee is discounted, at an amount equal to half of the amounts set forth above, on legal holidays, weekends and everyday from 11pm to 8am of the following day.

 

Our tariff charges for dedicated Internet access include a network usage fee, an account set-up fee and a fixed telecommunications fee.  Network usage fee is calculated based on monthly service plans.  The account set-up fee is RMB100.  The fixed telecommunications charge is based on the relevant tariff for the particular type and bandwidth of leased lines used to access the Internet.  The following table summarizes the monthly network usage fees for selected bandwidths denoted as “R.” 

 

 

 

Network usage fees (RMB per month)

 

R < 64Kbps

 

2,700-3,600

 

64Kbps<R < 128Kbps

 

3,600-4,900

 

128Kbps<R < 256Kbps

 

4,800-6,600

 

384Kbps <R<512Kbps

 

8,500-12,000

 

1024Kbps<R < 2Mbps

 

18,000-27,000

 

8Mbps <R<10Mbps

 

59,400-70,000

 

20Mbps<R < 34Mbps

 

165,900-195,200

 

34Mbps <R<45Mbps

 

210,000-250,000

 

45Mbps<R < 100Mbps

 

428,400-504,000

 

100Mbps<R < 155Mbps

 

664,100-781,200

 

 

Our provincial and local branches are permitted to make tariff decisions within the range set forth above.  For customers who lease a high number of dedicated access lines, we provide discounts of up to 20% of the tariffs set forth in the table above.

 

We charge a monthly usage fee for our “Ruyi Mailbox” services, which is currently RMB6/month.  We do not charge for SMS notifications of e-mail receipt.  Other e-mail functions performed through SMS are charged based on the SMS tariff rates for our “Uni-Info” services.

 

The network code for our nationwide dial-up Internet services is “165.”  We distribute dial-up Internet access services through a variety of methods.  A customer can pre-register for our dial-up services or purchase dial-up passwords with a pre-paid amount of on-line charges that can be used nationwide to access the Internet.  We also have arrangements with some commercial banks that allow the banks’ customers to access our dial-up services using their bank account numbers, with on-line charges being automatically debited from their bank accounts.  Our cellular subscribers can also access our dial-up services using their cellular numbers, with on-line charges being collected together with their cellular usage fees.

 

39



 

Leased Line Services

 

We began to lease transmission lines to large business customers and other telecommunications operators in April 2000.  Our leased line services provide customers with dedicated digital links directly connecting customer sites.  As of December 31, 2003, we had a total leased bandwidth of an equivalent of 26,449 x 2 Mbps circuits, representing a 206.9% increase from 8472 x 2 Mbps circuits at the end of 2002.

 

Leased line tariffs are primarily based on the bandwidths of the lines leased and the distance of transmission.  The following table sets forth State tariff rates for monthly fees of selected types and bandwidths of leased lines and selected distance categories: 

 

 

 

State Tariff Rates (RMB per month)

 

 

 

Local (intra-district)

 

Local (inter-district)

 

Long distance

 

Digital Line (2 Mbps)

 

2,000

 

4,000

 

6,000

 

Digital Line (34 Mbps)

 

16,000

 

31,000

 

47,000

 

Digital Line (155 Mbps)

 

44,000

 

88,000

 

132,000

 

 


Source: MII.

 

Similar to public switched long distance telephony services, operators other than incumbent operators, including us, can adopt tariffs that are different from the above State tariff rates upon approval by the MII as long as they do not offer services at tariff rates below cost.  We generally offer leased line services at a 10% discount to the State tariff rates and market these services to institutional customers through our own dedicated teams and our sales agents.

 

Sale and Lease of Other Network Elements

 

We have substantially completed the construction of our nationwide transmission network.  See “ - Networks - Transmission Network” below.  We have started to offer some network elements such as optic fibers or fiber channels for lease to other telecommunications operators or corporate customers.

 

Paging Services

 

In 2003, our paging business provided the following services:

 

                                          traditional paging services, and

 

                                          value-added services and services tailored for existing cellular subscribers, including “Paging-Cellular Interlink”, “Unicom Assistant”, “Unicom Paging Information Services”, “Operator-assisted Short Messages” and “Secretarial Services through Operator Assistance”.

 

40



 

On June 30, 2003, our operating subsidiaries, CUCL and Unicom New Century, transferred assets related to their customer services operations to Guoxin Paging.  After such transfer, Guoxin Paging’s principal businesses included: the paging business, the cellular subscriber value-added business, customer services and agency services.  In order for our company to concentrate our existing resources on the expansion of our cellular telecommunications operation, to improve the quality of our assets, to allow strategic integration and specialisation of our customer services and to resolve the issue of competition between Guoxin Paging and Unicom Paging, a paging business operated by Unicom Group, we sold the entire equity interest in Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, effective December 31, 2003.

 

Subscribers and ARPU

 

The following table sets forth selected operating data relating to our paging businesses for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

As of or for the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

Paging subscribers (in million)

 

32.91

 

17.68

 

8.56

 

Average revenue per subscriber per month (in RMB)(1)

 

9.4

 

7.3

 

4.1

 

 


(1)                   Average revenue per subscriber per month is calculated by dividing the sum of paging services revenue during the relevant period by the average of the number of subscribers during the period and dividing the result by the number of months in the period.

 

In 2003, the total number of our paging subscribers declined by 51.6% from 17.68 million as of December 31, 2002 to 8.56 million as of December 31, 2003.  However, subscribers to the “Unicom Assistant” service reached 22.91 million in 2003.  The churn rate of our traditional paging services increased from 66.3% in 2002 to 143.0% in 2003.  In 2003, the ARPU of our traditional paging services decreased to RMB4.1 from RMB7.3 in 2002.

 

Interconnection and Roaming Arrangements

 

Interconnection

 

Interconnection refers to various arrangements that permit the connection of our telecommunications networks to other networks.  Our cellular and long distance networks interconnect with Unicom Group’s cellular networks.  Under current arrangements, settlement between Unicom Group and us is based on an internal settlement standard that takes into account either the internal costs of the relevant networks or the government standard applicable between third-party operators, whichever is the more favorable to us.

 

Unicom Group’s cellular networks, our cellular networks and our long distance networks interconnect with the public switched telephone networks of China Telecom, China Netcom and China Railcom.  Unicom Group’s cellular networks and our cellular networks also interconnect with China Mobile’s cellular networks.  Our Internet network interconnects with the Internet networks of China Telecom and China Netcom.  Although we continue to encounter some difficulties in the execution of our interconnection arrangements with other operators in some service areas, the situation improved in 2003 due to improved regulatory supervision by the Chinese government in this area.

 

41



 

In October 2003, the MII issued regulations relating to settlement between telecommunications networks.  These new regulations contain provisions regarding revenue sharing methods and settlement mechanisms for interconnection arrangements between us and other operators.  These interconnection arrangements under the new regulations are described in “ - Regulatory and Related Matters - Interconnection Arrangements” under Item 4.

 

Unicom Group entered into interconnection arrangements with China Telecom, China Netcom and China Mobile with the following agreements, which equally apply to us.

 

                                          Framework interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and the former China Telecom, dated September 30, 2001, the rights and obligations of which were divided and continued after the former China Telecom was split into China Telecom and China Netcom pursuant to an agreement among Unicom Group, China Telecom and China Netcom, dated April 23, 2002.  These interconnection and settlement arrangements with China Telecom and China Netcom were superseded by the interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Telecom, dated March 29, 2004 and the interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Netcom, dated April 2, 2004.  The 2004 agreements contained more detailed provisions relating to interconnection quality, pursuant to new MII directives in this area.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and the former China Telecom relating to the interconnection between Unicom Group’s cellular networks and China Telecom’s telecommunications networks, including its local fixed line telephony networks, domestic long distance telephony networks, international telephony networks and IP telephony network, dated September 30, 2001, the rights and obligations of which were divided and continued after the former China Telecom was split into China Telecom and China Netcom pursuant to an agreement among Unicom Group, China Telecom and China Netcom, dated April 23, 2002.

 

                                          Agreement between Unicom Group, China Telecom and China Netcom, relating to the continuation and division of rights and obligations of the parties under Unicom Group’s prior interconnection agreement with the former China Telecom, dated April 23, 2002.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreements between Unicom Group and China Mobile relating to the interconnection between Unicom Group’s GSM and CDMA cellular networks and China Mobile’s GSM cellular networks, both dated November 14, 2001, which were amended by the parties on December 31, 2003.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Mobile regarding the interconnection of point-to-point short messaging services, dated April 1, 2002.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Mobile regarding the interconnection between China Mobile’s GSM cellular networks and Unicom’s telecommunications networks, including its local fixed line telephony networks, domestic long distance telephony networks, international telephony networks and IP telephony network, and the interconnection between China Mobile’s international gateways and IP telephony network and Unicom Group’s cellular networks and local fixed line telephony networks, dated December 31, 2003.

 

                                          Agreement between Unicom Group and China Mobile regarding the mutual provision of open service platforms, dated October 31, 2003.

 

42



 

Unicom Group has also entered into the following interconnection arrangements, which equally apply to us.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreements between Unicom Group and China Railcom relating to the interconnection of Unicom Group’s cellular networks and local fixed line telephony networks and China Railcom’s local fixed line telephony networks, domestic long distance networks and IP telephony networks, dated January 25, 2002 and April 9, 2002.

 

                                          Supplemental agreements between Unicom Group and China Railcom, which allows each party to offer its domestic and international long distance telephony services and IP telephony services to the cellular or fixed line telephony service subscribers of the other party, dated April 23, 2003.

 

                                          Interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Satellite Communications Corp, or China Satcom, relating to the interconnection between Unicom Group’s networks and China Satcom’s “Global Star” satellite mobile communications network, dated September 27, 2003.

 

                                          Framework interconnection and settlement agreement between Unicom Group and China Satcom relating to the interconnection between Unicom Group’s cellular networks and China Satcom’s IP telephony networks, dated September 24, 2003.

 

                                          Interconnection agreement among major Internet operators, including Unicom Group, and three national Internet switching centers relating to the interconnection of Internet backbone networks, dated December 20, 2001.

 

See “B. Related Party Transactions – Mutual Provision of Ongoing Telecommunications and Ancillary Services and Facilities – Interconnection Arrangements and Roaming Arrangements” under Item 7 below for the interconnection and settlement arrangements between Unicom Group and us.

 

Roaming

 

We have entered into roaming arrangements with Unicom Group.  In addition, as of December 31, 2003, our cellular subscribers can roam on cellular networks in Europe, North America and other Asian countries and regions through Unicom Group’s international roaming agreements with 165 GSM operators in 80 countries and regions and 15 CDMA operators in 10 countries and regions.  Unicom Group has agreed to arrange for us to participate in its future international roaming arrangements.

 

A cellular subscriber using roaming services is charged at our roaming usage rate for both incoming and outgoing calls, plus applicable long distance tariffs.  Under our roaming agreement with Unicom Group, our subscribers who roam on Unicom Group’s networks are charged for each call made or received.  We collect this tariff, retain RMB0.20 and pay the remaining amount to Unicom Group.  On the other hand, when Unicom Group’s subscribers roam on our networks, Unicom Group collects the roaming tariff, retains only RMB0.04 and pays us the remaining amount.

 

43



 

The following table is a summary of roaming settlement between Unicom Group and us: 

 

For our subscribers roaming on Unicom
Group’s networks

 

Roaming Tariff

 

Paid to Unicom
Group

 

Retained by Us

 

GSM pre-paid users (RMB/minute)

 

0.80

 

0.60

 

0.20

 

GSM post-paid users (RMB/minute)

 

0.60

 

0.40

 

0.20

 

CDMA users (RMB/minute)

 

0.60

 

0.40

 

0.20

 

 

For Unicom Group’s subscribers roaming on
our networks

 

Roaming Tariff

 

Paid to Us

 

Retained by
Unicom Group

 

GSM pre-paid users (RMB/minute)

 

0.80

 

0.76

 

0.04

 

GSM post-paid users (RMB/minute)

 

0.60

 

0.56

 

0.04

 

CDMA users (RMB/minute)

 

0.60

 

0.56

 

0.04

 

 

With respect to international roaming, we settle roaming revenue with international operators through Unicom Group in accordance with roaming agreements between Unicom Group and each of the international operators.

 

See “B. Related Party Transactions – Mutual Provision of Ongoing Telecommunications and Ancillary Services and Facilities – Interconnection Arrangements and Roaming Arrangements” under Item 7 below for further information regarding the roaming arrangements between Unicom Group and us.

 

Networks

 

We operate an advanced network system to support our integrated operations.  The backbone of the system is a nationwide fiber optic transmission network, which serves as the common platform for our cellular, long distance, data and Internet networks and, until December 31, 2003, paging networks.  In addition, we continue to develop management and network support systems to enhance the quality and reliability of our networks and improve our customer service and operating efficiency.  We utilize a relatively centralized network planning and equipment selection process, which ensures uniform nationwide design and network compatibility.

 

Transmission Network

 

We own and operate an advanced nationwide fiber optic transmission network (except for the Xizang autonomous region, in which we lease capacity from other operators).  As of December 31, 2003, our fiber optic transmission network reached 326 cities with a total cable length of 569,000 km, of which fiber optic backbone transmission network accounted for 115,000 km.

 

Our fiber optic transmission network is designed for broadband capacity with superior security and reliability, which supports our integrated telecommunications services and allows us to lease capacity to other telecommunications operators and corporate customers.  The network deploys:

 

                                          synchronous digital hierarchy, or SDH, architecture with protective two- or four-fiber rings, a self-healing system that allows for instantaneous rerouting, automatically protects service circuits and minimizes down time in the event of a fiber cut or equipment malfunction;

 

                                          dense wave division multiplexing, or DWDM, technology, a means of increasing transmission capacity by transmitting signals over multiple wavelengths through a single fiber; and

 

                                          digital cross connection, or DXC, system, a specialized high-speed data channel exchange and connection system that effectively manages the routing and channeling of our services.

 

44



 

Our SDH fiber rings have transmission bandwidths of 2.5 Gb/s in most routes and 10 Gb/s for the fiber ring that covers the eastern and southern coastal areas of China.  We deploy mainly transmission equipment and technology supplied by Siemens, Nortel, Lucent, Alcatel, Huawei, ZTE and other vendors.

 

Concurrent with the construction and expansion of our domestic backbone transmission network, we also seek to expand our international bandwidth.  Through our participation in the Asia Pacific Cable Network No. 2 Project (APCN 2), a trans-pacific submarine cable project that connects major countries and regions in eastern Asia and southeastern Asia and links them to North America through Japan, and our membership in the US-Japan Sub-marine Cable Organization, we are linked with 11 operators in Japan, U.S., South Korea, Singapore and Taiwan with 155x18 Mbps capacity.  We also lease 720Mbps of international broadband transmission capacity.  We have also opened transmission lines on land with the main operators in Hong Kong and Macau, with 2.5x3 Gbps and 622x1 Mbps of transmission capacity.  As of the end of 2003, we have 10Gbps of international broadband transmission capacity.

 

As of March 31, 2004, our metropolitan area networks cover more than 300 cities throughout China, with a total length of 514,000 km.  These networks provide a unified, high-speed local transmission platform for our cellular, data and Internet services.

 

Cellular Networks

 

A cellular network consists of:

 

                                          cell sites, which are physical locations, each equipped with a base station that houses transmitters, receivers and other equipment used to communicate through radio channels with subscribers’ cellular handsets within the range of a cell;

 

                                          base station controllers, which connect to, and control, the base stations;

 

                                          mobile switching centers, which control the base station controllers and the routing of telephone calls; and

 

                                          transmission lines, which link the mobile switching centers, base station controllers, base stations and the public switched telephone network.

 

We own most of the GSM cellular transmission network at the local and provincial level.  We lease a portion of our inter-provincial transmission capacity for our cellular networks as well as the CDMA cellular transmission network.  We also use our own backbone fiber optic transmission network to provide transmission capacity for our cellular networks.  We continue to focus on the management and operation of our cellular networks.

 

 

45



 

GSM Cellular Networks.  The following table sets forth selected information regarding our GSM cellular networks in the service areas of CUCL and Unicom New Century as of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2001 (1)

 

2002

 

2003

 

Network subscriber capacity (in thousands of subscribers)

 

37,464

 

60,920

 

68,050

 

Base stations

 

27,877

 

48,111

 

56,653

 

Base station controllers

 

800

 

1,197

 

1,345

 

Mobile switching centers

 

259

 

405

 

426

 

 


(1) The information as of December 31, 2001 is only for the GSM cellular networks in the service areas of CUCL.

 

Currently our GSM cellular network mainly operates at 900 MHz.  We have deployed GSM technology that operates at 1800 MHz in some major metropolitan areas to supplement the capacity of our existing cellular network.  We have the right to use 6 x 2 MHz of spectrum in the 900 MHz frequency band and 10 x 2 MHz in the 1800 MHz frequency band for our GSM network.

 

Our cellular networks are supported by an advanced SS7 signaling system, which fosters efficient use of network capacity, reduces call set up time and enhances transmission capabilities.  We have also installed intelligent networks that enable us to provide pre-paid services and a wide range of call features and value-added services.

 

CDMA Cellular Networks.  Unicom Group completed the construction of the first phase of its nationwide CDMA network at the end of 2001.  We have leased a portion of the capacity of its network in our cellular service areas and have the exclusive right to operate its network in those areas.  The CDMA networks share some of the infrastructures of the existing GSM network, such as base stations, mobile switching centers and transmission capacity.  The first phase of the CDMA network has a total capacity of 15.62 million subscribers in the service areas of CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World.  The second phase of construction was substantially completed by March 2003 with an additional capacity of 20.69 million subscribers nationwide.  We have the right to use 10x2 MHz of spectrum in the 800 MHz frequency band for our CDMA services.  In March 2003, Unicom Group substantially completed the second phase of the CDMA network construction, which included the upgrade of the network to CDMA 1X technology.  The CDMA networks constructed in the second phase did not share as much infrastructure with the GSM network.  Wireless data services that utilize CDMA 1X technology were introduced in major cities in our cellular service areas in March 2003.

 

Long Distance, Data and Internet Networks

 

By the end of 2003, our public switched long distance network reached 329 cities, while the coverage of our Internet networks, including our IP telephony networks, included 337 cities throughout China.

 

Long Distance Network.   Our public switched long distance network is based on a flat architecture with only three layers.  It also uses the latest switching technology.  Our long distance network is supported by a nationwide billing system and an intelligent network, which allows us to provide multiple services.  Our cellular subscribers can access these services directly through our cellular networks, but our other customers typically access our long distance telephony, IP telephony and Internet services through the public switched telephone networks of China Telecom and China Netcom.

 

Data and Internet Networks.   Our broadband data and Internet networks utilize a unified IP and ATM design, which is particularly suited for real-time, multimedia applications such as video and voice.  ATM switches perform high-speed switching of voice and data traffic and minimize time delay and congestion.  They can also prioritize applications that least tolerate time delay, such as telephony and video, over less time-sensitive applications such as e-mails and file transfer.

 

46



 

Internet Network.   Our Internet network, called Uninet, is also centrally designed and has a nationwide uniform architecture.  It is supported by a nationwide, advanced billing system that facilitates roaming access and delivery of virtual ISP services and other value added services.

 

Integrated Access Networks.  We believe that the key to the success of our data services is our ability to offer integrated access to customers’ premises.  We are building integrated access networks in many cities throughout China.  We focus the construction of our access networks on linking major office buildings to our metropolitan area transmission networks.  We rely mainly on fiber optic cables to link office buildings to our networks and have received permission to offer narrow-band wireless access at the 3.5 GHz frequency band in approximately 23 cities on a trial basis.

 

Integrated Management and Network Support Systems

 

We have developed various management and network support systems to support our various networks.  Our customer service, billing and settlement systems are integrated into a single system.  In addition, we are developing, and believe can complete within approximately two years, an integrated information and management system (UNI-IT), which includes management support systems (MSS) , customer relations management systems (CRM) and enterprise resource planning systems (ERP).

 

Marketing, Sales and Distribution

 

We centrally plan our nationwide marketing and sales strategies, but the implementation of these strategies is carried out at the provincial level by operating branches tailored to their specific markets.  In 2003, we focused on the coordination of the development of the urban and rural markets, and paid special attention to selected key service areas in our marketing and sales activities in order to continue to develop our businesses.

 

Marketing

 

We focus on developing a superior brand image for our company that conveys our strengths in high quality services, nationwide coverage, integrated offerings, advanced technology and customer focus.  We market all of our services under the China Unicom brand name.  We placed emphasis on brand management in 2003, by developing a branding system based on our product profile so as to standardize our operations and ensure consistency in our promotional activities.

 

Our marketing strategy utilizes our image as an integrated telecommunications service provider and leverages on our integrated services and nationwide sales and distribution network.  Through direct sales forces and sale agents and active market analysis, our marketing strategy can be targeted at different customer segments and tailored according the demands of different markets, enabling us to timely adjust our services.  In addition, we also seek to enter into strategic alliances in order to further expand the breath and depth of our marketing and sales efforts.

 

We seek to formulate effective marketing strategies through customer relations management and analysis of customer segmentation, customer demand and consumption trends.

 

Cellular services :  We promote our CDMA services as “enterprise, infotainment, health-conscious and trendy” services, with such advantages as better voice quality, better security, lower handset radio transmitting power and, in the case of CDMA 1X services, high data transmission rates.  We promote our

 

47



 

GSM services as “price-sensitive and mass market” services.  In 2003, we changed the marketing strategies for our CDMA services, from handset promotional packages to more innovative strategies.  We launched several marketing campaigns in the second half of 2003 to promote our CDMA services.  These efforts included increased advertising, promotion of various customized package service plans that gave subscribers more choices, and promotion of our CDMA 1X value-added services.  These efforts accelerated the growth of our CDMA subscriber base, and helped to turn our CDMA business profitable in the third quarter of 2003.  In addition, our CDMA 1X services developed smoothly as a result of our strengthened cooperation with service and content providers and offerings of integrated CDMA 1X and voice services under the principle of “single connecting point, uniformed billing and network-wide services”.  We also continued to expand the subscriber base for our GSM services, which is mainly based on voice and SMS services.  Our marketing strategies for GSM services focused on the continued development of the business.  Recognizing the importance and the needs of our institutional customers and utilizing our advantages of being an integrated telecommunications operator, we formulated marketing strategies for our cellular services that were specific to our institutional customers.  In 2003, we emphasized the development of advanced and customized industrial applications for our institutional customers.  By offering industrial solutions, our business extended from the provision of basic telecommunications services to informational services.

 

Long distance, data and Internet services :  In 2003, we focused on institutional customers, including financial institutions, large corporations, multi-national corporations, government entities and Internet service providers and Internet content providers, in order to provide them “one-stop” solutions.  For example, we provided integrated long-distance, Internet and data services under the “Uni-One” brand to institutional customers.  Our marketing efforts with respect to retail customers included the marketing of co-branded long distance telephony cards.  Under these arrangements, our institutional partners purchased such cards from us and distributed the cards to their employees or customers, thereby facilitating the sale of our long distance telephony services.  We have also focused on the marketing of our long distance, Internet and data services to our existing cellular customers, as well as coordinating the marketing of these services with the marketing efforts of our cellular services.

 

Service Bundling and Cross-Marketing:   A key element of our sales and distribution strategy is to promote our strengths as a provider of a broad range of integrated services.  This strategy is implemented by our service centers, independent sales agents and direct sales forces, which distribute and support our various product offerings.  For example, we cross-sell our long distance services to our cellular subscribers.

 

Sales and Distribution

 

Customer Segmentation:   We have two main categories of customers – institutional customers, comprised of mainly corporate and government customers, and individual customers.  We have set up dedicated direct sales and service departments for institutional customers, both at our headquarters and at our provincial and local branches.  We focus on promoting our integrated solutions to these institutional customers.  For individual customers, we conduct our sales through our own service centers and the retail outlets of independent sales agents.

 

Distribution Network:  We have a diversified distribution network comprising self-owned sales outlets, agent/distributor sales outlets and cooperative sales arrangements.  We distribute our services to our individual customers through our self-owned sales outlets as well as retail outlets.  We distribute our services to large customers through our direct sales forces and agents.  We have developed a nationwide distribution network of service centers and retail outlets, of which only a small portion are owned by us and the others are owned by independent agents or distributors.  As of December 31, 2003, we had a total of approximately 63,000 sales outlets, of which over 4,000 were self-owned.  These service centers and retail outlets distribute our cellular, long distance, data and Internet services and provide post-sales services such as customer inquiry, customer complaint and collections.  We rely on a multi-level distribution system in many service areas, in which our top-level distributors further distribute to lower level distributors and sales agents.  We have also established direct sales and customer service teams at various levels to conduct one-on-one sales to high-usage institutional customers.  These direct sales and customer service teams’ focus is to utilize our cellular, domestic and international long distance, data, Internet and paging services as integrated telecommunications services in order to provide differentiated and comprehensive solutions for our customers.  In 2003, we also launched telemarketing sales initiatives in selected service areas on a trial basis, and accelerated our cooperation with different industries in the CDMA industry value chain.

 

 

48



 

Strategic Cooperation with China Post:   Our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, entered into a strategic cooperation arrangement with China Post in 2001.  This arrangement allows us to supplement our existing distribution network with China Post’s extensive nationwide network.  China Post also provides billing, collection and other services to our customers.  The arrangement uses a revenue-based commission structure for most services.  We and China Post have also agreed to use each other’s services and offer each other preferential treatment.  We have entered into provincial-level cooperation agreements with China Post in our service areas.

 

Customer Service

 

We provide specialized, differentiated and “one-stop” services to our customers, based on the customer service resources of Unicom Group.  Our customer care and service centers in each service area can be accessed by our customers by dialing a nationwide hotline number “1001”.  Our customer service system is a unified platform providing customer services for all of our businesses.  This system is based on the paging centers, and also relies on other systems, including operations, billing, account management and network management.  This integrated system allows us to provide personalized and diversified services, including service inquiry, billing inquiry, service initiation and termination, payment reminder services and emergency services, to different types of customers on a 24-hour basis.  Our customers can access our customer services through various means, including telephone calls, faxes, e-mails and SMSs.  To better serve our customers, we provide such value-added services as bill payment through commercial banks, free copies of detailed statements, Internet account inquiry, a single rechargeable card for all of our services and mobile service centers in remote areas of China.  To better meet market demand, we continue to seek innovation in our customer services, in order to provide more pro-active, comprehensive and targeted customer services.

 

In addition, we also analyze our customer segments in detail, and tailor our services to the requirements of different customer segments.  While we are focused on retention of our retail customers, we provide one-on-one personalized services to our institutional customers and, through “customer clubs”, regional and localized services for high-net-worth individual customers and large institutional customers.

 

We seek to optimize our customer service workflow and standards in order to achieve professional operation and management.  We established our customer service workflow using a consistent set of standards in order to timely resolve problems for our customers.  We have also strengthened our analysis and research of customer consumption behavior, consumption cycle and satisfaction levels in order to understand their consumption pattern and influence their consumption trend.

 

 

49



 

Billing and Collection

 

We are able to leverage our strengths as an integrated service provider to offer integrated billing and collection services.  For example, we provide our business customers a single bill covering multiple services for ease of payment.  We also integrate the billing systems for different services and distribute unified recharge cards that can be used to recharge various pre-paid services, including pre-paid cellular services, long distance telephony services and Internet dial-up services.  In 2003, we improved our billing system so that our system can distinguish between customers based on the marketing method and service package plans applicable to each customer.  These additional functions would allow us to analyze customer data in more detail, thereby improving our ability to analyze the age of our accounts and control bad debts.  The following table sets forth our billing and collection methods for each of our business segments:

 

Business Segment

 

Billing

 

Collection

Post-paid GSM and CDMA services

 

Centralized at the provincial level and generally by monthly billing.

 

Subscribers may pre-deposit their service charges with us or commercial banks or China Post that collect payment for us, make payment in person at our service centers or branches of China Post, or through commercial banks.

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-paid GSM and CDMA services

 

Centralized on our nationwide intelligent network

 

Subscribers can purchase and/or re-chare pre-paid cards through various channels.  They can also re-charge cards by telephone.

 

 

 

 

 

PSTN long distance telephony services

 

Through nationwide long distance telephony settlement center and regional billing centers located in Beijing, Shanghai and Guangzhou, which coordinates billing with local settlement centers

 

Subscribers mainly go to our service centers, commercial banks and branches of China Post for payment.

 

 

 

 

 

IP telephony services

 

Through our nationwide data settlement center and various provincial-level settlement systems

 

Subscribers mainly go to our service centers, commercial banks and branches of China Post for payment.

 

 

 

 

 

“Uni-Video” services

 

For each corporate customer, billing is either through the local service centers in the locations of the branches of the customer or centralized at one local service center chosen by the corporate customer.  Retail customers purchase pre-paid re-chargeable cards for our services.

 

Our corporate customers can pay either at the local service centers in the locations of the branches of such customer or at one local service center designated by the customer.

 

 

 

 

 

Internet services

 

Centralized at the provincial level.  Billing methods include monthly billing, volume-based billing and billing according to contractual provisions.

 

Subscribers may go to our service centers, commercial banks, and branches of China Post or use the Internet for payment.

 

 

 

 

 

“Unicom’s Internet Plaza”

 

Customers of the Internet cafes either pay by membership or pay hourly rates.

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines

 

Monthly billing in accordance with contractual provisions

 

Customers mainly pay at our service centers or at commercial banks.

 

50



 

Bad Debt Controls

 

Cellular Services.   Post-paid subscribers must register with us before they can begin using our cellular services.  Customer registration allows us to better manage customer credit.  If subscribers do not pay their bills on time, we charge a late fee and will either call or send SMSs to the delinquent subscribers to remind them to pay.  We generally suspend a post-paid subscriber’s account if the account is more than 30 days overdue and terminate the account if it is overdue for more than three months after that.  When an account is terminated, we will seek other remedies to collect the overdue payment, including personal visits to the subscriber to collect payments or taking legal actions.  At the same time, we encourage our subscribers to pre-deposit service charges with us, to be deducted against charges incurred in the future, or use our pre-paid services.

 

Domestic and International Long Distance Services.   We actively encourage customers to use our pre-paid services.  In addition, we perform credit checks on potential customers.  For high-volume users, we open telephone banking accounts at commercial banks, set credit limits on such accounts and settle with such customers on a monthly basis.

 

Internet services.   We send e-mails to delinquent customers and use other methods to collect payment from delinquent customers.  Accounts for individual customers which are delinquent for 20 days are suspended, and such accounts will be terminated if they are delinquent for more than 40 days.  For corporate customers, our actions are based on the credit history of each delinquent customer.

 

Research and Development

 

We focus on technology innovation in coordination with the various business departments, in order to provide technical support to the development of our various businesses.  Major projects of our research and development efforts in 2003 include:

 

                                          the tracking and research of the latest technology trends in light of the gradual transition to 3G cellular communications technology and next-generation networks and our position as a provider of integrated services, including participation in the Chinese Next Generation Internet (CNGI) network construction project (led by the National Development and Reform Commission) and the 3G cellular technology testing project (led by the MII);

 

                                          the investigation into coordinated development of the GSM and CDMA networks and the transition to next-generation networks, including the testing of GSM and CDMA commercial networks, the testing of integrated intelligent network technology and other research and development of new technologies; and

 

                                          the development of new businesses, including outsourced paging centers.

 

Competition

 

The Chinese telecommunications market has six basic telecommunications service providers – China Telecom, Unicom Group, China Mobile, China Netcom, China Satcom and China Railcom – and thousands of value-added service providers.  As a relatively new entrant into this competitive landscape, we believe we owe our recent development to the following:

 

                                          Integrated service offerings and a uniform and advanced telecommunications network – We offering integrated cellular, domestic and international long distance, data and Internet services, and have a nationwide, uniform communications network that support voice, data, Internet and voice communications and allow us to provide integrated services to our customers and utilize our network resources in a cost-effective manner.

 

51



 

 

 

                                          Advanced technologies – CDMA technology offers high bandwidth utilization, better voice quality, high data transmission capabilities, better security, lower handset radio transmitting power, and can cost-effectively and timely transition to 3G cellular telecommunications.  We are the only provider for CDMA services in 30 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions in China, and completed the upgrade of our CDMA network in 2003, from CDMA95 technology to CDMA 1X technology, which has higher data transmission capabilities.  Our GSM services utilize 2G technology that is widely accepted internationally and we believe our GSM network coverage and voice quality meet international standards.  Our uniform network platform (Unione) utilizes ATM+IP technology solutions to offer quality support to our voice, data, Internet, video conference, video telephony and mobile data services.

 

                                          Unique service offerings – Through our advanced integrated network platform and the implementation of our innovative marketing strategies, we introduced a series of value-added services such as CDMA 1X data services, “Uni-Video” services and “Ruyi Mailbox” services, in order to satisfy the differentiated demand of our various customer segments.

 

                                          Professional and quality customer service – Using the customer service resources of Unicom Group, we have built up a strong brand image in customer service that can be characterized as professional, differentiated and “one-stop” service.

 

However, the development of our business is also affected by certain competitive disadvantages, including:

 

                                          Market position – As a relatively new entrant to the market, we are still behind the traditional operators in such areas as market share and branding.  Due to our late entry, we still need to strengthen our market position through expenditures to capture mid- to high-end customers.  In addition, we are reliant on the dominant operators in terms of interconnection and settlement.

 

                                          Financial resources – In comparison to the dominant operators, our capital scale is relatively small, our debt ratio is relatively high, and our share of the market operating revenue and profit is relatively low.

 

                                          Network coverage and network number resources – Even though we have made significant improvements in network construction in recent years, network coverage in certain areas still need improvement.  In addition, we do not have sufficient network number resources, which has affected the development of our PSTN long distance telephony, IP telephony, data and Internet services.

 

Cellular Competition

 

Our main competitor in the cellular communications business is China Mobile.  China Mobile continues to have competitive advantages over us in brand name, market share, financial resources and network management experience.  To compete against China Mobile, we continue to improve our network coverage and voice quality, enhance network quality, develop value-added services (such as our CDMA 1X wireless data services), improve customer service and customize our package service plans to meet our various subscribers’ specific needs.  We also seek to leverage our position as a fully integrated telecommunications operator to provide “one-stop” telecommunications solutions for our subscribers.  In addition, we seek to compete against China Mobile’s GPRS wireless data services by the development of our CDMA 1X wireless data services, which offers such advantages as better voice quality, better security, and high data transmission rates.

 

52



 

Our cellular services also compete with the wireless local communications services of China Telecom and China Netcom, known as “Little Smart”, which are based on their fixed line networks and primarily utilize PHS technology.  These services were previously offered primarily in small- to medium-sized cities, but have been introduced in most major cities nationwide.  The “Little Smart” services reportedly have attracted a substantial subscriber base in China and compete with us mostly in the lower end of the cellular market.  Although many cellular users use “Little Smart” services as a supplement, rather than an alternative, to their existing cellular services, the availability of “Little Smart” services has reduced the overall usage volume of our cellular services.  The main advantage of “Little Smart” services is their lower tariff rates.  However, they generally have limited network coverage and roaming capability.

 

Since the launch of our CDMA cellular services in 2002, we have pursued a policy of coordinated development of our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses.  While our GSM cellular business focuses on the mass market, with customers who are more price-sensitive and require basic voice and message services, our CDMA services primarily focuses on customers who require voice and data services and places a premium on high-technology, high-speed and high-security services.  Accordingly, usage fees and package service plans for our CDMA cellular services are generally higher than those for our GSM cellular services. In 2003, a majority of our CDMA new subscribers were users migrating from the GSM services of our competitor, first-time cellular users, and users who subscribed to our CDMA services in addition to GSM services.

 

Long Distance Telephony Competition

 

The Chinese government restructured the fixed line incumbent China Telecom in 2002.  Pursuant to the restructuring, the telecommunications assets of the former China Telecom in 10 northern provinces in China were split off in May 2002 and merged with CNCL and Jitong to form China Netcom.  China Telecom retained the telecommunications assets in the remaining 21 provinces and the brand name of “China Telecom.”  Currently, both China Netcom and China Telecom provide fixed line telecommunications services.  In addition, China Railcom is also licensed to provide public switched long distance services in China and launched its long distance services in China in 2001.

 

China Telecom and China Netcom are the dominant providers and our primary competitors in the public switched long distance business in their respective service areas.  They have advantages over us in their respective service areas in brand name, market share, financial resources, service area coverage, extensive access networks and experience in fixed line telecommunications business.  However, the separation of China Telecom into two companies along geographic lines weakened the competitiveness of the resulting entities on a nationwide basis.

 

We started to provide public switched long distance telephony services in 2000 and reached a market share of 14.0% in terms of total outgoing long distance call minutes in 2003.  Since our network has been constructed recently and is equipped with the latest technology and advanced features, it enables us to offer a variety of high-quality services.  Our long distance telephony services are also supported by a centralized billing system.  Our services are hindered by our lack of fixed line telephone number resources.

 

Our IP telephony services currently face intense competition from China Telecom, China Netcom, China Mobile, China Railcom and China Satcom.  Currently, China Telecom and China Netcom are the market leaders in their respective service areas.  Ever since the MII deregulated the tariffs of this market in 2001, competition in this market has been intensifying.

 

53



 

Data and Internet Competition

 

China Telecom, China Netcom and China Railcom are our major competitors in the data services business in their respective service areas.  Other competitors include China Satcom.  While China Telecom, China Netcom, China Railcom, China Mobile, China Satcom and we are the only Internet backbone operators in China, there are many retail Internet service providers throughout China.  China Telecom and China Netcom have leading positions in the Internet access market and are the largest wholesale Internet service providers in their respective service areas.  However, the separation of the fixed line incumbent China Telecom into China Telecom and China Netcom in 2002 has served to enhance our competitive advantage.  Our data and Internet networks have nationwide access, which offers convenience and flexibility to our institutional customers, whereas the respective networks of China Telecom and China Netcom only extend to their respective service areas.  We have obtained approval to operate and franchise a nationwide chain of Internet cafes and, to date, have opened more than 100 upscale Internet cafes nationwide.

 

The advanced features and design of our backbone network allow us to provide nationwide high quality virtual private network services, which are specifically tailored to the high-usage corporate customers and retail Internet service providers that we target.  We are also building advanced metropolitan area networks and integrated access networks that allow us to connect to key commercial buildings throughout China.  We also continue to cooperate with medium- to small-sized Internet service providers and other companies that have broadband access to concentrated residential areas and cable operators to expand our broadband services.

 

Trademarks

 

We conduct our businesses under the Unicom name and logo.  Unicom Group is the registered proprietor in China of the “Unicom” trademark in English and the trademark bearing the Unicom logo.  Unicom Group has also applied and became the registered proprietor of the trademark of the word “Unicom” in Chinese.  Unicom Group has granted us the right to use these trademarks on a royalty-free basis, and to license to us any trademark that it registers in China in the future which incorporates the word Unicom.

 

Regulatory and Related Matters

 

The telecommunications industry in China is subject to a high degree of government regulation.  The primary regulatory authority of the Chinese telecommunications industry is the MII.  The State Council, the National Development and Reform Commission (the former State Development Planning Commission), the Ministry of Commerce (formerly, the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation) and other governmental authorities also maintain regulatory responsibilities over certain aspects of the Chinese telecommunications industry.

 

The MII, under the supervision of the State Council, is responsible for, among other things:

 

                                          formulating and enforcing industry policies and regulations, as well as technical standards,

                                          granting telecommunications service licenses,

                                          supervising the operations and quality of service of telecommunications service providers,

                                          allocating and administering telecommunications resources such as spectrum and number resources,

                                          together with other relevant regulatory authorities, formulating tariff standards for telecommunications services,

                                          formulating interconnection and settlement arrangements between telecommunications networks, and

                                          maintaining fair and orderly market competition among service providers.

 

54



 

The MII has established a Telecommunications Administration Bureau in each province, which is mainly responsible for enforcement of telecommunications policies and regulations in that province.

 

The MII is in the process of drafting a telecommunications law that, once adopted by the National People’s Congress, will become the basic telecommunications statute and provide the principal legal framework for telecommunications regulations in China.  It is currently uncertain when the law will be adopted and become effective.

 

Telecommunications Regulations

 

The State Council promulgated the Telecommunications Regulations, which became effective as of September 25, 2000.  The Telecommunications Regulations are substantially consistent with, and are primarily intended to streamline and clarify, the existing rules and policies for the telecommunications industry.  They provide the current primary regulatory framework for China’s telecommunications industry in the interim period prior to the adoption of the proposed telecommunications law.

 

The Telecommunications Regulations are intended to develop a transparent and fair regulatory environment to foster orderly competition and encourage development in the telecommunications industry.  The Telecommunications Regulations address all key aspects of the telecommunications industry, including entry into the industry, scope of business, tariff setting, interconnection arrangements, quality of services, technology standards and allocation of telecommunications resources.

 

Entry into the Industry

 

The Telecommunications Regulations adopt the existing regulatory distinction between basic and value added telecommunication services.  An addendum to the Telecommunications Regulations sub-categorizes basic and value added telecommunication services.  In February 2003, the MII revised the addendum to the Telecommunications Regulations; and the revised addendum took effect in April 2003.  Basic telecommunications services include, among others, fixed line local and domestic long distance telephony services, international telecommunications services, IP telephony services, mobile voice and data services, Internet and other public data transmission services, lease or sale of network elements, and paging services.  Value added telecommunications services include, among others, e-mail, voice mail, electronic data interchange, Internet access, Internet content and video conferencing services.  Providers of any basic telecommunications services as well as providers of value added services in two or more provinces in China must apply for licenses from the MII.  Licenses for basic telecommunications services will be granted through a tendering process.

 

 

55



 

After its accession to the WTO in December 2001, China promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Telecommunications Companies with Foreign Investment, effective on January 1, 2002, implementing its commitments to the WTO.  Those commitments include the gradual reduction of foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and the step-by-step opening of the telecommunications market in China to foreign operators.  However, the presence or absence of foreign investments in an applicant for telecommunications licenses will presumably bear no direct relation to the decision on whether to issue licenses, in as much as the issuance of new licenses is governed by a separate set of rules and regulations.  The specific market-opening commitments China made to the WTO regarding fixed line services, mobile services and value-added telecommunication services are as follows.

 

                                          For fixed line services:

 

(1)                                   Within three years after accession: foreign service providers will be permitted to establish joint venture enterprises and provide services in and between the cities of Shanghai, Guangzhou and Beijing; foreign ownership in such joint ventures shall be no more than 25%;

 

(2)                                   Within five years after accession: the services areas will be expanded to include services in and between an additional 14 cities of Chengdu, Chongqing, Dalian, Fuzhou, Hangzhou, Nanjing, Ningbo, Qingdao, Shenyang, Shenzhou, Xiamen, Xi’an, Taiyuan and Wuhan, or, the additional 14 cities; foreign ownership shall be no more than 35%; and

 

(3)                                   Within six years after accession: there will be no geographic restriction and foreign ownership shall be no more than 49%.

 

                                          For mobile voice and data services:

 

(1)                                   Upon accession: foreign service providers will be permitted to establish joint venture enterprises and provide services in and between the cities of Shanghai, Guangzhou and Beijing; foreign ownership in such joint ventures shall be no more than 25%;

 

(2)                                   Within one year after accession: the services areas will be expanded to include services in and between the additional 14 cities; foreign ownership shall be no more than 35%;

 

(3)                                   Within three years after accession: foreign ownership shall be no more than 49%; and

 

(4)                                   Within five years after accession: there will be no geographic restriction and the foreign ownership shall be no more than 49%.

 

                                          For value-added telecommunication services:

 

(1)                                   Upon accession: foreign service providers will be permitted to establish joint venture enterprises and provide services in and between the cities of Shanghai, Guangzhou and Beijing; foreign ownership in such joint ventures shall be no more than 30%;

 

(2)                                   Within one year after accession: the services areas will be expanded to include services in and between the additional 14 cities; foreign ownership shall be no more than 49%; and

 

(3)                                   Within two years after accession: there will be no geographic restriction, foreign ownership shall be no more than 50%.

 

56



 

The MII promulgated Measures on the Administration of Telecommunication Business Licenses, which took effect on January 1, 2002.  Those rules apply to the application for, examination and approval of, telecommunications business licenses in China.

 

Spectrum and Network Number Resources

 

The MII allocates all telecommunications-related frequencies, including those used in cellular, paging and microwave operations.  The 800 MHZ, 900 MHZ and 1,800 MHZ frequency bands have been reserved for mobile cellular applications and parts of the 150 MHZ and 280 MHZ frequency bands have been reserved for paging applications.  The frequency assigned to a licensee may not be leased or transferred without obtaining the approval of the MII.

 

From July 1, 2002, the standard spectrum usage fees for GSM networks and CDMA networks will be charged at the annual rate of RMB15 million per MHz of frequency per year (upward and downward frequencies are charged separately) progressively over a period of three years and a period of five years, respectively.  The current allocation of spectrum usage fees between Unicom Group and us based on the number of subscribers remains unchanged.

 

The MII is also responsible for the administration of network number resources within China, including cellular network numbers and subscriber numbers.  In January 2003, it issued the Administrative Rules for Telecommunications Network Numbers, which took effect on March 1, 2003.  According to these rules, the telecommunications network number resources are properties of the Chinese government, and the use of number resources by any telecommunications operator is subject to the approval of MII.   Users of number resources, including us, are required to pay a usage fee to the Chinese government.  However, the standard for the usage fee has not yet been determined.  It is also not clear when the standard for the usage fee will be determined and when we will be required to pay such fee.  The new rules also provide for procedures for application for the use, upgrade and adjustment of number resources by telecommunications operators.

 

Tariff Setting and Price Controls

 

The levels and categories of our current tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the MII, the National Development and Reform Commission (the former State Development and Planning Commission), and, at the local level, the relevant provincial Telecommunications Administration Bureaus and price regulatory authorities.  Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications tariffs are categorized into State-fixed tariffs, State-guidance tariffs and market-based tariffs.  For example, there are State-guidance tariffs for cellular services, fixed line telephony services and leased lines services that are set jointly by the MII and the National Development and Reform Commission.  Tariffs for telecommunications services where adequate competition has already developed may be set by the service providers as market-based tariffs.  In 1997, the Chinese government granted us preferential treatment by allowing us to vary our cellular tariffs by up to 10% from the state-guidance rates.

 

The government is required to hold public hearings before setting or changing important State-tariff rates, which are attended by telecommunication operators, consumers and others.  Operators are required to provide complete and adequate cost data and other materials for those hearings.

 

In December 2000, the MII, the former State Development Planning Commission and the Ministry of Finance jointly issued a tariff adjustment circular, which provides for tariff adjustments for a wide range of telecommunications services.  Effective from February 21, 2001, we have adopted these government tariff adjustments.

 

57



 

In June 2003, the Ministry of Finance and the MII jointly issued a circular to revoke certain fees including one-time installation fees charged to the fixed line telephone users and one-time activation fees charged to the cellular subscribers.

 

Interconnection Arrangements

 

In 1999, the MII issued provisional regulations on interconnection and settlement arrangements.  These regulations contain specific provisions regarding, among other things, revenue sharing methods and settlement mechanisms and interconnection agreements among telecommunications service providers.  The Telecommunication Regulations reaffirmed the obligations of dominant telecommunications operators in China to provide interconnection with other operators.  The MII adjusted the interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements, effective from March 21, 2001, and further adjusted them on October 28, 2003.  We have entered into interconnection and settlement agreements with China Telecom, China Netcom, China Mobile and China Railcom that implement the regulatory requirements.

 

The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements with fixed line operators and China Mobile for local calls before and after the regulatory adjustment in 2003.

 

Network from
which calls originated

 

Network at
which calls terminated

 

Old Settlement
Arrangement

(under 2001 regulations)

 

New Settlement Arrangement
(under 2003 regulations)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network

 

(1)  Unicom collects the local cellular usage charge from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom pays RMB0.006 per 6 seconds to fixed line operators

 

(1)  Unicom collects the local cellular usage charge from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network

 

Unicom’s cellular network

 

No revenue sharing or settlement

 

No revenue sharing or settlement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network

 

China Mobile’s cellular network

 

No revenue sharing or settlement

 

(1) Unicom collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to China Mobile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China Mobile’s cellular network

 

Unicom’s cellular network

 

No revenue sharing or settlement

 

(1) China Mobile collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers

(2)  China Mobile pays RMB0.06 per minute to Unicom

 

 

58



 

The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangement with fixed line operators and China Mobile for domestic long distance calls before and after the regulatory adjustment in 2003.

 

Network from
which calls originated

 

Network at
which calls terminated

 

Old Settlement Arrangement
(under 2001 regulations)

 

New Settlement Arrangement
(under 2003 regulations)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area A

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B, if through the long distance network of such fixed line operator

 

(1)  Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom keeps RMB0.006 per 6 seconds and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to fixed line operators

 

(1)  Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom keeps RMB0.06 per minute and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to fixed line operators

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area A

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom

 

(1)  Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators, and keeps the rest of the domestic long distance tariff

 

(1)  Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators, and keeps the rest of the domestic long distance tariff

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area A

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom

 

(1)  Fixed line operators collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers

(2)  Fixed line operators keep RMB0.006 per 6 seconds and pay the rest to Unicom

 

(1)  Fixed line operators collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers

(2)  Fixed line operators keep RMB0.06 per minute and pay the rest to Unicom

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at Area A

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of such fixed line operator

 

(1)  Fixed line operators collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers   (2)  Fixed line operators pay RMB0.06 per minute to Unicom and keep the rest

 

(1)  Fixed line operators collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers.

(2)  Fixed line operators pay RMB0.06 per minute to Unicom and keep the rest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area A

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom

 

(1)  Fixed line operators on the originating end collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers

(2)  Fixed line operators keep RMB0.006 per 6 seconds and pay the rest to Unicom

(3)  Unicom then pays RMB0.006 per 6 seconds to fixed line operators on the receiving end

 

(1)  Fixed line operators on the originating end collect the domestic long distance tariff from their subscribers

(2)  Fixed line operators keep RMB0.06 per minute and pay the rest to Unicom

(3)  Unicom then pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators on the receiving end

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area A

 

China Mobile’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of China Mobile

 

(1)  Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom keeps RMB0.006 per 6 seconds and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to China Mobile

 

(1)  Unicom collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom keeps RMB0.06 per minute and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to China Mobile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China Mobile’s cellular network at area A

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area B, if through the long distance network of Unicom

 

(1)  China Mobile collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2)  China Mobile keeps RMB0.006 per 6 seconds and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to Unicom

 

(1)  China Mobile collects the domestic long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2)  China Mobile keeps RMB0.06 per minute and pays the rest of the domestic long distance tariff to Unicom

 

59



 

The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangement with fixed line operators for international long distance calls through their international gateways before and after the regulatory adjustment in 2003.

 

Type of calls

 

Old Settlement Arrangements
(under 2001 regulations)

 

New Settlement Arrangements
(under 2003 regulations)

 

 

 

 

 

Outgoing calls from Unicom’s cellular network, if through the international long distance network of fixed line operators

 

(1) Unicom collects the international long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2) Unicom keeps RMB0.006 or RMB0.054 per 6 seconds (depending on whether through Unicom’s domestic long distance transmission line) and pays the rest of the international long distance tariff to fixed line operators

 

(1) Unicom collects the international long distance tariff and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2) Unicom keeps RMB0.06 or RMB0.54 per minute (depending on whether through Unicom’s domestic long distance network) and pays the rest of the international long distance tariff to fixed line operators

 

 

 

 

 

Incoming calls to Unicom’s cellular network, if through the international long distance network of fixed line operators

 

(1)  Unicom receives RMB0.006 or RMB0.054 per 6 seconds from fixed line operators (depending on whether through Unicom’s domestic long distance transmission line)

 

(1)  Unicom receives RMB0.06 or RMB0.54 per minute from fixed line operators (depending on whether through Unicom’s domestic long distance network)

 

The following table sets forth our interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements with fixed line operators for IP telephony long distance calls through our network before and after the regulating adjustment in 2003.

 

Network from which
calls originated

 

Network at which calls
terminated

 

Old Settlement
Arrangement

(under 2001 regulations)

 

New Settlement
Arrangement

(under 2003 regulations)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom’s cellular network at area A

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B (if through Unicom’s IP telephony network)

 

(1)  Unicom collects the IP telephony long distance charges and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom pays RMB0.006 per 6 seconds to fixed line operators on the receiving end

 

(1)  Unicom collects the IP telephony long distance charges and local call tariff from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators on the receiving end

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area A

 

Fixed line operators’ public fixed line network at area B (if through Unicom’s IP telephony network)

 

(1)  Unicom collects the IP telephony long distance charges from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom pays RMB0.006 per 6 seconds to fixed line operators on the receiving end

(3)  No settlement between Unicom and fixed line operators on the originating end

 

(1)  Unicom collects the IP telephony long distance charges from its subscribers

(2)  Unicom pays RMB0.06 per minute to fixed line operators on the receiving end

(3)  No settlement between Unicom and fixed line operators on the originating end

 

60



 

Technical Standards

 

The MII sets industry technical standards for the Chinese telecommunications industry.  Most of the standards set by the MII conform to the standards recommended by the International Telecommunications Union and other international telecommunications standards organizations.  In cases where the MII has not set certain industry technical standards, we set our own enterprise technical standards.  The MII also requires all network operators in China to purchase only telecommunications equipment certified by the MII, including cellular and paging equipment, radio equipment and interconnection terminal equipment.

 

Universal Services

 

Telecommunications service providers in China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the Chinese government, and the MII has the authority to delineate the scope of its universal service obligations.  The MII may also select universal service providers through a tendering process.  The MII, together with the finance and pricing authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services.  These rules have not yet been promulgated and there are currently no regulatory requirements relating to the provision of universal services in China.

 

The MII has recently required all Chinese telecommunication service providers to provide telephone services in a number of remote villages in China as transitional measures prior to the formalization of a universal service obligation framework.  The MII and other relevant government authorities are still in the process of finalizing the regulations relating to the provision of such universal services.  Such regulations, if promulgated, may require us to incur significant relevant expenses to fulfill our universal service obligations.

 

Capital Investment

 

Unicom Group is authorized to approve a project with a total investment of less than RMB200 million.  Any investment project involving a total capital investment in excess of RMB200 million is required to be reviewed by the National Development and Reform Commission and approved by the State Council.

 

Others

 

As a company with substantially all of our operations in China, we, along with our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, are subject to various regulations of the PRC government in addition to those regulating the telecommunications industry.  PRC regulatory authorities, such as the State Bureau of Taxation, National Audit Office, State Administration of Industry and Commerce and local price bureaus, exercise extensive control over various aspects of our businesses and conduct various regular inspections, examinations and/or audits on us and Unicom Group.  In addition, as one of the key State-owned enterprises under the direct supervision of the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, Unicom Group is also subject to periodic audit by the National Audit Office, or the NAO.  The NAO is currently conducting an audit on Unicom Group and its subsidiaries, including us.  As the NAO audit has not yet been completed, we cannot predict at this time the results of such audit or the extent of its possible effect on our company.

 

61



 

C.            Organizational Structure

 

We are incorporated in Hong Kong and are 77.42% indirectly owned by the Unicom Group and 22.58% owned by public shareholders as of the date of this annual report.  See “A. History and Development of the Company” under this Item 4.  Set forth below are details of our significant subsidiaries:

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Country of Incorporation

 

Ownership Interest

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

China

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or Unicom New Century

 

China

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited, or Unicom New World*

 

China

 

100

%

 


*                   Held through Unicom New World (BVI) Limited, our direct wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

D.            Properties

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Hong Kong.  We also maintain executive offices in Beijing.  We own and lease a large number of offices, retail outlets, equipment rooms and base stations throughout China.  For some of those properties we own, we have not obtained land use rights certificates or building ownership certificates.  In some cases, we have not entered into formal lease agreements with the lessors or the lessors do not possess requisite title certificates.  We believe that it is unlikely that we would be denied our right to use a large number of these properties at any given time.  Our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, has agreed to indemnify us against any loss or damages incurred by us that are caused by or arising from any challenge of, or interference with, our right to use these properties.

 

Item 5.  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with the selected financial data set forth in Item 3 and the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with HK GAAP, which differs in certain respects from US GAAP.  Note 41 to the consolidated financial statements summarizes the nature and effects of significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP as they relate to our financial statements and provides a reconciliation to US GAAP of our net income and shareholders’ equity.  In addition, Note 41 to our consolidated financial statements includes our condensed consolidated financial information prepared and presented in accordance with US GAAP for the relevant periods.  Our consolidated financial statements present, and the discussion and analysis under this Item 5 pertain to, our consolidated financial position and results of operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003.  On December 31, 2002 and 2003, we completed the acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group, and the acquisition of Unicom New World from Unicom Group and sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, respectively.  Our consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2003 reflect the results of operations of Unicom New Century and Guoxin Paging but do not include the results of operations of Unicom New World.  Our consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2002 do not include the results of operations of Unicom New Century.  See “—Acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” below under this Item 5.

 

 

62



 

Overview

 

We are an integrated provider of telecommunications services in China and offer a wide range of telecommunications services, including the following, which also constitute our major operating segments:

 

                                          GSM cellular service in 21 provinces, 5 autonomous regions and 4 municipalities (15 provinces, 2 autonomous regions and 4 municipalities prior to the acquisition of Unicom New World);

 

                                          CDMA cellular service in 21 provinces, 5 autonomous regions and 4 municipalities (15 provinces, 2 autonomous regions and 4 municipalities prior to the acquisition of Unicom New World);

 

                                          Public switched international and domestic long distance service nationwide in China;

 

                                          IP telephony based international and domestic long distance and data and Internet services nationwide in China; and

 

                                          Until December 31, 2003, paging services nationwide in China.

 

The table below sets forth operating revenue from our major businesses and the respective percentage of our total operating revenue in 2001, 2002 and 2003.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

Total operating revenue

 

29,393

 

100.0

%

40,577

 

100.0

%

67,636

 

100.0

%

Total service revenue

 

28,156

 

95.8

%

38,333

 

94.5

%

64,040

 

94.7

%

GSM

 

20,505

 

69.8

%

27,388

 

67.5

%

40,304

 

59.6

%

CDMA

 

 

 

3,225

 

7.9

%

16,623

 

24.6

%

Long distance revenue

 

1,489

 

5.1

%

2,766

 

6.8

%

2,273

 

3.4

%

Data and Internet revenue

 

1,820

 

6.2

%

2,793

 

6.9

%

3,437

 

5.1

%

Paging

 

4,342

 

14.7

%

2,161

 

5.4

%

1,403

 

2.0

%

Sales from telecommunications products

 

1,237

 

4.2

%

2,244

 

5.5

%

3,596

 

5.3

%

 

Our service revenue comes primarily from the following:

 

                                          Usage fees for our GSM, CDMA, long distance and data and Internet services, including, for our cellular subscribers, roaming-out fees for calls made by them outside their local service areas.  We recognize usage fee revenue when the service is rendered.

 

63



 

                                          Monthly fees, of fixed amounts, charged to certain of our GSM, CDMA, data and Internet and paging subscribers for access to the relevant service.  We recognize monthly fee revenue in the month during which the services are rendered.

 

                                          Connection fees are one-time activation fees charged to our GSM cellular and paging subscribers prior to July 2001 (no longer charged).  We recognize connection fee revenue upon activation of service under HK GAAP.

 

                                          Interconnection revenue from other telecommunications operators, including Unicom Group, for calls made from their networks to our networks and roaming-in fees for calls made by cellular subscribers of other operators using our cellular networks.  We recognize interconnection revenue when the relevant calls are made by subscribers.

 

                                          Leased line rental revenue from leases of transmission lines on our networks to Unicom Group, business customers and other telecommunications carriers in China.  We recognize leased line rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the relevant lease term.

 

                                          Other revenue primarily from valued-added services, such as short message services.  We recognize revenue for valued-added services when the services are rendered.

 

                                          Sales of telecommunication calling cards, representing pre-paid service fees, are recorded as advances from customers and recognized as revenue when the service is rendered upon actual use of the cards.

 

Along with the rapid growth of China’s telecommunications industry, particularly in the cellular communications sector, our total operating revenue in 2003 increased by 66.7% from 2002.  This increase was primarily the result of the continued growth in revenue of our cellular business , including the strong growth of our CDMA service since its introduction in 2002, and the growth of our long distance, data and Internet services, as well as the effect of including revenue attributable to Unicom New Century, which we acquired effective December 31, 2002.  Our paging revenue has declined over this period as China’s paging market continued to decline.  We believe that the growth of our cellular businesses and our long distance, data and Internet businesses have resulted in developments in our revenue structure that reflect our strategy of targeting high growth, high margin areas of China’s telecommunications industry.  Service revenue from our cellular businesses as a percentage of total operating revenue increased from 75.4% in 2002 to 84.2% in 2003.  Service revenue from long distance, data and Internet businesses fell to 8.4% of operating revenue in 2003, from 13.7% of our total operating revenue in 2002.  Paging service revenue fell by 35.1% in 2003.  We aim to further leverage our position as an integrated telecommunications operator in order to continue to drive the growth of our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses and long distance, data and Internet businesses.

 

64


 

The following table sets forth our major operating expense items and operating income, both in terms of amount and as a percentage of total operating revenue in 2001, 2002 and 2003.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

RMB in
millions

 

% of Total
Operating
Revenue

 

Total Operating Revenue

 

29,393

 

100.0

%

40,577

 

100.0

%

67,636

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

24,129

 

82.1

%

33,253

 

82.0

%

59,122

 

87.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased line and network capacities

 

853

 

2.9

%

1,583

 

3.9

%

4,320

 

6.4

%

Interconnection charges

 

2,073

 

7.1

%

3,230

 

8.0

%

5,921

 

8.8

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

8,262

 

28.1

%

11,256

 

27.7

%

16,385

 

24.2

%

Personnel

 

2,487

 

8.5

%

3,335

 

8.2

%

4,575

 

6.8

%

Selling and marketing

 

3,613

 

12.3

%

5,981

 

14.7

%

15,157

 

22.4

%

General, administrative and other expenses

 

5,499

 

18.7

%

5,632

 

13.9

%

9,112

 

13.5

%

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

1,342

 

4.6

%

2,236

 

5.5

%

3,652

 

5.4

%

Operating income

 

5,264

 

17.9

%

7,324

 

18.0

%

8,514

 

12.6

%

 

Our major operating expenses include the following:

 

              Leased line and network capacities charges, representing lease expenses for transmission capacity from other operators and CDMA network capacities from Unicom Group;

 

              Interconnection expenses, representing amounts paid to other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls from our networks to their networks and roaming-out fees paid to other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls made by our subscribers roaming in their networks;

 

              Depreciation and amortization expenses, mainly relating to our property, plant and equipment and other assets (other than deferred customer acquisition costs of certain CDMA contractual subscribers, which are recorded under selling and marketing expenses);

 

              Personnel expenses, representing staff salaries and wages, bonuses and medical benefits, contributions to defined contribution pension schemes and housing benefits;

 

              Selling and marketing expenses, including commissions, promotion and advertising expenses and, beginning in 2002, amortization of deferred customer acquisition costs of certain CDMA contractual subscribers;

 

              General, administrative and other expenses, primarily including operating lease expenses, repair and maintenance costs, provision for doubtful debts and provisions for impairment in the value of property, plant and equipment.  Other components of general, administrative and other expenses include utilities, general office expenses and travel expenses; and

 

              Costs of telecommunications products sold.

 

65



 

As a percentage of total operating revenue, total operating expenses in 2003 were 87.4% compared to 82.0% in 2002.   We continue to aim to strengthen management, integrate our businesses and control costs to achieve greater overall efficiency.

 

For the first three months of 2004, our unaudited total revenue was RMB19.59 billion, including RMB11.78 billion from GSM cellular services, RMB5.73 billion from CDMA cellular services, RMB0.94 billion from long distance services, RMB0.37 billion from data and Internet services and RMB0.78 billion from the sale of telecommunications products.

 

Acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging

 

In December 2003, we acquired from Unicom Group the GSM cellular assets and businesses and CDMA businesses of Unicom New World in the following 9 provinces and autonomous regions in China: Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang autonomous regions.  The total purchase price was HK$3,014,886,000 (approximately RMB3.2 billion), payable in cash.  On the same date, we also completed the sale of the entire equity interests of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group for a total sale price of HK$2,590,917,656 (approximately RMB2.75 billion), and such proceeds were applied to our general working capital.

 

Under HK GAAP, we have adopted the purchase method to account for our acquisition from Unicom Group of Unicom New World, which became effective on December 31, 2003.  Under the purchase method, in accordance with HK GAAP, our consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of operations of Unicom New World only from the date of the acquisition.  Since the effective date of the acquisition was December 31, 2003, our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report do not include the results of operations of Unicom New World.  Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 includes the financial position of Unicom New World, with the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired being recognized as goodwill, which is amortized on a straight line basis over its beneficial life of 20 years.  We expect the acquisition to have a material impact on our overall results of operations going forward.

 

Under US GAAP, the acquisition of Unicom New World is accounted for as a transfer of businesses under common control.  Under this method, the acquired assets and liabilities are accounted for at their historical cost under US GAAP and the consolidated financial statements prepared under US GAAP for all periods presented are retroactively restated as if Unicom New World had always been part of our company since inception.  This method is reflected in the significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP provided in Note 41 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Under HK GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging by us to the Unicom Group, which became effective on December 31, 2003, has been accounted for as a sale of discontinued operation. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 was recorded as the loss on sale of discontinued operation in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003. The operating results of Guoxin Paging from January 1, 2003 to the effective date of the sale of Guoxin Paging were included in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Under US GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group is considered a transfer of business between entities under common control and accounted for at historical cost of the net assets transferred, after reduction, if appropriate, for an indicated impairment of value. In addition, under US GAAP, the results of operations of a component or segment of an entity that has been disposed of should be reported in discontinued operations as a separate component of income, separately from continuing operations, in the period in which the disposal occurred and in prior periods. Accordingly, all the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been grouped into and reported in the income statement as “Discontinued operation – Loss from discontinued operation” under US GAAP.

 

On December 31, 2002, we completed the acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group.  Similar to the treatment of the acquisition of Unicom New World described above, we adopted the purchase method under HK GAAP, under which the results of operations of Unicom New Century were included in our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 only.

 

The acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and the sale of Guoxin Paging have had a material impact on our overall results of operations.  In particular, our financial results in 2003 were significantly affected by the inclusion of the results of operations for Unicom New Century we acquired effective December 31, 2002.  By comparison, our financial results in 2002 did not include the results of operations of Unicom New Century.  See “ - Operating Results - Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002” below.  These acquisitions have, among other things, significantly expanded the size of the telecommunications markets we serve and increased the number of our subscribers and usage of our services.  As a result, our operating revenue and operating expenses have also increased significantly.

 

66



 

The following are certain summary consolidated results of operation information for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and financial position information as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 for us and Unicom New World, as separate entities and on a combined basis after the acquisition of each entity, prepared under US GAAP.  The financial information prepared under US GAAP reflect retroactive restatement for the acquisition and reconciliation for other differences from HK GAAP to US GAAP.

 

 

 

The Group
(before the
acquisition of
Unicom New
World)

 

Unicom New
World

 

Elimination

 

The Group
(after the
acquisition of
Unicom New
World)

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

For the year ended December 31, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

30,024,754

 

2,905,547

 

(428,980

)

32,501,321

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

5,784,497

 

81,174

 

 

5,865,671

 

Net loss from discontinued operation

 

(710,176

)

 

 

(710,176

)

Net income

 

5,074,321

 

81,174

 

 

5,155,495

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.404

 

 

 

0.411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of/for the year ended December 31, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

45,800,199

 

5,238,615

 

(623,566

)

50,415,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

5,611,683

 

(116,694

)

(2,185

)

5,492,804

 

Net loss from discontinued operation

 

(422,213

)

 

 

(422,213

)

Effect to change in accounting policy

 

(42,175

)

 

 

(42,175

)

Net income

 

5,147,295

 

(116,694

)

(2,185

)

5,028,416

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.410

 

 

 

0.401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

118,644,755

 

12,571,854

 

 

131,216,609

 

Current assets

 

31,921,101

 

2,153,980

 

(655,797

)

33,419,284

 

Total assets

 

150,565,856

 

14,725,834

 

(655,797

)

164,635,893

 

Non-current liabilities

 

41,673,150

 

8,025,450

 

 

49,698,600

 

Current liabilities

 

44,609,442

 

6,200,210

 

(653,612

)

50,156,040

 

Total liabilities

 

86,282,592

 

14,225,660

 

(653,612

)

99,854,640

 

Minority interests

 

566,257

 

 

 

566,257

 

Net assets

 

63,717,007

 

500,174

 

(2,185

)

64,214,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of/for the year ended December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

65,055,706

 

8,116,512

 

(1,213,965

)

71,958,253

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

5,719,316

 

348,762

 

2,185

 

6,070,263

 

Net loss from discontinued operation

 

(1,341,840

)

 

 

(1,341,840

)

Net income

 

4,377,476

 

348,762

 

2,185

 

4,728,423

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.349

 

 

 

0.377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

115,104,870

 

13,064,550

 

 

128,269,420

 

Current assets

 

20,941,127

 

2,278,122

 

(975,965

)

22,243,284

 

Total assets

 

136,045,997

 

15,342,672

 

(975,965

)

150,412,704

 

Non-current liabilities

 

34,908,769

 

5,684,779

 

 

40,593,548

 

Current liabilities

 

37,478,355

 

7,404,263

 

(975,965

)

43,906,653

 

Total liabilities

 

72,387,124

 

13,089,042

 

(975,965

)

84,500,201

 

Net assets

 

63,658,873

 

2,253,630

 

 

65,912,503

 

 

67



 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of our financial statements and this annual report requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported and disclosed amounts of assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, as at the relevant dates and revenue and expenses for the relevant periods.  We have identified the accounting policies and estimates below as critical to our business operations and an understanding of our results of operations and financial position.  The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations are discussed throughout this Item 5 where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results.  For a discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, see Notes 2 and 3 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates and assumptions.

 

Deferral of CDMA Customer Acquisition Costs

 

We have been operating the CDMA business since the beginning of 2002.  In order to accelerate the development of the CDMA business and subscriber growth, we began to offer certain promotional packages in the second half of 2002.  As part of the contractual arrangements with certain CDMA contractual subscribers under these special promotional packages, CDMA handsets were provided to the subscribers for their use at no additional charge during the specified contract periods, which range from 6 months to 2 years.  In return, the subscribers are required to incur a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period.  If the contractual subscribers can fulfill the minimum contract spending amounts by the end of the contract period, they will not be obliged to repay the remaining costs of the CDMA handsets given for their use.  In addition, to secure contract performance, these subscribers are required under their contracts to (1) prepay certain non-refundable amounts of service fees or deposits, (2) maintain a bank deposit in one of the designated commercial banks to secure their minimum contract amounts, or (3) provide a guarantor who will compensate us for any loss in the event of the subscriber’s non-performance of related contractual obligations.

 

 

68



 

We consider the costs of the CDMA handsets provided to contractual subscribers under these promotional packages as part of the customer acquisition costs for the development of these new CDMA contractual subscribers.  Such customer acquisition costs are deferred, to the extent recoverable, and amortized over the contractual periods to match with the minimum contract revenue.

 

We determined our accounting policy of deferred customer acquisition costs of certain CDMA subscribers after a careful evaluation of our specific facts and circumstances, and believe that the capitalization of such costs appropriately matches with the future contractual revenues due to (1) the historically high ARPUs and low churn, default or bad debt rates of these subscribers; (2) our established procedures and the relative low cost of enforcement of contracts in default; and (3) the existence of specified contract periods with minimum contract spending amounts and built-in contractual safeguarding measures such as non-refundable prepayments, bank deposits, and guarantees received, as well as penalty clauses imposed on subscribers.

 

Therefore, we believe that the deferred customer acquisition costs are recoverable from future revenue to be derived from these promotional packages, and the capitalization and amortization of these customer acquisition costs to match future revenue is an appropriate accounting policy.  Furthermore, we continuously assess and evaluate the recoverability of these deferred customer acquisition costs, based on the detailed review of historical subscriber churn rates and the estimated default rate. Based on our current assessment and evaluation, we believe that there is no significant problem in recovering the carrying amounts of the deferred customer acquisition costs as at December 31, 2003.

 

We have made the above recoverability assessments based on the current legal and operating environment relating to the subscribers’ contract performance and other information currently available to us.  Actual results may differ significantly from the current situation and our current estimates.  If the situation changes significantly in the future, we may need to expense off additional non-recoverable deferred customer acquisition costs based on conditions at that time.

 

Lease of CDMA Network Capacity

 

We have entered into a CDMA network capacity lease agreement with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon.  Pursuant to this CDMA lease agreement, Unicom Horizon has agreed to lease the capacity of the CDMA network to us covering the nine provinces of Guangdong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Fujian, Liaoning, Shandong, Anhui, Hebei, Hubei and the three municipalities of Beijing, Shanghai and Tianjin.  This lease became effective on January  8, 2002.

 

In addition, on December 31, 2002 and 2003, we acquired all the equity interests in Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, respectively, which together operate GSM and CDMA cellular businesses in another 12 provinces, one municipality and five autonomous regions in China.  Each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World has also entered into a CDMA lease agreement with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon on similar terms and conditions.  These lease agreements and our existing lease agreement will be referred to as the CDMA Lease Agreements.

 

According to the terms of the CDMA Lease Agreements, the initial lease period is for one year, renewable for additional one-year terms at our own option.  In January 2004, we renewed the CDMA Lease Agreements for CUCL and Unicom New Century for an additional one-year term.

 

69



 

We have assessed the appropriate lease classification at the inception of the CDMA Lease Agreements. Factors and related implications we have considered include whether we have the risks and rewards of ownership of the CDMA assets.  Furthermore, we have considered whether the existence of the purchase option and the annual renewal options, combined with the related economic penalties, risks and benefits, have caused us to take on risks and rewards similar to those that an owner of these assets would bear.

 

Unicom Horizon has the legal ownership of the CDMA network, is directly responsible for the planning, financing and construction of the CDMA network, and directly enters into all contracts with suppliers and constructors.  We believe we only bear the risks associated with the operation of our CDMA business during the relevant leasing periods and are free from any ownership risks of the CDMA network.  According to the terms of the CDMA Lease Agreements, our initial lease period is only one year, with renewal for additional one-year terms at our own option.  Accordingly, there is no pre-determined lease period and minimum network capacity to be leased in future periods.  We have the option to determine whether we will renew and continue the leases and how much capacity to lease.  We also have the option to decide whether we will exercise the purchase option based on market environment and the future operating performance of the CDMA business subject to approvals obtained from our independent minority shareholders.

 

Accordingly, if the CDMA business turns out to be unsuccessful, we do not have the obligation to continue the CDMA lease arrangement or to exercise the purchase option.  On the other hand, we could continue to lease nominal capacity in order to ensure that no other operator takes possession of the assets to compete with us in our service areas.

 

In general, the classification of leases is dependent on whether the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased assets rest substantially with the lessor or the lessee.  Leases that substantially transfer to the lessee all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased assets are accounted for as finance leases; and leases where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases.  When performing this assessment, we have considered the various factors above that required significant judgment.

 

From the inception of the CDMA Lease Agreements, there has been a high degree of uncertainty related to the market condition and existing operating results of the CDMA business.  It remains highly uncertain whether we will continue to lease the network in the future or to estimate the future network capacity to be leased.  We are also unable to determine whether or not we will exercise the purchase option.  Given these uncertainties and due to the fact that the risks associated with the ownership of the CDMA assets substantially remain with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon, we account for the leasing of CDMA network capacity as operating leases for the initial lease periods, estimated to be three years, so as to reflect the respective rights and obligations of the relevant parties to the CDMA Lease Agreements.  At the end of the effective lease term, we will reassess the appropriate classification based on the relevant facts and circumstances available at that time.

 

Based on the above assessment, only the operating lease expenses are recorded in our statements of income since the commencement of the CDMA Lease Agreements, whereas the carrying value of the CDMA assets and the related liabilities are not reflected in our balance sheet.  For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, we recorded lease expenses of approximately RMB0.89 billion and RMB3.52 billion, respectively, under the CDMA Lease Agreements.

 

70



 

Impairment of Assets

 

As of the end of each year, we conduct a full review of various information to identify indications that the carrying values of our property, plant and equipment, construction-in-progress and other long-term assets may be impaired.  If such an indication exists, we will also estimate the related asset’s recoverable amount.  To the extent that the estimated recoverable amount of an asset is lower than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized.  The information used to identify indications of impairment might be subjective in nature and the interpretation and application of such information requires judgment, the result of which directly affects our estimate of any impairment provision considered necessary as at any given balance sheet date.  To the extent our assumptions and estimations differ significantly from actual events and circumstances, we may need to make additional impairment provisions in the future.

 

In 2002, despite the fact that the revenue and subscriber number of the paging business continued to decline, it managed to maintain net cash inflows from operations.  Our paging business did not improve significantly because the traditional paging business was still declining, whereas the new value-added paging businesses were at their initial development stage, and thus, the real value of the paging business was not yet fully realized.  At that time, we were confident about the future prospects of these new value-added paging businesses, and we believed that they could generate sufficient future economic benefits to recover the carrying values of the existing paging assets.  Consequently, we believed that it was not necessary to make additional impairment provision for 2002.

 

Later on, in the first half of 2003, we conducted a re-assessment of the recoverable amount of the paging assets based on the best estimates of the discounted net future cash flows expected to be generated from the paging business in the foreseeable future years.  Management made key assumptions and estimations on the appropriate discount rate adopted (8% per annum), the period covered by the cash flow forecast, the impact of the continuous decline of traditional paging business, the future loss of subscribers, the expected trend in average revenue per subscriber, as well as incremental cash flows arising from new paging businesses and the effects of the adoption of cost reduction plans.  All these assumptions and estimations were made based on historical trends adjusted for the current market situation (including the physical condition of these assets) and the forecast of the future development of the new value-added paging businesses.

 

In the first half of 2003, based on our updated analysis and the worsening decline of the traditional paging business, we expected that the related incremental future cash inflows to be generated from the new value-added paging services, despite their continuous growth, were unlikely to offset the effects of the rapid decline of the traditional paging business in the future.  Consequently, based on the latest estimate of the discounted future net cash flows expected to arise from the continuing operations of the paging business, after considering the unexpected rapid decline of the traditional paging business in the first half of 2003, we concluded that the carrying amount of paging assets as at June 30, 2003 had exceeded their expected recoverable amounts.  Accordingly, we recorded an additional impairment loss for property, plant and equipment of the paging business amounting to approximately RMB528 million in the first half of 2003.  Subsequently, we sold the paging business to our ultimate parent company, Unicom Group, effective on December 31, 2003.  The disposal loss of this discontinued operation, representing the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the net assets of the paging business as of the effective date of the disposal which amounted to approximately RMB663 million, was recognized and charged to the income statement in 2003.

 

Provision for Doubtful Debts

 

Accounts receivables are stated at cost, less provision for doubtful debts.  We evaluate specific accounts receivable where there are indications that the receivable may be doubtful or is not collectible.  We record a provision based on our best estimates to reduce the receivable balance to the amount that is expected to be collected.  For the remaining receivable balances as of each period-end, we make a general provision based on the aging pattern of the receivable amounts and by applying reasonable percentages to the outstanding receivables.  We make such estimates based on our past experience, historical collection patterns, subscribers’ credit worthiness and collection trends.  For the general subscribers of our cellular, long distance, data and Internet services, we make a full provision for receivables aged over 3 months, which is consistent with our credit policy with respect to relevant subscribers.

 

 

71



 

Our estimates described above are based on our historical experience, subscribers’ credit worthiness and collection trends.  If circumstances change (e.g. due to factors including developments in our business and the external market environment), we may need to re-evaluate our policies on doubtful debts, and make additional provisions in the future.

 

Income Tax and Deferred Taxation

 

Income tax is provided for based on income before tax for statutory financial reporting purposes, adjusted for income and expense items that are not assessable or deductible for tax purposes and taking into consideration any preferential tax treatment to which we are entitled.

 

Deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements.  Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

 

In the preparation of our financial statements, we estimate our income tax provision and deferred taxation in accordance with the prevailing tax rules and regulations, taking into account any special approvals obtained from relevant tax authorities and any preferential tax treatment to which we are entitled in each location or jurisdiction in which we operate.  This process involves estimation made by us about our current tax exposure together with an assessment of temporary differences resulting from different treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes in order to determine the amount of tax provisions for the period.  We believe we have recorded adequate tax provisions based on our best estimates and assumptions.  For the evaluation of temporary differences, we have assessed the likelihood that our deferred taxes could be deferred and recovered.  Major deferred tax components include interests on loans from CCF joint ventures, loss arising from terminations of CCF arrangements, provisions for doubtful debts and write-down of inventory to net realizable value and additional depreciation deductible for tax purpose.  Due to the effects of these temporary differences on income tax, we have recorded deferred tax assets amounting to RMB1.82 billion and RMB1.20 billion as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.  Deferred tax assets are recognized based on our estimates and assumptions that they will be recovered from taxable income from continuing operations in the foreseeable future.

 

We believe we have recorded adequate current and deferred taxes based on prevailing tax rules and regulations and our current best estimates and assumptions.  In the event that future tax rules and regulations or related circumstances change, adjustments to current and deferred taxes may be necessary.

 

Operating Results

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Our results of operations in 2003 were materially affected by our acquisition of Unicom New Century effective December 31, 2002.  In particular, our operating revenue and operating expenses increased significantly in 2003. This was primarily due to the inclusion of the results of operations of Unicom New Century.  By comparison, our results in 2002 did not include the results of operations of Unicom New Century.  As result, our results of operations in 2003 are not directly comparable with those in prior years.  See “ - Overview - Acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and the Sale of Guoxin Paging” above.  See also “A. The History and Development of the Company - Restructuring and Acquisition of Unicom New Century” under Item 4 above.

 

 

72



 

In 2003, our operating revenue continued to increase, by 66.7% from RMB40.58 billion in 2002 to RMB67.64 billion in 2003.  This growth was principally due to the strong growth of our CDMA cellular business and continued growth of our GSM cellular business, as well as the inclusion of revenue attributable to Unicom New Century, which we acquired effective December 31, 2002.  Our cellular businesses continued to increase in their percentage contribution to our overall business.  Our long distance, data and Internet businesses also continued to grow in terms of operating revenues and in their contribution to our business.

 

D ue to factors discussed below, in 2003 our operating expenses grew 77.8%.  As a result, our operating income increased by 16.3% to RMB8.51 billion, while our operating margin decreased to 12.6%, as compared with 18.0% in 2002.  Operating margin in our GSM cellular business decreased from 27.2% in 2002 to 21.2% in 2003.  Our CDMA business recorded an operating income for the first time in the third quarter of 2003, and continued to grow for the remainder of the year.  In our long distance business, operating income decreased 31.6% in 2003 and operating margin, at 30.6% in 2003, decreased from 36.8% in 2002.  In our data and Internet businesses, operating income increased by 95.3% over 2002.  Our traditional paging business continued to decline, and despite our focus on cost reduction and development of new value-added paging services, it still experienced an operating loss in 2003.

 

Our net income in 2003 decreased by 8.3% to RMB4.22 billion, for reasons discussed below.

 

Operating Revenue

 

Operating revenue from our GSM cellular business grew steadily in 2003 and continued to be the major force behind our total operating revenue growth, contributing almost half of such growth in 2003, while operating revenue from our CDMA cellular business grew rapidly in 2003, significantly increasing its share of our total operating revenue for the year.  Our CDMA cellular business, introduced in January 2002, reached RMB18.58 billion in operating revenue in 2003, contributing 55.2% of our total operating revenue growth in that year.   Operating revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses represented 88.4% of our total operating revenue in 2003, as compared with 78.3% in 2002.  The growth of the CDMA cellular business can be seen in its share of our total operating revenue, which increased from 9.0% in 2002 to 27.5% in 2003, while the share of operating revenue from the GSM cellular business in our total operating revenue decreased from 69.3% in 2002 to 60.9% in 2003.  Operating revenues from our long distance and data and Internet businesses increased steadily, contributing 0.5% of our total operating revenue growth in 2003.  Operating revenues from our long distance business and our data and Internet businesses represented 3.3% and 5.1%, respectively, of our total operating revenue in 2003, as compared with 6.8% and 6.9%, respectively, in 2002.  The growth in our total operating revenue, however, was partially offset by the continued significant decline in operating revenue from our paging business, which also declined as a percentage of our total operating revenue from 8.0% in 2002 to 3.2% in 2003.  We believe the changes in our operating revenue composition reflect our focus on the development of our cellular businesses.

 

73



 

Cellular Revenue

 

For the reasons discussed below, operating revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) together increased by 88.1%, from RMB31.76 billion in 2002 to RMB59.75 billion in 2003.

 

GSM Cellular Business  Operating revenue from our GSM cellular business increased by 46.5%, from RMB28.11 billion in 2002 to RMB41.17 billion in 2003, primarily due to the continued increase in the total number of our total GSM cellular subscribers as a result of organic subscriber growth and the effect of our acquisition of Unicom New Century.  As a result of continuing cellular penetration expansion, an increase in the proportion of low-usage subscribers among new subscribers, an increased number of pre-paid subscribers, and increasing market competition negatively affecting effective pricing, ARPU from this business declined 15.8%, from RMB67.3 in 2002 to RMB56.7 in 2003.  Post-paid ARPU decreased by 19.5%, from RMB82.2 in 2002 to RMB66.2 in 2003, while pre-paid ARPU decreased by 15.0%, from RMB54.1 in 2002 to RMB46.0 in 2003.  The average MOU per subscriber per month increased 5.0%, from 165.5 minutes in 2002 to 173.7 minutes in 2003.  (The foregoing operational statistics do not include the effects of the acquisition of Unicom New World.)

 

Revenue from pre-paid GSM cellular service was RMB 15.33 billion in 2003, a 52.1% increase from RMB10.08 billion in 2002.  Revenue from pre-paid services accounted for 37.2% of the service revenue from our GSM cellular business in 2003, an increase from 35.9% of the total service revenue from the GSM cellular business in 2002.  Pre-paid subscribers accounted for 73.8% of our new customers in 2003, compared to 81.1% in 2002 primarily due to the lower percentage of pre-paid subscribers of Unicom New Century, which was acquired by us on December 31, 2002, compared to the percentage of our pre-paid subscribers before the acquisition.

 

The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our GSM cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total GSM operating revenue in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003.

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of
total

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of
total

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of
total

 

Operating Revenue

 

21,326

 

100.0

%

28,109

 

100.0

%

41,166

 

100.0

%

Service Revenue

 

20,505

 

96.2

%

27,388

 

97.4

%

40,303

 

97.9

%

Usage Fee

 

14,938

 

70.0

%

20,275

 

72.1

%

29,072

 

70.6

%

Monthly Fee

 

3,660

 

17.2

%

4,169

 

14.8

%

7,042

 

17.1

%

Connection fee

 

205

 

1.0

%

 

 

 

 

Interconnection Revenue

 

1,262

 

5.9

%

1,710

 

6.1

%

1,927

 

4.7

%

Others

 

440

 

2.1

%

1,234

 

4.4

%

2,262

 

5.5

%

Sales of Telecommunications Products

 

821

 

3.8

%

721

 

2.6

%

863

 

2.1

%

 

Due to the growth in total usage of our GSM cellular services (including the effects of our acquisition of Unicom New Century) and the increasing proportion of pre-paid cellular subscribers (who do not pay monthly fees), usage fees for GSM cellular services increased by 43.3% from RMB20.28 billion in 2002 to RMB29.07 billion in 2003, and represented 72.1% of total GSM service revenue as compared with 74.0% in 2002.  For the same reasons, monthly fees increased by 68.9%, from RMB4.17 billion in 2002 to RMB7.04 billion in 2003, and represented 17.5% of total GSM service revenue as compared with 15.2% in 2002.  Interconnection revenue increased by 12.9% from RMB1.71 billion in 2002 to RMB1.93 billion in 2003, and represented 4.8% of total service revenue as compared with 6.2% in 2002.

 

74



 

While continuing to meet the diverse needs of our customers in the mass market, our GSM cellular business aims to actively pursue mid- to high-end customers through the development and promotion of value-added services.  Revenue from our GSM value-added cellular services increased 146.4%, from RMB0.84 billion in 2002 to RMB2.07 billion in 2003.  Its share of total GSM service revenue increased from 3.1% in 2002 to 5.0% in 2003.  Of the total revenue from GSM value-added cellular services, revenue from short messaging services increased 197.8% from RMB0.46 billion in 2002 to RMB1.37 billion in 2003, and its share of total GSM service revenue grew from 1.7% in 2002 to 3.4% in 2003.  Revenue from value-added services contributed significantly to the increase of our total GSM cellular revenue and, we believe, will continue to enhance our competitiveness in this business.

 

CDMA C ellular B usiness.  We began to provide CDMA cellular services on a trial basis on January 8, 2002.  Since then, our CDMA subscriber base has expanded rapidly as the market became more familiar with our CDMA services.  In the third quarter of 2003, our CDMA cellular business became profitable.  Since then, the growth in our CDMA subscriber base greatly boosted revenue from the CDMA cellular business.  Operating revenue from our CDMA cellular business reached RMB18.58 billion in 2003, a 409.3% increase over RMB3.65 billion in 2002.  This increase was primarily due to the rapid expansion of our CDMA cellular business as well as the effect of including revenue attributable to Unicom New Century, which we acquired effective December 31, 2002.  Our CDMA marketing strategy, which seeks to differentiate our CDMA services from our GSM services, has resulted in a rapid increase in the CDMA subscriber base, while successfully positioning the CDMA business in the marketplace as “enterprise, infotainment, health-conscious and trendy” services.  ARPU for our CDMA cellular business reached RMB128.4 in 2003, RMB62.2 higher than the ARPU of RMB66.2 for GSM post-paid cellular services.

 

The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our CDMA cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total CDMA operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003.

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of total

 

RMB in million

 

As percentage of total

 

Operating Revenue

 

3,648

 

100.0

%

18,580

 

100.0

%

Service Revenue

 

3,225

 

88.4

%

16,624

 

89.5

%

Usage Fee

 

2,231

 

61.2

%

11,672

 

62.8

%

Monthly Fee

 

713

 

19.5

%

3,488

 

18.8

%

Interconnection Revenue

 

184

 

5.0

%

608

 

3.3

%

Others

 

97

 

2.7

%

856

 

4.6

%

Sales of Telecommunications Products

 

423

 

11.6

%

1,956

 

10.5

%

 

CDMA usage fees increased by 423.3% from RMB2.23 billion in 2002 to RMB11.67 billion in 2003, and represented 70.2% of total CDMA service revenue as compared with 69.2% in 2002.  Monthly fees increased by 391.5%, from RMB0.71 billion in 2002 to RMB3.49 billion in 2003, and represented 21.0% of total CDMA service revenue as compared with 22.1% in 2002.  Interconnection revenue increased by 238.9% from RMB0.18 billion in 2002 to RMB0.61 billion in 2003, and represented 3.7% of total service revenue as compared with 5.7% in 2002.

 

With the introduction of our CDMA IX wireless data services in March 2003, we are also actively developing our CDMA wireless data business, by making efforts to convert the competitive edge of the CDMA technology into a competitive edge in operations in order to enhance competitiveness in the market and our appeal to subscribers.  Revenue from value-added CDMA cellular services reached RMB0.78 billion in 2003, an increase of 875.0% from RMB0.08 billion in 2002, and accounted for 4.7% of total service revenue from the CDMA cellular business, an increase of 2.2% from 2002.

 

75



 

Long Distance and Data and Internet Revenue

 

Operating revenue from our long distance and data and Internet businesses reached RMB5.73 billion, an increase of 2.8% from 2002.  We believe the steady growth in our long distance and data and Internet businesses demonstrates our positive long-term development outlook as an integrated telecommunications operator.

 

Long Distance Business.   Operating revenue from our traditional public switched long distance business decreased by 17.7%, from 2002 to RMB2.29 billion in 2003.  Such decrease is primarily due to the decrease in interconnection revenue from Unicom New Century caused by our acquisition of Unicom New Century.

 

D ata and Internet Business.   We have fully leveraged the technological advantage of our multi-businesses integrated network platform.  Along with effectively expanding international and domestic call volume for IP telephony services, we have been targeting business subscribers and corporate subscribers in promoting services with distinctive features such as “UNI-VIDEO”, and we also have been targeting the mass market in promoting new services, such as “Ruyi Mailbox”.  At the same time, we have been continuing to develop integrated data, voice and video connection services, and dedicated and dial-up connection services.  As a result of these efforts, revenue from our data and Internet businesses rose by 23.1% from 2002 to RMB3.44 billion in 2003.

 

Paging Revenue

 

In 2003, revenue from our paging business (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) was RMB2.16 billion.  Paging service revenue (i.e., excluding sales of paging-related telecommunications products) fell by 35.1% to RMB1.40 billion in 2003.  This decline is due to the continued decline in the traditional paging business.  Revenue from value-added and other services of the paging business reached RMB0.79 billion and accounted for 56.2% of the service revenue from the paging business.  We disposed of our paging business, effective December 31, 2003.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses in 2003 were RMB59.12 billion, representing an increase of 77.8%, which was greater than the 66.7% growth in operating revenue for the same period.  As discussed below, a 172.9% increase in leased lines and network capacities expenses, a 153.4% increase in selling and marketing expenses and a 83.3% increase in the interconnection charges were the primary factors in the increase in operating expenses. Due to the launch of our CDMA business, selling and marketing expenses (which include the amortized portion of deferred customer acquisition costs under special promotional packages with certain CDMA contractual subscribers) and leased lines and network capacities expenses (which include the expenses from the CDMA network leases) increased faster than our operating revenue in 2003.  In addition, as our various business segments continued to develop, interconnection charges also increased faster than our operating revenue in 2003 since the interconnection rates remain unchanged while our effective tariffs have been declin ing due to continued price competition.  Our operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased to 87.4% in 2003, as compared with 82.0% in 2002.  We will continue to focus on cost control and optimization of our expense structure in order to ensure continued growth in earnings.

 

 

76



 

The table below illustrates the major expense items from 2001, 2002 and 2003 and their respective shares of total operating revenue.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB in million

 

% of
Total Revenue

 

RMB in million

 

% of
Total Revenue

 

RMB in million

 

% of
Total Revenue

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

24,129

 

82.1

%

33,253

 

82.0

%

59,122

 

87.4

%

Leased lines and network capacities

 

853

 

2,9

%

1,583

 

3.9

%

4,320

 

6.4

%

Interconnection charges

 

2,073

 

7.1

%

3,230

 

8.0

%

5,921

 

8.7

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

8,262

 

28.1

%

11,256

 

27.7

%

16,385

 

24.2

%

Personnel

 

2,487

 

8.5

%

3,335

 

8.2

%

4,575

 

6.8

%

Selling and marketing

 

3,613

 

12.2

%

5,981

 

14.8

%

15,157

 

22.4

%

General, administrative and other expenses

 

5,499

 

18.7

%

5,632

 

13.9

%

9,112

 

13.5

%

Include: Impairment loss and assets write-off of the Paging Business

 

665

 

2.3

%

116

 

0.3

%

557

 

0.8

%

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

1,342

 

4.6

%

2,236

 

5.5

%

3,652

 

5.4

%

 

Leased Lines and Network Capacities . With the significant increase in our CDMA subscribers, the lease expense for CDMA network capacities increased 295.5%, from RMB0.89 billion in 2002 to RMB3.52 billion in 2003.  In addition, the effect of including leased line expenses for transmission lines used by Unicom New Century we acquired effective December 31, 2002 also contributed to the increase in our leased line expenses.  As result, the aggregate amount of our leased line expenses and network capacity lease expenses increased to RMB4.32 billion, representing an increase of 173.4% from 2002.  Leased lines and network capacities expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue rose from 3.9% to 6.4% in 2003.

 

Interconnection Charges. Interconnection charges reached RMB5.92 billion in 2003, representing an increase of 83.3% from 2002, primarily due to the increase in interconnection traffic volume as a result of the development of our GSM and CDMA cellular business and long distance business, as well as the effect of including interconnection expenses of Unicom New Century, which we acquired effective December 31, 2002.  Interconnection charges for our CDMA cellular business increased by 502.9%.  Interconnection charges increased by 61.8% for our GSM cellular business.  Interconnection charges for long distance, data and Internet business increased by 54.0%. As our various business segments continued to develop, interconnection charges as a percentage of total operating revenue also increased from 8.0% in 2002 to 8.7% in 2003.

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased 45.6% to RMB16.39 billion in 2003, a lower growth rate than the growth in operating revenue.  The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses resulted from expanded network capacity, primarily in connection with the development of the GSM cellular business, the expansion of assets scale, and the effect of including depreciation expenses attributable to Unicom New Century, which we acquired on December 31, 2002.  Depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue decreased from 27.7% in 2002 to 24.2% in 2003.

 

Personnel. As of the end of 2003, we had 38,728 employees, an increase of 32.0% from 29,332 at the end of 2002 (excluding employees in the nine provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities we acquired through Unicom New Century at the end of 2002).  This increase was primarily due to the effect of including employees of Unicom New Century, which we acquired on December 31, 2002.  Our personnel expenses were RMB4.57 billion in 2003, its share as a percentage of total operating revenue dropping from 8.2% in 2002 to 6.8% in 2003. In order to align the interest of our employees with that of our shareholders, we have set up an employee share option scheme and granted options to qualified employees. During 2003, total share options involving 105,956,000 shares in our company were granted under the share option scheme.

 

77



 

Selling and Marketing . Our major selling and marketing expenses included commissions, promotion and advertising expenses and amortization of customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers. Selling and marketing expenses totaled RMB15.16 billion in 2003, an increase of 153.4% from 2002. Amortization of CDMA subscribers acquisition costs in 2003 were RMB5.84 billion, an increase of 320.1% from 2002. The balance of unamortized deferred CDMA subscriber acquisition costs fell from RMB5.99 billion as of the end of 2002 to RMB4.04 billion as of the end of 2003. Due to the continued growth in the subscriber base of our various business segments (including the effect of our acquisition of Unicom New Century), the commissions to distributors and sales agents rose to RMB7.29 billion, an increase of 99.2%. Promotion and advertising expenses were RMB2.04 billion, an increase of 108.2%. Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of operating revenue increased from 14.8% in 2002 to 22.4% in 2003.

 

General, Administrative and Other Expenses . Our general, administrative and other expenses were RMB9.11 billion in 2003, which includes an impairment loss and assets write-off of the paging business in the amount of RMB0.56 billion.  Total expenses in this category increased by 61.8% from 2002.  Excluding the impairment loss and assets write-off of the paging business, total expenses for this category increased by 51.9% from 2002.  General, administrative and other expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue decreased from 13.9% in 2002 to 13.5% in 2003.  In 2003, the provision for doubtful debts was RMB1.75 billion, an increase of 80.4% from 2002. Provision for doubtful debts as a percentage of service revenue increased slightly from 2.5% in 2002 to 2.7% in 2003. This has also given rise to an increase in our general, administrative and other expenses.

 

Cost of Telecommunications Products Sold. The cost of telecommunication products sold increased to RMB3.65 billion in 2003, an increase of 62.9% from RMB2.24 billion in 2002. The share of cost of telecommunications products sold as a percentage of operating revenue decreased from 5.5% in 2002 to 5.4% in 2003.

 

Operating Income

 

In 2003, our operating revenue increased by 66.7%, while our operating expenses increased by 77.8%.  As a result, our operating income reached RMB8.51 billion, an increase of only 16.3% from 2002 and our operating margin only decreased from 18.0% in 2002 to 12.6% in 2003.

 

GSM Cellular Business.   In our GSM cellular business, operating income reached RMB8.72 billion in 2003, which is an increase of 14.2% from 2002.  The growth in the operating income of our GSM cellular business is slower than the overall increase in our operating income, mainly reflecting the 15.8% decline in the ARPU for our GSM cellular business.  Our operating margin in the GSM cellular business decreased from 27.2% in 2002 to 21.2% in 2003.

 

CDMA Cellular Business.   We incurred a total operating loss of RMB0.29 billion in 2003 for our CDMA business.  While we incurred an operating loss of RMB0.57 billion for the first six months of 2003, we achieved an operating income of RMB0.28 billion in the second half of 2003, reflecting improving performance as that business became profitable in the third quarter of 2003.

 

Long Distance Business.   In our long distance business, operating income decreased 31.4%, from RMB1.02 billion in 2002 to RMB0.70 billion in 2003, primarily because of a reduction in the inter connection revenue after we acquired Unicom New Century in December 2002.  As a result, the operating margin in our long distance business, at 22.2% in 2003, decreased from 29.5% in 2002.

 

Data and Internet Business.   In our data and Internet businesses, we had an operating income of RMB0.75 billion in 2003, a 97.4% increase from 2002.  This resulted from the continued rapid growth in operating revenues in this business, together with our successful efforts to centralize operating expenses, which grew 56.9%.

 

 

78



 

Paging Business.   As our traditional paging business continued to decline, our operating losses from our paging business grew from RMB0.62 billion in 2002 to RMB1.20 billion in 2003.

 

Net Income

 

Loss on Sale of Discontinued Operation (Guoxin Paging) .  The sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group in 2003 resulted in a disposal loss in the amount of RMB0.66 billion.

 

Financial I ncome and E xpenses.   Our financial income decreased from RMB0.47 billion in 2002 to RMB0.17 billion in 2003, mainly due to a decline in interest income resulting from a reduction in our cash and overall reduced applicable interest rates.  Our financial expenses increased from RMB1.47 billion in 2002 to RMB1.93 billion in 2003, primarily due to the acquisition of Unicom New Century.  The above factors resulted in a net financial expense of RMB1.76 billion in 2003, an increase of 76% from the net financial expense of RMB1.0 billion in 2002.

 

Income T ax.   Our income tax increased from to RMB1.89 billion in 2003, an increase of 9.8% from 2002.  Our effective tax rates in 2002 and 2003 were 27.3% and 31.0%, respectively.  The higher effective tax rate in 2003, as compared with 2002, was mainly due to the investment tax credits we received in 2002 in connection with the acquisition of certain domestic equipments.

 

Net Income .   For reasons analyzed in the above discussion, our net income fell to RMB4.22 billion in 2003.  Excluding the RMB0.56 billion in impairment loss and assets write-off of the paging business and the RMB0.66 billion loss on the sale of Guoxin Paging, our net income would have been RMB5.08 billion, representing an increase of 10.5% from 2002.  Earnings per share decreased 7.7%, from RMB0.366 in 2002 to RMB0.336 in 2003.

 

Impact of Differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP

 

In addition to the above management discussion and analysis of our results of the operation under HK GAAP between the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, in connection with the preparation and reconciliation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP, we believe the following significant accounting differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP would have a significant impact on our management discussion and analysis of the results of our operation between the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 under US GAAP.  See also Note 41 to the consolidated financial statements for a more detailed summary of all significant accounting differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP that are relevant to us.

 

Under HK GAAP, the acquisition of Unicom New World on December 31, 2003 has been accounted for under the purchase method. Accordingly, the acquired results of operations have been incorporated into our operating results only from the date of the acquisition. In contrast, under US GAAP, our acquisition of Unicom New World has been accounted for as a transfer of businesses under common control. Under this method, the acquired assets and liabilities have been accounted for at historical cost under US GAAP and the consolidated financial statements prepared under US GAAP for all periods presented have been retroactively restated as if Unicom New World had always been part of our company.

 

Under HK GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging to the Unicom Group is accounted for as a sale of discontinued operation. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 was recorded as a loss on sale of discontinued operation in our

 

79



 

consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003. The operating results of Guoxin Paging from January 1, 2003 to the effective date of the sale of Guoxin Paging were included in our consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2003.  Under US GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging is considered a transfer of business between entities under common control and accounted for at historical cost of the net assets transferred, after reduction, if appropriate, for an indicated impairment of value. In addition, under US GAAP, the results of operations of a component or segment of an entity that has been disposed of should be reported in discontinued operations as a separate component of income, separately from continuing operations, in the period in which the disposal occurred and in prior periods. Accordingly, all the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been grouped into and reported in the income statement as “Discontinued operation – Loss from discontinued operation” under US GAAP.

 

In addition, under HK GAAP, we recognized upfront non-refundable revenue, such as connection fee, when received upon completion of activation services. Under US GAAP, this upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental costs incurred are deferred and recognized over the estimated customer service periods.

 

Other than the above, there are no major material differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP that would have a significant impact on the discussion and analysis of our results of operations between the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Taking into account the operating results of the acquired business and the disposed business, our combined operating revenue under US GAAP increased from RMB 50.42 billion in 2002, to RMB71.96 billion in 2003, representing an increase of 42.7%. Our net income under US GAAP decreased from RMB5.03 billion in 2002 to RMB4.73 billion in 2003, representing a decrease of 6.0%.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2001

 

In 2002, our operating revenue continued to increase rapidly, by 38.0% from RMB29.39 billion in 2001 to RMB40.58 billion in 2002.  This growth was principally due to continued growth from our GSM cellular business, as well as the introduction and growth of our CDMA cellular business.  Our cellular businesses continued to increase in their percentage contribution to our business.  Our long distance and data and Internet businesses also continued to grow quickly in terms of operating revenues and in their contribution to our business.

 

D ue to factors discussed below, in 2002 our operating expenses grew 37.8%.  As a result our operating income increased by 39.1% to RMB7.32 billion, while our operating margin remained steady at 18.0%, as compared with 17.9% in 2001.  Operating margin in our GSM cellular business improved slightly, from 26.3% in 2001 to 27.2% in 2002.  Our CDMA business recorded an operating loss for its first year, but operating results in the second half of 2002 showed improvement from the first half as that business continued to develop.  In our long distance business, operating income increased 4.9% in 2002 and operating margin, while remaining high at 29.5% in 2002, decreased from 41.4% in 2001.  In our data and Internet businesses, continued rapid growth in operating revenues, together with our successful efforts to control growth in operating expense, resulted in improvement from an operating loss in 2001 to an operating profit in 2002.  Our traditional paging business continued to decline, and despite our focus on cost cutting and development of new value-added paging services, it still experienced an operating loss in 2002.

 

Our net income in 2002 decreased slightly by 0.08% to RMB4.60 billion for reasons as discussed below.

 

80



 

Operating Revenue

 

Operating revenue from our GSM cellular business grew rapidly and continued to be the major force behind our total operating revenue growth, contributing over half of such growth in 2002 .  Our CDMA business, introduced in January 2002, reached RMB3.65 billion in operating revenue in 2002, contributing 32.6% of our total operating revenue growth in that year.   Operating revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses represented 69.3% and 9.0%, respectively, and 78.3% together, of our total operating revenue in 2002, as compared with 72.5% for our GSM business in 2001.  Operating revenues from our long distance and data and Internet businesses also increased rapidly, together contributing 20.9% of our total operating revenue growth in 2002.  Operating revenues from our long distance and data and Internet businesses represented 6.8% and 6.9%, respectively, of our total operating revenue in 2002, as compared with 5.1% and 6.2%, respectively, in 2001.  The growth in our total operating revenue was offset by the continued significant decline in operating revenue from our paging business, which also declined as a percentage of our total operating revenue from 16.2% in 2001 to 8.0% in 2002.  We believe the changes in our operating revenue composition reflect our focus on high growth businesses.

 

Cellular Revenue

 

For the reasons discussed below, operating revenues from our GSM and CDMA cellular businesses (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) together increased by 48.9%, from RMB21.33 billion in 2001 to RMB31.76 billion in 2002.

 

GSM Cellular Business Operating revenue from our GSM cellular business increased by 31.8%, from RMB21.33 billion in 2001 to RMB28.11 billion in 2002, primarily due to a 42.9% increase in our subscriber base, from 27.03 million at the end of 2001 to 38.62 million at the end of 2002, and continued growth in total usage, as well as growth in revenue from value-added services.  As a result of continuing cellular penetration expansion, an increase in the proportion of low-usage subscribers among new subscribers, an increased number of pre-paid subscribers, and increasing market competition negatively affecting effective pricing, ARPU from this business declined 20.0%, from RMB86.3 in 2001 to RMB69.0 in 2002.  Post-paid ARPU decreased by 13.3%, from RMB94.8 in 2001 to RMB82.2 in 2002, while pre-paid ARPU decreased by 14.7%, from RMB63.4 in 2001 to RMB54.1 in 2002.  Average MOU decreased 3.3%, from 161.2 in 2001 to 155.8 in 2002.  These rates of decline were slower in 2002 than in 2001.  (The foregoing operational statistics do not include the effects of the acquisition of Unicom New Century.)

 

Revenue from pre-paid GSM cellular service was RMB 10.08 billion in 2002, a 145.9% increase from RMB4.10 billion in 2001.  Revenue from pre-paid services accounted for 35.9% of the service revenue from our GSM cellular business in 2002, an increase from 19.2% of the total service revenue from cellular business in 2001.  Pre-paid subscribers accounted for 81.1% of our new customers in 2002, compared to 58.7% in 2001.

 

81



 

The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our GSM cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total GSM operating revenue in the years 2000, 2001 and 2002.

 

 

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

 

 

RMB in
million

 

As
percentage
of total

 

RMB in
million

 

As
percentage
of total

 

RMB in
million

 

As
percentage
of total

 

Operating Revenue

 

12,884

 

100.0

%

21,326

 

100.0

%

28,109

 

100.0

%

Service Revenue

 

12,188

 

94.6

%

20,505

 

96.2

%

27,388

 

97.4

%

Usage Fee

 

8,212

 

63.7

%

14,938

 

70.0

%

20,275

 

72.1

%

Monthly Fee

 

2,476

 

19.2

%

3,660

 

17.2

%

4,169

 

14.8

%

Connection Fee

 

518

 

4.0

%

205

 

1.0

%

 

 

Interconnection Revenue

 

754

 

5.9

%

1,262

 

5.9

%

1,710

 

6.1

%

Others

 

228

 

1.8

%

440

 

2.1

%

1,234

 

4.4

%

Sales of Telecommunications Products

 

696

 

5.4

%

821

 

3.8

%

721

 

2.6

%

 

Due to the growth in total usage of our GSM cellular services and the increasing proportion of pre-paid cellular subscribers (who do not pay monthly fees), usage fees for GSM cellular services increased by 35.7%, from RMB14.94 billion in 2001 to RMB20.28 billion in 2002, and represented 74.0% of total GSM service revenue in 2002, as compared with 72.8% in 2001.  For the same reasons, monthly fees for GSM cellular services increased by 13.9%, from RMB3.66 billion in 2001 to RMB4.17 billion in 2002, and represented 15.2% of total GSM service revenue in 2002, as compared with 17.9% in 2001.  Interconnection revenue increased by 35.5%, from RMB1.26 billion in 2001 to RMB1.71 billion in 2002, and as a percentage of total GSM cellular service revenue, stayed roughly the same at 6.2%.  The increase in interconnection revenue resulted from rapid growth in incoming traffic from other networks as cellular coverage and subscriber bases continued to expand.

 

While continuing to meet the diverse needs of our customers in the mass market, our GSM cellular business aims to actively pursue mid- to high-end customers through the development and promotion of value-added services.  Revenue from our GSM value-added cellular services increased six-fold, from RMB0.14 billion in 2001 to RMB0.84 billion in 2002.  Its share of total GSM service revenue increased from 0.7% in 2001 to 3.1% in 2002.  Of the total revenue from GSM value-added cellular services, revenue from short messaging services increased 4.6 times from RMB0.10 billion in 2001 to RMB0.46 billion in 2002, and its share of total GSM service revenue grew from 0.5% in 2001 to 1.7% in 2002.  Revenue from value-added services contributed significantly to the increase of our total GSM cellular revenue and, we believe, will continue to enhance our competitiveness in this business.

 

CDMA C ellular B usiness.  We began to provide CDMA cellular services on a trial basis on January 8, 2002.  Since then, our CDMA subscriber base has expanded rapidly as the market became more familiar with our CDMA services.  The growth in our CDMA subscriber base boosted revenue from the CDMA cellular business.  Operating revenue from our CDMA cellular business reached RMB3.65 billion in 2002, RMB3.19 billion of which was realized in the second half of 2002, an increase of 600% from the first half of the year.  Our CDMA marketing strategy, which seeks to differentiate our CDMA services from our GSM services, has resulted in a rapid increase in the CDMA subscriber base, while successfully positioning the CDMA business in the marketplace as a service that targets mid- and high-end and young, style-conscious customers, but at the same time encompasses the mass market.  ARPU for our CDMA cellular business reached RMB172.3 in 2002, RMB90.1 higher than the ARPU of RMB82.2 for GSM post-paid cellular services.

 

82



 

The table below sets forth the revenue composition of our CDMA cellular business and each revenue item’s respective share of total CDMA operating revenue in the first half of 2002 and for the full year ended December 31, 2002.

 

 

 

For the six months ended
June 30,
2002 (Unaudited)

 

For the year ended
December 31,
2002

 

 

 

RMB in
million

 

As
percentage
of total

 

RMB in
million

 

As
percentage
of total

 

Operating Revenue

 

454

 

100.0

%

3,648

 

100.0

%

Service Revenue

 

354

 

78.0

%

3,225

 

88.4

%

Usage Fee

 

244

 

53.8

%

2,231

 

61.2

%

Monthly Fee

 

86

 

18.9

%

713

 

19.5

%

Interconnection Revenue

 

18

 

4.0

%

184

 

5.0

%

Others

 

6

 

1.3

%

97

 

2.7

%

Sales of Telecommunications Products

 

100

 

22.0

%

423

 

11.6

%

 

CDMA usage fees reached RMB2.23 billion in 2002, representing 69.3% of CDMA service revenue, while CDMA monthly fees reached RMB0.71 billion, representing 22.2% of CDMA service revenue.  Service revenue as a percentage of operating revenue from CDMA cellular business increased from 78.0% in the first half of 2002 to 88.4% for the year ended 2002. At the same time, revenue from sales of telecommunications products as a percentage of operating revenue from CDMA cellular business decreased from 22.0% in the first half of 2002 to 11.6% for the year ended 2002.

 

Long Distance and Data and Internet Revenue

 

Operating revenue from our long distance and data and Internet businesses (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) reached RMB5.58 billion, an increase of 68.6% from 2001.  We believe the rapid growth in our long distance and data and Internet businesses demonstrates our positive long-term development outlook as an integrated telecommunications operator.

 

Long Distance Business.   Operating revenue from our traditional circuit switched long distance business increased by 86.7%, from RMB1.49 billion in 2001 to RMB2.78 billion in 2002, as our nationwide long distance coverage expanded and interconnection improved.

 

D ata and Internet Business.   We fully leveraged our competitive advantages as an integrated telecommunications operator and, by using our uniform and advanced integrated data communication platform, we continued to effectively expand the usage of our IP telephony services (both domestic and international) while also focusing on the development of value-added data services such as FR, ATM and VPN services.  At the same time, we actively pursued the development of integrated data, voice and video connection services.  As a result of these efforts, operating revenue from our data and IP telephony services increased 40.6% from RMB1.55 billion in 2001 to RMB2.18 billion in 2002.

 

Operating revenue from our Internet business increased from RMB0.27 billion in 2001 to RMB0.62 billion in 2002, an increase of 129.6%.  This growth resulted from our efforts to continue to develop dedicated and dial-up connection services, and also explore other markets according to demand, such as VPN/VPDN, IDC, in-bound and out-bound international roaming and actively developed mobile Internet businesses, such as “Ruyi Mailbox, ” short message download and mobile payment.

 

83



 

Paging Revenue

 

Paging operating revenue (including revenues from sales of telecommunications products) declined 31.9%, from RMB4.76 billion in 2001 to RMB3.24 billion in 2002.  Paging service revenue (excluding sales of paging-related telecommunications products) declined 50.2%, from RMB4.34 billion in 2001 to RMB2.16 billion in 2002.  This decline was due to continued decline in the traditional paging business, while new value-added paging businesses were still at their initial development stage.  We have continued to focus on developing new value-added paging businesses, including by leveraging our other services and overall strengths as an integrated telecommunications operator.  Operating revenues from valued-added services grew 241.7%, from RMB0.12 billion in 2001 to RMB0.41 billion in 2002 (including inter-segment revenues from other business segments).

 

In accordance with the terms of a CDMA handset procurement framework agreement between Unicom Group and Guomai, Unicom Group agreed to purchase CDMA handsets through Guomai in an effort to accelerate the growth of the CDMA handset market and CDMA services. This connected transaction resulted in an increase of revenue from sales of telecommunication products from RMB0.42 billion in 2001 to RMB1.08 billion in 2002.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Our operating expenses increased by RMB9.12 billion, or 37.8%, to RMB33.25 billion in 2002 from RMB24.13 billion in 2001.  As discussed below, a 36.2% increase in depreciation and amortization expenses, though not as fast as the increase in our total operation revenue, was the single biggest factor in the increase in operating expenses.  In addition, due to the launch of our CDMA business, selling and marketing expenses (which include the amortized portion of deferred customer acquisition costs under special promotional packages with certain CDMA contractual subscribers), leased lines and network capacities expenses (which include the expenses from the CDMA network leases) and cost of telecommunication equipment sales (which includes the costs of CDMA handsets sold) all increased faster than our operating revenue in 2002.  Nevertheless, due to our focus on tightening cost control, increasing operational efficiency from economies of scale and sharing of networks, businesses, subscribers and sales resources, our operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue stayed roughly the same at 82.0% in 2002, as compared with 82.1% in 2001.  We will continue to focus on cost control and optimization of our expense structure in order to ensure continued growth in earnings.

 

 

84



 

The table below illustrates the major expense items in the years 2000, 2001 and 2002 and their respective share of total operating revenue.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

 

 

RMB in
million

 

% of
Total
Revenue

 

RMB in
million

 

% of
Total
Revenue

 

RMB in
million

 

% of
Total
Revenue

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

18,470

 

78.0

%

24,129

 

82.1

%

33,253

 

82.0

%

Leased lines and network capacities

 

1,158

 

4.9

%

853

 

2.9

%

1,583

 

3.9

%

Interconnection charges

 

1,380

 

5.8

%

2,073

 

7.1

%

3,230

 

8.0

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

5,734

 

24.2

%

8,262

 

28.1

%

11,256

 

27.7

%

Personnel

 

1,770

 

7.5

%

2,487

 

8.5

%

3,335

 

8.2

%

Selling and marketing

 

2,492

 

10.5

%

3,613

 

12.2

%

5,981

 

14.8

%

General, administrative and other expenses

 

3,743

 

15.8

%

5,499

 

18.7

%

5,632

 

13.9

%

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

2,193

 

9.3

%

1,342

 

4.6

%

2,236

 

5.5

%

 

Leased L ines and N etwork C apacities.   We effectively reduced our leased lines expenses by extending and optimizing our nationwide fiber optic network and improving the allocation and coordination of network resources.  However, as a result of the additional lease expense of RMB0.89 billion incurred in connection with the lease of CDMA network capacities from Unicom Group beginning in January 2002, our leased lines and network capacities expense increased by 85.5%, from RMB0.85 billion in 2001 to RMB1.58 billion in 2002.  Leased lines and network capacities expense as a percentage of total operating revenue increased from 2.9% in 2001 to 3.9% in 2002.   The foregoing factors, as well as decreased paging service volumes, resulted in a 55.7% decrease in leased line expenses in our paging business, from RMB0.31 billion in 2001 to RMB0.14 billion in 2002.

 

Interconnection Charges.   Interconnection charges increased by 55.8%, from RMB2.07 billion in 2001 to RMB3.23 billion in 2002, primarily due to growth of such expense in our cellular businesses, including from the launch of our CDMA cellular business, as well as in our long distance business.  The growth in this expense was primarily due to the growth of our service volumes in these businesses, including from the expansion of our networks and our subscriber base, and as a result, increased interconnection traffic volume.  Interconnection charges as a percentage of total operating revenue increased from 7.1% in 2001 to 8.0% in 2002.

 

Depreciation and Amortization.   Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by RMB3.0 billion, or 36.2%, from RMB8.26 billion in 2001 to RMB11.26 billion in 2002.  The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses constituted 32.9% of the RMB9.12 billion total increase in our operating expenses, making this expense the biggest factor in the increase in total operating expenses.  Rising depreciation and amortization expenses resulted from expanded network capacity, primarily in connection with the development of the GSM cellular business, and further growth in overall assets.  The share of depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue decreased from 28.1% in 2001 to 27.7% in 2002.

 

Personnel.  Despite the consistent and rapid growth of our various business segments, we have emphasized efficient and rational allocation of human resources and fully utilized incentive based employee compensation.  Through our compensation structure, which is tied to both individual performance and our financial results, we are able to promote competition, retain and attract talented employees and make our company more dynamic, and thus steadily raise our productivity.  As of the end of 2002, we employed 29,332 employees, a decrease of 2.1% from 29,973 at the end of 2001.  Our personnel expenses were RMB3.34 billion in 2002, constituting 8.2% of total operating revenue, a decrease from 8.5% in 2001.  Personnel costs in our paging business declined by 40.8%, from RMB0.94 billion in 2001 to RMB0.56 billion in 2002, reflecting a decreased number of employees in the business.  Such employees were in many cases redeployed to our other growing businesses, to improve customer service and otherwise address the personnel needs of such businesses.  This increase in personnel at such businesses was a factor, in the increased personnel costs in those businesses in 2002.

 

 

85



 

 

Selling and Marketing.   Selling and marketing expenses increased by RMB2.37 billion, or 65.5%, from RMB3.61 billion in 2001 to RMB5.98 billion in 2002.  The increase in selling and marketing expenses constituted 26.0% of the RMB9.12 billion total increase in our operating expenses, making this expense the second biggest factor in the increase in total operating expenses.  Selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue increased from 12.2% in 2001 to 14.8% in 2002, mainly due to the continued growth in the customer base of our various business segments, which consequently increased our commission payments to sales agents, and marketing expenditures in connection with the promotion for our CDMA cellular business.  Of the total amount of the increase in selling and marketing expenses, RMB1.39 billion were amortization expenses related to the customer acquisition costs of certain CDMA contractual subscribers.

 

Sales commissions increased by 29.8%, from RMB2.82 billion in 2001 to RMB3.66 billion in 2002.  Advertising and promotion expenses increased by 24.1%, from RMB0.79 billion in 2001 to RMB0.98 billion in 2002.  Sales and marketing expenses in our GSM cellular business increased by 7.1%, from RMB2.49 billion in 2001 to RMB2.66 billion in 2002.  Sales and marketing expenses in our long distance business increased by 94.5%, from RMB0.16 billion in 2001 to RMB0.31 billion in 2002.  Sales and marketing expenses in our data and Internet business increased by 18.1%, from RMB0.55 billion in 2001 to RMB0.65 billion in 2002.  The increase in sales and marketing expenses was partially offset by a 50.1% decrease in such expenses in our paging business, from RMB0.48 billion in 2001 to RMB0.24 billion in 2002.

 

General, Administrative and Other Expenses.   Primarily as a result of cost cutting in our declining paging business, as well as our strict control of administrative expenses in our cellular businesses, our general, administrative and other expenses increased by only 2.4%, from RMB5.50 billion in 2001 to RMB5.63 billion in 2002.  As a percentage of total operating revenue, general, administrative and other expenses decreased from 18.7% in 2001 to 13.9% in 2002.

 

Our provision for doubtful debts increased 79.7%, from RMB0.54 billion in 2001 to RMB0.97 billion in 2002.  The increase mostly occurred in our GSM cellular business, mainly as a result of revenue growth, increasing market competition and increased cellular penetration resulting in a greater proportion of lower-end users among new GSM cellular subscribers.  Provision for doubtful debts as a percentage of total service revenue increased from 1.9% in 2001 to 2.5% in 2002, while provision for doubtful debts as a percentage of total service revenue in our GSM cellular business increased from 2.5% in 2001 to 2.9% in 2002.  Provision for doubtful debts as a percentage of total service revenue in our CDMA cellular business was 1.3% in 2002.

 

General, administrative and other expenses in our GSM cellular business increased 10.7% from 2001 to 2002, mainly due to an increase in provision for doubtful debts.  General, administrative and other expenses increased 75.7% from 2001 to 2002 in our long distance business, and 64.7% in our data and Internet business.

 

Cost of Telecommunications Products Sold.   The cost of telecommunications products sold increased by 66.6%, from RMB1.34 billion in 2001 to RMB2.24 billion in 2002, mainly due to our entry into the CDMA handset sales market in connection with our launch of the CDMA services since January 2002.  These costs of telecommunications products related to the CDMA handsets that were sold independently, without any service contract promotions.

 

86



 

Operating Income

 

In 2002, our operating revenue increased by 38.0%, while our operating expenses increased by 37.8%.  As a result, our operating income increased 39.1%, from RMB5.26 billion in 2001 to RMB7.32 billion in 2002, and our operating margin increased slightly from 17.9% in 2001 to 18.0% in 2002.

 

GSM Cellular Business.   In our GSM cellular business, operating income increased by 36.0%, from RMB5.61 billion in 2001 to RMB7.64 billion in 2002, reflecting the 31.8% growth in operating revenue, as well as our efforts to control operating expenses, which increased 30.3%.  Our operating margin in our GSM cellular business increased from 26.3% in 2001 to 27.2% in 2002

 

CDMA Cellular Business.   We incurred an operating loss of RMB0.99 billion in 2002 for our CDMA business.  We incurred an operating loss of RMB0.60 billion for the first six months of 2002 and an operating loss of RMB0.39 billion in the second half of 2002, reflecting improving performance as that business continued to develop from its launch in January 2002.

 

Long Distance Business.   In our long distance business, although operating revenue grew 47.0% in 2002, operating income increased 4.9%, from RMB0.97 billion in 2001 to RMB1.02 billion in 2002, primarily because of faster increases in interconnection expenses, sales and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses.  As a result, our operating margin in our long distance business, while remaining high at 29.6% in 2002, decreased from 41.4% in 2001.

 

Data and Internet Business.   In our data and Internet businesses, we had an operating income of RMB0.38 billion in 2002, as compared to an operating loss of RMB0.27 billion in 2001.  This resulted from the continued rapid growth, at 58.2%, in operating revenues in this business, together with our successful efforts to control operating expenses, which grew 24.3%.

 

Paging Business.   As our traditional paging business continued to decline, our focus on the development of new value-added paging services resulted in operating losses declining from RMB0.97 billion in 2001 to RMB0.62 billion in 2002.

 

Net Income

 

Financial I ncome and E xpenses.   Our financial income decreased from RMB2.10 billion in 2001 to RMB0.47 billion in 2002, mainly due to a decline in interest income resulting from a reduction in our short term bank deposits (which were largely original proceeds from our initial public offering) and overall reduced applicable interest rates.  Our financial expenses decreased by 23.1%, from RMB1.92 billion in 2001 to RMB1.47 billion in 2002, primarily reflecting lower applicable interest rates.  The above factors resulted in a net financial expense of RMB1.00 billion in 2002, as compared to net financial income of RMB0.18 billion in 2001.

 

Income T ax.   Our income tax increased from RMB0.90 billion in 2001 to RMB1.72 billion in 2002. Our effective tax rates in 2001 and 2002 were 16.4% and 27.3%, respectively.  The higher effective tax rate in 2002, as compared with 2001, was mainly due to the greater proportion, in income before tax for 2001, represented by interest income from short-term bank deposits in Hong Kong (largely proceeds from our initial public offering), which was not subject to income tax in 2001. Upon the adoption of HK SSAP 12 in 2003, we have recognized the deferred tax assets relating to the provision for doubtful debts previously not recognized. This change in accounting policy has resulted in a decrease in income tax by approximately RMB145 million and RMB31 million for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively. See Note 3(a) to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

 

87



 

Net Income .   For reasons analyzed in the above discussion, our net income decreased slightly by 0.08%, from RMB4.601billion in 2001 to RMB4.598 billion in 2002. Earnings per share was reduced by 0.27%, from RMB0.367 in 2001 to RMB0.366 in 2002.

 

Impact of Differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP

 

In addition to the above management discussion and analysis of our results of the operation under HK GAAP between the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, in connection with the preparation and reconciliation of our consolidated financial information in accordance with US GAAP, we believe the following significant accounting differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP would have a significant impact on our management discussion and analysis of the results of our operation between the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 under US GAAP.  See also Note 41 to the consolidated financial statements for a complete summary of all significant accounting differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP that are relevant to us.

 

Under HK GAAP, the acquisition of Unicom New Century on December 31, 2002 has been accounted for under the purchase method. Accordingly, the acquired results of operations have been incorporated into our operating results only from the date of the acquisition. In contrast, under US GAAP, our acquisition of Unicom New Century has been accounted for as a transfer of businesses under common control. Under this method, the acquired assets and liabilities have been accounted for at historical cost under US GAAP and the consolidated financial statements prepared under US GAAP for all periods presented have been retroactively restated as if the acquired entity had always been part of the acquirer.

 

In addition, under HK GAAP, we recognized upfront non-refundable revenue, such as connection fee, when received upon completion of activation services. Under US GAAP, this upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental costs incurred are deferred and recognized over the estimated customer service periods.

 

Under HK GAAP, goodwill is amortized over the expected economic lives of the acquired businesses. Under US GAAP, upon the adoption of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”) by us on January 1, 2002, we no longer amortize goodwill but, rather, assess the goodwill of each identified reporting unit for impairment annually.  The adoption of SFAS 142 has resulted in a cumulative effect of accounting change of RMB42,175,000 (net of tax impact in the amount of RMB20,773,000) on January 1, 2002 and has been reflected in our condensed consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2002 under US GAAP.

 

Other than the above, there are no major material differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP that would have a significant impact on the discussion and analysis of our results of operations between the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. Taking into account the operating results of the acquired business, our combined operating revenue under US GAAP increased from RMB 32.50 billion in 2001 to RMB50.42 billion in 2002, representing an increase of 55.1%. Our net income under US GAAP decreased by 2.5% from RMB5.16 billion in 2001 to RMB5.03 billion in 2002.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Working Capital and Cash Flows

 

As of the end of 2003, we had RMB9.22 billion of cash and cash equivalents and RMB0.91 billion of short-term bank deposits.  As of the end of 2003, we had negative working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) of RMB21.66 billion, compared to negative working capital of RMB12.71 billion at the end of 2002.  The decrease in working capital resulted primarily from (i) the increase in short-term bank loans to replace long-term bank loans; (ii) the cash payment for the acquisition of Unicom New World; and (iii) increased indebtedness as a result of the indebtedness of the newly-acquired Unicom New World.  We believe that we will have access to financing, in particular bank financing in the PRC and elsewhere, which together with net cash inflows from operations will be sufficient to fund our capital and liquidity needs.

 

 

88



 

 

The following table sets forth cash inflows and outflows in 2001, 2002 and 2003.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

(RMB in millions)

 

Net cash inflows from operating activities

 

11,078

 

13,054

 

22,565

 

Net cash outflows from investing activities

 

(46,125

)

(5,166

)

(19,051

)

Net cash (outflows) inflows before financing activities

 

(35,047

)

7,888

 

3,514

 

Net cash inflows (outflows) from financing activities

 

8,743

 

(11,868

)

(8,778

)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

(26,304

)

(3,980

)

(5,264

)

 

Net cash inflows from operating activities increased by 73.0%, from RMB13.05 billion in 2002 to RMB22.57 billion, mainly reflecting the growth in our business and reduction in our capital expenditure.  Net cash inflows from operations increased from RMB15.68 billion in 2002 to RMB26.45 billion in 2003.  This increase was offset by an increase in net cash outflows from returns on investments and servicing of finance and taxation, from RMB2.62 billion in 2002 to RMB3.88 billion in 2003.  This increase in outflows in 2003 principally reflected net interest paid in the amount of RMB2.34 billion in 2003, as compared with net interest paid in the amount of RMB1.27 billion in 2002.

 

Net cash outflows from investing activities were RMB19.05 billion in 2003, compared to RMB5.17 billion in 2002.  This increase in net cash outflows from investing activities in 2003 primarily reflected the net cash effects from the purchase of Unicom New World and the purchase of other assets, partially offset by the net cash effects from the sale of Guoxin Paging.

 

Net cash outflows from financing activities were RMB8.78 billion in 2003, a decrease from the outflow of RMB11.87 billion in 2002, resulting primarily from a decrease in payables to Unicom Group, RMB0.72 billion in 2003 as compared to RMB1.39 billion in 2002, and more proceeds from long-term bank loans, RMB11.08 billion in 2003, as compared to RMB7.76 billion in 2002.

 

Indebtedness and Capital Structure

 

The following table sets forth the amount of cash, assets, short-term and long-term debt, equity as well as debt-to-assets and debt-to-equity ratios as of the end of 2001, 2002 and 2003.

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

(RMB in millions, except percentages)

 

Cash and cash equivalent and short-term bank deposits

 

43,335

 

19,259

 

10,133

 

Total assets

 

128,278

 

149,628

 

149,838

 

Short-term debt

 

7,933

 

15,330

 

18,173

 

Long-term debt

 

36,337

 

37,686

 

36,213

 

Minority interests

 

829

 

566

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

62,054

 

66,653

 

69,615

 

Debt-to-assets ratio(1)

 

42.1

%

44.6

%

43.9

%

Debt-to-equity ratio(2)

 

72.7

%

80.4

%

78.1

%

 


(1)       Debt-to-assets ratio = (long term debt + short term interest bearing debt + minority interests)/(long term debt + short term interest bearing debt + minority interests + shareholders’ equity).

 

(2)       Debt-to-equity ratio = (long term debt + short term interest bearing debt + minority interests)/shareholders’ equity.

 

 

89



 

Our debt-to-assets ratio decreased from 44.6% at the end of 2002 to 43.9% at the end of 2003.  Our debt-to-equity ratio decreased from 80.4% at the end of 2002 to 78.1% at the end of 2003.  The sum of our long-term and short-term interest bearing debt exceeded the amount of our cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits by RMB44.25 billion as of December 31, 2003.  We continue to seek to optimize our capital structure, develop multiple financing sources and reduce overall financing costs.

 

Outstanding short-term and long-term bank loans, denominated in RMB or the U.S. dollar, increased from RMB53.02 billion at the end of 2002 to RMB 54.39 billion at the end of 2003.  Our long-term bank loans generally bear floating interest rates that ranged from 0.28% to 0.44% per annum in 2003 with maturity through 2010.   The loan agreements do not include financial performance or other covenants which materially restrict our operations or those of CUCL, Unicom New Century or Unicom New World, our principal operating subsidiaries in China.  As of December 31, 2003, short-term bank loans of approximately RMB70 million and long-term bank loans of approximately RMB11.6billion were guaranteed by Unicom Group.

 

In September 2003 we entered into a US$700 million term loan facility with 13 financial institutions, which is consisted of three tranches: a three-year US$200 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.28% over the US$ LIBOR per annum, a five-year US$300 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.35% over the US$ LIBOR per annum, and a seven-year US$200 million tranche , with an interest rate of 0.44% over the US$ LIBOR per annum.

 

In February 2004, our operating entity, CUCL, entered into a US$500 million term loan facility with 11 financial institutions, which is repayable in three years at an interest rate of 0.40% over the US$ LIBOR per annum.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

 

The following tables set forth the amount of our outstanding contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2003. 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period (RMB in millions)

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

Due in
2004

 

Due in
2005

 

Due in
2006

 

Due in
2007

 

Due in
2008

 

Due after
2008

 

Long-term bank Loans(1)

 

43,411

 

7,198

 

15,550

 

11,700

 

3,021

 

4,117

 

1,825

 

Finance lease obligations(2)

 

125

 

25

 

8

 

7

 

7

 

6

 

72

 

Capital Commitments(3)

 

7,907

 

7,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Leases(3)(4)

 

9,495

 

7,150

 

468

 

357

 

302

 

264

 

954

 

Other Commitments(3)(5)

 

920

 

920

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total obligations

 

61,858

 

23,200

 

16,026

 

12,064

 

3,330

 

4,387

 

2,851

 

 


(1)       See consolidated financial statements, Note 28  “Long-term Bank Loans”.

 

(2)       See consolidated financial statements, Note 29  “Obligations Under Finance Leases”.

 

(3)       See consolidated financial statements, Note 37  “Contingencies and Commitments”.

 

(4)       The operating leases commitment as disclosed above include the CDMA network capacity leasing arrangement entered into with Unicom Group and its subsidiary Unicom Horizon by our wholly-owned subsidiaries, CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, in our cellular service areas.  See “Critical Accounting Policies ¾ Lease of CDMA Network Capacity”; “Business Overview ¾ Cellular Services ¾ CDMA Cellular Services - Our Leasing of CDMA Networks from Unicom Group” under Items 4, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions ¾ Related Party Transactions - Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7 and Note 37(b)  “Contingencies and Commitments ¾ Operating Lease Commitment” to the consolidated financial statements for details.

 

(5)       Other commitments represented our commitment to purchase CDMA handsets from vendors.  See Note 37(c) “Contingencies and Commitments ¾ Commitment to purchase CDMA handsets” to the consolidated financial statements.

 

90



 

Capital Expenditures

 

The following table sets forth our historical and planned capital expenditure requirements for the periods indicated.  Actual future capital expenditures may differ from the amounts indicated below. 

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

 

 

(RMB in billions)

 

Cellular(1)

 

7.9

 

8.91

 

6.53

 

Long distance, data and Internet

 

1.94

 

2.13

 

1.50

 

Transmission network(2)

 

4.65

 

4.55

 

3.43

 

Paging

 

0.21

 

0.04

 

 

Others(3)

 

4.24

 

4.13

 

7.89

 

Total

 

18.94

 

19.76

 

19.35

 

 


(1)       The capital expenditures for 2002 reflect capital expenditures for our cellular business in 12 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions; while capital expenditures for 2003 represent 21 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions; and capital expenditures for 2004 onwards represent 30 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions, including the 9 provinces and autonomous regions which we acquired at the end of 2003.

 

(2)       Expenditures on transmission network refers to investment in the inter-province and intra-province backbone transmission network, the local network and the access network.

 

(3)       Other expenditures represent investment in telecom equipment buildings, supporting systems and miscellaneous items.

 

Capital expenditures in 200 3 totaled RMB19.76 billion.  Capital expenditures attributable to the GSM cellular business, the long distance, data and Internet businesses, the paging business, the transmission network and other projects were RMB8.91 billion, RMB2.13 billion, RMB0.04 billion, RMB4.55 billion, and RMB4.13 billion, respectively.  Expenditures for other projects were mainly related to the set up of the billing, customer service and information system, office building, operational maintenance and research and development.

 

Projected capital expenditures for 2004 is RMB19.35 billion (RMB17.87 billion for the businesses of CUCL and Unicom New Century and RMB1.48 billion for the businesses of Unicom New World), which will be used mostly to improve the GSM network and network transmission infrastructure.

 

We expect to fund our capital expenditure needs with cash generated from operating activities, capital market financing and short-term and long-term bank loans.  See “Risk Factors – Risks Relating to Our Business – Our inability to fund our capital expenditure requirements may adversely affect our growth and profitability” under Item 3.

 

91



 

US GAAP Reconciliation

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with HK GAAP, which differs in certain material respects from US GAAP.  Significant differences relate primarily to the effect of the acquisitions of Unicom New Century, Unicom New World and the sale of Guoxin Paging, treatments of the upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental costs, employees’ housing benefits, revaluation of properties performed in connection with the reorganization, impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill, and additional disclosure requirements for share options scheme and measurement of costs in investment in equity securities.  Reconciliation between HK GAAP and US GAAP which affect our net income and shareholders’ equity arising from the aforementioned differences are included in Note 41 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  In addition, additional disclosures on the condensed financial information under US GAAP, including condensed statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows information, as well as condensed balance sheets information and other additional financial information which have been restated for relevant periods presented to reflect the impact of the effects of the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World and the sale of Guoxin Paging under common control are included in Note 41 to the consolidated financial statements presented in this annual report.

 

Item 6 .  Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

A.             Directors and Senior Management

 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our current directors and executive officers. 

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Wang Jianzhou

 

55

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors; Executive Director; Chief Executive Officer; President

Tong Jilu

 

45

 

Executive Director; Chief Financial Officer

Zhao Le

 

48

 

Executive Director; Vice President

William Lo Wing Yan

 

43

 

Executive Director; Vice President

Ye Fengping

 

40

 

Executive Director; Vice President

Liu Yunjie

 

61

 

Non-Executive Director

Wu Jinglian

 

74

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Craig O. McCaw

 

54

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Shan Weijian

 

50

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

C. James Judson

 

59

 

Alternate Director to Craig O. McCaw

Linus Cheung Wing Lam

 

55

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

W ang Jianzhou was appointed in April 2000 as an Executive Director of our company and subsequently became our President responsible for our day-to-day management and operations. Mr. Wang was elected as the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer on August 28, 2003, responsible for our overall management. Mr. Wang, a professor-level senior engineer, graduated in 1985 from the Department of Management Engineering at Zhejiang University with a master’s degree. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Wang served as Deputy Director General and later Director General of the Posts and Telecommunications Bureau of Hangzhou City and as Deputy Director General of the Posts and Telecommunications of Zhejiang Province. From 1996, Mr. Wang served as Director General of the Department of Planning and Construction of the MPT and later as Director General of the Department of General Planning of the MII.  Since February 1999, Mr. Wang has served as Director and Executive Vice President of Unicom Group and was appointed as President in February 2001. Mr. Wang was appointed the Chairman of Unicom Group in June 2003.  With many years of experience in the telecommunications industry in China, Mr. Wang has extensive knowledge and experience in telecommunications operations and management.

 

 

92



 

Tong Jilu was appointed in February 2004 as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of our company. He assists the President in handling issues relating to finance. Mr. Tong graduated in 1987 from the Department of Economic Management at the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications. He holds a Master Degree in Business Administration from National University of Australia; and is an Executive Director of the Association of Chief Accountants in China. From August 1989 to October 1998, he served as Deputy Director and later Director of the Finance Bureau of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration of Liaoning Province. From November 1998 to June 2000, Mr. Tong served as Deputy Director General of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration and the Posts Office of Liaoning Province. Mr. Tong joined Unicom Group in July 2000 and served as Chief Accountant of Unicom Group from July 2000 to February 2001. Since March 2001, Mr. Tong has served as Vice President of Unicom Group. He is now a Director in Unicom Group and China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“A Share Company”); and a Director and Vice President in China Unicom Corporation Limited (Operation Company). Mr. Tong has extensive experience in telecommunications management and finance management of listed company.

 

Zhao Le was appointed in February 2004 as an Executive Director and Vice President of our company. He assists the President in managing day-to-day operations. Mr. Zhao is a senior engineer, graduated in 1989 from the Schools of Economics & Management at Tsinghua University with Master Degree in Industrial Management. From 1990 to 1992, Mr. Zhao served as the Station-In-Charge of the Earth Station of Satellite Communication of Long Distance Telecommunication Bureau of Shanghai. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Zhao served as Deputy Chief Economist of Long Distance Telecommunication Bureau of Shanghai. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Zhao served as Director of the Planning Department of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration of Shanghai. Mr. Zhao joined Unicom Group since 1999. From 1999 to 2003, he served as General Manager of China Unicom Shanghai Branch. Mr. Zhao is now the Chairman of China United Telecommunications (Hong Kong) Ltd; and Executive Director and Vice President of China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited. Mr. Zhao has been in the management role of telecommunications operations for a long period and has extensive telecommunications management experience.

 

William Lo Wing Yan was appointed in July 2002 as an Executive Director and Vice President of our company.  Mr. Lo assists the President in handling investor relations and issues relating to international co-operation.  Mr. Lo graduated from Cambridge University in 1987, with a PhD degree in Genetic Engineering. From 1988 to 1990, Mr. Lo was a management consultant with McKinsey & Company. From 1994 to 1998, Mr. Lo was the Founding Managing Director of Hongkong Telecom IMS Limited.  From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Lo served as Chief Executive Officer of Citibank’s Global Consumer Banking Business for Hong Kong and Macau. Mr. Lo is at present the non-executive Chairman of WPP Greater China and also serves as a non-executive director on the board of a number of publicly listed companies in Hong Kong and New York, including Softbank Investment International Ltd, Ocean Grand Chemicals Holdings Ltd, Panorama International Holdings Ltd and Nam Tai Electronics, Inc. In 1999, Mr. Lo was appointed as a Justice of the Peace (JP) of Hong Kong. In 2003, Mr. Lo was appointed as Committee Member of Shantou People’s Political Consultative Conference. Mr. Lo has extensive work experience and management expertise in the areas of information technology, telecommunications and banking industry.

 

Ye Fengping was appointed in January 2003 as an Executive Director and Vice President of our company. Mr. Ye assists the President in handling general administration and media relations. Mr. Ye, a senior engineer, graduated from Nanjing Posts and Telecommunications Institution in 1984, with a major in Telecommunications Engineering and obtained a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Minnesota’s Carlson School. From 1984 to 1998, Mr. Ye worked for the Shenzhen Posts and Telecommunications Bureau and once served as Deputy Department Head in the Materials Management Department and General Manager of the Materials Supply Company of the Bureau. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Ye worked for the Shenzhen Telecommunications Bureau as Chief of the Corporate Development Department. Mr. Ye joined China Unicom in April 2000 as Deputy General Manager and later General Manager of China Unicom Corporation Limited’s Shenzhen Branch. He also served as Deputy General Manager of China Unicom Corporation Limited’s Guangdong Branch and General Manager of the Sales and Marketing Department of Unicom Group. Mr. Ye has twenty years of experience in the telecommunications industry and extensive experience in marketing planning and management.

 

93



 

Liu Yunjie was appointed in February 2004 as a Non-Executive Director of our company.  Mr. Liu is a senior engineer and graduated from the Department of Applied Physics at Beijing University in 1968. From 1983 to 1995, Mr. Liu served as Deputy Director General and later Director General of the Institute of Data Communication Research of the MPT.  From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Liu served as Deputy Director General of the Directorate General of Telecommunications and as Director General of the Bureau of Data Communications of the MPT.  Mr. Liu was also President of the Institute of Postal Science Research and Planning of the MPT from 1998 to 1999. Since April 1999, Mr. Liu has served as the Chief Engineer and later Vice President of Unicom Group.  Mr. Liu was Vice President of our company from May 2000 to January 2004.  He is now a director of the A Share Company and Vice President of Unicom New Century Telecommunications.  Mr. Liu has extensive experience in telecommunications technology and management, particularly in the area of data communications.

 

Wu Jinglian was appointed in April 2000 as an Independent Non-Executive Director of our company. Mr. Wu is a senior researcher at the Development Research Center of the State Council (DRC) and a professor at the Graduate School of the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences and China Europe International Business School (CEIBS). Mr. Wu graduated from Fudan University, and was previously an Executive Director of the DRC and Deputy Director of the Programming Office for Economic Reform of the State Council. Mr. Wu has also been a visiting scholar at Yale University, a visiting professor at the Asia-Pacific Research Center of Stanford University and a visiting researcher at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

Craig O. McCaw was appointed in May 2000 as a Non-Executive Director of our company, and subsequently became an Independent Non-Executive Director in June 2002. Mr. McCaw is Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Eagle River Investments LLC, a private company that makes strategic investments in telecommunications ventures. He is a significant shareholder of Nextel Communications, Inc., a company that he successfully reorganized, as well as Nextel Partners Inc. He is also the Chairman of the board of ICO Global Communications (Holdings) Limited.  Mr. McCaw established McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc. and XO Communications, Inc.  Mr. McCaw has actively participated in both cellular and cable television trade associations over the years and is a member by Presidential appointment of the United States National Security Telecommunications Advisory Committee.  Mr. McCaw graduated from Stanford University in 1973.

 

C. James Judson was appointed in March 2001 as an Alternate Director to Craig O. McCaw of our company.  Mr. Judson is a Senior Lawyer with Davis Wright Tremaine, a Seattle-based law firm with ten offices worldwide. Mr. Judson was Vice President and General Counsel of Eagle River, Inc. and a member of Eagle River Investments, LLC, a Kirkland-based venture capital fund formed by Craig O. McCaw to focus on investment opportunities in communications. Mr. Judson also serves on the boards of Port Blakely Tree Farms, LP, Garrett and Ring Inc., The Joshua Green Corporation, Sonata Capital and Airbiquity, Inc. Mr. Judson attended Stanford University, graduating in 1966 with a Bachelor of Arts degree ( cum laude ).  Subsequently, Mr. Judson graduated from Stanford University Law School in 1969 with a Juris Doctor degree. While in law school, he was the Executive Editor of the Stanford Law Review.

 

94



 

Shan Weijian was appointed in May 2003 as an Independent Non-Executive Director of our company.  Mr. Shan is Managing Director of Newbridge Capital.  Mr. Shan serves on the boards of Bank of China (Hong Kong), Korea First Bank, Taiwan Cement Corporation International, Baoshan Iron and Steel, among others.  Before joining Newbridge, Mr. Shan was a Managing Director at J.P. Morgan.  Prior to J.P. Morgan, he was a professor at the Wharton School of University of Pennsylvania.  His earlier employers include the World Bank, Grahman and James, a law firm based in San Francisco, and Beijing University of International Business and Economics.  Mr. Shan holds a Ph.D. from the University of California-Berkeley.

 

Linus Cheung Wing Lam was appointed in May 2004 as an Independent Non-Executive Director of our company.  Prior to his appointment, Mr. Cheung was Deputy Chairman of PCCW Limited.  Prior to the merger of Pacific Century Cyberworks Limited and Cable & Wireless HKT Limited (Hongkong Telecom), Mr. Cheung was the Chief Executive of Hongkong Telecom and an Executive Director of Cable & Wireless plc in the United Kingdom.  Mr. Cheung also worked at Cathay Pacific Airways for 23 years before departing as Deputy Managing Director.  In 1990 he was appointed an Official Justice of the Peace and in 1992 he was appointed a Non-official Justice of the Peace.  Mr. Cheung is currently a member of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference for the Tianjin Municipal Government.  He received a bachelor’s of social science degree with honors and a degree in Management Studies from the University of Hong Kong.  Mr. Cheung is also an Honorary Fellow of the University of Hong Kong and of The Chartered Institute of Marketing in the United Kingdom.

 

B.             Compensation

 

The aggregate compensation paid by us to our directors and executive officers as a group in 2003 was approximately RMB20.74 million, including retirement and other benefits.  Each of our executive directors and executive officers enters into a bonus agreement with us that ties the amount of bonus the director or officer will receive at the end of a year to our operating results of the year and the job performance of the director or officer.  Some of our directors and executive directors also hold options to purchase shares in our company.  See “E.  Share Ownership” below for detailed descriptions of our share option schemes and options granted to our directors and executive officers.

 

C.             Board Practices

 

General

 

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, at each annual general meeting, one-third of our directors retire from office by rotation except for any director holding office as Chairman or Chief Executive Officer.  The retiring Directors are eligible for re-election.  The Board may at any time appoint a new director to fill a vacancy or as an additional director.  The Board may also appoint and remove our executive officers.  Messrs. Wang, Wu and McCaw were appointed as directors in 2000.  Mr. Tong was appointed as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer in February 2004.  Mr. Zhao was appointed as an Executive Director and Vice President in February 2004. Mr. Judson was appointed as an alternate director to our independent non-executive director Craig O. McCaw in March 2001.  Mr. Lo was appointed as an Executive Director and Vice President in July 2002.  Mr. Ye was appointed as an Executive Director and Vice President in January 2003.  Mr. Shan was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director in May 2003.  Mr. Liu was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in February 2004.  Wang Jianzhou, Lee Hon Chiu and Wu Jinglian were re-appointed as directors in May 2002.  Tan Xinghui resigned as Executive Director and Vice President in June 2002 and January 2003, respectively.  Yang Xian Zu resigned as Executive Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in August 2003.  In February 2004, Shi Cuiming resigned as Executive Director and Executive Vice President, Ge Lei resigned as Non-Executive Director and Mr. Liu resigned as Vice President.  Mr. Cheung was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director in May 2004 to replace the former Independent Non-Executive Director Lee Hon Chiu.  No benefits are payable to our directors or executive officers upon termination of their service with us in accordance with the provisions of their service agreement.

 

95



 

Audit Committee

 

The audit committee reviews and supervises our financial reporting process and internal financial controls.  The duties of the audit committee include the following:

 

              considering and approving the appointment, resignation and removal of our external auditor and the auditor’s fees;

 

              reviewing our interim and annual financial statements and disclosure before submission to the board of directors;

 

              discussing with the auditor any problems and reservations arising from the audit of the interim and final results;

 

              reviewing any correspondence from the auditor to the management and the responses of the management; and

 

              reviewing the relevant reports concerning our internal controls and procedures.

 

The Board of Directors recently approved certain amendments to the duties of the audit committee, including strengthening of responsibilities in the following areas:

 

              supervising the external auditor, who will directly report to the committee;

 

              pre-approving the audit and non-audit services to be provided by the external auditor, and determining whether any non-audit services would affect the independence of the auditor; and

 

              discussing with the management the timing and procedures for the rotation of the partner of the auditing firm responsible for the audit of our company and the partner responsible for the review of audit-related documents.

 

As of May 31, 2004, the members of the audit committee are Shan Weijian, Chairman of the committee, Wu Jinglian and Linus Cheung Wing Lam.

 

Remuneration Committee

 

The remuneration committee meets regularly to consider human resources issues, issuance of share options and other matters relating to compensation.  In particular, the remuneration committee makes recommendations to the Board on executive compensation.  The primary duties of the remuneration committee are to make recommendations to the board regarding the remuneration structure of the executive directors and to determine specific remuneration packages for the executive directors on behalf of the board. The remuneration committee is also responsible for operating our employee share option scheme and any other incentive scheme as they apply to the executive directors, including determining the granting of

 

96


options to executive directors.  As of May 31, 2004, the members of the remuneration committee are Wu Jianlian, Chairman of the committee, Liu Yunjie and Linus Cheung Wing Lam.

 

D.            Employees

 

As of December 31, 2003, we had 38,728 employees, which was similar to the 38,250 employees of our company at the end of 2002 (including employees in the nine provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities we acquired through Unicom New Century at the end of 2002).  These employees are classified by function as follows:

 

By Function

 

Number of
Employees

 

Management and administration

 

6,544

 

Other general administration

 

7,631

 

Marketing and sales

 

7,135

 

Technical, engineering and network maintenance

 

14,509

 

Retail and customer service

 

2,503

 

General support

 

406

 

Total:

 

38,728

 

 

By Business Segment

 

Number of
Employees

 

Cellular

 

28,956

 

GSM

 

20,281

 

CDMA

 

8,675

 

 

 

 

 

Long distance

 

2,092

 

Data

 

3,285

 

Internet

 

1,621

 

Paging

 

2,775

 

Total:

 

38,728

 

 

As of December 31, 2003, we also employed approximately 62,000 temporary employees.

 

E.            Share Ownership

 

As of May 31, 2004, our directors and executive officers as a group do not own any shares in our company.

 

As of May 31, 2004, our directors and executive officers as a group hold options for 5,465,200 shares, or less than 0.1% of our issued and outstanding share capital, including the following options granted under our pre-global offering share option scheme and share option scheme:

 

Options granted under the share option scheme

 

Name

 

Number of
Shares Covered

 

Expiration Date

 

Exercise Price

 

Consideration
Paid

 

Wang Jianzhou

 

420,000
420,000

 

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009

 

HK$
HK$

6.18
4.30

 

HK$
HK$

1.00
1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tong Jilu

 

292,000
292,000
292,000

 

May 31, 2010
July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009

 

HK$
HK$
HK$

15.42
6.18
4.30

 

HK$
HK$
HK$

1.00
1.00
1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zhao Le

 

136,000
204,000

 

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009

 

HK$
HK$

6.18
4.30

 

HK$
HK$

1.00
1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lo Wing Yan, William

 

292,000

 

May 20, 2009

 

HK$

4.30

 

HK$

1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ye Fengping

 

136,000
132,000
204,000

 

May 31,2010
July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009

 

HK$
HK$
HK$

15.42
6.18
4.30

 

HK$
HK$
HK$

1.00
1.00
1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liu Yunjie

 

292,000

 

May 20, 2009

 

HK$

4.30

 

HK$

1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wu Jinglian

 

292,000
292,000

 

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009

 

HK$
HK$

6.18
4.30

 

HK$
HK$

1.00
1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craig O. McCaw

 

292,000
292,000

 

July 9, 2008
May 20, 2009

 

HK$
HK$

6.18
4.30

 

HK$
HK$

1.00
1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shan Weijian

 

292,000

 

May 20, 2009

 

HK$

4.30

 

HK$

1.00

 

 

97



 

Options granted under the pre-global offering share option scheme

 

Name

 

Number of
Shares Covered

 

Expiration Date

 

Subscription
Price

 

Consideration Paid

 

Wang Jianzhou

 

396,200

 

May 31, 2010

 

HK$

15.42

 

HK$

1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liu Yunjie

 

292,600

 

May 31, 2010

 

HK$

15.42

 

HK$

1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zhao Le

 

204,400

 

May 31, 2010

 

HK$

15.42

 

HK$

1.00

 

 

Stock Incentive Schemes

 

We retained a compensation consulting firm to help us design stock incentive schemes that align the interests of our management and employees with those of our shareholders and link their compensation with our operating results and share performance.

 

Share Option Scheme.   We adopted a share option scheme on June 1, 2000 and amended the scheme on May 13, 2002.  The amended scheme provides for the grant of options to our employees, including executive directors and non-executive directors.  Any grant of share options to a “connected person” (as defined in the Hong Kong Listing Rules) of Unicom requires approval by our independent non-executive directors, excluding any independent non-executive director who is the grantee of the option.  We plan to grant options that cover a total number of ordinary shares not exceeding 10% of the total number of our issued and outstanding shares as of May 13, 2002.  The option period commences on any date after the date on which an option is offered, but may not exceed 10 years from the offer date.  The subscription price of a share in respect of any particular option granted under this share option scheme will be determined by our board of directors in its discretion at the grant date, which shall be no less than the higher of: (i) the nominal value of the shares; (ii) the closing price of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on the grant date in respect of such option; and (iii) the average closing price of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange for the five trading days immediately preceding the grant date.  As of May 31, 2004, 138,312,800 options granted by us were outstanding and held by 9 directors and approximately 2,500 of our employees.  As of May 31, 2004, 8,600,000 options with an exercise price of HK$6.18 had been exercised and 194,000 options with an exercise price of HK$4.30 had been exercised.

 

Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme.   We also adopted a pre-global offering share option scheme on June 1, 2000.  As of May 31, 2004, 25,436,600 options granted by us were outstanding and held by 3 directors and approximately 250 of our employees.  We do not expect to grant further options under this scheme.  On May 13, 2002, this scheme was amended along with the amendment of the share option scheme described above.  The amended terms of the pre-global offering share option scheme are substantially the same as the share option scheme, except for the following:

 

                                          The subscription price of a share in respect of any particular option granted under the pre-global offering share option scheme is HK$15.42, the offer price in the Hong Kong

 

98



 

public offering portion of our initial public offering, excluding brokerage fees and transaction levy.

 

                                          The period during which an option may be exercised commences two years from the date of grant and ends 10 years from June 22, 2000.

 

As of December 31, 2003, no options granted under this scheme had been exercised.

 

Item 7 .  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

A.            Major Shareholders

 

As of the date of this annual report, our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, through its 26.16% direct interest in Unicom BVI, and its majority-owned subsidiary, China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited, which in turn holds 73.84% of Unicom BVI, beneficially owned 9,725,000,020 shares of Unicom, or 77.42% of our total outstanding shares.  See “History and Development of the Company” under Item 4 above.   Unicom Group is controlled by the Ministry of Finance and a group of approximately fifteen companies, most of which are state-owned enterprises in China.  Shares owned by Unicom Group do not carry voting rights different from our other issued shares.

 

As of May 31, 2004, most of our record shareholders were located outside of the United States.  In addition, as of May 31, 2004, there were approximately 24.24 million ADSs outstanding, each representing 10 shares and together representing 1.93% of our total outstanding shares or 8.55% of our total outstanding shares not held by our controlling shareholder.

 

B.            Related Party Transactions

 

Principal transactions between us and our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, include the following categories:

 

                                          agreements relating to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering;

                                          agreements relating to the restructuring in connection with the acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group;

                                          agreements relating to the acquisition of Unicom New World from Unicom Group and the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group;

                                          provision of ongoing telecommunications and ancillary services by Unicom Group to us;

                                          mutual provision of ongoing telecommunications and ancillary services and facilities between Unicom Group and us;

                                          mutual provision of premises between Unicom Group and us;

                                          leasing of CDMA network capacity by us from Unicom Group and related interconnection and roaming arrangements; and

                                          guarantee of our bank loans by Unicom Group and short-term loans from Unicom Group.

 

Agreements Relating to the Restructuring in Connection with Our Initial Public Offering

 

The Reorganization Agreement

 

In relation to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, our wholly-owned subsidiary, CUCL, entered into a reorganization agreement with Unicom Group dated April 21, 2000.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

99



 

(a)                                   Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer to CUCL the assets and liabilities attributable to the businesses as described “A. History and Development of the Company - The Restructuring of Unicom Group and Our Initial Public Offering in 2000” under Item 4,

 

(b)                                  mutual warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group and CUCL in relation to the assets and liabilities transferred to CUCL and in relation to the restructuring,

 

(c)                                   undertakings by Unicom Group in favor of CUCL, including undertakings:

 

                                          to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with any of our businesses for our benefit, and to allocate spectrum and to provide other resources to us;

 

                                          subject to applicable Chinese laws and regulations in effect at the relevant time, to take all actions necessary to obtain, maintain, renew and otherwise extend to or for our benefit such governmental or regulatory licenses, consents, permits or other approvals as we shall require to continue to operate our businesses;

 

                                          to arrange for us to participate in its international roaming arrangements;

 

                                          not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the existing competing businesses of Unicom Group;

 

                                          to grant us a right of first refusal in relation to any government authorization, license or permit, or other business opportunity to develop any new telecommunications technology, product or service;

 

                                          in order to minimize the risk of competition with our Internet business, to take steps to dispose of its interest in Beijing Shi Hua within twenty-four months following receipt of a notification from us that we intend to provide Internet services which we consider similar to those provided by Beijing Shi Hua;

 

                                          to ensure that we can continue to use premises for which title documentation cannot be obtained at this time for a period of three years following the restructuring;

 

                                          not to dispose of any of our shares it beneficially owns or to take or permit any other actions, including primary issuances of securities by us or CUCL, which would result in us or CUCL no longer constituting majority owned subsidiaries of Unicom Group; and

 

                                          not to seek an overseas listing for any of its businesses or the businesses of its subsidiaries in which we are engaged or may engage in the future except through us,

 

(d)                                  an option granted by Unicom Group to us to acquire Unicom Group’s interest in any telecommunications interest such as Unicom Paging, Unicom Xingye and Unicom Group’s CDMA telephony license and business, and

 

(e)                                   a commitment by Unicom Group that it will provide continuous financial support to us when necessary.

 

100



 

Equity Transfer Agreement

 

In relation to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, we, Unicom Group, China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and China Unicom (BVI) Limited entered into an equity transfer agreement, dated April 21, 2000.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in CUCL to us;

 

(b)                                  our agreement to issue shares to China Unicom (BVI) Limited, China Unicom (BVI) Limited’s agreement to issue shares to China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited and China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited’s agreement to issue shares to Unicom Group;

 

(c)                                   Unicom Group’s and our agreement that:

 

                                          we shall be entitled to apply in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and in all places outside of China for all trademarks incorporating the word Unicom in English and Chinese and the Unicom logo; and

 

                                          once these trademarks have been registered, we will sublicense these trademarks to Unicom Group, CUCL, Guoxin Paging and Guoxin Paging’s subsidiaries on a royalty-free basis; and

 

(d)                                  warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group to us in relation to CUCL.

 

Trademark Agreement

 

Unicom Group is the registered owner of the Unicom trademark in English and the trademark bearing the Unicom logo, which are registered at the People’s Republic of China State Trademark Bureau.  Under a PRC trademark license agreement entered into on May 25, 2000 between Unicom Group and CUCL, CUCL and our affiliates were granted the right to use these trademarks on a royalty-free basis for an initial period of five years, renewable at the option of CUCL.  Under the terms of this agreement, we and our affiliates are the exclusive licensees of these trademarks provided that Unicom Group may also license these trademarks to any of its existing or future subsidiaries.  Unicom Group also agreed to license to CUCL any trademark that it registers in China in the future which incorporates the word Unicom.

 

CUCL entered into a service agreement with Unicom Paging on August 1, 2001.  Under the terms of the agreement, both parties agreed to license their respective trademarks and log os to each other on equitable terms and free of charge.

 

Agreements relating to the Restructuring in connection with Acquisition of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group

 

The Reorganization Agreement

 

In relation to the restructuring in connection with the acquisition by us of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group, Unicom Group entered into a reorganization agreement with Unicom New Century, dated November 18, 2002.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer to Unicom New Century the assets and liabilities attributable to the businesses as described under Item 4, “Information on the Company -

 

101



 

History and Development of the Company - Restructuring and Acquisition of Unicom New Century”;

 

(b)                                  mutual warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group and Unicom New Century in relation to the assets and liabilities transferred to Unicom New Century and in relation to the restructuring; and

 

(c)                                   undertakings by Unicom Group in favor of Unicom New Century, including undertakings:

 

                                          to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with any of the transferred businesses for the benefit of Unicom New Century, and to allocate spectrum and to provide other resources to Unicom New Century;

 

                                          subject to applicable Chinese laws and regulations in effect at the relevant time, to take all actions necessary to obtain, maintain, renew and otherwise extend to or for the benefit of Unicom New Century such governmental or regulatory licenses, consents, permits or other approvals as Unicom New Century may require to continue to operate its businesses; and

 

                                          not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the existing competing businesses of Unicom Group.

 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement

 

In relation to the acquisition by us of Unicom New Century from Unicom Group, we and Unicom BVI entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated November 20, 2002.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom BVI’s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited, which holds 100% of the equity interest in Unicom New Century, to us;

 

(b)                                  our agreement to pay Unicom BVI a cash consideration in the amount of HK$4,523,181,304 (approximately RMB4.8 billion); and

 

(c)                                   warranties given by Unicom BVI to us in relation to Unicom New Century.

 

Trademark Agreement

 

Under a trademark license agreement entered into on November 20, 2002 between the A Share Company and Unicom New Century, Unicom New Century and our affiliates were granted the right to use the Unicom trademarks and logo on a royalty-free basis for an initial period of ten years, renewable for a further ten-year term at the option of Unicom New Century.  The parties will negotiate the royalty payments during the renewed term; however, in no event will such payment exceed the royalty payments, if any, paid by Unicom Group’s other wholly- or majority-owned subsidiaries.  The A Share Company has also agreed to license to Unicom New Century any trademark that Unicom Group registers in China in the future which incorporates the word Unicom.

 

Agreements relating to the Acquisition of Unicom New World from Unicom Group and the Sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group

 

102



 

The Reorganization Agreement

 

In relation to the restructuring in connection with the acquisition by us of Unicom New World from Unicom Group, Unicom Group entered into a reorganization agreement with Unicom New World, dated November 4, 2003.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom Group’s agreement to transfer to Unicom New World the assets and liabilities attributable to the businesses as described under “A. History and Development of the Company - Acquisition of Unicom New World and Sale of Guoxin Paging” under Item 4;

 

(b)                                  mutual warranties and indemnities given by Unicom Group and Unicom New World in relation to the assets and liabilities transferred to Unicom New World and in relation to the restructuring; and

 

(c)                                   undertakings by Unicom Group in favor of Unicom New World, including undertakings:

 

                                          to hold and maintain all licenses received from the MII in connection with any of the transferred businesses for the benefit of Unicom New World, and to allocate spectrum and to provide other resources to Unicom New World;

 

                                          subject to applicable Chinese laws and regulations in effect at the relevant time, to take all actions necessary to obtain, maintain, renew and otherwise extend to or for the benefit of Unicom New World such governmental or regulatory licenses, consents, permits or other approvals as Unicom New World may require to continue to operate its businesses; and

 

                                          not to engage in any business which competes with our businesses except for the existing competing businesses of Unicom Group.

 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement with respect to Unicom New World

 

In relation to the acquisition by us of Unicom New World from Unicom Group, we and Unicom BVI entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated November 20, 2003.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   Unicom BVI’s agreement to transfer all of its equity interest in Unicom New World (BVI) Limited, which holds 100% of the equity interest in Unicom New World, to us;

 

(b)                                  our agreement to pay Unicom BVI a cash consideration in the amount of HK$3,014,886,000 (approximately RMB3.2 billion); and

 

(c)                                   warranties given by Unicom BVI to us in relation to Unicom New World.

 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement with respect to Guoxin Paging

 

In relation to the sale by us of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, CUCL and the A Share Company entered into a conditional sale and purchase agreement, dated November 20, 2003.  This agreement includes the following terms:

 

(a)                                   CUCL’s agreement to sell to the A Share Company, and the A Share Company’s agreement to acquire from CUCL, all of CUCL’s equity interest in Guoxin Paging;

 

103



 

(b)                                  the A Share Company’s agreement to pay CUCL a cash consideration in the amount of HK$2,590,917,656 (approximately RMB2.75 billion); and

 

(c)                                   warranties given by CUCL to the A Share Company in relation to Guoxin Paging.

 

Trademark Agreement

 

Under a trademark license agreement entered into on November 20, 2003 between the A Share Company and Unicom New World, Unicom New World and our affiliates were granted the right to use the Unicom trademarks and logo on a royalty-free basis for an initial period of ten years, renewable for a further ten-year term at the option of Unicom New World.  The parties will negotiate the royalty payments during the renewed term; however, in no event will such payment exceed the royalty payments, if any, paid by Unicom Group’s other wholly- or majority-owned subsidiaries.  The A Share Company has also agreed to license to Unicom New World any trademark that Unicom Group registers in China in the future which incorporates the word Unicom.

 

Provision of Ongoing Telecommunications and Ancillary Services by Unicom Group to Us

 

Leasing of Satellite Transmission Capacity

 

We lease satellite transmission capacity from a 95.00% owned subsidiary of Unicom Group.  We use this capacity to supplement our long distance network.

 

That subsidiary of Unicom Group and CUCL entered into a satellite transmission channel leasing agreement, dated May 25, 2000.  Under this agreement, CUCL is entitled to lease satellite transmission capacity from Unicom Group.

 

Payments for leasing of satellite transmission capacity are calculated on the basis of tariffs set by the MII.  We pay the minimum applicable tariff for the relevant volume and duration less a discount of up to 10%.  The discount will not be less than that offered to any third party leasing similar transmission capacity.  The total leasing charges for satellite transmission capacity for 2003 was approximately RMB26.40 million.

 

Supply of International Gateway Services

 

Unicom Group provides us with access to international connections for our international long distance service through its international gateways.  CUCL and Unicom Group entered into a services agreement, dated May 25, 2000, under which Unicom Group agrees to supply international gateway services to us for an initial term ending at the end of 2002, renewable at CUCL’s option.  At the end of both 2002 and 2003, the service agreement was automatically renewed for an additional term of one year.  Unicom Group has undertaken not to supply international gateway services to third parties.  The charge for these services are based on Unicom Group’s cost of operation and maintenance of the international gateway facilities, including depreciation, plus a margin of 10% over cost.  We retain all revenues generated by our international long distance service.  Total charges for the supply of international gateway services in 2003 were approximately RMB8.63 million.

 

Supply of SIM Cards, UIM Cards, IP Telephony Cards and Rechargeable Calling Cards

 

Through its subsidiary, Unicom Xingye, Unicom Group agreed to supply SIM cards, UIM cards, IP telephony cards and rechargeable calling cards to CUCL for an initial term of three years, renewable at CUCL’s option.  Charges for the supply of these cards are based on the actual cost incurred by Unicom

 

104



 

Xingye in supplying the cards plus a margin over cost to be agreed upon from time to time, but in any case not to exceed 20%, subject to specified volume discounts.  Under the services agreement, prices and volumes will be reviewed by the parties on an annual basis.

 

In connection with the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, Unicom Group has also agreed to supply SIM cards, UIM cards, IP telephony cards and rechargeable calling cards to Unicom New Century and Unicom New World through Unicom Xingye, in each case for a period of one year from the completion of each acquisition.  The terms of the agreements with respect to Unicom New Century and Unicom New World are similar to those with respect to CUCL.

 

Total charges for the supply of SIM cards, IP telephony cards and rechargeable calling cards for 2003 was approximately RMB1.19 billion.

 

Supply of Equipment Procurement Services

 

Prior to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, Unicom Import and Export Co. Ltd., a 96.7% owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, handled most procurement of foreign and domestic telecommunications equipment and other materials required for construction of Unicom Group’s networks.  CUCL is allowed to continue to use Unicom Group’s procuring service at the rate of:

 

                                          0.7% of the contract value in the case of imported equipment, or

 

                                          0.5% of the contract value in the case of domestic equipment.

 

In connection with the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, Unicom Group has also agreed to provide equipment procurement services to Unicom New Century and Unicom New World through Unicom Import and Export Co. Ltd.  The terms of the agreements with respect to Unicom New Century and Unicom New World are similar to those with respect to CUCL.

 

Our total payment to Unicom Group for equipment procurement services for 2003 was approximately RMB17.90 million.

 

Supply of Cellular Subscriber Value-added Services

 

Prior to the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, it provided operator-based value-added services to our cellular subscribers through its paging network, equipment and operators.  Such services include the “Unicom Assistant” services.  In addition, Guoxin Paging provided such services to cellular subscribers of Unicom Group.  For the year ended December 31, 2003 approximately RMB629 million was settled with Guoxin Paging for services provided to our Company and the networks in the nine provinces and autonomous regions we acquired through Unicom New World at the end of 2003.  Following the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group, Unicom Group has agreed to provide (through Guoxin Paging) to us cellular subscriber value-added services as agreed from time to time, for an initial term of one year, renewable at our option, pursuant to a Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement.  The various local branches of Guoxin Paging and us will agree on the proportion for sharing the revenue derived and actually received by us from such value-added services, provided that the agreed-upon proportion for Guoxin Paging may not be higher than the average agreed-upon proportion for independent valued-added telecommunications content providers who provide value-added communications content to us in the same region.  The revenue sharing proportions will be adjusted annually.

 

105



 

The supply of cellular subscriber value-added services, under the Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement, is a new service arrangement between Guoxin Paging and us.  Therefore, there is no information available with respect to service fees paid in 2003.

 

Supply of Customer Services

 

Unicom Group has agreed to provide (acting on its own or through Guoxin Paging) to us customer services, for an initial term of one year, renewable at our option.  These customer services include business inquiries, tariff inquiries, account maintenance, complaints handling, customer interviews and subscriber retention.  Service fees payable by us to Unicom Group or Guoxin Paging will be calculated on the basis of the costs of the customer service plus a profit margin of no more than 10%.  The costs of the customer service will be the costs per operator seat multiplied by the number of effectively operating operator seats.  The cost per operator seat in economically developed areas, such as Beijing and Shanghai, will be the actual wages, administration expenses, operation and maintenance expenses, depreciation of equipment and leasing fees for premises attributable to the customer service in such area for the previous year.  The cost per operator seat in other areas will be agreed upon between the local branches of Guoxin Paging and us, subject to our final confirmation, provided that such cost may not exceed the nationwide (other than Beijing and Shanghai) weighted average of such costs plus 10%.  The number of effectively operating operator seats will be confirmed by us, based on data provided by Unicom Group or Guoxin Paging and criteria set forth in the relevant MII regulations.

 

The supply of customer services is a new service arrangement between Guoxin Paging and us.  Therefore, there is no information available with respect to service fees paid in 2003.

 

Supply of Agency Services

 

Unicom Group has agreed to provide (through Guoxin Paging) to us subscriber development services, including by telephone or through other channels utilizing Guoxin Paging’s paging network, equipment and operators, for an initial term of one year, renewable at our option.  Agency fees payable by us to Unicom Group or Guoxin Paging may not exceed the average of agency fees payable to any third party agent providing subscriber development services to us in the same region.

 

The supply of agency services is a new service arrangement between Guoxin Paging and us.  Therefore, there is no information available with respect to service fees paid in 2003.

 

Mutual Provision of Ongoing Telecommunications and Ancillary Services and Facilities

 

Interconnection Arrangements and Roaming Arrangements

 

Our cellular and long distance networks interconnect with Unicom Group’s cellular and long distance networks.  The services agreement between CUCL and Unicom Group provides for their interconnection arrangements.  These arrangements were for an initial term of three years, renewable at CUCL’s option.  Interconnection settlement between Unicom Group’s networks and our networks is based on relevant standards established from time to time by the MII.  However, in the case of calls between cellular subscribers of different networks in different provinces, settlement is based on either the relevant standards established by the MII or an internal settlement arrangement applied by Unicom Group prior to the restructuring in connection with our initial public offering, whichever is more favorable to us.  The internal settlement arrangement, which is based on the parties’ respective internal costs of providing this service, is currently more favorable to us than the settlement arrangement prescribed by the MII.  We have also entered into similar interconnection arrangements with Unicom Group for our CDMA services.

 

106



 

In connection with the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, Unicom Group and each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World have entered into similar arrangements for the interconnection of Unicom New Century’s and Unicom New World’s GSM and CDMA cellular networks with Unicom Group’s GSM and CDMA cellular and fixed line networks, in each case for a period of one year from the completion of each acquisition.  The terms of the arrangements with respect to Unicom New Century and Unicom New World are similar to those with respect to CUCL.

 

We and Unicom Group provide roaming services to each other.  In addition, we make our long distance network available to Unicom Group in its implementation of its roaming arrangements with other operators.  These roaming arrangements are governed by the services agreement between CUCL and Unicom Group for an initial term of three years, renewable at CUCL’s option.  Charges for these roaming services between us and Unicom Group are based on our respective internal costs of providing these services, and will be on no less favorable terms than those available to any third party.  We receive 50% of Unicom Group’s roaming revenue from third party operators for calls using our long distance network.  We have also entered into similar roaming arrangements with Unicom Group for our CDMA services in relation to the CDMA networks outside of our cellular service areas.

 

In connection with the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, Unicom Group and each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World have entered into similar arrangements for the provision of roaming services to their respective GSM and CDMA cellular subscribers, in each case for a period of one year from the completion of each acquisition.  The terms of the agreements with respect to Unicom New Century and Unicom New World are similar to those with respect to CUCL.

 

Interconnection and roaming revenue and interconnection and roaming expense derived from these arrangements with Unicom Group for 2003 was approximately RMB1.00 billion and approximately RMB316.27 million, respectively.

 

Leasing of Transmission Line Capacity

 

Unicom Group leases fixed-line transmission capacity from CUCL.  Under our services agreement, this arrangement had an initial term of three years, renewable at CUCL’s option.  Lease charges are based on tariffs stipulated by the MII from time to time less a discount of up to 10%.  The discount given by CUCL to Unicom Group must not be more than what CUCL offers to other third party lessees for a similar lease.  When new tariffs are adopted by the MII, the discount rate will be reviewed.  In 2003, we received total leasing fees of RMB185.09 million.

 

Mutual Provision of Premises

 

Unicom Group and CUCL provide to each other premises from time to time pursuant to services agreements between Unicom Group and CUCL.  Unicom Group also provides premises to Unicom New Century and Unicom New World pursuant to agreements with each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World.  Other than premises leased from third parties, the rental rates in each case are based on the lower of depreciation costs and market prices for similar premises in that locality, but CUCL may charge Unicom Group market rates for premises leased to Unicom Group.  In cases where the premises were leased from a third party, the rental is the amount payable in the head lease. In the case of shared premises, the price is split in proportion to the respective areas occupied by the parties.   The net charges for premises leased to us by Unicom Group as offset by our charges for premises leased to Unicom Group for 2003 were RMB17.94 million.

 

107



 

In connection with our provision of premises to Guoxin Paging, which is effective from January 1, 2004, the rental is based on the higher of depreciation costs and market prices for similar premises in each locality.

 

Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity

 

Lease of CDMA Network Capacity

 

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, CUCL, entered into a lease agreement with Unicom Group and its subsidiary Unicom Horizon, pursuant to which Unicom Horizon agreed to lease to CUCL capacity on its CDMA network in CUCL’s cellular service areas.  This leasing arrangement has been approved by our minority shareholders at an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting.  We have the exclusive right to operate the CDMA network in CUCL’s service areas.  The initial term of the lease is one year, renewable each year at CUCL’s option.  In addition, as part of the acquisition arrangements of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World have each also entered into CDMA capacity lease agreements with Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon, on November 20, 2002 and November 20, 2003, respectively.  The terms of these leasing arrangements are in all material respects the same as those contained in the CDMA Lease Agreement entered into by CUCL as described above, except for the amount of leased capacity.  Under these lease agreements, Unicom Horizon agreed to lease capacity on its CDMA network to each of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World in their respective cellular service areas.  Our total lease payment in 2003 was RMB3.52 billion.

 

Under the leasing arrangements, Unicom Horizon agreed to plan, finance and construct the CDMA network, including the procurement of all equipment, and ensure that the CDMA network is constructed in accordance with the detailed specifications and timetable agreed between Unicom Horizon and us.  All payments, costs, expenses and amounts paid or incurred by Unicom Horizon that are directly attributable to the construction of the CDMA network form the total network construction cost, which is used in calculating the lease fee payable by us, including:

 

                                          construction, installation and equipment procurement costs and expenses,

                                          survey and design costs,

                                          investment in technology, software and other intangible assets,

                                          insurance premiums and capitalized interest on loans,

                                          any taxes levied or paid in respect of the procurement of equipment and the construction of the CDMA network, including import taxes and custom duties, and

                                          all costs incurred in relation to any upgrade of technology.

 

The network construction cost should be verified and appropriate documentation must be provided to us or our auditors for verification.  The lease fee is calculated so as to enable Unicom Horizon to recover its total network construction cost within seven years, together with an internal rate of return of 8%.

 

We are responsible for the operation, management and maintenance of the CDMA network in accordance with the relevant requirements of the lease agreement and have the exclusive right to provide CDMA services in our cellular service areas.  All operating revenue, including airtime charges, monthly subscription fees, interconnection charges, income from sales of UIM cards and handsets and other income generated from or in connection with the operation of the CDMA network belong to us.

 

In addition to the capacity that we agreed to lease in the first term, subject to giving not less than 180 days’ prior notice to Unicom Horizon, we may request to lease additional capacity.  Unicom Horizon is required to ensure that all capacity which we have so requested is supplied by the due date of delivery of the capacity, provided that, unless otherwise agreed, Unicom Horizon will not be obliged to expand the CDMA

 

108



 

network beyond the first phase.  We may not reduce the amount of capacity leased during the initial one-year lease term.  However, subject to providing not less than 180 days’ prior written notice to or with the prior written consent of Unicom Horizon, we may reduce the amount of capacity leased for any additional lease term, provided that we must lease all capacity which it has requested or otherwise committed to lease for at least one year following the date of delivery or renewal of the lease of such capacity.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, including delay caused by a force majeure event, a material breach of the lease agreement by us or compliance with applicable laws and regulations, if any capacity is not ready for operational service by the relevant delivery date, then Unicom Horizon shall be liable to provide a delay discount to us, equal to the daily lease fee in respect of the relevant capacity multiplied by the number of days of delay, which shall be credited against future lease fee payments.

 

We have the option to purchase the CDMA network, which may be exercised at any time during the initial lease term or any additional lease term of the lease and within one year thereafter.  The acquisition price will be negotiated between Unicom Horizon and us, based on the appraised value of the CDMA network determined by an independent assets appraiser in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations and taking account of prevailing market conditions and other factors, provided that it will not exceed such price as would, taking into account all lease fee payments made by us to Unicom Horizon and all delay discounts of lease fee, enable Unicom Horizon to recover its total network construction cost, together with an internal rate of return on its investment of 8%.  The exercise of the purchase option will be subject to the relevant provisions of the listing rules of Hong Kong Stock Exchanges governing connected transactions.  Title to the CDMA network assets will remain vested in Unicom Horizon until the CDMA network assets are transferred to us following exercise of the purchase option.

 

In consideration of our entering into the leasing arrangements, Unicom Group has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed the due and punctual performance by Unicom Horizon of its obligations under the lease agreements.  Unicom Group has also agreed to indemnify us for any loss suffered as a result of any defect in any of the equipment or any loss caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of Unicom Horizon or Unicom Group under the lease agreement or in connection with the CDMA network.  The aggregate liability of Unicom Group for any claim shall not exceed the total amount of lease fee payments made to Unicom Horizon or, where the purchase option has been exercised, the total purchase price paid for the CDMA network.  The guarantee and indemnity provided by Unicom Group under the lease agreement will continue in force until the expiration of the lease agreement.

 

We may terminate the lease by not less than 180 days’ prior written notice, with effect from the end of any additional term.  In addition, Unicom Group or we may terminate the lease if the other commits any continuing or material breach of the lease agreement.  Unicom Group or Unicom Horizon is not otherwise permitted to terminate the lease.

 

CDMA Interconnection and Roaming Arrangements

 

In connection with the CDMA network capacity lease agreement, our operating subsidiary, CUCL, has entered into a services agreement with Unicom Group with respect to interconnection and roaming arrangements.  Unicom New Century and Unicom New World have entered into similar arrangements with Unicom Group.

 

Interconnection arrangements.   Our GSM and CDMA cellular and fixed line networks and Unicom Group’s GSM and CDMA cellular and fixed line networks interconnect with each other.

 

109



 

Interconnection settlement between Unicom Group’s networks and our networks is based on relevant standards established from time to time by the MII.  However, in the case of calls between cellular subscribers in different provinces, settlement is based on either the relevant standards established by the MII from time to time or an agreed settlement arrangement between us and Unicom Group.  We are able to choose the more favorable arrangement.  The agreed settlement arrangement, which is based on the parties’ respective internal costs of providing this service, is currently more favorable to us than the settlement arrangement prescribed by the MII.

 

Roaming arrangements.   We and Unicom Group provide roaming services to each other’s CDMA cellular subscribers within its respective service areas.  In addition, we make our long distance network available to Unicom Group to enable Unicom Group to give effect to its roaming arrangements with third party operators.

 

Charges for these services between us and Unicom Group are based on our respective internal costs of providing these services, and are on no less favorable terms than those available to any independent third party.  We are paid 50% of the roaming revenue received by Unicom Group from third party operators for making our long distance network available to Unicom Group to give effect to its roaming arrangements with third party operators.

 

Guarantee of Our Bank Loans by Unicom Group and Short-Term Loans from Unicom Group

 

As of December 31, 2003, short-term bank loans of approximately RMB70 million and long-term bank loans of approximately RMB11,604 million of our operating subsidiaries were guaranteed by Unicom Group.  Such guarantees were provided for our benefit without any cost to us.

 

Short-term loans from Unicom Group represent loans provided by Unicom Group to various branches of Unicom New Century to finance the operation of their cellular businesses.  Unicom Group borrowed the funds for such loans from banks at an interest rate of 4.54%.  All of these loans were unsecured.  As of December 31, 2003, such loans have been fully repaid by us.

 

C.            Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 8 .  Financial Information

 

See Item 18, “Financial Statements.”

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not involved in any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.  So far as we are aware, no such litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are pending or threatened.

 

Policy on Dividend Distribution

 

The objective of our dividend policy is to maximize our shareholders’ value.  The declaration and payment of future dividends will depend upon, among other things, business prospects, future earnings, cash flow, liquidity level and cost of capital.  We believe such policy will provide our shareholders with a stable return in the long term along with the growth of our company.  We may only pay dividends out of our distributable profits.

 

110



 

Item 9 .  The Offer and Listing

 

Market Price Information

 

Our American depositary shares, each representing ten ordinary shares, are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange.  Our ordinary shares are listed and traded on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.  The New York Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange are the principal trading markets for our ADSs and ordinary shares, which are not listed on any other exchanges in or outside the United States.

 

The high and low closing prices of our ordinary shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange since listing are as follows:

 

 

 

Price per Ordinary Share (HK$)

 

Price per ADS (US$)

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

Annual:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2001

 

14.00

 

7.10

 

18.00

 

9.00

 

2002

 

8.90

 

4.15

 

11.54

 

5.35

 

2003

 

8.00

 

3.92

 

10.55

 

5.02

 

Quarterly:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter, 2002

 

8.90

 

7.20

 

11.54

 

9.10

 

Second Quarter, 2002

 

7.85

 

5.95

 

10.34

 

7.70

 

Third Quarter, 2002

 

6.25

 

4.70

 

8.19

 

5.91

 

Fourth Quarter, 2002

 

6.25

 

4.15

 

7.91

 

5.35

 

First Quarter, 2003

 

6.00

 

4.25

 

7.72

 

5.40

 

Second Quarter, 2003

 

5.75

 

3.92

 

7.46

 

5.02

 

Third Quarter, 2003

 

6.35

 

5.05

 

8.29

 

6.54

 

Fourth Quarter, 2003

 

8.00

 

6.65

 

10.55

 

8.42

 

First Quarter, 2004

 

10.20

 

7.00

 

13.18

 

8.93

 

Monthly:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2004

 

9.75

 

7.50

 

12.41

 

10.05

 

February 2004

 

10.20

 

8.60

 

13.18

 

10.99

 

March 2004

 

10.15

 

7.00

 

13.12

 

8.93

 

April 2004

 

7.60

 

6.10

 

9.55

 

7.71

 

May 2004

 

6.05

 

5.10

 

7.95

 

6.78

 

June 2004 (through June 18)

 

6.45

 

5.55

 

8.05

 

7.08

 

 

Item 10 .  Additional Information

 

A.            Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

111



 

B.            Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

General

 

Under our Memorandum of Association, we have the capacity, rights, powers, liabilities and privileges of a natural person.  The following is a summary of selected provisions of our Articles of Association:

 

Directors

 

Material Interests and Voting

 

A director shall not vote (or be counted in the quorum) on any resolution of our board of directors in respect of any contract or arrangement or proposal in which he or any of his associates (as defined in the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules) is, to his knowledge, materially interested, and if he shall do so, his vote shall not be counted (nor shall he be counted in the quorum for that resolution), but this prohibition does not apply to any contract, arrangement or other proposal for or concerning:

 

                                          the giving of any security or indemnity either (a) to the director or any of his associates in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him or any of them at the request of or for the benefit of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries or (b) to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries for which the director or any of his associates has himself assumed responsibility or guaranteed or secured in whole or in part;

 

                                          an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by Unicom (or any other company which Unicom may promote or be interested in) where the director or any of his associates is a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of the offer;

 

                                          any other company in which the director or any of his associates is interested only, whether directly or indirectly, as an officer or shareholder or in which the director is beneficially interested in shares of that company, provided that he, together with any of his associates (as defined in the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules) is not beneficially interested in 5% or more of (a) the issued shares of any class of such company (or of any third company through which his interest is derived) or (b) the voting rights attached to such issued shares or securities (excluding for the purpose of calculating such 5% interest any indirect interest of such director or any of his associates by virtue of an interest of Unicom in such company);

 

                                          the benefit of employees of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries including (a) the adoption, modification or operation of any employees share scheme under which the director or any of his associates may benefit or (b) the adoption, modification or operation of a pension fund or retirement, death or disability benefits scheme which relates both to directors, their associates and employees of Unicom or any of its subsidiaries and does not provide in respect of the director or any of his associates any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the class of persons to which such scheme or fund relates; or

 

                                          any contract or arrangement in which the director or any of his associates is interested in the same manner as other holders of shares or debentures or other securities of Unicom by virtue only of his interest in shares or debentures or other securities of Unicom.

 

112



 

Remuneration and Pensions

 

The directors of Unicom are entitled to receive by way of remuneration for their services such sum as is from time to time determined by Unicom in general meeting.  The directors are also entitled to be repaid all traveling, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by them in or about the performance of their duties as directors.  The board of directors may grant special remuneration to any director who performs services which in the opinion of the board are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director.

 

The board may establish and maintain any contributory or non-contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, or give donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to, any persons (a) who are or were at any time in the employment or service of Unicom, or of any company which is a subsidiary of Unicom, or is allied or associated with Unicom or with any such subsidiary company, or (b) who are or were at any time directors or officers of Unicom or of any such other company above, and holding or who have held any salaried employment or office in Unicom or such other company, and the wives, widows, families and dependants of any such persons and may make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons.  Any director holding any such employment or office is entitled to participate in, and retain for his own benefit, any such donation, gratuity, pension, allowance or emolument.

 

Borrowing Powers

 

The directors may exercise all the powers of Unicom to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of Unicom and to issue debentures, debenture stocks, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of Unicom or of any third party.

 

Qualification of Directors

 

A director of Unicom is not required to hold any qualification shares.  No person is required to vacate office or be ineligible for re-election or reappointment as a director, and no person is ineligible for appointment as a director, by reason only of his having attained any particular age.

 

Rotation of Directors

 

At every annual general meeting, one-third of the directors for the time being, or, if the number is not three or a multiple of three, then the number nearest one-third, shall retire from office by rotation except for any director holding office as Chairman or Chief Executive Officer.  The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last election.  In addition, a director appointed by the board to fill in a casual vacancy or as an addition to the board shall retire at the next following general meeting and shall not be taken into account in determining the number of directors who are to retire by rotation at each annual general meeting.  The retiring directors shall be eligible for re-election.

 

Rights Attached to Ordinary Shares

 

Voting Rights

 

Under the Companies Ordinance, any action to be taken by the shareholders in a general meeting requires the affirmative vote of either an ordinary or a special resolution passed at the meeting.  An ordinary resolution is one passed by the majority of such shareholders as are entitled to, and do, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting.  A special resolution is one passed by not less than three-quarters of such shareholders as are entitled to, and do, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting.  Most shareholders

 

113



 

decisions are passed by ordinary resolutions.  However, the Companies Ordinance and our articles of association stipulate that certain matters may only be passed by special resolutions.

 

Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to voting that may from time to time be attached to any class or classes of shares, at any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is required by the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or is demanded by:

 

                                          the chairman of the meeting,

 

                                          at least three shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting,

 

                                          any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, or

 

                                          any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to attend and vote at the meeting on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right.

 

On a show of hands, every individual shareholder who is present in person and every corporate shareholder who is present by a representative duly authorized under section 115 of the Companies Ordinance has one vote.

 

On a poll, every shareholder present in person or, if the shareholder is a corporation, by duly authorized representative, or by proxy has one vote for every share of which he or she is the shareholder which is fully paid up or credited as fully paid up.  However, no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or installments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share.

 

Any action to be taken by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares at a meeting of shareholders.  There are no cumulative voting rights.  Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all the directors if they choose to do so.

 

Issue of Shares

 

Under the Companies Ordinance, our board of directors may, without prior approval of our shareholders, offer to issue new shares to existing shareholders proportionately according to their shareholdings.  Our board of directors may not offer to issue new shares in any other manner without the prior approval of our shareholders in a general meeting.  Any such approval given in a general meeting will continue in force until the conclusion of the following annual general meeting or the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting is required by law to be held or when revoked or varied by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders in a general meeting, whichever comes first.  If such approval is given, the unissued shares shall be at the disposal of our board of directors, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as our board of directors may determine.

 

In accordance with the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, any such approval given by the shareholders must be limited to shares with an aggregate nominal value not exceeding 20 per cent of the aggregate nominal value of our share capital in issue plus the aggregate nominal amount of share capital repurchased by us since the granting of such approval.

 

114



 

Dividends

 

Subject to the Companies Ordinance and as set out in our articles of association, our shareholders in a general meeting may from time to time by ordinary resolution declare dividends to be paid to our shareholders according to their rights and interests in the profits available for distribution, but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by our board of directors.

 

In addition to any dividends declared in a general meeting upon the recommendation of the board of directors, our board of directors may from time to time declare and pay to our shareholders such interim dividends as appear to our board of directors to be justified by our financial position.  Our board of directors may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any of our shares on any other dates, whenever our financial position, in the opinion of our board of directors, justifies such payments.

 

All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one year after having become payable may be invested or otherwise made use of by the board for the benefit of Unicom until claimed.  All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for six years after having been declared may be forfeited by the board and will revert to Unicom.

 

Winding Up

 

If we are wound up, the surplus assets remaining after payment to all creditors shall be divided among the shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up on the shares held by them, subject to the rights of the holders of any shares which may be issued on special terms or conditions.

 

If we are wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution, divide among our shareholders in specie or in kind the whole or any part of our assets or vest any part of our assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of our shareholders or any of them as the resolution shall provide.

 

Miscellaneous

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any redemption rights, conversion rights or preemptive rights on the transfer of ordinary shares.

 

The transfer agent and registrar for the shares is Hong Kong Registrars Limited, 19th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Hong Kong.

 

Modification of Rights

 

Subject to the Companies Ordinance, any of the rights from time to time attaching to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Ordinance, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.  The provisions of our Articles of Association relating to general meetings apply to such separate general meetings, except that the necessary quorum is not less than two persons holding or representing by proxy one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, and that any holder of the shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

Annual General and Extraordinary General Meetings

 

We must hold in each year a general meeting as our annual general meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year.  The annual general meeting is held at such time (within a period of not more than fifteen months, or such longer period as the Registrar of Companies of Hong Kong may authorize in

 

115



 

writing, after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting) and place as may be determined by the Directors.  All other general meetings are called extraordinary general meetings.  The Directors may call an extraordinary general meeting at any time or upon request in accordance with the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

 

Subject to the Companies Ordinance, an annual general meeting and a meeting called for the passing of a special resolution can be called by not less than twenty-one days’ notice in writing, and any other general meeting can be called by not less than fourteen days’ notice in writing.  The notice must specify the place, date and time of meeting, and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business.

 

Limitations on Rights to Own Securities

 

There are no limitations on the rights to own securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the securities, imposed by Hong Kong law or by our Memorandum of Association or our Articles of Association.

 

Changes in Capital

 

We may exercise any powers conferred or permitted by the Companies Ordinance to purchase or otherwise acquire our own shares and warrants at any price or to give, directly or indirectly, by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise, financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase made by any person of any shares or warrants in Unicom.  Repurchases of our own shares may be made either by way of a general offer to all shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings, by purchasing our shares on a stock exchange or by an off-market contract with individual shareholders.  Any such purchase or other acquisition or financial assistance must be made or given in accordance with any relevant rules or regulations issued by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong.

 

We in general meeting may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution increase our authorized share capital by the creation of new shares, and prescribe the amount of new capital and number of new shares.  We may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

 

                                          consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;

 

                                          divide our shares into several classes and attach to them any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions;

 

                                          cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so canceled;

 

                                          sub-divide our shares or any to them into shares of a smaller amount than is fixed by our Memorandum of Association, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Companies Ordinance; and

 

                                          make provision for the issue and allotment of shares which do not carry any voting rights.

 

116



 

C.            Material Contracts

 

In addition to contracts we have entered into with our controlling shareholder, Unicom Group, or its subsidiaries, as described in “Related Party Transactions” under Item 7, Unicom Group, we or our subsidiaries have entered into the following contracts that are not in the ordinary course of business within the two years preceding the date of this annual report that are or may be material:

 

                                          Our share option schemes, as described in “A. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – E. Share Ownership – Stock Incentive Schemes” under Item 6.

 

                                          Network capacity lease agreements for CDMA network capacity, see “B. Related Party Transactions  -  Leasing of CDMA Network Capacity” under Item 7.

 

D.            Exchange Controls

 

The ability of our operating subsidiaries, CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, to satisfy their respective foreign exchange obligations and to pay dividends to us depends on existing and future exchange control regulations in China.  The Renminbi is currently convertible under the current account, which includes trade and service related foreign exchange transactions.  Renminbi currently cannot be converted under the capital account, which includes foreign direct investment.  CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, our wholly-owned subsidiaries that hold substantially all of our assets, are all foreign investment enterprises.  The foreign investment enterprise status will allow these subsidiaries to purchase foreign exchange at designated foreign exchange banks for settlement of current account transactions without the approval of the State Administration for Foreign Exchange.  These current account transactions include payment of dividends.  However, the relevant Chinese government authorities may in the future limit or eliminate the authorizations for a foreign investment enterprise to retain its foreign exchange to satisfy its foreign exchange obligations or to pay dividends in the future.  Furthermore, certain foreign exchange transactions of these subsidiaries under the capital account still require approvals from the State Administration for Foreign Exchange.  This requirement affects our subsidiaries’ ability to obtain foreign exchange through equity financing, including by means of capital contributions from us.

 

Under existing Hong Kong law, (i) there are no foreign exchange controls or other laws which restrict the import or export of capital and which would affect the availability of cash and cash equivalents for our use, (ii) there are no foreign exchange controls or other laws, decrees or regulations that affect the remittance of interest, dividends or other payments on our outstanding debt and equity securities to U.S. residents and (iii) there are no limitations on the rights of non-resident or foreign owners to hold our debt or equity securities.

 

E.            Taxation

 

The taxation of income and capital gains of holders of ordinary shares or ADSs is subject to the laws and practices of Hong Kong and of jurisdictions in which holders of ordinary shares or ADSs are resident or otherwise subject to tax.  The following summary of certain relevant taxation provisions is based on current law and practice, is subject to change and does not constitute legal or tax advice.  The discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.  In particular, the discussion does not address the tax consequences under state, local and other laws, such as non-Hong Kong and non-U.S.  federal laws.  The discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations in effect as of the date of this annual report.  There is no reciprocal tax treaty in effect between Hong Kong and the United States.

 

117



 

Hong Kong

 

Tax on Dividends

 

Under the current practices of the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in connection with dividends paid by us.

 

Profits

 

No tax is imposed in Hong Kong in respect of capital gains from the sale of property, such as the shares and ADSs.  Trading gains from the sale of property by persons carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong where such gains are derived from or arise in Hong Kong from such trade, profession or business will be chargeable to Hong Kong profits tax which is currently imposed at the rate of 17.5% on corporations and individuals at a maximum rate of 15.5% with effect from April 1, 2003 and 16.0% with effect from April 1, 2004.  Gains from sales of the shares effected on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange will be considered to be derived from or arise in Hong Kong.  Liability for Hong Kong profits tax would thus arise in respect of trading gains from sales of shares or ADSs realized by persons carrying on a business of trading or dealing in securities in Hong Kong.

 

Stamp Duty

 

Hong Kong stamp duty, currently charged at the rate of HK$1.00 per HK$1,000 or part thereof on the higher of the consideration for or the value of the shares, will be payable by the purchaser on every purchase and by the seller on every sale of shares.  For example, a total of HK$2.00 per HK$1,000 or part thereof is currently payable on a typical sale and purchase transaction involving shares.  In addition, a fixed duty of HK$5 is currently payable on any instrument of transfer of shares.

 

The withdrawal of shares upon the surrender of ADRs, and the issuance of ADRs upon the deposit of shares, will also attract stamp duty at the rate described above for sale and purchase transactions unless such withdrawal or deposit does not result in a change in the beneficial ownership of the shares under Hong Kong law.  The issuance of the ADRs upon the deposit of shares issued directly to The Bank of New York, as depositary of the ADSs, or for the account of The Bank of New York does not attract stamp duty.  No Hong Kong stamp duty is payable upon the transfer of ADSs outside Hong Kong.

 

Estate Duty

 

The shares are Hong Kong property under Hong Kong law, and accordingly such shares may be subject to estate duty on the death of the beneficial owner of such shares, regardless of the place of the owner’s residence, citizenship or domicile.  We cannot assure you that the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department will not treat the ADSs as Hong Kong property that may be subject to estate duty on the death of the beneficial owner of the ADS even if the ADRs evidencing such ADSs are located outside Hong Kong at the date of such death.  Hong Kong estate duty is imposed on a progressive scale from 5% to 15%.  The rate of and the threshold for estate duty has, in the past, been adjusted on a fairly regular basis.  No estate duty is payable when the aggregate value of the dutiable estate does not exceed HK$7.5 million, and the maximum rate of duty of 15% applies when the aggregate value of the dutiable estate exceeds HK$10.5 million.  The rates and thresholds stated here apply to the estate of persons who died after April 1, 1998.

 

118



 

United States

 

United States Federal Income Taxation

 

This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of owning shares or ADSs.  It applies to you only if you hold your shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes.  This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

                                          a dealer in securities,

                                          a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings,

                                          a tax-exempt organization,

                                          an insurance company,

                                          a person liable for alternative minimum tax,

                                          a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock,

                                          a person that holds shares or ADSs that are a hedge or that are hedged against currency risks or as part of a straddle or a conversion transaction, or

                                          a person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

 

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect.  These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.  In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

 

You are a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs and you are:

 

                                          a citizen or resident of the United States,

                                          a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any States,

                                          an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source, or

                                          a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local tax consequences of owning and disposing of shares and ADSs in your particular circumstances.

 

This discussion addresses only United States federal income taxation.

 

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income tax purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADSs, you will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs.  Exchanges of shares for ADSs, and ADSs for shares, generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Under the United States federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder, the gross amount of any dividend we pay out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax

 

119



 

purposes) is subject to United States federal taxation.  If you are a noncorporate U.S. holder, dividends paid to you after December 31, 2002 and before January 1, 2009 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 120-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements.  On February 19, 2004, the IRS announced that it will permit taxpayers to apply a proposed legislative change to the holding period requirement described in the preceding sentence as if such change were already effective.  This legislative “technical correction” would change the minimum required holding period, retroactive to January 1, 2003, to more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date.  Dividends we pay with respect to the shares or ADSs will be qualified dividend income provided that, in the year that you receive the dividend, the shares or ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.

 

The dividend is taxable to you when you, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend, actually or constructively.  The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations.  The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the Hong Kong Dollar payments made, determined at the spot Hong Kong/U.S. dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars.  Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.  The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.  Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

 

Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.  Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, but generally will be “passive income” or “financial services income” which is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your shares or ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in your shares or ADSs.  Capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. holder that is recognized on or after May 6, 2003 and before January 1, 2009 is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the property is held more than one year.  The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.  Your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations.  Any Hong Kong stamp duty that you pay will not be a creditable tax for United States federal income tax purposes, but you may be able to deduct such stamp duty subject to limitations under the Code.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules .  We believe that we should not be treated as a passive foreign investment company for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change.

 

In general, if you are a U.S. holder, we will be a passive foreign investment company with respect to you if for any taxable year in which you held our ADSs or shares:

 

120



 

                                          at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or

                                          at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

 

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, and rents, but not including certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business, annuities, gains from assets that produce passive income.  If a foreign corporation owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the passive foreign investment company tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation, and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

 

If we are treated as a passive foreign investment company, and you are a U.S. holder that does not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, you will be subject to special rules with respect to:

 

                                          any gain you realize on the sale or other disposition of your shares or ADSs, and

 

                                          any excess distribution that we make to you.  Generally, any distributions to you during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in respect of the shares or ADSs during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period for the shares or ADSs.

 

Under these rules:

 

                                          the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the shares or ADSs,

 

                                          the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or excess distribution will be taxed as ordinary income,

 

                                          the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year, and

 

                                          the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.

 

Special rules apply for calculating the amount of the foreign tax credit with respect to excess distributions by a passive foreign investment company.

 

If you own shares or ADSs in a passive foreign investment company that are treated as marketable stock, you may make a mark-to-market election.  If you make this election, you will not be subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described above.  Instead, in general, you will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of your shares or ADSs at the end of the taxable year over your adjusted basis in your shares or ADSs.  You will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of your shares or ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election).  Your basis in the shares or ADSs will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts.  Your gain, if any, recognized upon the sale of your shares or ADSs will be taxed as ordinary income.

 

In addition, notwithstanding any election you make with regard to the shares or ADSs, dividends that you receive from us will not constitute qualified dividend income to you if we are a PFIC either in the

 

121



 

taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year.  Dividends that you receive that do not constitute qualified dividend income are not eligible for taxation at the 15% maximum rate applicable to qualified dividend income.  Instead, you must include the gross amount of any such dividend paid by us out of our accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) in your gross income, and it will be subject to tax at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

If you own shares or ADSs during any year that we are a passive foreign investment company, you must file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

 

F.            Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G.            Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

H.            Documents on Display

 

You can read and copy documents referred to in this annual report that have been filed with the U.S.  Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549.  Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges.

 

I.             Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 11 .  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

 

Our exposure to financial market risks relates primarily to changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We are subject to market risks due to fluctuations in interest rates, principally as a result of our long-term loans, all of which bear variable interest rates.  The original maturities of our long-term loans range from one to seven years.

 

The People’s Bank of China has the sole authority in China to establish official interest rates for Renminbi-denominated loans.  Financial institutions in China set their effective interest rates within the range established by the People’s Bank of China.  The fair value of our borrowings is the same as the carrying value since all our bank loan interest are variable.  Most of our bank loans are denominated in Renminbi and borrowed from domestic banks at interest rates that vary in accordance with the standard guidance interest rates announced by relevant Chinese government authorities.

 

Interest rates and payment methods on loans denominated in foreign currencies are set by financial institutions based on interest rate changes in the international financial market, cost of funds, risk levels and other factors.   In September 2003, we entered into a US$700 million term loan facility with 13 financial institutions, which is consisted of three tranches: a three-year US$200 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.28% over the US$ LIBOR, a five-year US$300 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.35% over the

 

122



 

US$ LIBOR, and a seven-year US$200 million tranche, with an interest rate of 0.44% per annum over the US$ LIBOR.

 

As a result, we are exposed to interest rate risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates on our debts.  Increases in interest rates will increase the cost of new borrowing and the interest expense with respect to our outstanding floating rate debt, and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.  From time to time, we may enter into interest rate swap agreements designed to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risks in connection with our borrowings denominated in foreign currencies, although we did not consider it necessary to do so in 2003.  We are also considering hedging our borrowings denominated in Renminbi once interest rate swaps become available for Renminbi-denominated borrowings in China.

 

The following table provides information, by maturity date, regarding our interest rate-sensitive financial instruments, which consist of variable rate debt obligation, as of December 31, 2003.  We do not have fixed rate debt obligation as of December 31, 2003.

 

 

 

Expected Maturity Date

 

As of December 31,
2003

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

(RMB equivalent in million, except interest rate)

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate bank and other loans

 

18,173

 

15,550

 

11,700

 

3,021

 

4,117

 

1,825

 

54,386

 

54,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate(1)

 

4.86

%

4.61

%

4.01

%

3.38

%

2.56

%

1.89

%

 

 

 


(1)                   The interest rates for variable rate bank and other loans are calculated based on the weighted average interest rates at the end of 2003.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, if the average interest rates for our variable rate bank and other loans had increased by 10%, we estimate that we would have incurred additional interest expenses of RMB255 million in 2003.

 

Exchange Rate Risk

 

The majority of our indebtedness and capital expenditures are in Renminbi.  Currency exchange rate risk exists with respect to our repayment of indebtedness to our foreign lenders, payables to equipment suppliers and contractors and our dividend payments to holders of ordinary shares and ADSs in foreign currencies.  As of December 31, 2003, approximately RMB5.9 billion of capital commitments was authorized and contracted for in currencies other than Renminbi and foreign currency-denominate debt outstanding, representing our three-tranches US$700 million term loan entered into with 13 financial institutions in September 2003 as described above.  In addition, we had US$192 million in bank balances and cash, and short-term bank deposits as of December 31, 2003.  Although the Renminbi to US$ exchange rate has been relatively stable since 1994, we cannot predict nor give any assurance of its future stability.   Fluctuations in exchange rates may lead to significant fluctuations in the exposure of our foreign-currency-denominated liabilities and assets.  We may, from time to time, enter into currency swap agreements and foreign exchange forward contracts designed to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency risks, although we did not consider this to be necessary in 2003.

 

123



 

The following table provides information regarding our foreign currency-sensitive financial instruments and transactions, which consist of short-term bank deposits, bank balances and cash, long-term debt obligations and capital commitments as of December 31, 2003.

 

 

 

Expected Maturity Date

 

As of December 31,
2003

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

(RMB equivalent in million, except interest rate)

 

On-balance sheet financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term deposits with banks:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in U.S. dollars

 

913

 

 

 

 

 

 

913

 

913

 

in Hong Kong dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank balances and cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in U.S. dollars

 

678

 

 

 

 

 

 

678

 

678

 

in Hong Kong dollars

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

20

 

Debts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate bank and other loans (U.S. dollar)

 

 

 

1,655

 

 

2,483

 

1,655

 

5,793

 

5,793

 

Average interest rate(1)

 

 

 

1.72

%

 

1.77

%

1.83

%

 

 

Off-balance sheet commitments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital commitments authorized and contracted for in U.S. dollar

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

 

83

 

83

 

 


(1)                   The interest rates for variable rate bank and other loans are calculated based on the weighted average interest rates at the end of 2003.

 

Item 12 .  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 13 .  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

None.

 

Item 14 .  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

None.

 

Item 15 .  Controls and Procedures

 

(a)  Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange

 

124



 

Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.  They have concluded that, as of the date of evaluation, our disclosure controls and procedures were adequate and effective to ensure that material information relating to us and our consolidated subsidiaries was made known to them by others within our company and our consolidated subsidiaries.

 

(d)  Changes in Internal Controls

 

There were no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of 17 CFR 240.13a-15 or 240.15d that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16A .  Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Shan Weijian, a member of our audit committee, is an audit committee financial expert.

 

Item 16B .  Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer,  president, vice-president, controller and other senior officers.  We have filed this code of ethics as an exhibit to this annual report.  In addition, we have posted the text of such code of ethics on our Internet website at www.chinaunicom.com.hk.

 

Item 16C .  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees for our principal accountants billed for products and services provided by our principal accountants for audit services, audit-related services and tax service for each of the fiscal years 2002 and 2003:

 

 

 

For the years ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

(in US dollars)

 

Audit fees

 

4,700,000

 

6,528,000

 

Audit-related fees

 

320,000

 

1,900,000

 

Tax fees

 

72,500

 

2,000

 

All other fees

 

 

 

Total

 

5,092,500

 

8,430,000

 

 

Audit services are defined as the standard audit work that needs to be performed each year in order to issue an opinion on the consolidated financial statements of our Company and of Unicom Group.  It also includes audit services that only the external auditor reasonably can provide, such as pre-issuance reviews of quarterly and interim financial results.

 

Audit-related services include those other assurances and related services provided by auditors, but not restricted to those that can only reasonably be provided by the external auditor signing the audit report, that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our Company’s financial statements such as acquisition due diligence, consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

 

125



 

Tax services include the assistance with compliance and reporting of enterprise taxes, assistance with our assessment of new or changing tax regimes, and assistance with assessing relevant rules, regulations and facts going into our correspondence with tax authorities.

 

Audit Committee’s Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

 

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible, among other things, for the oversight of the external auditor subject to the requirements of the Hong Kong Company Ordinance and our Articles of Association.  The Audit Committee has adopted a policy regarding pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services to be provided by our independent accountants.  Under the policy, proposed services either (i) may be pre-approved by the Audit Committee without consideration of specific case-by-case services; or (ii) require the specific pre-approval of the Audit Committee.  General approval applies to services of a recurring and predictable nature.  These types of services, once approved by the Audit Committee, will not require further approval in the future, except when actual fees and expenses exceed pre-approved budget levels.  In such a case, the Audit Committee may authorize one of its members to approve budget increases subject to the requirement that such member provide a report on his decision to approve or deny an application for budget increases to the Audit Committee at an Audit Committee meeting held immediately after such member grants or denies the approval.

 

Specific pre-approval applies to all other services.  These services must be approved by the Audit Committee on a case-by-case basis after an application including proposed budget and scope of services to be provided by our independent auditors is submitted to the Audit Committee.

 

Item 16D .  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E .  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

Item 17 .  Financial Statements

 

We have elected to provide financial statements and related information specified in Item 18 in lieu of Item 17.

 

Item 18 .  Financial Statements

 

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

 

Item 19 .  Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

1.1

 

Memorandum of Association of Unicom, dated January 27, 2000(1).

 

 

 

1.2

 

Amended Articles of Association of Unicom (as amended)(1).

 

 

 

1.3

 

Amended Articles of Association of Unicom (as amended on May 12, 2004).

 

 

 

2.1

 

Deposit Agreement, among Unicom, the Bank of New York, as Depositary, and Owners and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American Depositary Receipt(2).

 

 

 

2.2

 

Form of specimen certificate for the shares(1).

 

 

 

 

126



 

4.1

 

CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement among CUCL, Unicom Group and Unicom Horizon, dated November 22, 2001(4).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Reorganization Agreement between Unicom Group and CUCL (together with English translation)(1).

 

 

 

4.3

 

Services Agreement between Unicom Group and CUCL (together with English translation)(1).

 

 

 

4.4

 

Lease Agreement between CUCL and Unicom Xingye Science and Technology Trade Co. Ltd. (together with English translation)(1).

 

 

 

4.5

 

Transmission Line Lease and Services Agreement between Unicom Group, CUCL and Guoxin Paging (together with English translation)(1).

 

 

 

4.6

 

Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme, adopted by ordinary resolution of the Company on June 1, 2000 and amended by ordinary resolution of the Company on May 13, 2002(4).

 

 

 

4.7

 

Share Option Scheme, adopted by ordinary resolution of the Company on June 1, 2000 and amended by ordinary resolution of the Company on May 13, 2002(4).

 

 

 

4.8

 

Service Agreements between executive directors of Unicom and Unicom(3).

 

 

 

4.9

 

Reorganization Agreement between Unicom Group and Unicom New Century, dated November 18, 2002.  (English translation)(5).

 

 

 

4.10

 

Form of Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between Unicom BVI and our company, dated November 20, 2002(5).

 

 

 

4.11

 

Comprehensive Services Agreement between Unicom Group and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2002. (English translation)(5).

 

 

 

4.12

 

Transfer Agreement with respect to the Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New Century, dated November 20, 2002.  (English translation)(5).

 

 

 

4.13

 

Form of CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement among Unicom Horizon, A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated November 20, 2002(5).

 

 

 

4.14

 

Transfer Agreement with respect to the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New Century, dated November 20, 2002.  (English translation)(5).

 

 

 

4.15

 

Reorganization Agreement between Unicom Group and Unicom New World, dated November 4, 2003. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.16

 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between Unicom BVI and our Company, dated November 20, 2003.

 

 

 

4.17

 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement between CUCL and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.18

 

Comprehensive Services Agreement between Unicom Group and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.19

 

Transfer Agreement with respect to the Comprehensive Services Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New World, dated November 20, 2003.  (English translation).

 

127



 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

4.20

 

CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement among Unicom Horizon, A Share Company and Unicom Group, dated November 20, 2003.

 

 

 

4.21

 

Transfer Agreement with respect to the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement between A Share Company and Unicom New World, dated November 20, 2003.  (English translation).

 

 

 

4.22

 

Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement between Unicom Group and A Share Company, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.23

 

Transfer Agreement with respect to the Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement between A Share Company, CUCL, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, dated November 20, 2003. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.24

 

Service Agreement between Mr. William Lo Wing Yan, executive director of Unicom, and Unicom. (English translation).

 

 

 

4.25

 

Letter Agreement between Mr.Wang Jianzhou, executive director of Unicom, and Unicom with respect to the Extension of the Service Agreement between Mr. Wang and Unicom. (English translation).

 

 

 

8.1

 

List of our significant subsidiaries.

 

 

 

11.1

 

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

12.1

 

CEO Certification

 

 

 

12.2

 

CFO Certification

 

 

 

13.1

 

CEO Certification

 

 

 

13.2

 

CFO Certification

 


(1)     Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-11938) filed with the SEC in connection with our initial public offering in June 2000.

 

(2)     Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (Filed No. 333-11952) filed with the SEC with respect to American Depositary Shares representing our shares.

 

(3)     Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2000.

 

(4)     Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

(5)     Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-15028) for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

128



 

SIGNATURE

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

Date: June 24, 2004

 

 

 

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

  Name:

Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

  Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

129


 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

 

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED

 

DECEMBER 31, 2001, 2002 AND 2003

 



 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

 

Report of Independent Auditors

 

Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003

 

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2003

 

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003

 

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

 



 

Report of Independent Auditors

 

 

TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

(Incorporated in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (“Hong Kong”) with limited liability)

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, of cash flows and of changes in shareholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of China Unicom Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group) at December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and Statements of Auditing Standards issued by the Hong Kong Society of Accountants.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 41 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Certified Public Accountants

 

Hong Kong, March 25, 20 04

 

F - 2



 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GSM Business

 

6, 32, 35

 

20,505,058

 

27,387,925

 

40,303,611

 

4,869,527

 

CDMA Business

 

3(f), 6, 20(a), 23, 32, 35

 

 

3,225,347

 

16,623,518

 

2,008,472

 

Data and Internet Business

 

6, 32, 35

 

1,820,211

 

2,793,039

 

3,437,083

 

415,272

 

Long Distance Business

 

6, 32, 35

 

1,488,733

 

2,765,723

 

2,273,148

 

274,644

 

Paging Business

 

6, 32, 35

 

4,341,824

 

2,161,188

 

1,403,053

 

169,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total service revenue

 

 

 

28,155,826

 

38,333,222

 

64,040,413

 

7,737,433

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

6, 32, 35

 

1,237,060

 

2,243,303

 

3,595,912

 

434,462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

 

6, 35

 

29,392,886

 

40,576,525

 

67,636,325

 

8,171,895

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines and network capacities

 

7, 8, 32

 

(853,306

)

(1,583,255

)

(4,320,382

)

(521,993

)

Interconnection charges

 

8, 32

 

(2,072,584

)

(3,229,640

)

(5,920,793

)

(715,357

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

7

 

(8,262,296

)

(11,255,724

)

(16,385,293

)

(1,979,689

)

Personnel

 

7, 8, 12, 13

 

(2,487,218

)

(3,335,218

)

(4,574,546

)

(552,702

)

Selling and marketing

 

7, 20(a), 23, 32

 

(3,612,890

)

(5,980,948

)

(15,156,835

)

(1,831,265

)

General, administrative and other expenses

 

7, 8, 32

 

(5,498,997

)

(5,631,850

)

(9,112,385

)

(1,100,968

)

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

32

 

(1,342,244

)

(2,236,206

)

(3,652,045

)

(441,244

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

(24,129,535

)

(33,252,841

)

(59,122,279

)

(7,143,218

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

 

5,263,351

 

7,323,684

 

8,514,046

 

1,028,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on sal e of discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging)

 

5

 

 

 

(663,279

)

(80,138

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,263,351

 

7,323,684

 

7,850,767

 

948,539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

7

 

2,096,972

 

470,282

 

173,033

 

20,906

 

Finance costs

 

9

 

(1,917,566

)

(1,474,441

)

(1,936,022

)

(233,912

)

Other income (expense), net

 

10

 

19,831

 

(16,359

)

8,071

 

975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before taxation

 

7

 

5,462,588

 

6,303,166

 

6,095,849

 

736,508

 

Taxation

 

3(a), 14

 

(896,039

)

(1,720,205

)

(1,888,381

)

(228,156

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income after taxation

 

 

 

4,566,549

 

4,582,961

 

4,207,468

 

508,352

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

35,310

 

15,252

 

9,629

 

1,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

15

 

4,601,859

 

4,598,213

 

4,217,097

 

509,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P roposed final dividend

 

15

 

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,317

 

151,669

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend paid

 

15

 

 

 

1,255,300

 

151,667

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 3



 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

16

 

RMB0.367

 

RMB0.366

 

RMB0.336

 

USD0.041

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

16

 

RMB0.367

 

RMB0.366

 

RMB0.336

 

USD0.041

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares outstanding for basic earnings (in thousands)

 

16

 

12,552,996

 

12,552,996

 

12,553,010

 

12,553,010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares outstanding for diluted earnings (in thousands)

 

16

 

12,552,996

 

12,552,996

 

12,568,683

 

12,568,683

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ADS

 

16

 

RMB3.666

 

RMB3.663

 

RMB3.359

 

USD0.406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per ADS

 

16

 

RMB3.666

 

RMB3.663

 

RMB3.355

 

USD0.405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of ADS outstanding for basic earnings (in thousands)

 

16

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,301

 

1,255,301

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of ADS outstanding for diluted earnings (in thousands)

 

16

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,300

 

1,256,869

 

1,256,869

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 4



 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2002 and 2003

(Expressed in thousands)

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

21

 

107,486,629

 

118,104,848

 

14,269,558

 

Goodwill

 

3(a), 22

 

2,285,771

 

3,315,468

 

400,578

 

Other assets

 

23

 

7,018,223

 

5,849,430

 

706,735

 

Deferred tax assets

 

14

 

826,568

 

324,900

 

39,255

 

Investment securities

 

24

 

105,648

 

 

 

Investment in associated companies

 

 

 

3,814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

117,726,653

 

127,594,646

 

15,416,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

3(a), 14

 

988,666

 

873,849

 

105,579

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

32(b)

 

1,137,847

 

263,414

 

31,826

 

Amounts due from domestic carriers

 

34(b)

 

211,462

 

184,613

 

22,305

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

20

 

2,573,764

 

3,147,777

 

380,318

 

Inventories

 

19

 

3,229,903

 

2,169,354

 

262,104

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

18

 

4,327,268

 

5,471,547

 

661,078

 

Trading securities

 

17

 

173,939

 

 

 

Short-term bank deposits

 

 

 

4,825,205

 

912,794

 

110,285

 

Bank balances and cash

 

4(b)(i), 28(a)(iii)

 

14,433,498

 

9,219,936

 

1,113,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

31,901,552

 

22,243,284

 

2,687,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend payable

 

 

 

8,448

 

 

 

Payables and accrued liabilities

 

26

 

19,811,961

 

17,098,420

 

2,065,850

 

Amounts due to Unicom Group

 

32(c)

 

562,633

 

432,047

 

52,200

 

Amounts due to related parties

 

32(b)

 

409,663

 

108,891

 

13,156

 

Amounts due to domestic carriers

 

34(b)

 

1,123,580

 

778,841

 

94,100

 

Current portion of obligations under finance leases

 

29, 34(b)

 

16,793

 

25,435

 

3,073

 

Current portion of long-term bank loans

 

28

 

5,459,505

 

7,197,877

 

869,655

 

Taxes payable

 

 

 

1,106,006

 

623,857

 

75,375

 

Advances from customers

 

 

 

6,240,225

 

6,666,086

 

805,404

 

Short-term loans from Unicom Group

 

32(d)

 

724,127

 

 

 

Short-term bank loans

 

27

 

9,146,500

 

10,975,199

 

1,326,036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

44,609,441

 

43,906,653

 

5,304,849

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net current liabilities

 

 

 

(12,707,889

)

(21,663,369

)

(2,617,391

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets less current liabilities

 

 

 

105,018,764

 

105,931,277

 

12,798,735

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 5



 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

Financed by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

30

 

1,331,371

 

1,331,390

 

160,860

 

Share premium

 

 

 

52,482,127

 

52,483,266

 

6,341,086

 

Reserves

 

15(a)

 

1,300,065

 

1,719,331

 

207,731

 

Retained earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed final dividend

 

15(b)

 

1,255,300

 

1,255,317

 

151,669

 

Others

 

3(a)

 

10,283,672

 

12,826,186

 

1,549,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

66,652,535

 

69,615,490

 

8,411,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

566,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term bank loans

 

28

 

37,686,162

 

36,212,791

 

4,375,269

 

Obligations under finance leases

 

29, 34(b)

 

101,302

 

99,719

 

12,048

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

 

12,508

 

3,277

 

396

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

37,799,972

 

36,315,787

 

4,387,713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

105,018,764

 

105,931,277

 

12,798,733

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 6



 

C HINA UNICOM LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands of RMB)

 

 

 

Share
capital

 

Share
premium

 

Revaluation
reserve

 

Statutory
reserve

 

Retained
profits

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2001, as previously reported

 

1,331,371

 

52,482,127

 

176,853

 

424,805

 

2,809,246

 

57,224,402

 

Change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 - Additional provision for deferred tax assets (Note 3(a))

 

 

 

 

 

228,061

 

228,061

 

 - To adjust for statutory reserve due to the change in accounting policy (Note 15(a))

 

 

 

 

22,806

 

(22,806

)

 

Balance at January 1, 2001, as restated

 

1,331,371

 

52,482,127

 

176,853

 

447,611

 

3,014,501

 

57,452,463

 

Net income for the year, as restated
(Note 3(a))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,601,859

 

4,601,859

 

Appropriation to statutory reserve, as restated (Note 15(a))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

239,138

 

(239,138

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2001, as restated

 

1,331,371

 

52,482,127

 

176,853

 

686,749

 

7,377,222

 

62,054,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income for the year, as restated
(Note 3(a))

 

 

 

 

 

4,598,213

 

4,598,213

 

Appropriation to statutory reserve, as restated (Note 15(a))

 

 

 

 

436,463

 

(436,463

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2002, as restated

 

1,331,371

 

52,482,127

 

176,853

 

1,123,212

 

11,538,972

 

66,652,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends (Note 15(b))

 

 

 

 

 

(1,255,300

)

(1,255,300

)

Exercise of share options (Note 31(e))

 

19

 

1,139

 

 

 

 

1,158

 

Net income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

4,217,097

 

4,217,097

 

Appropriation to statutory reserve
(Note 15(a))

 

 

 

 

419,266

 

(419,266

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

1,331,390

 

52,483,266

 

176,853

 

1,542,478

 

14,081,503

 

69,615,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Representing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed final dividend (Note 15(b))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,255,317

 

 

 

Others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,826,186

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,081,503

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 7



 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands)

 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operations

 

(a)

 

13,249,360

 

15, 675,105

 

26,449,770

 

3,195,692

 

Interest received

 

 

 

2,605,507

 

599,506

 

204,025

 

24,650

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(2,576,822

)

(1,868,208

)

(2,540,513

)

(306,948

)

Dividends received

 

 

 

22,864

 

24,978

 

2,573

 

311

 

Dividends paid to minority owners of subsidiaries

 

 

 

(29,377

)

(31,902

)

(4,689

)

(567

)

PRC income tax paid

 

 

 

(2,193,657

)

(1,345,201

)

(1,545,907

)

(186,778

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

 

 

 

11,077,875

 

13, 054,278

 

22,565,259

 

2,726,360

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

(28,547,009

)

(21,152,102

)

(21,184,245

)

(2,559,504

)

Sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

131,692

 

24,552

 

94,804

 

11,454

 

Purchase of minority interests

 

 

 

(18,537

)

(257,337

)

 

 

(Increase) decrease in short-term bank deposits

 

 

 

(17,083,008

)

20,096,738

 

3,832,411

 

463,036

 

Purchase of Unicom New Century, net of cash acquired

 

4(a)

 

 

(3,692,687

)

 

 

Payment of direct acquisition cost of Unicom New Century

 

 

 

 

 

(59,767

)

(7,221

)

Purchase of Unicom New World, net of cash acquired

 

4(b)

 

 

 

(2,326,449

)

(281,084

)

Purchase of trading securities

 

 

 

 

(14,557

)

(87,956

)

(10,627

)

Sale of trading securities

 

 

 

144,976

 

18,865

 

118,575

 

14,326

 

Purchase of investment in associated companies

 

 

 

 

(2,105

)

(10,062

)

(1,216

)

Sale of investment in associated companies

 

 

 

 

4,241

 

853

 

103

 

Purchase of investment securities

 

 

 

(21,426

)

 

 

 

Sale of investment securities

 

 

 

5,139

 

35,300

 

19,753

 

2,387

 

Sale of Guoxin Paging, net of cash disposed

 

5

 

 

 

1,259,159

 

152,133

 

Purchase of other assets

 

 

 

(736,844

)

(226,947

)

(708,379

)

(85,587

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

 

 

 

(46,125,017

)

(5,166,039

)

(19,051,303

)

(2,301,800

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of share options

 

 

 

 

 

1,158

 

140

 

Increase (decrease) of payables to Unicom Group

 

 

 

126,137

 

(1,393,434

)

(724,127

)

(87,490

)

Proceeds from short-term bank loans

 

 

 

11,214,388

 

9,623,438

 

10,901,425

 

1,317,122

 

Proceeds from long-term bank loans

 

 

 

10,029,022

 

7,757,005

 

11,075,836

 

1,338,195

 

Repayment of short-term bank loans

 

 

 

(11,859,205

)

(7,928,938

)

(10,278,727

)

(1,241,887

)

Repayment of long-term bank loans

 

 

 

(766,875

)

(19,925,822

)

(18,497,783

)

(2,234,922

)

Dividends paid (Note 15(b))

 

 

 

 

 

(1,255,300

)

(151,667

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow (outflow) from financing activities

 

 

 

8,743,467

 

(11,867,751

)

(8,777,518

)

(1,060,509

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(26,303,675

)

(3,979,512

)

(5,263,562

)

(635,949

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

 

44,716,685

 

18,413,010

 

14,433,498

 

1,743,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

 

 

18,413,010

 

14,433,498

 

9,169,936

 

1,107,922

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Analysis of the balances of cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash balances

 

 

 

21,991

 

5,942

 

4,610

 

557

 

Bank balances

 

 

 

18,391,019

 

14,427,556

 

9,215,326

 

1,113,406

 

Less: Restricted bank deposits

 

(i)

 

 

 

(50,000

)

(6,041

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,413,010

 

14,433,498

 

9,169,936

 

1,107,922

 

 


Note (i): As of December 31, 2003, approximately RMB50 million bank balances (2001 and 2002: Nil) was restricted by the bank to secure for long-term bank loans.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 8



 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001, 2002 AND 2003

(Expressed in thousands)

 

 

(a)           The reconciliation of income before taxation to net cash inflow from operations was as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before taxation

 

5,462,588

 

6,303,166

 

6,095,849

 

736,508

 

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

8,262,296

 

11,255,724

 

16,385,293

 

1,979,689

 

Amortization of deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

 

1,385,424

 

5,836,587

 

705,183

 

Interest income

 

(2,096,972

)

(470,282

)

(173,033

)

(20,906

)

Interest expense

 

1,907,148

 

1,456,736

 

1,919,375

 

231,901

 

Loss on sale of Guoxin Paging

 

 

 

663,279

 

80,138

 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

54,475

 

82,467

 

49,940

 

6,034

 

Provision for impairment loss of property, plant and equipment and goodwill

 

632,511

 

38,797

 

528,048

 

63,799

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

540,954

 

971,989

 

1,749,887

 

211,423

 

Share of losses/(incomes) from associated companies

 

24,773

 

(553

)

2,275

 

275

 

Dividends from investment securities

 

(22,864

)

(24,978

)

(2,573

)

(311

)

Realized gains on trading securities

 

(31,979

)

(1,876

)

(12,045

)

(1,455

)

Unrealized losses/(gains) on trading securities

 

56,576

 

27,461

 

(10,129

)

(1,224

)

Realized gains on investment securities

 

(944

)

(18,098

)

(13,268

)

(1,603

)

Reversal of impairment loss of associated companies

 

(3,219

)

 

 

 

Realized gains in associated companies

 

 

(1,251

)

 

 

(Reversal)/provision of impairment loss of investment securities

 

(12,490

)

650

 

 

 

Operating income before working capital changes

 

14,772,853

 

21,005,376

 

33,019,485

 

3,989,451

 

Increase in accounts receivable

 

(1,493,966

)

(2,085,863

)

(2,650,625

)

(320,251

)

(Increase)/ decrease in inventories

 

(72,302

)

(1,276,602

)

1,263,299

 

152,633

 

Increase in other assets

 

 

(5,478,259

)

(3,169,766

)

(382,975

)

Decrease/ (increase) in prepayments and other current assets

 

187,565

 

(1,142,810

)

(1,342,086

)

(162,152

)

D ecrease/ (increase) in amounts due from domestic carriers

 

176,786

 

8,599

 

(22,227

)

(2,685

)

(Increase)/ decrease in amounts due from related parties

 

(891,497

)

280,216

 

553,354

 

66,857

 

I ncrease/ (decrease) in payables and accrued liabilities

 

872,084

 

1,488,449

 

(35,732

)

(4,317

)

I ncrease/ (decrease) in advances from customers

 

149,865

 

1,978,456

 

(55,497

)

(6,705

)

(Decrease)/increase in amounts due to domestic carriers

 

(534,599

)

221,196

 

(161,937

)

(19,565

)

I ncrease/ (decrease) in amounts due to related parties

 

82,571

 

676,347

 

(948,498

)

(114,599

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operations

 

13,249,360

 

15,675,1 05

 

26,449,770

 

3,195,692

 

 

(b)          Supplemental information:

 

Payables to equipment suppliers for construction-in-progress during 2003 decreased by approximately RMB 3,234 million (2001: increased by approximately RMB2,706 million; 2002: decreased by approximately RMB2,201 million) .

 

F - 9



 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts expressed in RMB unless otherwise stated)

 

1.               ORGANISATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

China Unicom Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”), the Peo p le’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) on February 8, 2000. The principal activities of the Company are investment holding and the Company’s subsidiaries are engaged in the provision of GSM and CDMA cellular, data, Internet, long distance and paging services in the PRC. The GSM and CDMA business hereinafter collectively refer to as the “Cellular Business”. The Company and its subsidiaries are hereinafter referred to as the “Group”.

 

The Group complet ed the following acquisitions and sale activities in 2002 and 2003 respectively:

 

Acquisition of Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Century”)

 

In 2002, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Unicom New Century from its ultimate parent company, China United Telecommunications Corporation (a state-owned enterprise established in the PRC, hereinafter referred to as “Unicom Group”). For details of this acquisition, please refer to Note 4(a).

 

Acquisition of Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”)

 

In 2003, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Unicom New World from Unicom Group. For details of this acquisition, please refer to Note 4(b).

 

Sale of Guoxin Paging Corporation Limited (“Guoxin Paging”)

 

In 2003, the Company sold the entire equity interest in Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group. For details of the sale, please refer to Note 5.

 

After the above acquisitions and sale, the Company expanded its Cellular Business’s geographical coverage to 30 provinces, municipalities or autonomous regions in the PRC (which covers the whole mainland China apart from Guizhou Province) and discontinued its nationwide paging operation in the PRC.

 

The immediate holding company of the Company is China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”).  The majority of the equity interests in Unicom BVI is owned by China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (a joint stock company incorporated in the PRC on December 31, 2001, with its A shares listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange on October 9, 2002). The directors of the Company consider Unicom Group to be the ultimate parent company.

 

F - 10



 

2.               BASIS OF PRE SENTATION

 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except that, as disclosed in the accounting policies below, certain land and building and investments in securities are stated at fair value.  They have been prepared in accordance with accounting princip les generally accepted in Hong Kong (“HK GAAP”) issued by the Hong Kong Society of Accountants (“HKSA”).  Th is basis of accounting differs from that used in the preparation of statutory financial statements for PRC statutory reporting purposes , which were based on the accounting principles and financial regulation s applicable to enterprises established in the PRC (“PRC GAAP”) .

 

The principal adjustments made to conform to HK GAAP include the following:

 

                  Reversal of revaluation surplus and related depreciation and amortization charges arising from the revaluation of assets performed by independent valuers registered in the PRC;

 

                  Additional accrual for certain retirement benefits;

 

                  Additional provision for certain housing benefits;

 

                  Additional capitalization of borrowing costs ;

 

                  Provision for deferred taxation on HK GAAP adjustments ; and

 

                  Capitalization of the direct costs associated with the acquisition of subsidiaries.

 

The Company has adopted the purchase method to account for the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World.  The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair values of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill, which is amortized using the straight-line method over a period of 20 years. The effective dates of the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World were December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003 respectively. The operating results of these acquired subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated statements of income of the Group after the acquisitions were effective.

 

The sale of Guoxin Paging has been accounted for as a disposal of discontinued operation by the Group. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of the effective date of disposal (December 31, 2003) was recorded as the loss on sale of discontinued operation in the consolidated statements of income of the Group.  The operating results of Guoxin Paging for 2003 was included in the consolidated statements of income of the Group up to the effective date of the sale.

 

F - 11



 

3.               PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial statements are set out as follows:

 

( a)          Basis of preparation

 

In current year , the Group a dopted the following Statements of Standard Accounting Practice (“SSAP”) issued by the HKSA which are effective for accounting periods commencing on or after January 1, 2003:

 

SSAP 12 (revised)

 

Income Tax

SSAP 35

 

Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance

 

Upon the adoption of SSAP 12 “Income Taxes” (revised) (“SSAP 12”) in 2003, deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date are used to determine deferred taxation. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

 

Prior to 2003, deferred taxation was accounted for at the current taxation rate in respect of timing differences between income as computed for taxation purpose and income as stated in the income statement . A deferred tax asset was not recognized unless the related benefits are expected to crystallize in the foreseeable future. The adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003 represents a change in accounting policy which has been applied retrospectively so that the comparatives presented have been restated to conform to the changed policy.

 

As detailed in the consolidated statement of changes in equity, the change in the accounting policy has resulted in an increase of opening retained earnings as of 1 January 2001, 2002 and 2003 by approximately RMB205,255,000, RMB373,159,000 and RMB405,300,000, respectively, representing the deferred tax assets relating to the provision for doubtful debts previously not recognized. This change has resulted in an increase in deferred tax assets at 1 January 2003 by approximately RMB405,300,000.  The net income for the year ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 has also been increased by approximately RMB145,098,000 and RMB32,141,000, respectively.

 

The adoption of SSAP 12 was also resulted in an increase of the deferred tax assets of Unicom New Century as of 31 December 2002 by approximately RMB80,448,000. This adjustment increased the net assets value of Unicom New Century on 31 December 2002 and accordingly reduced the goodwill recorded by the Group arising from the acquisition of Unicom New Century on 31 December 2002.

 

Since the impact of the adoption of the SSAP 35 “Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance” on the Group’s financial statements is not significant, no prior period adjustment has been required.

 

Pursuant to the HKSA's standards improvement process, the Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards Committee ("FASC") of the HKSA has undertaken a special project to achieve convergence with the International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS").  Under the convergence principle, the HKSA will adopt the revised International Accounting Standards ("IAS") as Hong Kong Accounting Standards ("HKAS"). The convergence project is designed to achieve full convergence of the existing HK SSAP with IAS by (i) adoption of the revisions made to the IAS as a result of the improvement project of the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"), (ii) elimination of existing differences between HK SSAP and their IAS equivalents, and (iii) issue new accounting standards to adopt the remaining IAS as new HKAS.  The revised or new HKAS will become effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005.  As part of this convergence project, certain new HKAS pronouncements have already been issued in 2004.  The Group is currently assessing the effect of these new pronouncements on its financial statements.

 

 

F - 12



 

( b)          Group accounting

 

(i)             Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries made up to December 31.

 

Subsidiaries are those entities in which the Company, directly or indirectly, controls the composition of the board of directors; controls more than half of the voting power; or holds more than half of the issued share capital.

 

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective dates of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.

 

All significant inter company transactions and balances within the Group are eliminated on consolidation.

 

Minority interests represent the interests of outside shareholders in the operating results and net assets of subsidiaries.

 

(ii)         Associated companies

 

An associated company is a company, not being a subsidiary, in which an equity interest is held for the long-term and significant influence is exercised in its management.

 

The consolidated statements of income includes the Group’s share of the results of associated companies for the year, and the consolidated balance sheet includes the Group’s share of the net assets of the associated companies and goodwill/negative goodwill (net of accumulated amortization) on acquisition.

 

Equity accounting is discontinued where the carrying amount of the investment in an associated company reaches zero, unless the Group has incurred obligations or guaranteed obligations in respect of the associated companies.

 

Where, in the opinion of the directors, there is an impairment loss of an associated company, permanently reduced below its carrying value, or the market value has fallen below the carrying value over a sustained period, a provision is made for such impairment loss.

 

(c )           Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with HK GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures.  Accordingly, a ctual results may differ from those estimates and assumptions.

 

F - 13



 

(d )          Property, plant and equipment

 

(i)             Land use rights and building

 

Land use rights and buildings are stated at valuation.  Independent valuations are performed periodically with the last valuation performed on 31 March 2000.  In the intervening years, the directors review the carrying value of land use rights and buildings and adjustment is made where in the direct o rs’ opinion there has been a material change in value. Any increase in land use rights and buildings valuation is credited to the revaluation reserve; any decrease is first offset against an increase on earlier valuation in respect of the same property and is thereafter charged to the statements of income. Upon the disposal of revalued land use rights and buildings , the realized portion of the revaluation reserve is transferred from the valuation reserve to retained earnings.

 

(ii)         Other fixed assets

 

Other fixed assets, comprising leasehold improvement, telecommunications equipment, office furniture and fixtures are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its intended use.  Expenditures incurred after the telecommunications equipment have been put into operation, such as repairs and maintenance and overhaul costs, are normally charged to expense in the year in which they are incurred. In situations where it can be clearly demonstrated that the expenditure has resulted in an increase in the future economic benefits expected to be obtained from the use of the asset beyond its originally assessed standard of performance , the expenditure is capitalized as an additional cost of the assets.

 

(iii)     Depreciation

 

Land use rights are amortized over the period of the lease while other fixed assets are depreciated at rates sufficient to write off their costs less accumulated losses over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

 

 

 

Depreciable life

 

Residual value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land use rights

 

Over the period of lease

 

 

B uildings

 

8 – 4 0 years

 

3

%

Leasehold improvements

 

Over the lease term

 

 

Telecommunications equipment

 

4 – 15 years

 

3

%

Office furniture, fixtures and other

 

4 – 14 years

 

3

%

 

(iv)        Construction-in-progress

 

Construction-in-progress represents buildings and plant under construction and equipment pending installation, and is stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses .  Costs include construction and acquisition costs, and interest charges arising from borrowings used to finance the assets during the construction period.

 

No provision for depreciation is made on construction-in-progress until such time as the assets are completed and ready for use.

 

F - 14



 

(v)            Impairment and gains or loss on disposal

 

At each balance sheet date, both internal and external sources of information are considered to assess whether there is any indication that assets including property, plant and equipment are impaired. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated and where relevant, an impairment loss is recognized to reduce the assets to its recoverable amount. Such impairments losses are recognized in the income statement except where the asset is carried at valuation and the impairment loss does not exceed the revaluation surplus for that same asset, in which cases it is treated as a revaluation decrease. In determining the recoverable amount, expected future cash flows generated by the property, plant and equipment are discounted to their present values.

 

Provision for impairment loss is charged to the statements of income and classified under “general, administrative and other expenses” as a component of operating expenses.  Reversal of impairment losses recognized in prior years is recorded when impairment losses recognized for the asset no longer exist or have decreased.  The reversal is recorded in the statements of income.

 

The gain or loss on disposal of a property, plant and equipment is the differences between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the relevant assets, and is recognized in the statements of income.  Any revaluation reserve balance remaining attributable to the relevant asset is transferred to retained earnings and is shown as a movement in reserves.

 

( e )           Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair values of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired subsidiary/associated company at the date of acquisition Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.  Goodwill is amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the acquired businesses. Goodwill arising on major strategic acquisitions of the Group to expand its geographical market coverage is amortized over 20 years. For all other acquisitions, goodwill is generally amortized over 5-7 years.

 

When later events and circumstances occur which indicate the carrying balance of goodwill may not be recoverable, the unamortized balance is written down to its estimated recoverable amount. Estimated recoverable amount is determined based on estimated discounted future net cash flows of the related business over its remaining life.

 

F - 15



 

( f )             Other assets

 

Other assets mainly represent ( i ) expenditures on facilities for interconnection with other operators, for which the Group has a permanent use right, ( ii ) long-term prepaid leased lines and rentals and ( iii ) deferred customer acquisition costs of CDMA contractual subscribers.

 

Expenditures on interconnecti on facilities are amortized using the straight-line method over the beneficial period of 5 years . L ong-term prepaid leased lines and rentals are amortized using a straight-line method over the lease period.

 

Deferred customer acquisition costs of CDMA contractual subscriber represent the cost of CDMA handsets given to contractual subscriber s under special promotional packages. Deferred customer acquisition costs, to the extent recoverable, are amortised over the contractual period (not exceeding 2 years) to match with the minimum contract revenue.  Deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscriber are included in “prepayment and other current assets” when the customer contract is within 1 year, whereas they are recorded as “other assets” when the contract period is over 1 year.

 

( g )          Investments in securities

 

(i )             Investment securities

 

Equity securities intended to be held on a continuing basis are classified as investment securities and recorded at cost less any provision for impairment loss .

 

The carrying amounts of investment securities are reviewed at the end of each year to assess whether the fair values have declined below the carrying amounts.  When a decline other than temporary decline has occurred, the carrying amount of such securities will be reduced to its fair value. The impairment loss is recognized as an expense in the statements of income. This impairment loss is written back to statements of income when the circumstances and events that led to the write-downs or write-offs cease to exist and there is persuasive evidence that the new circumstances and events will persist for the foreseeable future. Upon disposal of investment securities, income or loss thereon is accounted for in the statements of income .

 

(ii)         Trading securities

 

Trading securities are carried at fair value.  At each balance sheet date, the net unrealized gains or losses arising from the changes in fair value of trading securities are recognized in the statements of income.  Gains or losses on disposal of trading securities, representing the differences between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amounts, are recognized in the statements of income as they arise.

 

(h)          Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost in the balance sheet. For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks, cash investments with maturity of 3 months or less from the date of investment.

 

( i )             Short-term bank deposits

 

Short-term bank deposits are cash invested in fixed-term deposits with original maturities ranging from more than 3 months to 1 year.

 

F - 16



 

( j )             Accounts receivables and other receivables

 

Provision is made against accounts receivables and other receivables to the extent they are considered to be doubtful. They are stated in the balance sheet net of such provision.

 

(k)          Inventories

 

Inventories, which principally comprise handsets, SIM cards, UIM cards, pagers and accessories, are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value.  Cost is based on the weighted average method and comprises all costs of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realizable value is determined on the basis of anticipated sales proceeds less estimated selling expenses. The amount of any reversal of any write-down of inventories, arising from an increase in net realizable value, is recognized as a reduction in the amount of inventories recognized as expense in the period in which the reversal occurs.

 

( l )             Advances from customers

 

Advances from customers are monthly fees paid by Paging subscribers in advance or amounts paid by customers for GSM and CDMA prepaid cards, GSM and CDMA prepaid service fees, Internet protocol (“IP ) telephone cards and other calling cards which cover future telecommunications services (over a period of 3 to 12 months). Customer advances are stated at the amount of proceeds received less the amount already recognized as revenues upon the rendering of services.

 

(m )       Assets under lease

 

(i)             Finance leases

 

Leases that substantially transfer to the Group all the risks and rewards of ownership of assets are accounted for as finance leases.  Finance leases are capitalized at the inception of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the leased assets or the present value of the minimum lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the capital and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate on the capital balances outstanding.  The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in long-term liabilities.  The finance charges are charged to the statements of income over the lease periods.

 

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives and the lease periods.

 

(ii)         Operating leases

 

Leases where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Minimum lease payments under operating leases net of any incentives received from the lessor are recognized as leasing expenses in to the statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease periods. Leased rental received under operating leases are recognized as lease rental income on a straight-line basis over the lease periods.

 

F - 17



 

( n )          Borrowing costs

 

Borrowing costs are expensed as incurred, except for interest directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset, that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use, in which case they are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset. Capitalization of borrowing costs commences when expenditures for the asset and borrowing costs are being incurred and the activities to prepare the asset for its intended use are in progress. Borrowing costs are capitalized up to the date when the project is completed and ready for its intended use.

 

To the extent that funds are borrowed specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization is determined as the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing during the period less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings.

 

To the extent that funds are borrowed generally and used for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization is determined by applying a capitalization rate to the expenditures on that asset. The capitalization rate is the weighted average of the borrowing costs applicable to the borrowings of the Group that are outstanding during the period, other than borrowings made specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset. The amount of borrowing costs capitalized during a period should not exceed the amount of borrowing cost incurred during that period. Other borrowing costs are recognized as expenses when incurred.

 

The capitalized borrowing rate represents the cost of capital for raising the related borrowings externally and varies from 4.44% to 5.76% for the year ended December 31, 2003 ( 2001 : 5.46 % to 7.65%; 2002 : 4.54 % to 6.24%).

 

( o )          Provision s

 

Provisions are recognized when the Group has present obligations (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable (i.e. more likely than not) that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefit will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, the amount of a provision is the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation.

 

F - 18



 

( p )          Revenue recogn ition

 

(i)             Revenue is recognized when it is probable that the economic benefits associated with a transaction will flow to the Group and when the revenue and cost can be measured reliably, on the following basis:

 

                  Usage fees are recognized when the service is rendered;

 

                  Monthly fees are recognized as revenue in the month during which the services are rendered;

 

                  Connection fees are recognized as revenue upon activation of service for subscribers;

 

                  Revenue from telephone cards, which represent prepaid service fees received from customers for telephone services, is recognized when the related service is rendered upon actual usage of the telephone cards by customers;

 

                  Leased line rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term; and

 

                  Sales of telecommunications products, such as handsets, SIM cards, UIM cards, pagers and accessories etc, are recognized when title has been passed to the buyers.

 

(ii)         Interest income

 

Interest income from deposits in banks or other financial institutions is recognized on a time proportion basis, taking into account the principal amounts and the interest rates applicable.

 

(iii)     Dividend income

 

Dividend income is recognized when the rights to receive payment is established.

 

(q)          Foreign currency translation

 

The Group maintains its books and records in Renminbi (“RMB”), which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies.  Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are translated at exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date.  Exchange differences arising from changes in exchange rates subsequent to the transaction dates are dealt with in the statements of income.

 

For the convenience of the reader, translation of amounts for RMB into United States dollars (“US”) has been made at the noon buying rate in New York city for cable transfer payables in foreign currencies as certified for customers purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2003 of US$1.00=RMB8.2767. No representation is made that RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into US$ at that rate on December 31, 2003, or at other rate.

 

F - 19



 

( r )            Employee benefits

 

(i)             Retirement benefi ts

 

The Group’s contributions to the defined contribution retirement scheme are expensed as incurred and are reduced by contributions forfeited by those employees who leave the scheme prior to vesting fully in the contributions.

 

(ii)         Housing ben efits

 

The Group’s contributions to the housing fund, special monetary housing benefits and other housing benefits are expensed as incurred.

 

(iii)     Equity compensation benefits

 

Share options are granted to directors and employees under the relevant share option schemes of the Company approved by the Board of Directors (Note 31). The financial impact of the share option granted is not recorded in the financial statements until such time when the options are exercised. When the options are exercised, the proceeds received net of any transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium.

 

( s )            Taxation

 

(i)             Income tax

 

Income tax is provided on the basis of income for statutory financial reporting purposes, adjusted for income and expense items, which are not assessable or deductible for tax purposes.

 

(ii)         Deferred taxation

 

Deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date are used to determine deferred taxation. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

 

( t )             Related parties

 

Entities are considered to be related if one has the ability to control the other, directly or indirectly, or has the ability to exercise significant influence over the financial and operating decisions of the other.  Entities are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influ ence .

 

F - 20



 

(u)          Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

 

A contingent liability is a possible obligation that arises from past events and whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Group.  It can also be a present obligation arising from past events that is not recognized because it is not probable that outflow of economic resources will be required or the amount of obligation cannot be measured reliably.

 

A contingent liability is not recognized but is disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.  When a change in the probability of an outflow occurs so that outflow is probable, the liability will then be recognized as a provision.

 

A contingent asset is a possible asset that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain events not wholly within the control of the Group.

 

Contingent assets are not recognized but are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements when an inflow of economic benefits is probable.  When an inflow is virtually certain, an asset is recognized.

 

(v)           Events after the balance sheet date

 

Events after the balance sheet date that provide additional information about the position at the balance sheet date or those that indicate the going concern assumption is not appropriate (adjusting events) are reflected in the financial statements.  Events after the balance sheet date that are not adjusting events are disclosed in the notes when material.

 

(w)        Segment reporting

 

In accordance with the Group’s internal financial reporting, the Group has determined that business segments be presented as the primary reporting format.

 

Unallocated costs primarily represent corporate expenses. Segments assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, other assets, prepayments, inventories, receivables and operating cash. Segment liabilities comprise operating liabilities. Capital expenditure mainly comprises additions to property, plant and equipment.

 

( x )          E arnings per share and per American Depository Share (“ADS”)

 

Basic earnings per share has been computed by dividing the net income by the number of weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

 

Diluted earnings per share has been computed by dividing the net income by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, after adjusting for the effects of the dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

Basic and diluted net earnings per ADS have been computed by multiplying the net income per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each AD S.

 

F - 21



 

4.               ACQUISITIONS

 

(a)           Acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

Unicom New Century was a limited liability company established in the PRC on July 16, 2002 to engage in the provision of GSM and CDMA cellular telecommunications services in 6 provinces , 2 autonomous regions and 1 municipality in the PRC, namely, Sichuan, Heilongjiang, Jilin, Henan, Jiangxi, Shannxi , Guangxi, Xinjiang and Chongqing. The Cellular Business of Unicom New Century and the relevant net assets were previously owned and operated by various branches of Unicom Group.

 

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company ’s Board of Directors on November 20, 2002 and the extraordinary general meeting of the Company’s shareholders on December 23, 2002, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Unicom New Century (via the intermediary holding company, Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited) at a cash consideration of approximately RMB4,909 million (including other direct costs of acquisition of approximately RMB109 million).  Thereafter , Unicom New Century has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

The aforementioned acquisition of Unicom New Century became effective on December 31, 2002 when all the conditions to the acquisition were satisfied and cash consideration was settled by the Group.  The Company has adopted the purchase method of accounting to account for this acquisition.  The total fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Unicom New Century as of December 31, 2002 amounted to approximately RMB2,624 million, the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities has been recorded as goodwill amounting to approximately RMB2,285 million, which is amortized using the straight-line method over the beneficial period of 20 years.

 

As t he effective date of this acquisition was December 31, 2002, both the operating results and the financial position of Unicom New Century have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2003. However, the 2002 comparatives only reflected the financial position of Unicom New Century in the consolidated balance sheet and excluded the operating results of Unicom New Century in the consolidated statements of income of the Group.

 

On June 30, 2003, the Company entered into a share transfer agreement with Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited and acquired the entire share capital of Unicom New Century from Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited. Thereafter, Unicom New Century became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

Operating revenue and net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 of Unicom New Century amounted to approximately RMB15,946 million and RMB3 64 million respectively.

 

F - 22



 

The fair value of the net assets acquired and net cash outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New Century were as following:

 

 

 

As of December 31,
2002

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets acquired:

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

23,330,775

 

Other assets

 

1,799,357

 

Deferred tax assets

 

56,368

 

Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

251,255

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

809,526

 

Amounts due from domestic carriers

 

20,601

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

714,396

 

Inventories

 

1,201,310

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

715,331

 

Bank balances and cash

 

1,107,313

 

Payables and accrued liabilities

 

(4,940,983

)

Amounts due to Unicom Group

 

(778,109

)

Amounts due to related parties

 

(649,896

)

Amounts due to domestic carriers

 

(160,018

)

Current portion of long-term bank loans

 

(2,668,782

)

Long-term bank loans

 

(15,465,331

)

Taxes payable

 

(215,734

)

Advances from customers

 

(1,496,228

)

Short-term loans from Unicom Group

 

(724,127

)

Short-term bank loans

 

(363,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,544,024

 

Goodwill

 

2,365,197

 

Less: Direct costs of acquisition

 

(109,221

)

 

 

 

 

Consideration paid

 

4,800,000

 

 

 

 

 

Analysis of the net outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New Century:

 

 

 

Cash consideration

 

4,800,000

 

Bank balances and cash in hand acquired

 

(1,107,313

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

3,692,687

 

 

(b)           Acquisition of Unicom New World

 

Unicom New World was a limited liability company established in the PRC on November 4, 2003 to engage in the provision of GSM and CDMA cellular telecommunications services in 6 provinces and 3 autonomous regions in the PRC, namely, Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu, Qinghai, Inner Mongolia, Ningxia and Xizang. The Cellular b usiness of Unicom New World and the relevant net assets were previously owned and operated by various branches of Unicom Group.

 

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company ’s Board of Directors on November 2 0, 2003 and the extraordinary general meeting of the Company’s shareholders on December 2 3, 2003, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Unicom New World (via the intermediary holding company, Unicom New World (BVI) Limited) at a cash consideration of approximately RMB3,249 million (including other direct costs of acquisition of approximately RMB49 million).  Thereafter , Unicom New World has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

F - 23



 

After all the conditions to the acquisition were satisfied and the cash consideration was settled by the Group, t he acquisition of Unicom New World became effective on December 31, 2003 . The Company has adopted the purchase method of accounting to account for this acquisition. The total fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Unicom New World as of December 31, 2003 amounted to approximately RMB2,104 million, the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities has been recorded as goodwill amounting to approximately RMB1 ,145 million, which is amorti z ed using the straight-line method over the expected beneficial period of 20 years.

 

As the effective date of this acquisition was December 31, 2003, the consolidated financial statements did not include the operating results of Unicom New World, but included the financial position of Unicom New World as of December 31, 2003.

 

Operating revenue and net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 of Unicom New World amounted to approximately RMB8,135 million and RMB349 million respectively.

 

The fair value of the net assets acquired and net cash outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New World were as follows:

 

 

 

Note

 

As of December 31,
2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

The fair value of the net assets acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

 

12,106,458

 

Other assets

 

 

 

583,827

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

14,010

 

Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

 

 

192,918

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

 

 

207,237

 

Amounts due from domestic carriers

 

 

 

5,745

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

 

 

283,287

 

Inventories

 

 

 

307,503

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

 

357,880

 

Bank balances and cash

 

(i)

 

923,551

 

Payables and accrued liabilities

 

 

 

(1,951,215

)

Amounts due to Unicom Group

 

 

 

(1,005,135

)

Amounts due to related parties

 

 

 

(324,597

)

Amounts due to domestic carriers

 

 

 

(52,473

)

Current portion of long-term bank loans

 

 

 

(2,213,216

)

Long-term bank loans

 

 

 

(5,473,734

)

Taxes payable

 

 

 

(46,764

)

Advances from customers

 

 

 

(604,862

)

Short-term bank loans

 

 

 

(1,206,000

)

 

 

 

 

2,104,420

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

1,144,957

 

Less: direct costs of acquisition

 

 

 

(49,377

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consideration paid

 

 

 

3,200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The net cash outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New World was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration

 

 

 

3,200,000

 

Bank balances and cash acquired (less restricted bank deposits)

 

(i)

 

(873,551

)

Net cash outflow in respect of the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

 

 

2,326,449

 

 


Note (i):     As of December 31, 2003, approximately RMB50 million bank balances was restricted by the bank to secure the long-term bank loans.

 

F - 24


 

5.               SALE OF DISCONTINUED OPERATION (GUOXIN PAGING)

 

Guoxin Paging was established as a limited liability company in the PRC in September 1998. Guoxin Paging originally operated a nationwide Paging Business through its 31 subsidiaries and branches in 27 provinces and autonomous regions and 4 municipalities in the PRC and was wholly-owned by China Unicom Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as “CUCL”, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company).

 

The Group originally had 5 operating segments namely GSM Business, CDMA Business, Data and Internet Business, Long Distance Business and Paging Business (see Note 35). Pursuant to the ordinary resolution passed by the Company ’s Board of Directors on November 20, 2003, the Board of Directors announced the plan to dispose of the Paging Business to the ultimate parent company, Unicom Group. The disposal is consistent with the Group’s long-term strategy to focus its activities in the core telecommunication business. After obtaining the independent shareholders’ approval in an extraordinary general meeting of the Company’s shareholders on December 23, 2003, the Company completed the sale of the entire equity interests of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group at a cash consideration of RMB2,750 million.

 

The sale of Guoxin Paging became effective on December 31, 2003 after all the conditions to the sale were satisfied, the majority of cash proceeds was settled by Unicom Group, and ownership as well as control was passed to Unicom Group. The total net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 amounted to approximately RMB3,413 million, and the difference between the sale proceeds and the net assets disposed amounting to approximately RMB663 million, has been recorded as the loss on sale of discontinued operation.

 

Since t he effective date of this sale was December 31, 2003, the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been included in the consolidated statements of income of the Group up to this date. Details of the sale were set forth in the related shareholders’ circular “Connected Transactions” of the Company dated November 26, 2003.

 

(a)           The total assets and total liabilities of Guoxin Paging comprised the following:

 

 

 

Guoxin Paging

 

 

 

As of December 31

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

4,964,886

 

3,914,492

 

Current assets

 

2,264,714

 

2,048,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

7,229,600

 

5,962,742

 

Total liabilities

 

(2,098,986

)

(1,997,772

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interest

 

(566,257

)

(551,691

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets

 

4,564,357

 

3,413,279

 

 

F - 25



 

(b)          The net assets sold and net cash inflow in respect of the sale of Guoxin Paging were as follows:

 

 

 

As of December 31,
2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

Net assets sold:

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

3,647,083

 

Other assets

 

151,067

 

Investment securities

 

99,157

 

Investment in associated companies

 

17,185

 

Amount due from Unicom Group

 

9,440

 

Amount due from related parties

 

277,457

 

Amount due from domestic carriers

 

54,821

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

207,813

 

Inventories

 

104,753

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

107,632

 

Trading securities

 

165,493

 

Short-term bank deposits

 

80,000

 

Bank balances and cash

 

1,040,841

 

Dividend payable

 

(8,260

)

Payables and accrued liabilities

 

(1,491,890

)

Amount due to related parties

 

(121,173

)

Amount due to domestic carriers

 

(235,275

)

Taxes payable

 

(17,669

)

Advances from customers

 

(123,505

)

Minority interests

 

(551,691

)

 

 

3,413,279

 

 

 

 

 

Less: sale proceeds

 

(2,750,000

)

 

 

 

 

Loss on sale of discontinued operation

 

663,279

 

 

 

 

 

The net cash inflow in respect of the sale of discontinued operation was as follows :

 

 

 

Sale proceeds received

 

2,300,000

 

Bank balances and cash disposed

 

(1,040,841

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow in respect of the sale of discontinued operation

 

1,259,159

 

 

F - 26



 

(c)           The operating results of the Group attributable to the continuing operations and discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging) were as follows:

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

Discontinued operation
(Guoxin Paging)

 

Group as a whole

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

24,567,853

 

36,604,071

 

65,249,242

 

4,825,033

 

3,972,454

 

2,387,083

 

29,392,886

 

40,576,525

 

67,636,325

 

Operating expenses

 

(18,336,824

)

(28,656,496

)

(55,531,586

)

(5,792,711

)

(4,596,345

)

(3,590,693

)

(24,129,535

)

(33,252,841

)

(59,122,279

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

6,231,029

 

7,947,575

 

9,717,656

 

(967,678

)

(623,891

)

(1,203,610

)

5,263,351

 

7,323,684

 

8,514,046

 

Loss on sale of discontinued operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

(663,279

)

 

 

(663,279

)

Interest income

 

2,073,479

 

452,908

 

163,934

 

23,493

 

17,374

 

9,099

 

2,096,972

 

470,282

 

173,033

 

Finance costs

 

(1,876,997

)

(1,466,093

)

(1,930,784

)

(40,569

)

(8,348

)

(5,238

)

(1,917,566

)

(1,474,441

)

(1,936,022

)

Other (loss) income, net

 

25,990

 

(41,352

)

(31,797

)

(6,159

)

24,993

 

39,868

 

19,831

 

(16,359

)

8,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxation

 

6,453,501

 

6,893,038

 

7,919,009

 

(990,913

)

(589,872

)

(1,823,160

)

5,462,588

 

6,303,166

 

6,095,849

 

Taxation

 

(1,196,286

)

(1,895,987

)

(2,307,596

)

300,247

 

175,782

 

419,215

 

(896,039

)

(1,720,205

)

(1,888,381

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) after taxation

 

5,257,215

 

4,997,051

 

5,611,413

 

(690,666

)

(414,090

)

(1,403,945

)

4,566,549

 

4,582,961

 

4,207,468

 

 

(d)          The cash flows of the Group attributable to the continuing operations and discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging) were as follows:

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

Discontinued operation
(Guoxin Paging)

 

Group as a whole

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

 

10,845,972

 

12,692,415

 

22,141,521

 

231,903

 

361,863

 

423,738

 

11,077,875

 

13,054,278

 

22,565,259

 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

 

(45,133,699

)

(4,579,122

)

(18,660,174

)

(991,318

)

(586,917

)

(391,129

)

(46,125,017

)

(5,166,039

)

(19,051,303

)

Net cash inflow (outflow) from financing activities

 

8,220,878

 

(11,703,468

)

(8,752,829

)

522,589

 

(164,283

)

(24,689

)

8,743,467

 

(11,867,751

)

(8,777,518

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(26,066,849

)

(3,590,175

)

(5,271,482

)

(236,826

)

(389,337

)

7,920

 

(26,303,675

)

(3,979,512

)

(5,263,562

)

 

F - 27



 

6.               OPERATING REVENUE

 

Operating revenue primarily comprise s usage fees, monthly fees, connection fees, interconnection revenue, leased line rental income and sales of telecommunications products earned by the Group from GSM, CDMA, data, Internet, long distance and paging services.  Tariffs for these services are subject to regulations by various government authorities, including the State Development and Reform Commission, the Ministry of Information Industry (“MII”) and the provincial price regulatory authorities.

 

Operating revenue is net of business tax and government surcharges.

 

The major components of operating revenue are as follows:

 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

GSM Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

(i) (a)

 

14,937,448

 

20,274,987

 

29,072,249

 

Monthly fee

 

(ii)

 

3,660,473

 

4,169,129

 

7,042,299

 

Connection fee

 

(iii)

 

204,986

 

 

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(iv)

 

1,262,267

 

1,709,771

 

1,926,907

 

Other revenue

 

(vi)

 

439,884

 

1,234,038

 

2,262,156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total GSM service revenue

 

 

 

20,505,058

 

27,387,925

 

40,303,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CDMA Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

(i) (a)

 

 

2,231,050

 

11,671,523

 

Monthly fee

 

(ii)

 

 

713,483

 

3,488,411

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(iv)

 

 

184,296

 

607,830

 

Other revenue

 

(vi)

 

 

96,518

 

855,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total CDMA service revenue

 

 

 

 

3,225,347

 

16,623,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Data and Internet Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

(i) (b)

 

1,581,189

 

2,069,415

 

2,443,610

 

Monthly fee

 

(ii)

 

 

9,478

 

9,085

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(iv)

 

146,844

 

348,248

 

361,514

 

Leased lines rental

 

(v)

 

64,117

 

274,274

 

420,433

 

Other revenue

 

(vi)

 

28,061

 

91,624

 

202,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Data and Internet service revenue

 

 

 

1,820,211

 

2,793,039

 

3,437,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long Distance Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

(i) (b)

 

539,808

 

1,223,051

 

1,148,040

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(iii)

 

577,780

 

664,302

 

365,724

 

Leased lines rental

 

(v)

 

363,078

 

873,054

 

701,549

 

Other revenue

 

(vi)

 

8,067

 

5,316

 

57,835

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Long Distance service revenue

 

 

 

1,488,733

 

2,765,723

 

2,273,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paging Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly fee

 

(ii)

 

4,141,232

 

1,912,786

 

612,999

 

Connection fee

 

(iii)

 

1,595

 

 

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(iv)

 

 

113,123

 

1,654

 

Other revenue

 

(vi)

 

198,997

 

135,279

 

788,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Paging service revenue

 

 

 

4,341,824

 

2,161,188

 

1,403,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total service revenue

 

 

 

28,155,826

 

38,333,222

 

64,040,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

 

 

1,237,060

 

2,243,303

 

3,595,912

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

 

 

 

29,392,886

 

40,576,525

 

67,636,325

 

 

F - 28



 


N otes:

 

(i)     Usage fees comprise:

 

(a)    charges for incoming and outgoing calls made by cellular subscribers including charges for local calls, domestic direct dial (“DDD”) and international direct dial (“IDD”) as well as roaming fees for calls made by cellular subscribers outside their local service areas; and

 

(b)    charges for IP telephone calls, data and Internet services and fixed line long distance calls.

 

(ii)    Monthly fees represent fixed amounts charged to cellular, data, Internet, and paging subscribers on a monthly basis for maintaining their access to the related services.

 

(iii)   Connection fees are charged to cellular and paging subscribers for the one-time activation service rendered to connect the cellular subscribers to the Group’s cellular network or to reconfigure the receiving frequency of the subscribers’ pagers to the Group’s paging network. Connection fees have been cancelled since July 1, 2001.

 

(iv)   Interconnection revenue represents amounts received from other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls from their networks to the Group’s networks. It also includes roaming-in fees received from other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls made by their subscribers using the Group’s cellular networks. Interconnection revenue is recognized when relevant calls are made by subscribers (see Notes 32(a) and 34(a)).

 

(v)    Leased line rental income represents rentals received for leasing of transmission lines to Unicom Group, business customers and other domestic carriers in the PRC.

 

(vi)   Other revenue mainly represents revenue from the provision of value-added services such as short message and secretarial services to subscribers.

 

F - 29



 

7 .               INCOME BEFORE TAXATION

 

Income before taxation is stated after charging and crediting the following:

 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

After charging/( crediting):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of losses (income) from associated companies

 

10

 

24,773

 

(553

)

2,275

 

Dividends from investment securities

 

10

 

(22,864

)

(24,978

)

(2,573

)

Realized gains on trading securities

 

10

 

(31,979

)

(1,876

)

(12,045

)

Unrealized losses (gains) on trading securities

 

10

 

56,576

 

27,461

 

(10,129

)

Realized gains on investment securities

 

10

 

(944

)

(18,098

)

(13,268

)

Gains on disposal of interests in associated company

 

10

 

 

(1,251

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

(2,096,972

)

(470,282

)

(173,033

)

Interest expense:

 

9

 

2,593,402

 

1,879,663

 

2,523,512

 

Less: amounts capitalized in construction-in-progress

 

9

 

(686,254

)

(422,927

)

(604,137

)

Total interest expenses

 

 

 

1,907,148

 

1,456,736

 

1,919,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Assets held under finance leases

 

21

 

9,327

 

20,046

 

12,154

 

-  Other assets

 

 

 

7,715,229

 

10,830,635

 

15,963,117

 

Total depreciation

 

21

 

7,724,556

 

10,850,681

 

15,975,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of goodwill

 

22

 

74,261

 

23,414

 

115,260

 

Other amortization

 

23

 

463,479

 

381,629

 

294,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

20(a)

 

 

1,385,424

 

5,836,587

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

8(iv)

 

54,475

 

82,467

 

49,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auditors’ remuneration

 

 

 

52,972

 

38,916

 

54,003

 

 

F - 30



 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

After charging/( crediting):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Leased lines

 

 

 

853,306

 

691,358

 

805,018

 

-  CDMA network capacities

 

32(a)

 

 

891,897

 

3,515,364

 

-  Other leasing expense

 

8(iv)

 

569,954

 

610,931

 

882,671

 

Total operating lease expense

 

 

 

1,423,260

 

2,194,186

 

5,203,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (write-back) for doubtful debts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  GSM Business

 

 

 

517,663

 

802,914

 

1,116,523

 

-  CDMA Business

 

 

 

 

42,050

 

397,810

 

-  Data and Internet Business

 

 

 

24,743

 

70,922

 

125,676

 

-  Long Distance Business

 

 

 

13,058

 

46,124

 

75,870

 

-  Paging Business

 

 

 

(14,510

)

9,979

 

34,008

 

Total provision for doubtful debts

 

8(iv)

 

540,954

 

971,989

 

1,749,887

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of inventories

 

 

 

1,268,645

 

2,161,512

 

3,570,234

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-down of inventories to net realizable value

 

 

 

16,605

 

7,156

 

47,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Write-back) additional provision for impairment losses of investments in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Associated companies

 

 

 

(3,219

)

 

 

-  Investment securities

 

 

 

(12,490

)

650

 

 

Total provision for impairment in investments

 

 

 

(15,709

)

650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Salaries and wages

 

 

 

2,156,911

 

2,654,845

 

3,676,168

 

-  Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes

 

12

 

163,500

 

203,164

 

273,182

 

-  Contributions to supplementary defined contribution pension schemes

 

12

 

 

11,066

 

39,854

 

-  Special monetary housing benefits

 

13

 

88,911

 

277,944

 

109,210

 

-  Contributions to other housing fund

 

13

 

69,963

 

92,549

 

170,614

 

-  Other housing benefits

 

13

 

7,933

 

95,650

 

305,518

 

Total personnel

 

 

 

2,487,218

 

3,335,218

 

4,574,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional provision for impairment of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Property, plant and equipment

 

21

 

468,611

 

 

528,048

 

-  Goodwill

 

22

 

163,900

 

38,797

 

 

Total provision for impairment

 

8(iv)

 

632,511

 

38,797

 

528,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net exchange (income) losses

 

10

 

(14,476

)

21,533

 

9,960

 

 

F - 31



 

8 .               OPERATING EXPENSES

 

Major components of operating expenses is as follows:

 

(i)     Leased line charges incurred in association with leasing of transmission capacity from other operators and leasing expenses related to CDMA network capacities from Unicom New Horizon (see Notes 32(a), 33 and 34(a)).

 

(ii)    Interconnection charges represent amounts paid to other operators, including Unicom Group, for calls from the Group’s networks to the networks of other operators.

 

(iii)   Personnel costs comprise staff salaries and wages, contributions to defined contribution pension schemes and housing benefits.

 

(iv)   General, administrative and other expenses are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease rental expenses

 

569,954

 

610,931

 

882,671

 

Repair and maintenance expenses

 

424,614

 

832,259

 

1,387,466

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

540,954

 

971,989

 

1,749,887

 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

54,475

 

82,467

 

49,940

 

Provisions for impairment loss of property, plant and equipment and goodwill (Note 21)

 

632,511

 

38,797

 

528,048

 

Traveling, entertainment and meeting expenses

 

612,592

 

850,876

 

1,242,166

 

Power and water charges

 

473,774

 

729,650

 

1,313,099

 

Office expenses

 

587,727

 

582,187

 

749,080

 

Other

 

1,602,396

 

932,694

 

1,210,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,498,997

 

5,631,850

 

9,112,385

 

 

9 .               FINANCE COSTS

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on bank loans repayable over 5 years

 

 

41,115

 

124,105

 

Interest on bank loans repayable within 5 years

 

2,593,402

 

1,838,548

 

2,399,407

 

Less: Amounts capitalized in construction-in-progress

 

(686,254

)

(422,927

)

(604,137

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest expenses

 

1,907,148

 

1,456,736

 

1,919,375

 

Bank charges

 

10,418

 

17,705

 

16,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,917,566

 

1,474,441

 

1,936,022

 

 

F - 32



 

10.        OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSES, NET

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of losses (income) from associated companies

 

24,773

 

(553

)

2,275

 

Dividends from investment securities

 

(22,864

)

(24,978

)

(2,573

)

Realized gains on trading securities

 

(31,979

)

(1,876

)

(12,045

)

Unrealized losses (gains) on trading securities

 

56,576

 

27,461

 

(10,129

)

Realized gains on investment securities

 

(944

)

(18,098

)

(13,268

)

(Gains) losses from exchange difference

 

(14,476

)

21,533

 

9,960

 

Gains on disposal of interests in associated company

 

 

(1,251

)

 

Other

 

(30,917

)

14,121

 

17,709

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,831

)

16,359

 

(8,071

)

 

11.        DIRECTORS’, SENIOR EXECUTIVES’ AND SUPERVISORS’ EMOLUMENTS

 

(a)   Directors’ emoluments

 

The aggregate amounts of fees and emoluments payable to directors of the Company during the year are set out below:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-executive directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fees

 

1,273

 

849

 

1,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fees

 

 

 

 

Other emoluments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  Salaries, allowance and other allowances

 

9,083

 

9,722

 

9,352

 

-  Pension benefits/pension scheme contributions

 

124

 

38

 

106

 

-  Bonuses paid and payable

 

11,162

 

5,887

 

9,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,369

 

15,647

 

19,146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,642

 

16,496

 

20,740

 

 

Non-executive directors’ emoluments disclosed above include approximately RMB1,275,000 (2001: RMB637,000; 2002: RMB636,000) paid to independent non-executive directors.

 

During 2003, 2,772,000 (2001: Nil; 2002: 2,802,000) share options were granted to the directors under the amended Share Option Scheme approved by the independent non-executive directors on 21 May and 30 May 2003 respectively. See Note 31(d) for the details of share options granted during the year.

 

F - 33



 

The emoluments of the directors analyzed by the number of directors and emolument ranges were as follows:

 

 

 

Number of directors

 

(All amounts expressed in Hong Kong dollars)

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$nil - $1,000,000

 

4

 

4

 

5

 

$1,000,001 - $1,500,000

 

 

2

 

 

$2,000,001 - $2,500,000

 

 

1

 

2

 

$2,500,001 - $3,000,000

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

$3,000,001 - $3,500,000

 

 

1

 

 

$3,500,001 - $4,000,000

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

$4,000,001 - $4,500,000

 

1

 

 

 

$5,000,001 - $5,500,000

 

1

 

 

 

$6,500,001 - $7,000,000

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

10

 

10

 

 

No directors waived the right to receive emoluments during the years.

 

(b)           F ive highest paid individuals

 

The five individuals whose emoluments were the highest in the Group for 2003 include 4 directors (2001: All; 2002: 4) whose emoluments are reflected in the analysis presented above. The emoluments payable to the remaining individual during the years 2002 and 2003 are as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

200 3

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, allowance and other allowances

 

1,432

 

1,435

 

Pension benefits/pension scheme contributions

 

 

38

 

Bonuses paid and payable

 

849

 

850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,281

 

2,323

 

 

The emoluments of the remaining individual during 200 3 fell within the band of HK$2,000,001- HK$2,500,000 (2002: HK$2,000,001- HK$2,500,000).

 

No emolument was paid to the five highest paid individuals as an inducement to join or upon joining the Company or as compensation for loss of office.

 

F - 34



 

12 .        RETIREMENT BENEFITS

 

All the full time employees of the Group are covered by a state-sponsored pension scheme under which the employees are entitled to an annual pension equal to their basic salaries at their retirement dates.  The PRC government is responsible for the pension liability to these retired employees.  The Group was required to make defined contributions to the pension scheme at the rate of 19% for the year ended December 31, 2003 (2001 and 2002: 19%) of the employees’ basic salaries. Under this scheme, the Group has no obligation for post-retirement benefits beyond the annual contributions.

 

In addition, effective from August 11, 1998, a supplementary defined contribution pension plan managed by an independent insurance company was established.  Under this plan, the Group makes a monthly defined contribution of 2% to 6% (2001 and 2002: 2% to 6%) of the monthly salary of each employee.  There were no vested benefits attributable to past services upon adoption of the plan.

 

Retirement benefits charged to the statements of income were as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes

 

163,500

 

203,164

 

273,182

 

Contributions to supplementary defined contribution pension schemes

 

 

11,066

 

39,854

 

 

1 3 .        HOUSING BENEFITS

 

Under the housing reform schemes in accordance with government regulations at the provincial level in the PRC, the Group provided benefits to certain qualified employees to enable them to purchase living quarters at a discount. In the case of Guoxin Paging, the living quarters were provided by China Telecom prior to the establishment of Guoxin Paging and the related benefits were not charged to the Group.  In the case of the GSM Business, certain of these living quarters were provided by Unicom Group and the related benefits were not charged to the Group. Housing benefits which were not charged to the Group amounted to approximately RMB18.5 million for 2003 (2001 and 2002: RMB18.5 million).

 

Subsequent to the establishment of Guoxin Paging, for living quarters purchased or built by the Group, the liability to provide the housing benefits was recognized by the Group upon finalization of the allocation of the housing units to specific employees.  The amount of the benefits was the difference between the cost of the quarters purchased by the employees and the amount actually charged to the employees. The benefits are recorded as expenses over the estimated remaining average service life of the participating employees.

 

In addition, all of the full time employees of the Group are entitled to participate in a state-sponsored housing fund. The fund can be used for the construction of living quarters or may be withdrawn upon the retirement of the employees. The Group is required to make annual contributions to the housing fund at a rate on 10% (2001: from 5% to 10%; 2002: 10%) of the employees’ basic salaries.

 

According to the central government policy on housing reform based on a State Council circular issued in 1998, monetary housing subsidies in the form of special cash payments are to be made by certain PRC enterprises to their employees in order to enable them to purchase living quarters. Under this general policy, enterprises are allowed to establish their own housing reform schemes taking into consideration the actual financial capability of the enterprises.

 

F - 35



 

The Group finali zed its monetary housing benefit scheme as a special employee incentive scheme for all qualified employees in 2001.  According to the scheme, the total amount of monetary housing benefit for each employee is determined based on the working age of the employee and the property market price prevailing in the relevant location.  The total monetary housing benefit is divided into three annual payments in the proportion of 40%, 30% and 30% respectively. In order to be included in the incentive scheme, employees are required to sign a service contract with a minimum service period of three years.  The employees will be entitled to the first 40% payment only when the following criteria are met:

 

(i)     the provincial branch in which the employees are working has achieved the annual performance budget set by head office management; and

 

(ii)    the employees continue to be under the employment of the Group at the time of the payment.

 

Similarly, the employees will only be entitled to the second and then the third annual payments when and only when the above two conditions are also fulfilled in subsequent years.

 

The Group accrues for each annual payment upon the fulfillment of the above criteria by the employees, at which time the liability is considered to have arisen.

 

For the year s ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, certain provinces achieved the annual performance budget and were thus approved by management to distribute and pay out such monetary housing benefits. The provision for special monetary housing benefits for qualified employees of these provinces for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 amounted to approximately RMB88,911,000, RMB277,944,000 and RMB109,210,000 respectively, based on the aforementioned distribution plan. The remaining provinces were not entitled to the special monetary housing benefits since they did not achieve their annual performance budget in 2001, 2002 and 2003 and accordingly, no provision for such benefits was made.

 

The expenses incurred by the Group in relation to the housing benefits described above were as follows (excluding those paid by Unicom Group and China Telecom and not charged to the Group):

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special monetary housing benefits

 

88,911

 

277,944

 

109,210

 

Contribution s to housing fund

 

69,963

 

92,549

 

170,614

 

Other housing benefits

 

7,933

 

95,650

 

305,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

166,807

 

466,143

 

585,342

 

 

F - 36



 

14.        TAXATION

 

Provision for taxation represents:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

As restated

 

As restated

 

 

 

Provision for PRC enterprise income tax on the estimated taxable income for the year

 

1,608,825

 

1,192,801

 

1,064,968

 

Deferred taxation

 

(712,786

)

527,404

 

823,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

896,039

 

1,720,205

 

1,888,381

 

 

There is no Hong Kong income tax liability as the Group does not have any assessable income sourced from Hong Kong for 2001, 2002 and 2003.

 

The income tax liabilities of the Group were assessed as follows:

 

(a)           The tax liabilities of CUCL and its wholly-owned subsidiaries for 2001, 2002 and 2003 were assessed in accordance with Foreign Investment Enterprises (“FIE”) taxation requirements on a consolidated basis as a single entity and settled income tax liabilities centrally in Beijing as approved by the tax authority;

 

(b)          Prior to the acquisition of Unicom New Century in years 2001 and 2002, Unicom Group was assessed for PRC enterprise tax liability under the relevant tax rules and regulations applicable to state-owned enterprises, and at the statutory rate of 33% on a consolidation basis as a single entity.  The tax provision for Unicom New Century was determined on a separate return basis using the same tax policy applicable to Unicom Group. Under this basis, the tax liabilities attributable to Unicom New Century were determined as if it were assessed for income tax separately from Unicom Group. In 2002, tax liabilities of Unicom New Century was assessed in accordance with FIE taxation requirements on a consolidated basis as a single entity; and

 

(c)           Various provincial branches/municipal cities of CUCL and Unicom New Century were granted a preferential treatment by tax authorities to assess their enterprise income tax at the rates of 30%, 15% or 10% in years 2001, 2002 and 2003. The remaining provincial branches were assessed at the standard tax rate of 33%.

 

F - 37



 

The reconciliation of PRC enterprise income tax between the statutory tax rate of 33% and the effective tax rate actually recorded in the statements of income is as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

As restated

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate of 33%

 

33.0

%

33.0

%

33.0

%

Non-deductible expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Housing benefits

 

2.2

 

 

 

- Personnel expenses

 

0.7

 

0.1

 

 

- Other

 

1.2

 

1.4

 

0.3

 

Effect of preferential tax rates

 

(2.7

)

(3.2

)

(1.6

)

Increase in opening deferred tax assets resulting from an increase in tax rate

 

 

 

(2.3

)

Investment tax credits for domestic equipment (Note (a))

 

 

(2.8

)

 

Additional depreciation deductible for tax purpose from 2001 (Note (b))

 

(9.8

)

 

 

Additional expense deductible for tax purpose (Note (c))

 

 

 

(0.9

)

Write-off of deferred tax assets previously recognized for Guoxin Paging

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective PRC income tax rate

 

24.6

%

28.5

%

30.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hong Kong

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate

 

16.0

%

16.0

%

17.5

%

Non-taxable income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Interest income

 

(16.0

)

(16.0

)

(17.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective HK income tax rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total overall effective income tax rate

 

16.4

%

27.3

%

31.0

%

 

Tax effect of preferential tax rate is as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate amount (RMB in millions)

 

83.6

 

191.3

 

97

 

Per share effect (RMB)

 

0.007

 

0.015

 

0.008

 

 

Notes:

 


(a)           For 2002, investment tax credits represented the tax credits relating to the additions of certain domestic equipment that were deductible against current tax.

 

(b)          During 2001, CUCL obtained the approval from the relevant tax authorities in the PRC that certain depreciation expenses prior to 2000, which had previously been disallowed for deduction against current tax, could be used to deduct against enterprise income tax over 5 years. Accordingly, the deferred tax asset relating to this “additional depreciation deductible for tax purpose” was recognized in 2001 upon the receipt of the tax approval. Such deferred tax will be reversed on a straight-line basis for the period from 2000 to 2004.

 

(c)           During 2003, CUCL and Unicom New Century obtained approvals from the relevant tax authorities in the PRC that certain monetary housing benefits, which were previously treated as non-deductible expenses for income tax assessment purposes in prior years, could be used to deduct against enterprise income tax over 3 years. Accordingly, all the related deferred tax assets have been recognized in 2003 upon the receipt of the above tax approvals. Such deferred tax assets will be utilized on a straight-line basis over 3 years.

 

F - 38



 

The movement of the deferred tax assets is as follows:

 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

 

 

1,013,720

 

1,954,567

 

1,815,234

 

Change in accounting policy :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Recognition of additional deferred tax assets in relation to provision for doubtful debts

 

3(a)

 

228,061

 

 

 

Acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

 

 

 

388,071

 

 

Acquisition of Unicom New World

 

 

 

 

 

206,928

 

Deferred taxation charged to statements of income

 

 

 

712,786

 

(527,404

)

(823,413

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

 

 

1,954,567

 

1,815,234

 

1,198,749

 

 

Deferred taxation as of year-end represents the taxation effect of the following temporary differences:

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on loans from CCF joint ventures

 

(a)

 

287,998

 

256,673

 

Loss arising from terminations of CCF Arrangements

 

(a)

 

309,813

 

236,249

 

Income tax on advances from customers for telephone cards

 

 

 

471,657

 

261,467

 

Provision for impairment loss for property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

112,994

 

4,875

 

Provision for impairment loss for goodwill and difference in amortization period

 

 

 

40,498

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts of Paging Business

 

 

 

38,673

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts of Cellular Business

 

3(a )

 

485,748

 

534,839

 

Write-off of other assets

 

 

 

17,662

 

7,563

 

Write-down of inventories to net realizable value

 

 

 

31,260

 

15,905

 

Amortization of retirement benefits

 

 

 

37,379

 

18,549

 

Additional depreciation deductible for tax purpose

 

 

 

171,091

 

101,267

 

Differences on tax basis for the residual value of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

19,634

 

7,608

 

Monetary housing benefits

 

 

 

 

56,826

 

Other

 

 

 

68,152

 

29,309

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,092,559

 

1,531,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change of depreciation period

 

 

 

(76,468

)

(28,268

)

Capitalized interest already deducted for tax purpose

 

 

 

(200,857

)

(304,113

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(277,325

)

(332,381

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

 

1,815,234

 

1,198,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

 

 

(988,666

)

(873,849

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

826,568

 

324,900

 

 

F - 39



 

Note:

 


(a)           Prior to 2000, in the process of developing its cellular networks, the GSM Business has entered into cooperation agreements with certain contractual joint ventures (the “CJVs”) established in the PRC. Each CJV was established by one or more Chinese enterprises and one or more foreign parties, and the aforementioned cooperation arrangements are referred to as the China-China-Foreign Arrangement (the “CCF Arrangements”). Pursuant to the CCF Arrangements, the CJVs have extended funding to the GSM Business for the construction of telecommunications systems and network equipment in the PRC. Based on the terms of the cooperation agreements, the CCF Arrangements had been accounted for as secured financing arrangements to the GSM Business, and interest had been accrued by the GSM Business based on the funds provided by the CJVs and the then prevailing market borrowing rates. Afterwards, all CCF Arrangements had been terminated in 1999 and 2000, and the related loss on the termination of CCF Arrangements was charged to the statements of income as incurred. Pursuant to the approval of relevant tax authorities, since all the interest costs and the loss on termination of these CCF Arrangements can be deducted against current tax over 7 years. The resulting deferred tax assets were recognized accordingly.

 

1 5 .        NET INCOME

 

(a)           CUCL and Unicom New Century were registered as foreign investment enterprises in the PRC. In accordance with the Articles of Association of CUCL and Unicom New Century, they are required to provide for certain statutory reserves, namely, general reserve fund and staff bonus and welfare fund, which are appropriated from income after tax and minority interests but before dividend distribution.

 

CUCL and Unicom New Century are required to allocate at least 10% of their income after tax and minority interests determined under PRC GAAP to the general reserve fund until the cumulative amounts reach 50% of the registered capital. The statutory reserve can only be used, upon approval obtained from the relevant authority, to offset accumulated losses or increase capital.

 

Appropriation to the staff bonus and welfare fund is at the discretion of the directors. The staff bonus and welfare fund can only be used for special bonuses or the collective welfare of the employees and are not distributable as cash dividends. Under HK GAAP, the appropriations to the staff bonus and welfare fund will be charged to statements of income as expenses incurred since any assets acquired through this fund belong to the employees. For the years ended December 31, 2003, no appropriation to staff bonus and welfare fund has been made (2001 and 2002: Nil).

 

Accordingly, CUCL and Unicom New Century appropriated approximately RMB382,030,000 (2001: RMB239,138,000; 2002: RMB436,463,000) and RMB37,236,000 (2002:Nil) respectively to the general reserve fund for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

As stated in Note 3(a), the change in accounting policy on income taxes has resulted in an increase of distributable reserves to shareholders of CUCL for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 respectively. As a result, CUCL has made additional appropriation to the statutory reserves amounting to approximately RMB40,530,000 in 2003 (2001: RMB22,806,000; 2002: RMB37,316,000).

 

F - 40



 

(b)          At the annual general meeting held on 12 May 2003, the shareholders of the Company approved the payment of final dividend of RMB0.10 per ordinary share for the year ended December 31, 2002 totaling RMB1,255,299,607 which has been reflected as an appropriation of retained earnings for 2003.  As of December 31, 2003, such dividends have been fully paid by the Company.

 

At a meeting held on March 25, 2004, the Board of Directors of the Company proposed the payment of final dividend of RMB0.10 per ordinary share to the shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2003 totaling RMB1,255,317,207. This proposed dividend has not been reflected as a dividend payable in the financial statements as of December 31, 2003, but will be reflected as an appropriation of retained earnings in the financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2004.

 

(c)           For the year ended December 31, 2003, net income included a loss of approximately RMB21,654,000 (2001: net income of approximately RMB1,981,843,000; 2002: net income of approximately RMB287,492,000) which has been dealt with in the financial statements of the Company. As of December 31, 2003, the amount of distributable reserves to shareholders of the Company amounted to approximately RMB2,577,229,000 (2001: RMB3,566,691,000; 2002: RMB3,854,183,000).

 

1 6 .        EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share and per American Depository Share (“ADS”)

 

Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were computed by dividing the net income by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years.

 

Diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were computed by dividing the net income by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years, after adjusting for the effects of the potential dilutive ordinary shares. All potential dilutive ordinary shares arose from share options granted under (i) the amended Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme; and (ii) the amended Share Option Scheme as described in Note 31. For 2003, all potential dilutive shares arose from additional share options granted in 2003 under the amended Share Option Scheme (see details in Note 31), which if converted to ordinary shares would decrease net income per share. For 2001 and 2002, there was no dilution of earnings per share after taking into account the dilutive effect of the share options. The anti-dilutive shares arising from the share options in 2003 of approximately 66,573,000 shares (2001: 30,451,000 shares; 2002: 48,745,000 shares) were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

 

Basic and diluted earnings per ADS have been computed by multiplying the earnings per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each ADS.

 

Reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

Net
income

 

Shares

 

Per s hare
a mount

 

Net
income

 

Shares

 

Per s hare
a mount

 

Net
income

 

S hares

 

Per s hare
a mount

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

‘000

 

RMB

 

RMB’000

 

‘000

 

RMB

 

RMB’000

 

‘000

 

RMB

 

 

 

As
restated

 

 

 

As
restated

 

As
restated

 

 

 

As
restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings

 

4,601,859

 

12,552,996

 

0.367

 

4,598,213

 

12,552,996

 

0.366

 

4,217,097

 

12,553,010

 

0.336

 

Effect of conversion of share options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings

 

4,601,859

 

12,552,996

 

0.367

 

4,598,213

 

12,552,996

 

0.366

 

4,217,097

 

12,568,68 3

 

0.336

 

 

F - 41



 

1 7 .        TRADING SECURITIES

 

Trading securities represented listed equity securities in the PRC, which were carried at fair value. The realized gains on trading securities for the year ended December 31, 2003 amounted to approximately RMB12,045,000 (2001: RMB31,979,000; 2002: RMB1,876,000) and the unrealized gains amounted to RMB10,129,000 (2001: unrealized loss of RMB56,576,000; 2002: unrealized loss of RMB27,461,000). As of December 31, 2003, no trading securities are maintained by the Group after the sale of Guoxin Paging on December 31, 2003.

 

1 8 .        ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable for GSM services

 

3,920,821

 

5,268,041

 

Accounts receivable for CDMA services

 

1,004,754

 

2,408,093

 

Accounts receivable for Data and Internet services

 

410,479

 

696,802

 

Accounts receivable for Long Distance services

 

543,838

 

587,570

 

Accounts receivable for Paging services

 

181,348

 

 

Sub-total

 

6,061,240

 

8,960,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:  Provision for doubtful debts for GSM services

 

(1,466,803

)

(2,716,396

)

Provision for doubtful debts for CDMA services

 

(62,821

)

(508,970

)

Provision for doubtful debts for Data and Internet services

 

(99,214

)

(158,313

)

Provision for doubtful debts for Long Distance services

 

(60,176

)

(105,280

)

Provision for doubtful debts for Paging service

 

(44,958

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,327,268

 

5,471,547

 

 

The aging analysis of accounts receivable was as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not yet due (within credit period)

 

2,818,296

 

3,433,584

 

Due within three months

 

1,311,930

 

1,744,568

 

Three months to six months

 

464,750

 

750,719

 

Six months to one year

 

769,718

 

1,299,386

 

More than one year

 

696,546

 

1,732,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,061,240

 

8,960,506

 

 

The normal credit period granted by the Group is on average 30 days from the date of invoice.

 

Provision for doubtful debts was analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

1,005,937

 

1,733,972

 

Provision for the year

 

971,989

 

1,749,887

 

Acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

327,936

 

 

Acquisition of Unicom New World

 

 

199,904

 

S al e of Guoxin Paging

 

 

(64,664

)

Written-off for the year

 

(571,890

)

(130,140

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

1,733,972

 

3,488,959

 

 

F - 42



 

1 9 .        INVENTORIES

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Handsets

 

2,357,577

 

1,133,027

 

Telephone cards

 

672,728

 

855,183

 

Pagers

 

77,134

 

 

Other

 

122,464

 

181,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,229,903

 

2,169,354

 

 

20 .        PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid rental

 

 

 

85,185

 

233,461

 

Deposits and prepayments

 

 

 

1,069,939

 

1,624,874

 

Interest receivable

 

 

 

37,780

 

4,872

 

Advances to employees

 

 

 

106,749

 

164,487

 

Deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

(a)

 

508,596

 

535,521

 

Other

 

 

 

765,515

 

584,562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,573,764

 

3,147,777

 

 

The aging analysis of prepayments and other current assets was as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

2,227,594

 

3,109,944

 

Over one year

 

346,170

 

37,833

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,573,764

 

3,147,777

 

 

F - 43



 

Note:

 


(a)           As part of the arrangement with certain CDMA contractual subscribers under special promotion packages, CDMA handsets were provided to certain subscribers for their use at no additional charge during specified contract periods ranging from 6 months to 2 years.

 

Under the terms of these contracts, subscribers are required to spend a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period. In addition, to secure future performance, these subscribers are also required to (i) prepay service fees or deposits, (ii) maintain a restricted bank deposits in a designated commercial banks to secure the minimum contract amount, or (iii) provide the Group with a guarantor who will compensate the Group for any loss upon their non-performance. The cost s of CDMA handsets under the above contractual arrangements are treated as deferred customer acquisition costs, to the extent recoverable based on management periodic assessment, and are amortized over the contractual period (not exceeding 2 years) to match with the Group’s minimum contract revenue.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, amortization of these deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers amounted to approximately RMB5,837 million (2002: RMB1,385 million), which was recorded in “selling and marketing” expenses.  As of December 31, 2003, the carrying amount of unamortized deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers totaled approximately RMB4,447 million (2002: RMB5,983 million), with approximately RMB536 million (2002: RMB509 million) recorded in “prepayment and other current assets” (for contract period within 1 year) and with approximately RMB3,911 million (2002: RMB5,474 million) recorded in “other assets” (for contract period over 1 year) (see Note 23).

 

As of December 31, 2003, the carrying amount of prepaid service fees and deposits obtained by the Group under the above contracts amounted to RMB2,366 million and RMB153 million (2002: RMB2,625 million and RMB150 million) respectively.

 

F - 44



 

21 .        PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMEN T , NET

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Land use
rights and
buildings

 

Telecommuni-cations
equipment

 

Office
furniture,
fixtures and
others

 

Leasehold
improvements

 

Construction in
progress

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Cost or valuation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

10,355,012

 

102,924,638

 

4,671,149

 

947,561

 

19,419,349

 

138,317,709

 

96,074,270

 

Additions

 

177,588

 

295,748

 

304,702

 

 

18,028,869

 

18,806,907

 

19,365,121

 

Acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,330,775

 

Acquisition of Unicom New World

 

1,256,443

 

8,531,911

 

169,789

 

43,497

 

2,104,818

 

12,106,458

 

 

Transfer from CIP

 

1,788,019

 

15,137,290

 

467,503

 

121,982

 

(17,514,794

)

 

 

S al e of Guoxin Paging

 

(449,606

)

(10,939,104

)

(721,200

)

(14,647

)

(296,496

)

(12,421,053

)

 

Disposals

 

(23,501

)

(729,047

)

(397,167

)

(43,614

)

 

(1,193,329

)

(452,457

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

End of year

 

13,103,955

 

115,221,436

 

4,494,776

 

1,054,779

 

21,741,746

 

155,616,692

 

138,317,709

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Representing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

10,733,182

 

115,221,436

 

4,494,776

 

1,054,779

 

21,741,746

 

153,245,919

 

135,614,629

 

At valuation

 

2,370,773

 

 

 

 

 

2,370,773

 

2,703,080

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,103,955

 

115,221,436

 

4,494,776

 

1,054,779

 

21,741,746

 

155,616,692

 

138,317,709

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

1,067,005

 

27,665,564

 

1,667,089

 

416,875

 

14,547

 

30,831,080

 

20,325,835

 

Charge for the year

 

579,600

 

14,461,239

 

787,652

 

146,780

 

 

15,975,271

 

10,850,681

 

Impairment losses

 

 

526,030

 

 

 

2,018

 

528,048

 

 

S al e of Guoxin Paging

 

(119,255

)

(8,190,816

)

(451,275

)

(10,366

)

(2,258

)

(8,773,970

)

 

Disposals

 

(2,703

)

(640,671

)

(362,354

)

(42,857

)

 

(1,048,585

)

(345,436

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

End of year

 

1,524,647

 

33,821,346

 

1,641,112

 

510,432

 

14,307

 

37,511,844

 

30,831,080

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

End of year

 

11,579,308

 

81,400,090

 

2,853,664

 

544,347

 

21,727,439

 

118,104,848

 

107,486,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

9,288,007

 

75,259,074

 

3,004,060

 

530,686

 

19,404,802

 

107,486,629

 

75,748,435

 

 

As of December 31, 2003, prepayments for property, plant and equipment to be used in construction amounting to approximately RMB1,431 million (2001: RMB2,272 million; 2002: RMB4,164 million) have been included in construction-in-progress.

 

For 2003 , interest of approximately RMB 604 million (2001: RMB686 million; 2002: RMB423 million) was capitalized to construction-in-progress.

 

As of December 31, 2003, the cost or valuation of land use rights (located in the PRC) and the accumulated depreciation amounted to approximately RMB303 million and RMB61 million respectively (2001: RMB315 million and RMB60 million; 2002: RMB348 million and RMB77 million).

 

Land use rights and buildings of the Group as of March 31, 2000 were valued by Sallmanns (Far East) Ltd., registered property valuers in Hong Kong, using the replacement cost or open market value approach, as appropriate. The resulting revaluation surplus and deficit amounted to RMB177 million and RMB28 million, respectively. The additional depreciation attributable to the revaluation surplus amounted to approximately RMB8.80 million for 2003 (2001 and 2002: RMB8.80 million). The revaluation deficit was charged to the statements of income during the year ended December 31, 2000. As of December 31, 2003, for these land use right and buildings stated at revalued amounts, their carrying amount would have been approximately RMB1,783 million (2001: RMB2,139 million; 2002: RMB2,032 million) had they been carried at cost less accumulated depreciation.

 

F - 45



 

As of December 31, 2003, net book value of telecommunications equipment held under finance leases amounted to approximately RMB147 million (2001: RMB179 million; 2002: RMB159 million).

 

Impairment of assets for the Paging Business:

 

Management conducts an impairment assessment at each balance sheet date to identify whether the carrying values of the property, plant and equipment may be impaired.

 

In 2001, the economic performance of Paging Business was worse than originally expected. Updated analyses and forecasts were prepared by the Group to determine if there had been an impairment of assets. The test for impairment was conducted for the paging telecommunication business of each province, representing a cash-generating unit, after considering the significant decline in revenue and profitability in 2001. The impairment assets including telecommunications equipment and the related goodwill of certain provinces were written down to their recoverable values determined based on their value in use. Value in use is determined based on the present value of estimated future net cash inflows expected to arise from the continuing use of the paging assets. In estimating the future net cash flows, management has made key assumptions and estimations on the appropriate discount rate adopted (8% per annum), the period covered by the cash flow forecast, the impact of the continuous decline of traditional Paging Business, the future loss of subscribers, the expected trend in average revenue per subscriber, as well as incremental cash flows arising from new Paging Businesses and the effects of the adoption of cost reduction plans.   All these assumptions and estimations are made based on historical trends adjusted for the current market situation (including physical conditions of these assets) and the forecast of the future development of new value-added Paging Businesses.

 

These assumptions and estimates are made after considering the historical trends, the prevailing market trends and the physical conditions of the related assets. Based on the above, the Group recorded impairment loss for property, plant and equipment amounting to approximately RMB469 million and for goodwill amounting to approximately RMB164 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

In 2002, the Group conducted re-assessment of the recoverable amount of the paging assets based on the best estimates of the discounted net future cash flows expected to be generated from the Paging Business in the future years. Management expected further reduction of cash inflows to be generated from the traditional Paging Business. Other assumptions are consistent with those adopted in the previous assessment performed in 2001. Based on the estimate of the discounted net cash flows expected to arise from the continuing use of the paging assets, the Group concluded that the carrying amount of the paging assets as of December 31, 2002 did not exceed its recoverable amount and accordingly no additional impairment loss was recognized in 2002.

 

In 2003, b ased on the updated analysis and the worsening trend of the decline of the traditional Paging Business in the first half of 2003, despite the continuous growth of new value-added Paging Businesses, the Group expected that the related incremental future cash inflows to be generated from these new paging services could unlikely offset the effects of the rapid decline of the traditional Paging Business in future. Consequently, based on the latest estimate of the discounted future net cash flows expected to arise from the continuing operations of the Paging Business, after considering the unexpected rapid decline of the traditional Paging Business in the first half of 2003, the Group concluded that the carrying amount of paging assets as at 30 June 2003 had exceeded their expected recoverable amounts.  Accordingly, the Group has recorded an additional impairment loss for property, plant and equipment of the Paging Business amounting to approximately RMB528 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

In addition, the Group has also recognized losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment of approximately RMB50 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 (2001: RMB54 million; 2002: RMB82 million).

 

F - 46



 

22 .        GOODWILL

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

As restated
(Note 3
(a) )

 

 

 

Cost :

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill arising from acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

2,284,749

 

2,284,749

 

Goodwill arising from acquisition of Unicom New World

 

 

1,144,957

 

Other goodwill

 

525,431

 

 

 

 

2,810,180

 

3,429,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: 

Accumulated amortization

 

(321,712

)

(114,238

)

 

Impairment losses for other goodwill

 

(202,697

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,285,771

 

3,315,468

 

 

Goodwill arising from the acquisition of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World represented the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value over the separately identifiable net assets acquired (see Note 4). The amortization charge of goodwill arising from acquisition of Unicom New Century amounted to approximately RMB114,238,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Prior to 200 2, other goodwill represented the excess of purchase consideration over the fair values of the separately identifiable assets acquired by Guoxin Paging in respect of (i) certain local Paging Businesses during its restructuring in 1998; and (ii) minority interests in the provincial subsidiaries of Guoxin Paging.  The amortization charge of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2003 amounted to approximately RMB1,022,000 (2001: RMB74,261,000; 2002: RMB23,414,000). As of December 31, 2003, all the goodwill related to Paging Business has been fully amortized.

 

The impairment provision in 2002 amounted to approximately RMB38,797,000 (2001: RMB163,900,000) representing the write-down of goodwill relating to the Paging Businesses in certain provinces to their recoverable amounts.

 

23 .        OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnection facilities

 

 

 

568,099

 

613,622

 

Other

 

 

 

869,558

 

1,588,839

 

 

 

 

 

1,437,657

 

2,202,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Accumulated amorti zation

 

 

 

(680,101

)

(1,162,464

)

 

 

 

 

757,556

 

1,039,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid rental and leased line

 

 

 

786,503

 

897,783

 

Deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

20(a )

 

5,474,164

 

3,911,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,018,223

 

5,849,430

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, amortization of other assets, excluding deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers and prepaid rental and leased line, amounted to approximately RMB294,762,000 (2001: RMB463,479,000; 2002: RMB381,629,000).

 

F - 47



 

2 4 .        INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unlisted equity securities in the PRC, at cost

 

111,863

 

 

Less: Provision for impairment losses

 

(6,215

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

105,648

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2003, the Group did not hold any investment securities.

 

2 5 .        INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES

 

During 2003, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Unicom New World (BVI) Limited, which holds the entire equity interests in Unicom New World. The acquisition became effective on December 31, 2003.

 

In addition, the Company has contributed cash of approximately RMB6,427,513,000 (2001: RMB14,647,535,000; 2002: RMB17,464,520,000) to CUCL as additional investment in 2003.

 

As of December 31, 2003, the details of the Company’s subsidiaries were as follows:

 

Name

 

Place
and date of
incorporation
and legal entity

 

Percentage of equity
interests held

 

Issued and
fully paid
capital

 

Principal activities

 

 

 

 

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

The PRC, April 21, 2000, limited liability company

 

100.00

%

 

45,042,057

 

Telecommunication s operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New Century (BVI) Limited

 

British Virgin Islands,  October 23, 2002, limited liability company

 

100.00

%

 

12

 

Investment holding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New Century Telecommunications Co., Ltd.

 

The PRC,  July 16, 2002, limited liability company

 

100.00

%

 

328,936

 

Telecommunications operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World (BVI) Limited

 

British Virgin Islands,  November 5, 2003, limited liability company

 

100.00

%

 

1

 

Investment holding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Co., Ltd.

 

The PRC, November 4, 2003, limited liability company

 

 

100.00

%

2,054,770

 

Telecommuni cations operation

 

 

F - 48



 

2 6.        PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables to contractors and equipment suppliers

 

 

 

13,703,912

 

11,789,366

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

 

1,139,645

 

1,417,750

 

Payables to telecommunications products suppliers

 

 

 

2,395,928

 

1,346,784

 

Customer deposits

 

 

 

784,156

 

1,198,812

 

Salary and welfare payables

 

 

 

775,668

 

494,794

 

Other

 

(a)

 

1,012,652

 

850,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,811,961

 

17,098,420

 

 

Note:

 


(a)           Other includes miscellaneous accruals for housing fund and other government surcharges.

 

The aging analysis of payables and accrued liabilities is as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than six months

 

14,887,342

 

12,253,057

 

Six months to one year

 

2,521,886

 

3,051,167

 

More than one year

 

2,402,733

 

1,794,196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,811,961

 

17,098,420

 

 

F - 49


2 7 .        SHORT-TERM BANK LOANS

 

Interest rates on short-term bank loans ranged from 4.54% to 5.31% per annum for 2003 (2001: 4.19% to 7.72% per annum; 2002: 4.54% to 5.56% per annum) .

 

Supplemental information with respect to short-term bank loans was :

 

 

 

Balance at
year end

 

Weighted
average
interest rate
at year end

 

Maximum
amount
outstanding
during the year

 

Average
amount
outstanding
during the
year*

 

Weighted
average
interest rate
during the
year**

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

per annum

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

per annum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- secured

 

209,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- unsecured

 

8,937,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,146,500

 

5.06

%

9,146,500

 

8,117,750

 

5.39

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- secured

 

5 20,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- unsecured

 

10, 455,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,975,199

 

5.22

%

10,975,199

 

10,060,850

 

5.15

%

 


*                  The average amount outstanding is computed by dividing the total of outstanding principal balance as of January 1 and December 31, as applicable, by 2.

 

**           The weighted average interest rate is computed by dividing the total of weighted average interest rates as of January 1 and December 31, as applicable, by 2.

 

As of December 31, 200 3 , short-term bank loans of approximately RMB70 million (200 2 : RMB 463 million ) were guaranteed by Unicom Group.

 

As of December 31, 2003, short-term bank loans of approximately RMB 5 20 million (2002: RMB209 million) were secured by the future service fee revenue to be generated by the cellular operations.

 

F - 50



 

2 8.        LONG-TERM BANK LOANS

 

 

 

Interest rates and final maturity

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB denominated bank loans

 

Fixed interest rate ranging from 4.44% to 5.76% (2002: 4.54% to 6.24%) per annum with maturity through 2009 (2002: maturity through 2008) (Note(a))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- secured

 

 

 

24,627,646

 

10,622,366

 

- unsecured

 

 

 

18,518,021

 

26,994,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,145,667

 

37,616,978

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD denominated bank loans

 

Float interest rate of USD LIBOR plus interest margin of  0.28% to 0.44% per annum with maturity through 2010 (Note (b))

 

 

5,793,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Current portion

 

 

 

(5,459,505

)

(7,197,877

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,686,162

 

36,212,791

 

 

The repayment schedule of the long-term bank loans is as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Balances due:

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

5,459,505

 

7,197,877

 

- later than one year and not later than two years

 

4,825,581

 

15,549,832

 

- later than two years and not later than five years

 

32,581,222

 

18,837,560

 

Thereafter

 

279,359

 

1,825,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,145,667

 

43,410,668

 

Less: Portion classified as current liabilities

 

(5,459,505

)

(7,197,877

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,686,162

 

36,212,791

 

 

(a)           As of December 31, 200 3 , long-term bank loans denominated in RMB were secured by the following:

 

(i)                    Approximately RMB 10 , 622 million (200 2 : RMB 24,628 million) of long-term bank loans were secured by the future service fee revenue to be generated by the cellular operations of the relevant branches . Included in these long-term bank loans, approximately RMB3,600 million (2002: RMB 3,471 million) was also guaranteed by Unicom Group ;

 

(ii)                 In addition to the above, approximately RMB8,004 million (2002: RMB9,164 million) of long-term bank loans were guaranteed by Unicom Group; and

 

(iii)              Approximately RMB50 million (2002: Nil) of long-term bank loans were secured by restricted bank deposits.

 

(b)          The Company signed an agreement with 13 financial institutions for a long-term syndicated loan of USD0.7 billion (the “Facility”) in September 2003. The Facility was split into 3 tranches (i) USD0.2 billion 3-year loan; (ii) USD0.3 billion 5-year loan; and (iii) USD0.2 billion 7-year loan and carried an interest rate of 0.28%, 0.35% and 0.44% over US dollar LIBOR per annum for each tranche respectively.

 

In October 2003, the Company and CUCL entered into an agreement to lend the above bank loans to CUCL with similar terms to finance the network constructions of CUCL.

 

F - 51



 

29 . OBLIGATIONS UNDER FINANCE LEASES

 

Obligations under finance leases were analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Total minimum lease payments under finance leases repayable:

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

17,284

 

25,926

 

- later than one year and not later than five years

 

34,659

 

34,659

 

- later than five years

 

154,395

 

145,753

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

206,338

 

206,338

 

Less:Future finance charges

 

(88,243

)

(81,184

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of minimum obligations

 

118,095

 

125,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Representing obligations under finance leases:

 

 

 

 

 

- current liabilities

 

16,793

 

25,435

 

- non-current liabilities

 

101,302

 

99,719

 

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The present value of obligations under finance leases:

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

16,793

 

25,435

 

- later than one year and not later than five years

 

28,224

 

28,224

 

- later than five years

 

73,078

 

71,495

 

 

 

118,095

 

125,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Portion classified as current liabilities

 

(16,793

)

(25,435

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,302

 

99,719

 

 

Interest rate of obligations under finance leases is at 6% per annum.

 

30 .        SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

HK$’000

 

HK$’000

 

Authorized:

 

 

 

 

 

30,000,000,000 ordinary shares of HK$ 0.1 each

 

3,000,000

 

3,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

Note

 

Number of
s hares
(‘000)

 

HK$’000

 

RMB
e quivalent
‘000

 

Number of
s hares
(‘000)

 

HK$’ 000

 

RMB
e quivalent
‘000

 

Issued and fully paid:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Unicom BVI

 

 

 

9,725,000

 

972,500

 

1,030,850

 

9,725,000

 

972,500

 

1,030,850

 

- Public investors

 

(a)

 

2,827,996

 

282,799

 

300,521

 

2,828,172

 

282,817

 

300,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,552,996

 

1,255,299

 

1,331,371

 

12,553,172

 

1,255,317

 

1,331,390

 

 


Note: (a) Increase of 176,000 ordinary shares in year 2003 represents the ordinary shares in issued under the share option scheme (Note 31(e)).

 

F - 52



 

31 .        SHARE OPTION SCHEME

 

The Company adopted a share option scheme (the “Share Option Scheme”) and a fixed award pre-global offering share scheme (“Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme”) on June 1, 2000 for the granting of share options to qualified employees, with terms amended on May 13, 2002 to comply with the requirements set out in the New Chapter 17 of the Listing Rules.

 

Movements in the number of share options outstanding during the years 2001, 2002 and 2003 are as follows:

 

 

 

Number of share options involved

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

27,116,600

 

33,840,600

 

69,868,600

 

Granted

 

6,724,000

 

36,028,000

 

105,956,000

 

Exercised

 

 

 

(176,000

)

Cancelled

 

 

 

(3,281,200

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

33,840,600

 

69,868,600

 

172,367,400

 

 

As of December 31, 2003, information of outstanding options are summarized as follows:

 

Date of options granted

 

The period during
which an option
may be exercised

 

The price per
share to be paid on
exercise of options

 

Number of s hares
outstanding as of
December 31, 2002

 

Number of s hares
outstanding as of
December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares granted under the Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- June 22, 2000 (Note (a))

 

June 22, 2002 to June 21, 2010

 

HK$

15.42

 

27,116,600

 

25,436,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares granted under the Share Option Scheme:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- June 30, 2001 (Note (b))

 

June 30, 2001 to June 21, 2010

 

HK$

15.42

 

6,724,000

 

6,508,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- August2, 2002 (Note (c))

 

July 10, 2003 to July 9, 2008

 

HK$

6.18

 

36,028,000

 

34,466,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- May 21, 2003 (Note (d))

 

May 21, 2004 to May 20, 2009

 

HK$

4.30

 

 

105,590,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- May 30, 2003 (Note (d))

 

May 21, 2004 to May 20, 2009

 

HK$

4.66

 

 

366,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,868,600

 

172,367,400

 

 

F - 53



 

(a)           According to the resolution passed by the Board of Directors in June 2000, a total of the 27,116,600 options were granted on June 22, 2000 to the senior management, including directors, and certain other employees (which represent, on their full exercise, 27,116,600 shares of the Company) under the fixed award Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme adopted by the Company on June 1, 2000 in the following terms:

 

(i)              the exercise price is equivalent to the share issue price of the Global Offering of HK$15.42 per share (excluding the brokerage fee and HKSE transaction levy); and

 

(ii)           the options are vested and exercisable after 2 years from the grant date and expire 10 years from the date of grant.

 

No further option can be granted under the Pre-Global Offering Option Scheme.

 

The Pre-Global Offering Option Scheme had been amended in conjunction with the amended terms of the Share Option Scheme on May 13, 2002. Apart from the above two terms, the principal terms are the same as the amended Share Option Scheme in all material aspects.

 

(b)          On June 1, 2000, the Company adopted the Share Option Scheme pursuant to which the directors of the Company may, at their discretion, invite employees, including executive directors, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to take up options to subscribe for shares up to a maximum aggregate number of shares (including those that could be subscribed for under the pre-global offering share option scheme as described above) equal to 10% of the total issued share capital of the Company.  According to the Share Option Scheme, the nominal consideration payable by a participant for the grant of option s will be HK$1.00.  The exercise price payable by a participant upon the exercise of an option will be determined by the d irectors at their discretion at the date of grant, except that such price may not be set below a minimum price which is the higher of:

 

(i)              the nominal value of a share; and

 

(ii)           80% of the average of the closing prices of shares on the HKSE on the five trading days immediately preceding the date of grant of the option on which there were dealings in the shares on the HKSE.

 

The period during which an option may be exercised will be determined by the directors at their discretion, except that no option may be exercised later than 10 years from June 22, 2000 . According to a resolution of the Board of Directors in June 2001, the Company has granted 6,724,000 share options under the Share Option Scheme w hich represent, on their full exercise, 6,724,000 shares to certain employees of the Group in the following terms:

 

(i)              the price of a share payable by a participant upon the exercise of an option shall be HK$15.42 (excluding the brokerage fee and HKSE transaction levy); and

 

(ii)        the period during which an option is vested and exercisable commences from the date of grant of the options and will end by June 22, 2010 .

 

F - 54



 

The terms of the Share Option Scheme were amended on May 13, 2002 to comply with the requirements set out in the New Chapter 17 of the Listing Rules which came into effect on September 1, 2001 with the following major amendments:

 

(i)              share option may be granted to employees including executive directors of the Group or any of the non-executive directors;

 

(ii)           the option period commences on a day after the date on which an option is offered but not later than 10 years from the offer date; and

 

(iii)        minimum subscription price shall not be less than the higher of:

 

      the nominal value of the shares;

 

      the closing price of the shares of the Stock Exchange as stated in the Stock Exchange’s quotation sheets on the offer date in respect of the options; and

 

      the average closing price of the shares on the Stock Exchange’s quotation sheets for the five trading days immediately preceding the offer date.

 

(c)           According to resolution passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated July 10, 2002, a total of 36,028,000 share options were granted to eligible individuals including directors, independent non-executive directors, and the non-executive directors of the Company under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:

 

(i)              aggregate of 2,802,000 options were granted to the executive directors, non-executive directors and independent non-executive directors of the Company;

 

(ii)           the exercise price is HK$6.18; and

 

(iii)        the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the options are as follows:

 

Vesting dates

 

Exercisable periods

 

Portions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 10, 2003

 

July 10, 2003 to July 9, 2008

 

40

%

July 10, 2004

 

July 10, 2004 to July 9, 2008

 

30

%

July 10, 2005

 

July 10, 2005 to July 9, 2008

 

30

%

 

(d)          According to resolution s passed by the Board of Directors and the Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company dated May 21, 2003 and May 30, 2003 , a total of 1 05 ,5 90 ,000 share options and 366,000 share options were granted to eligible individuals (including directors, independent non-executive directors, non-executive directors, middle to senior management of the Group) respectively, under the amended Share Option Scheme in the following terms:

 

(i)              an aggregate of 2,772,000 options were granted to the executive directors, non-executive directors and independent non-executive directors of the Company;

 

(ii)           the exercise price per share option is HK$4.30 and HK$4.66 respectively ; and

 

(iii)        the vesting dates and exercisable periods of the options are as follows:

 

Vesting dates

 

Exercisable periods

 

Portions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 21, 2004

 

May 21, 2004 to May 20, 2009

 

40

%

May 21, 2005

 

May 21, 200 5 to May 20, 2009

 

30

%

May 21, 2006

 

May 21, 200 6 to May 20, 2009

 

30

%

 

F - 55



 

All of the options granted are governed by the amended terms of the Share Option Scheme and Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme as mentioned above.

 

(e)           Details of share options exercised during the year were as following:

 

Date of option
exercised

 

Exercise price

 

Market value per Share
at exercise date

 

Proceeds received

 

Number of
shares involved

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 2, 2003

 

HK$

6.18

 

HK$

7.50

 

HK$

271,920

 

44,000

 

December 9, 2003

 

HK$

6.18

 

HK$

7.45

 

HK$

815,760

 

132,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HK$

1,087,680

 

176,000

 

 

32 .        RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The table set forth below summarizes the name of significant related parties and nature of relationship with the Company as of December 31, 200 3 :

 

Name of related parties

 

Nature of relationship with the Company

 

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”)

 

Ultimate parent company

Unicom NewSpace Co., Ltd (“Unicom NewSpace”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

Unicom Xingye Science and Technology Trade Co. (“ Unicom Xingye”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

Beijing Unicom Xingye Science and Technology Company Limited (“Beijing Xingye”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

Unicom Import and Export Company Limited (“ Unicom I/E Co ”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

China Unicom International Limited (“Unicom International”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

Unicom International (HK) Limited (“Unicom International (HK)”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

Unicom New Horizon Mobile Telecommunications Company Limited (“Unicom New Horizon”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”)

 

A subsidiary of the Company

Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Century”)

 

A subsidiary of the Company

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”)

 

A subsidiary of the Company

Guoxin Paging Corporation Ltd. (“Guoxin Paging”)

 

A subsidiary of Unicom Group

Unicom Guomai Communications Corporation Limited (“Unicom Guomai”)

 

A subsidiary of Guoxin Paging

 

F - 56



 

(a)           Transactions with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries

 

The following is a summary of significant recurring transactions carried out with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries. These transactions also constitute connected transactions under the Listing Rules. In the director’s opinion, these transactions were carried out on normal commercial terms in the ordinary course of business.

 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Transactions with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnection and roaming revenues

 

(i), (iii)

 

875,305

 

1,678,637

 

1,002,702

 

Interconnection and roaming charges

 

(ii), (iii)

 

298,828

 

331,179

 

316,271

 

Rental charges for premises, equipment and facilities

 

(iv)

 

21,257

 

17,817

 

17,936

 

Revenue for leasing of transmission line capacity

 

(v)

 

216,113

 

566,519

 

185,086

 

Commission revenue for sales agency services

 

(vi)

 

14,560

 

 

 

Sales of CDMA handsets

 

(vii)

 

 

487,850

 

64,929

 

Charges for the international gateway services

 

(viii)

 

 

15,626

 

8,631

 

Leasing of satellite transmission capacity

 

(ix)

 

61,778

 

35,153

 

26,400

 

Purchase of telecom cards

 

(x)

 

1,255,533

 

877,221

 

1,186,500

 

CDMA network capacity lease rental

 

(xi)

 

 

891,897

 

3,515,364

 

Commission expenses for sales agency services incurred for telecom cards

 

(xii)

 

2,616

 

18,497

 

16,175

 

Rental charges for leasing of transmission line

 

(xiii)

 

16,882

 

 

 

Agency fee incurred for procurement of telecommunications equipment

 

(xiv)

 

124,451

 

13,992

 

17,904

 

Rental for the PRC corporate office

 

(xv)

 

10,131

 

7,598

 

 

Sales of telecommunications equipment

 

(xvi)

 

 

16,088

 

 

 


(i)                                Interconnection revenues represent the amounts received or receivable from Unicom Group for calls from its networks to the Group’s networks.  Roaming revenues represent revenue for calls made using the Group’s networks by Unicom Group’s subscribers.

 

(ii)                             Interconnection charges are for calls made from the Group’s networks to Unicom Group’s networks.  Roaming expenses represent expenses for calls made by the Group’s subscribers using Unicom Group’s networks.

 

(iii)                          Interconnection settlement between Unicom Group’s network and the Group’s network is based on standards established from time to time by the MII.  In the case of calls between cellular subscribers in different provinces, settlement is based on either the standards established by the MII or an internal settlement arrangement applied by Unicom Group based on their respective internal costs of providing this service. Also, charges for roaming services between the Group and Unicom Group are based on their respective internal costs of providing these services.

 

(iv)                         CUCL and Unicom New Century respectively signed service agreements with Unicom Group to mutually lease premises, equipment and facilities from each other. Rentals are based on the lower of depreciation costs and market rates.

 

(v)                            Unicom Group leases transmission line capacity from the Group in accordance with the relevant provision of the services agreement.  Revenue for leases of transmission line capacity is based on tariffs stipulated by MII from time to time less a discount of up to 10%.

 

(vi)                         Guoxin Paging acts as the sales agent of Unicom Group to sell telecommunications products (such as SIM cards and prepaid cards) in 2001.  In return, Guoxin receives agency commission from Unicom Group at fixed rates based on commission rates stipulated by Unicom Group applicable to third party sales agents. This agency services was terminated in April 2001.

 

F - 57



 

(vii)                      According to the sales of CDMA handsets agreements entered into between Unicom Group and Unicom Guomai on May 10, 2002 and January 1, 2003 respectively, Unicom Group agreed to purchase CDMA mobile phone handsets from Unicom Guomai.  The selling price is negotiated on an arm’s length basis, which is not lower than the price sold by Unicom Guomai to independent third parties.

 

(viii)                   Charges for international gateway services represent the amounts paid or payable to Unicom Group for international gateway services provided for the Group’s international long distance networks. The charge for this service is based on the cost of operation and maintenance of the international gateway facilities incurred by Unicom Group, including depreciation, together with a margin of 10% over cost.

 

(ix)                           Satellite transmission capacity leasing fees represent the amounts paid or payable to Unicom NewSpace for the use of satellite transmission capacity.  The charges are based on the MII regulations then in effect less the applicable discount up to 10% as agreed with Unicom NewSpace.

 

(x)                              The Group signed a service agreement with Unicom Group to purchase SIM cards, UIM cards, Internet protocol phone cards and prepaid rechargeable calling cards from Unicom Group (to be imported by Unicom Xingye) at cost plus a margin to be agreed from time to time, but not to exceed 20%, and subject to appropriate volume discounts.

 

(xi)                           According to the CDMA Lease Agreements entered among CUCL, Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon, Unicom New Horizon agreed to lease the capacity of CDMA network to CUCL covering 9 provinces and 3 municipalities. The lease fee per unit of capacity is calculated on a basis that if full capacity is leased, it would permit Unicom New Horizon to recover its investment in constructing the CDMA network in 7 years, together with an internal return of 8%. In addition, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World have also entered into CDMA capacity lease agreements with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon under the acquisition arrangements. The terms of the leasing arrangements are in all material respects the same as those contained in the CDMA Lease Agreement entered into by CUCL (see Note 33 for details).

 

(xii)                        Unicom International and Unicom International (HK) provided sales agency services such as selling of telecommunications cards, leased lines and transfer calls to the Group. The commission expenses are charged based on contractual prices which approximated market rates.

 

(xiii)                     In 2001, the Group leased transmission line capacity from Unicom International (HK) and Unicom International in accordance with the relevant provision of the services agreement.  Leased line expenses are charged based on market rates. There were no leased line rental charges in 2002 since this service was terminated in October 2001.

 

(xiv)                    The Group signed a service agreement with Unicom I/E Co., in which Unicom I/E Co. agreed to provide equipment procurement services to the Group.  Unicom I/E Co. charges the Group 0.7% of the value of imported equipment and 0.5% of the value of domestic equipment for such services.

 

(xv)                       CUCL signed a rental agreement with Beijing Xingye, under which Beijing Xingye leases office premises to CUCL at its PRC corporate office. Monthly rental is calculated on the basis of US$ 20 per square meter. This rental agreement was terminated in September 2002.

 

(xvi)                    Based on a resolution passed by the shareholders of Unicom Guomai on April 23, 2002, Unicom Guomai agreed to sell telecommunications equipment to certain branches of Unicom Group, these contracts were obtained by Unicom Guomai through a tendering process and the contract prices were negotiated on an arm’s length basis.

 

F - 58



 

(xvii)                 Unicom Group is the registered proprietor of the “Unicom’’ trademark in English and the trademark bearing the “Unicom” logo, which are registered at the PRC State Trademark Bureau.  Pursuant to an exclusive PRC trademark license agreement entered into between Unicom Group and CUCL, CUCL and its affiliates are granted the right to use these trademarks on a royalty free basis for an initial period of 5 years, renewable at CUCL’s option.

 

As part of the acquisition arrangements of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World entered into PRC trademark license agreement with Unicom Group respectively. Unicom New Century and Unicom New World are granted the right to use these trademark on a royalty free bases for an initial period of 10 years, renewable for another 10 years at Unicom New Century and Unicom New World’s options.

 

(xviii)              According to the Multiple Service Agreement (the “Agreement”) signed between the Group and Unicom Paging Limited (“Unicom Paging”, a subsidiary of Unicom Group) dated August 1, 2001, the Group and Unicom Paging agree to share the right to use the other party’s logo and trademark in the Paging Business at no cost.  In addition, the Agreement also specifies the basis of allocating common expenses incurred by each party for any shared resources and facilities.  For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, the amount of common expenses involved was insignificant.

 

(b)                 Amounts due from and to related parties/Unicom Group

 

Amounts due from and to related parties or Unicom Group are unsecured, non-interest bearing, repayable on demand and arise in the ordinary course of business in respect of transactions with Unicom Group or the subsidiaries of Unicom Group as described in (a) above.

 

(c)                 Amount due to Unicom Group

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to Unicom Group, beginning of year

 

821,797

 

947,934

 

562,633

 

Interconnection and roaming revenues

 

(875,305

)

(1,678,637

)

(1,002,702

)

Interconnection and roaming charges

 

298,828

 

331,179

 

316,271

 

Revenue for leasing of transmission line capacity and premises and facilities

 

(216,113

)

(566,519

)

(185,086

)

Rental charges for premises, equipment and facilities

 

21,257

 

17,817

 

17,936

 

Commission revenue for sales agency services

 

14,560

 

 

 

Sales of CDMA mobile handsets

 

 

(487,850

)

(64,929

)

Charges for the international gateway services

 

 

15,626

 

8,631

 

Network construction costs paid by Unicom Group for CUCL of fixed-line networks

 

702,614

 

112,474

 

 

Settlement made during the year

 

180,296

 

1,032,163

 

224,158

 

Proceeds receivable from sale of Guoxin Paging

 

 

 

(450,000

)

Amounts due to Unicom Group by Unicom New Century

 

 

838,446

 

 

Amounts due to Unicom Group by Unicom New World

 

 

 

1,005,135

 

Due to Unicom Group, end of year

 

947,934

 

562,633

 

432,047

 

 

F - 59



 

(d)           Short-term loans from Unicom Group

 

As of December 31, 200 2 , short-term loans from Unicom Group represented loans provided by Unicom Group to relevant branches of Unicom New Century to finance the operations of the Cellular Business. These loans were borrowed by Unicom Group from banks at the interest rate of 4 .54%.  These bank loans were identified as attributable to the relevant branches of Unicom New Century based on the amount of funds actually utilized by the relevant branches of Unicom New Century.  The corresponding interest expenses were also charged to these relevant branches based on funds actually utilized. All these loans were guaranteed by Unicom Group. As of December 31, 2003, such loans have already been fully repaid by the Group.

 

(e)           Bank loans guaranteed by Unicom Group

 

As of December 31, 2003, the Group had a pproximately RMB1 1 , 604 million (200 2 : RMB 12,635 million) of long-term bank loans and approximately RMB 70 million (200 2 : RMB 463 million) of short-term bank loans guaranteed by Unicom Group.

 

33.        LEASING OF CDMA NETWORK CAPACITY

 

In November 2001, CUCL entered into a CDMA capacity lease agreement  (the “CDMA Lease Agreement”) with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon. Pursuant to the CDMA Lease Agreement, Unicom New Horizon agreed to lease the capacity of CDMA network to CUCL covering the 9 provinces of and 3 municipalities.

 

Major terms of the CDMA Lease Agreement include the following:

 

                        CUCL has the exclusive right to lease and operate the CDMA network capacity in the above regions;

 

                        The term of the CDMA Lease Agreement is for an initial period of 1 year (the “Initial Lease Term”), renewable for further one year terms at the option of the CUCL;

 

                        The lease fee per unit of capacity is calculated on a basis that if full capacity is leased, it would permit Unicom New Horizon to recover its investment in constructing the CDMA network in 7 years, together with an internal return of 8%;

 

                        CUCL has the option to add or reduce the capacity leased by giving specified period of advance notice.  There is no minimum requirement on the network capacity to be leased beyond the Initial Lease Term; and

 

                        CUCL has the option to purchase the network assets.  The acquisition price will be negotiated between the CUCL and Unicom New Horizon, based on the appraised value of the network determined by an independent appraiser, provided that it will not exceed such price as would, add together with any lease payments made previously, enable Unicom New Horizon to recover its investment with an internal rate of return of 8%.

 

Commencement of the CDMA Lease Agreement was conditional upon, among others, the testing and initial acceptance and delivery of phase I of the CDMA network and the receipt of all necessary government approvals. Upon the fulfillment of all the conditions precedent to the commencement of the CDMA Lease Agreement, the Initial Lease Term commenced on January 8, 2002.  This lease arrangement has been accounted for as an operating lease of the network capacities.  On January 8, 2003, CUCL renewed the CDMA Lease Agreement with Unicom New Horizon for a further one year.

 

F - 60



 

In addition, as part of the acquisition arrangements of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World has also entered into CDMA capacity lease agreements with Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon in November 2002 and November 2003 respectively. The terms of these leasing arrangements are in all material respects the same as those contained in the CDMA Lease Agreement entered into by CUCL as described above except the leased capacity. Under these lease agreements, Unicom New Horizon agreed to lease the capacity of CDMA network to Unicom New Century covering 6 provinces, 2 autonomous regions and 1 municipality and to Unicom New World covering 6 provinces and 3 autonomous regions.

 

34 .        TRANSACTIONS WITH DOMESTIC CARRIERS

 

The Group’s telecommunications networks depend, in large part, on interconnection with domestic carriers’ public switched telephone network and on transmission lines leased from major domestic carriers.  Major domestic carriers include China Telecommunications Corporation and its subsidiaries (“China Telecom”), China Mobile Communications Corporation and its subsidiaries (“China Mobile”) and China Network Communication Group Corporation and its subsidiaries (“China Netcom”).

 

(a)           Transactions with domestic carriers

 

The following is a summary of significant transactions with domestic carriers in the ordinary course of business:

 

 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnection revenue

 

(i)

 

461,133

 

771,751

 

1,647,221

Interconnection charges

 

(i)

 

1,375,852

 

2,666,186

 

5,301,792

Leased line revenue

 

(ii)

 

 

 

218,974

Leased line charges

 

(ii)

 

668,386

 

680,508

 

722,684

 

Note:

 


(i)              The interconnection revenue and charges mainly represent the amounts due from or to domestic carriers for telephone calls made between the Group’s networks and the public switched telephone network of domestic carriers. The interconnection settlements are calculated in accordance with interconnection agreements reached between the branches of the Group and domestic carriers on a provincial basis.  The terms of these agreements are set in accordance with the standard settlement arrangement stipulated by the MII.

 

(ii)           Leased line charges are paid or payable to domestic carriers by the Group for the leasing of transmission line.  At the same time, the Group leases transmission line to domestic carriers and leased line rental income represents the amount received or receivable from them. The charges are calculated at a fixed charge per line, depending on the number of lines being used by the Group and domestic carriers.

 

F - 61



 

(b)           Amounts due from and to domestic carriers

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Amounts due from domestic carriers

 

 

 

 

 

- Receivable for interconnection revenue and leased lines revenue

 

260,578

 

184,729

 

- Less: provision for doubtful debts

 

(49,116

)

(116

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

211,462

 

184,613

 

Amounts due to domestic carriers

 

 

 

 

 

- Payables for interconnection charges and leased lines charges

 

1,123,580

 

778,841

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term payable due to domestic carriers

 

 

 

 

 

- Payables for obligations under finance leases:

 

 

 

 

 

- Current portion of obligations under finance leases

 

16,793

 

25,435

 

- Obligations under finance leases

 

101,302

 

99,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118,095

 

125,154

 

 

All amounts due from and to domestic carriers were unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable within one year.

 

Long-term payable for obligations under finance lease was related to the leasing of certain subsea transmission cables from a domestic carrier for a period of 25 years (see Note 29).

 

35 .        SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

Operating segments represent components of an enterprise regarding which separate financial information is available for regular evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, when considering how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

 

The Group organizes its business segments based on the various types of telecommunications services provided to customers in the PRC.  The major business segments operated by the Group are classified as below:

 

                  GSM Business --- the provision of GSM telephone and related services;

                  CDMA Business --- the provision of CDMA telephone and related services , through a leasing arrangement of CDMA network capacities from Unicom New Horizon (see Note 33) ;

                  Data and Internet Business --- the provision of domestic and international data, Internet and other related services;

                  Long D istance Business --- the provision of domestic and international long distance and other related services; and

                  Paging Business --- the provision of paging and related services.

 

The Paging Business was sold to Unicom Group on December 31, 2003 (See Note 5).

 

The operating segments are managed separately because each operating segment represents a strategic business unit that provides various kinds of telecommunication services. All the operating segments of the Group have been aggregated into the above reportable segments since they are expected to exhibit similar future economic characteristics under central management at separate locations.

 

The Group’s primary measure of segment results is based on segment income or loss before taxation.

 

F - 62



 

(a)           Business segments

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

GSM
Business

 

CDMA
Business

 

Internet
and Data
Business

 

Long
Distance
Business

 

Paging
Business

 

Unallocated
amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Operating revenue (Turnover):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

29,072,249

 

11,671,523

 

2,443,610

 

1,148,040

 

 

 

 

 

44,335,422

 

Monthly fee

 

7,042,299

 

3,488,411

 

9,085

 

 

612,999

 

 

 

 

11,152,794

 

Interconnection revenue

 

1,926,907

 

607,830

 

361,514

 

365,724

 

1,654

 

 

 

 

3,263,629

 

Leased lines rental

 

 

 

420,433

 

701,549

 

 

 

 

 

1,121,982

 

Other revenue

 

2,262,156

 

855,754

 

202,441

 

57,835

 

788,400

 

 

 

 

4,166,586

 

Total services revenue

 

40,303,611

 

16,623,518

 

3,437,083

 

2,273,148

 

1,403,053

 

 

 

 

64,040,413

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

862,777

 

1,956,452

 

7,814

 

14,914

 

753,955

 

 

 

 

3,595,912

 

Total operating revenue from external customers

 

41,166,388

 

18,579,970

 

3,444,897

 

2,288,062

 

2,157,008

 

 

 

 

67,636,325

 

Inter segment revenue

 

41,057

 

41,725

 

1,826,222

 

866,728

 

230,075

 

 

(3,005,807

)

 

Total operating revenue

 

41,207,445

 

18,621,695

 

5,271,119

 

3,154,790

 

2,387,083

 

 

 

 

67,636,325

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines and network capacities

 

(339,410

)

(3,576,498

)

(294,888

)

(78,027

)

(80,084

)

 

48,525

 

(4,320,382

)

Interconnection charges

 

(5,478,520

)

(1,684,749

)

(732,210

)

(752,521

)

 

 

2,727,207

 

(5,920,793

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(13,117,906

)

(306,754

)

(1,305,239

)

(419,346

)

(1,144,922

)

(5,650

)

(85,476

)

(16,385,293

)

Personnel

 

(2,605,475

)

(660,894

)

(525,726

)

(333,051

)

(415,554

)

(33,846

)

 

 

(4,574,546

)

Selling and marketing

 

(4,605,600

)

(9,141,877

)

(883,495

)

(405,904

)

(126,018

)

 

6,059

 

(15,156,835

)

General, administrative and other expenses

 

(5,571,493

)

(1,363,927

)

(761,405

)

(462,081

)

(916,418

)

(37,550

)

489

 

(9,112,385

)

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

(765,926

)

(2,177,168

)

(22,250

)

(4,231

)

(907,697

)

 

225,227

 

(3,652,045

)

Total operating expenses

 

(32,484,330

)

(18,911,867

)

(4,525,213

)

(2,455,161

)

(3,590,693

)

(77,046

)

 

 

(59,122,279

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

8,723,115

 

(290,172

)

745,906

 

699,629

 

(1,203,610

)

(77,046

)

 

 

8,514,046

 

Loss on sal e of discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(663,279

)

(663,279

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,850,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

58,006

 

7,013

 

4,589

 

3,400

 

9,099

 

106,734

 

(15,808

)

173,033

 

Finance costs

 

(1,754,050

)

(32,078

)

(62,791

)

(56,946

)

(5,238

)

(40,727

)

15,808

 

(1,936,022

)

Other (expense) income, net

 

(21,609

)

3,680

 

(4,741

)

1,488

 

39,868

 

(10,615

)

 

 

8,071

 

Segment income (loss) before taxation and minority interest

 

7,005,462

 

(311,557

)

682,963

 

647,571

 

(1,159,881

)

(21,654

)

 

 

 

 

Income before taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,095,849

 

Taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,888,381

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income after taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,207,468

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,217,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

1,116,523

 

397,810

 

125,676

 

75,870

 

34,008

 

 

 

 

1,749,887

 

Impairment loss recognized in the statements of income

 

 

 

 

 

528,038

 

 

 

 

528,038

 

Capital expenditures for segment assets (1)

 

8,906,166

 

 

4,128,985

 

2,555,252

 

35,126

 

4,129,690

 

 

 

19,755,219

 

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

GSM
Business

 

CDMA
Business

 

Internet
and Data
Business

 

Long
Distance
Business

 

Paging
Business

 

Unallocated
amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Operating revenue (Turnover):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

20,274,987

 

2,231,050

 

2,069,415

 

1,223,051

 

 

 

 

 

25,798,503

 

Monthly fee

 

4,169,129

 

713,483

 

9,478

 

 

1,912,786

 

 

 

 

6,804,876

 

Interconnection revenue

 

1,709,771

 

184,296

 

348,248

 

664,302

 

113,123

 

 

 

 

3,019,740

 

Leased lines rental

 

 

 

274,274

 

873,054

 

 

 

 

 

1,147,328

 

Other revenue

 

1,234,038

 

96,518

 

91,624

 

5,316

 

135,279

 

 

 

 

1,562,775

 

Total services revenue

 

27,387,925

 

3,225,347

 

2,793,039

 

2,765,723

 

2,161,188

 

 

 

 

38,333,222

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

721,100

 

423,057

 

5,631

 

13,258

 

1,080,257

 

 

 

 

2,243,303

 

Total operating revenue from external customers

 

28,109,025

 

3,648,404

 

2,798,670

 

2,778,981

 

3,241,445

 

 

 

 

40,576,525

 

Inter segment revenue

 

 

 

559,888

 

682,423

 

731,009

 

 

(1,973,320

)

 

Total operating revenue

 

28,109,025

 

3,648,404

 

3,358,558

 

3,461,404

 

3,972,454

 

 

 

 

40,576,525

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines and network capacities

 

(205,374

)

(932,994

)

(221,028

)

(93,079

)

(136,024

)

 

5,244

 

(1,583,255

)

Interconnection charges

 

(3,386,592

)

(279,440

)

(408,843

)

(555,470

)

 

 

1,400,705

 

(3,229,640

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(8,322,549

)

(100,902

)

(697,188

)

(687,420

)

(1,442,836

)

(4,829

)

 

 

(11,255,724

)

Personnel

 

(1,780,173

)

(281,243

)

(396,150

)

(290,977

)

(555,261

)

(31,414

)

 

 

(3,335,218

)

Selling and marketing

 

(2,663,531

)

(2,126,475

)

(651,594

)

(305,505

)

(238,640

)

 

4,797

 

(5,980,948

)

General, administrative and other expenses

 

(3,370,938

)

(506,715

)

(590,531

)

(501,657

)

(597,427

)

(65,726

)

1,144

 

(5,631,850

)

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

(744,640

)

(408,791

)

(11,299

)

(5,049

)

(1,626,157

)

 

559,730

 

(2,236,206

)

Total operating expenses

 

(20,473,797

)

(4,636,560

)

(2,976,633

)

(2,439,157

)

(4,596,345

)

(101,969

)

 

 

(33,252,841

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

7,635,228

 

(988,156

)

381,925

 

1,022,247

 

(623,891

)

(101,969

)

 

 

7,323,684

 

Loss on sal e of discontinued operation (Guoxin Paging)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,323,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

48,503

 

4,146

 

4,525

 

5,516

 

17,374

 

390,218

 

 

 

470,282

 

Finance costs

 

(1,287,443

)

(47,979

)

(72,864

)

(48,789

)

(8,348

)

(9,018

)

 

 

(1,474,441

)

Other (expense) income, net

 

(46,889

)

(10

)

(2,562

)

(152

)

24,993

 

8,261

 

 

 

(16,359

)

Segment income (loss) before taxation and minority interest

 

6,349,399

 

(1,031,999

)

311,024

 

978,822

 

(589,872

)

287,492

 

 

 

 

 

Income before taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,303,166

 

Taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,720,205

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income after taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,582,961

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,598,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

802,914

 

42,050

 

70,922

 

46,12 4

 

9,979

 

 

 

 

971,989

 

Impairment loss recognized in the statements of income

 

 

 

 

38,797

 

 

 

 

 

38,797

 

Capital expenditures for segment assets (1)

 

7,899,442

 

 

3,247,507

 

3,343,330

 

208,460

 

4,236,036

 

 

 

18,934,775

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2003

 

 

 

GSM
Business

 

CDMA
Business

 

Internet and
Data Business

 

Long
Distance
Business

 

 

 

Unallocated
amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total segment assets

 

104,430,531

 

4,717,167

 

8,611,873

 

19,061,967

 

 

 

63,234,534

 

(50,218,142

)

149, 83 7, 930

 

Total segment liabilities

 

56,837,496

 

6,561,772

 

3,975,293

 

6,918,025

 

 

 

5,929,85 4

 

 

 

80,222,440

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2002

 

 

 

GSM
Business

 

CDMA
Business

 

Internet and
Data

 

Long
Distance
Business

 

Paging
Business

 

Unallocated
amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total segment assets

 

97,888,808

 

5,724,427

 

7,081,704

 

13,876,837

 

8,410,871

 

58,016,167

 

(41,370,609

)

149,628,205

 

Total segment liabilities

 

67,666,655

 

5,788,290

 

2,785,794

 

3,826,692

 

2,205,343

 

136,639

 

 

 

82,409,413

 

 

F - 63



 

 

 

2001

 

 

 

GSM Business

 

CDMA Business

 

Internet and Data
Business

 

Long Distance
Business

 

Paging Business

 

Unallocated
amounts

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Operating revenue (Turnover):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usage fee

 

14,937,448

 

 

1,566,149

 

554,848

 

 

 

 

 

17,058,445

 

Monthly fee

 

3,660,473

 

 

 

 

4,141,232

 

 

 

 

7,801,705

 

Connection fee

 

204,986

 

 

 

 

1,595

 

 

 

 

206,581

 

Interconnection revenue

 

1,262,267

 

 

132,741

 

591,883

 

 

 

 

 

1,986,891

 

Leased lines rental

 

 

 

102,804

 

324,391

 

 

 

 

 

427,195

 

Other revenue

 

439,884

 

 

18,517

 

17,611

 

198,997

 

 

 

 

675,009

 

Total services revenue

 

20,505,058

 

 

1,820,211

 

1,488,733

 

4,341,824

 

 

 

 

28,155,826

 

Sales of telecommunications products

 

820,585

 

 

 

 

416,475

 

 

 

 

1,237,060

 

Total operating revenue from external customers

 

21,325,643

 

 

1,820,211

 

1,488,733

 

4,758,299

 

 

 

 

29,392,886

 

Inter segment revenue

 

651

 

 

303,357

 

866,572

 

66,734

 

 

(1,237,314

)

 

Total operating revenue

 

21,326,294

 

 

2,123,568

 

2,355,305

 

4,825,033

 

 

 

 

29,392,886

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines and network capacities

 

(533,455

)

 

(415,280

)

(15,252

)

(307,348

)

 

418,029

 

(853,306

)

Interconnection charges

 

(2,195,396

)

 

(475,703

)

(158,642

)

 

 

757,157

 

(2,072,584

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(5,556,317

)

 

(342,411

)

(604,961

)

(1,754,973

)

(3,634

)

 

 

(8,262,296

)

Personnel

 

(1,106,962

)

 

(250,493

)

(159,619

)

(937,198

)

(32,946

)

 

 

(2,487,218

)

Selling and marketing

 

(2,486,867

)

 

(551,839

)

(157,015

)

(478,478

)

 

61,309

 

(3,612,890

)

General, administrative and other expenses

 

(3,046,235

)

 

(358,486

)

(285,596

)

(1,760,688

)

(48,811

)

819

 

(5,498,997

)

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

(788,218

)

 

 

 

(554,026

)

 

 

 

(1,342,244

)

Total operating expenses

 

(15,713,450

)

 

(2,394,212

)

(1,381,085

)

(5,792,711

)

(85,391

)

 

 

(24,129,535

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

5,612,844

 

 

(270,644

)

974,220

 

(967,678

)

(85,391

)

 

 

5,263,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

31,544

 

 

2,099

 

979

 

23,493

 

2,038,857

 

 

 

2,096,972

 

Finance costs

 

(1,560,826

)

 

(72,883

)

(243,288

)

(40,569

)

 

 

 

(1,917,566

)

Other (expense) income, net

 

(842

)

 

(952

)

(592

)

(6,159

)

28,376

 

 

 

19,831

 

Segment income (loss) before taxation and minority interest

 

4,082,720

 

 

(342,380

)

731,319

 

(990,913

)

1,981,842

 

 

 

 

 

Income before taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,462,588

 

Taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(896,039

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income after taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,566,549

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,601,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

517,663

 

 

24,743

 

13,058

 

(14,510

)

 

 

 

540,954

 

Impairment loss recognized in the statements of income

 

 

 

 

 

632,511

 

 

 

 

632,511

 

Capital expenditures for segment assets (1)

 

20,777,990

 

 

3,447,123

 

3,884,937

 

549,338

 

2,594,071

 

 

 

31,253,459

 

 


(1)           Capital expenditures classified under “unallocated amounts” represent capital expenditures on common facilities, which benefit all business segments.

 

F - 64



 

(b)           Geographical segments

 

The Group’s services users are mainly in the PRC. There is no other geographical segment with segment revenue from external customers equal to or greater than 10% of total consolidated revenue from sales to all external customers.

 

Although the Group has its corporate headquarters in Hong Kong, a substantial portion of the Group’s non-current assets (including property, plant and equipment and other assets) are situated in mainland China , as the Group’s principal activities are conducted in the PRC. For the year ended December 31, 200 3 , substantially all capital expenditures were incurred to acquire assets located in the mainland China . There is no other geographical segment with segment assets equal to or greater than 10% of the total assets of all geographical segments.

 

(c)           Discontinued operation

 

The subsidiary that carried out the Paging Business, Guoxin Paging, was disposed of on December 31, 2003, which has been reported as a discontinued operation (see Note 5).

 

3 6 . FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Financial assets of the Group include bank balances and cash, short-term bank deposits, trading securities, accounts receivable, prepayment and other current assets, amounts due from related parties and domestic carriers. Financial liabilities of the Group include accounts payable and accrued liabilities, bank loans, lease payables and amounts due to related parties and domestic carriers.

 

Bank balances and cash and short-term bank deposits denominated in foreign currencies as summarized below, ha ve been translated to RMB at the applicable rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China as of December 31, 200 2 and 2003 .

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

Original
currency

 

Exchange
rate

 

RMB
equivalent

 

Original
currency

 

Exchange
rate

 

RMB
equivalent

 

 

 

’000

 

 

 

RMB ’000

 

’000

 

 

 

RMB ’000

 

Bank balances and cash:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- denominated in HK$

 

1,103,579

 

1.06

 

1,170,787

 

19,126

 

1.06

 

20,382

 

- denominated in US dollars

 

785,328

 

8.27

 

6,497,476

 

81,888

 

8.27

 

677,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-total

 

 

 

 

 

7,668,263

 

 

 

 

 

698,146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- denominated in HK$

 

1,697,414

 

1.06

 

1,800,786

 

 

1.06

 

 

- denominated in US dollars

 

365,047

 

8.27

 

3,020,321

 

110,285

 

8.27

 

912,794

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-total

 

 

 

 

 

4,821,107

 

 

 

 

 

912,794

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

12,489,370

 

 

 

 

 

1,610,940

 

 

The Group did not have and does not believe it will have any difficulty in exchanging its foreign currency cash into RMB at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China.  The carrying amounts of the Group’s bank balances and cash, short-term bank deposits, other current financial assets and liabilities approximated their fair value as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 due to the nature or short maturity of those instruments.

 

F - 65



 

The carrying amounts of receivables and payables which are all subject to normal trade credit terms approximate their fair values.

 

The fair value of trading securities is estimated by reference to their quoted market price at the balance sheet date.

 

Investment securities are measured at cost as there is no quoted marked price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured.

 

The carrying amounts of long-term bank loans approximate their fair values based on prevailing market borrowing rates available for comparable bank loans with similar terms and maturities.

 

3 7 .        CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

 

(a)           Capital commitments

 

As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, t he Group had capital commitments, mainly in relation to the construction of telecommunications networks, as follows:

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Land and
buildings

 

Equipment

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized and contracted for

 

523,031

 

6,188,907

 

6,711,938

 

6,262,219

 

Authorized but not contracted for

 

210,040

 

985,122

 

1,195,162

 

2,636,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

733,071

 

7,174,029

 

7,907,100

 

8,898,374

 

 

As of December 31, 2003 , approximately RMB 83 million (200 2 : RMB 385 million) of capital commitment outstanding was denominated in US dollars (equivalent to US$ 10 million (200 2 : US$ 47 million)).

 

F - 66



 

(b)           Operating lease commitments

 

As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, the Group had total future aggregate minimum operating lease payments under operating leases as follows:

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Land and
buildings

 

Equipment

 

CDMA
network
capacities

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leases expiring:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

476,663

 

144,830

 

6,528,530

 

7,1 50,023

 

3,631,575

 

- later than one year and not later than five years

 

1,130,260

 

260,860

 

 

1,391,120

 

1,413,864

 

- later than five years

 

837,825

 

116,092

 

 

953,917

 

1,131,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,444,748

 

521,782

 

6,528,530

 

9,4 95,060

 

6,176,606

 

 

(c)           Commitment to purchase CDMA handsets

 

As of December 31, 2003 , the Group committed to purchase CDMA handsets amounted to approximately RMB9 20 million (2002: RMB870 million).

 

3 8 .        EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET

 

CUCL signed an agreement with 1 1 financial institutions for a long-term syndicated loan of USD0.5 billion (the “Facility”) on February 25, 200 4 to finance the working capital and network construction expenditure . The Facility was repayable in 3 years and c arried an interest rate of 0. 40 % over US dollar LIBOR per annum. CUCL has utilized USD0.2 billion of the Facility on March 25, 2004.

 

39 .        COMPARATIVE FIGURES

 

Certain comparative figures have been adjusted to reflect the retrospective adjustment of deferred tax assets in accordance with SSAP 12 adopted in current year.

 

40.        APPROVAL OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The financial statements were approved by the board of directors on March 25, 2004.

 

F - 67



 

41.        SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN HK GAAP AND US GAAP

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group prepared under HK GAAP differ in certain material respects from those prepared under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP are summarized below:

 

(A)        Effect of the acquisitions of entities under common control

 

Under HK GAAP, the Group has adopted the purchase method of accounting to account for the acquisitions of Unicom New Century and Unicom New World (the “Acquisitions”) on December 31, 2002 and 2003 respectively. Under the purchase method, the operating results of these acquired subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated statements of incomes of the Group after the Acquisitions were effective. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair values of the separately identifiable net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill, which is amortized using the straight-line method over a period of 20 years.

 

As the Group, Unicom New Century and Unicom New World were under the common control of Unicom Group prior to the Acquisition s , these Acquisitions are considered as a transfer of businesses under common control and the acquired assets and liabilities are accounted for at historical cost under US GAAP.  Furthermore, the consolidated financial statements prepared under US GAAP for all periods presented have been retroactively restated as if Unicom New Century and Unicom New World were always part of the Group. The cash consideration s paid by the Company are treated as capital distribution in the respective year s of the acquisition s . Goodwill arising from the a cquisitions and the related amortization of goodwill recognized under HK GAAP have been reversed under US GAAP. Transaction costs, which are capitalized as part of the cost of investment under HK GAAP, have been expensed in full under US GAAP.

 

(B)        Effect of the disposal of entity under common control

 

Under HK GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging has been accounted for as a sale of discontinued operation by the Group. The difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of net assets of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003 (the effective date of disposal) was recorded as the loss on sale of discontinued operation in the consolidated statements of income of the Group. The operating results of Guoxin Paging for 2003 were included in the statements of income of the Group up to the effective date of the sale.

 

Under US GAAP, the sale of Guoxin Paging to Unicom Group is considered a transfer of business between entities under common control and accounted for at historical cost of the net assets transferred, after reduction, if appropriate, for an indicated impairment of value (see Note (G)). In addition, under US GAAP, the results of operations of a component or segment of an entity that has been disposed of should be reported in discontinued operations as a separate component of income, separately from continuing operations, in the period in which the disposal occurred and in prior periods. Accordingly, all the operating results of Guoxin Paging have been grouped into and reported in the statements of income as “Discontinued operation-Loss from discontinued operation” under US GAAP.

 

F - 68



 

(C)        Revenue and costs recognition

 

Under HK GAAP, upfront non-refundable revenue, such as connection fee, is recognized when received upon completion of activation services. Under US GAAP, in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements”, upfront non-refundable revenue and the related direct incremental costs incurred are deferred and recognized over the estimated customer service periods.  The expected customer service period for the Cellular Business is estimated based on the expected stabilized churn rates. On this basis, the weighted average customer service period based on current estimation considering the prevailing market environment is approximately 4 years (2000: 10 years; 2001 and 2002: 6 years). The effects of the change of accounting estimate were to increase the net income and earnings per share by approximately RMB70 million and RMB0. 006 respectively for the year ended December 31, 2003 and by approximately RMB26 million and RMB0. 002 respectively for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

(D)        Employee housing schemes

 

Prior to the establishment of Guoxin Paging and CUCL, both China Telecom (the previous owner of Guoxin Paging prior to its restructuring into the Group) and Unicom Group provided housing benefits to qualified employees of the Group to enable them to purchase living quarters at a discount . Under HK GAAP, housing benefits incurred and borne by China Telecom and Unicom Group for these employees were not recognized by the Group. Under US GAAP, the amount of such housing benefits is being recognized as part of the Group’s operating expenses over the estimated average service life of the participating employees.  The corresponding credits are being accounted for as capital contributions.

 

(E)          Deferred taxation

 

Upon the adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003 under HK GAAP, which has been retroactively applied to all periods presented, there is no longer a difference in accounting for deferred taxation between HK GAAP and US GAAP. The remaining adjustment related to deferred taxation represent the deferred tax effects of other US GAAP adjustments.

 

(F)          Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

 

Under HK GAAP, revaluation surplus in relation to buildings is recorded by the Group as part of the property, plant and equipment. Thereafter, depreciation is provided based on the revalued amounts. Under US GAAP, all property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation, and prepaid land use rights are stated at the un amortized prepaid amount as part of other assets.

 

F - 69



 

(G)        Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

 

The carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment and goodwill under HK GAAP are reviewed periodically in order to assess whether the recoverable amount has declined below the carrying amount.  When such a decline occurs, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount based on the expected future cash flows generated by the assets discounted to their present value.  A subsequent increase in the recoverable amount is written back to the statements of income when circumstances and events that led to the write-down or write-off cease to exist.

 

(i)       Goodwill

 

Under HK GAAP, goodwill is amortized using the straight-line method over the expected beneficial lives of the acquired businesses.  Prior to January 1, 2002, the US GAAP treatment was consistent with this. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2001, although the projected amount of future undiscounted cash flows of certain Paging assets was sufficient to recover the net carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2001 under US GAAP, the amount of discounted cash flows was not sufficient under HK GAAP. Consequently, for the year ended December 31, 2001, the impairment provision for goodwill recognized under US GAAP was lower than that recognized under HK GAAP by approximately RMB62,948,000.

 

Starting from January 1, 2002, under US GAAP, upon the adoption of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), the Group no longer amortizes goodwill but, rather, assesses the goodwill of each identified reporting unit for impairment annually. The adoption of SFAS 142 has resulted in a cumulative effect of accounting change of approximately RMB42,175,000 (net of tax approximately RMB20,773,000) on January 1, 2002 and has been reflected in the condensed statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2002 under US GAAP. The subsequent annual impairment assessment of goodwill as at December 31, 2002 and 2003 did not result in any material difference in the fair values.  Prior to January 1, 2002, impairment accounting of goodwill under US GAAP was prescribed by Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of” (“SFAS 121”) .

 

F - 70



 

The pro-forma impact to the reported net income and earnings per share before and after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy for the year of initial application of SFAS 121 in 2002 and the prior year are provided as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB’000)

 

5,155,495

 

5,028,416

 

Add back: Goodwill amortization, net of tax impact (RMB’000)

 

49,755

 

 

Pro forma (RMB’000)

 

5,205,250

 

5,028,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB’000)

 

5,865,671

 

5,492,804

 

Add back: Goodwill amortization, net of tax impact

 

49,755

 

 

Pro forma (RMB’000)

 

5,915,426

 

5,492,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

0.411

 

0.401

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

0.411

 

0.401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

0.467

 

0.438

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

0.467

 

0.438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per ADS after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

4.107

 

4.006

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

4.107

 

4.006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per ADS before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

4.673

 

4.376

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

4.673

 

4.376

 

 

F - 71


(ii)         Long-lived assets

 

On January 1, 2002, the Company has adopted Statements of Financial Accounting Standard No. 144 (“SFAS 144”), which supercedes SFAS 121 and Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations, Reporting the Effects of Disposal of Segment of a Business and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions”.  SFAS 144 retains the previous accounting for the impairment of long-lived assets to be held and used in operation as prescribed under SFAS 121, but also establishes more restrictive criteria that must be met to classify long-lived assets as held-for sale, and differentiates between long-lived assets that are disposed of by sale from those disposed of other than by sale.  SFAS 144 also increases the range of dispositions that qualify for reporting as discontinued operations, and changes the manner in which expected future operating losses from such operations are to be reported.

 

Under SFAS 144, long-lived assets excluding goodwill are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  Recoverability of assets to be held and used is evaluated by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.  If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amounts of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets, which is determined based on the estimated future discounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset held for continuous use.  Assets impaired or to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amounts or fair values less costs to sell, which result in a new cost basis for the impaired assets.  This new cost basis is not to be adjusted for subsequent recoveries in value.

 

Based on the above assessment performed and taking into account of the adoption of SFAS 144, no material differences arose in respect of the timing and the amount of impairment for equipment for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003.  For the year ended December 31, 2001, although the projected amount of future undiscounted net cash flows was sufficient to recover the net carrying amount of long-lived assets as of December 31, 2001 under US GAAP, the amount of future discounted net cash flows was not sufficient under HK GAAP. Consequently, for the year ended December 31, 2001, the impairment provision for equipment recognized under US GAAP were lower than that recognized under HK GAAP by approximately RMB12,382,000.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, as described in Note (B) above, the disposal of Guoxin Paging has been treated as a transfer of business between entities under common controls.  For this kind of distribution of a business to the owner in a spin-off, a re-assessment of the impairment of the long-lived assets of the business is required while they are classified as “held and used” and prior to the spin-off.  An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amounts of the long-lived assets of the business as of the effective date of disposal exceeded their fair values.  After considering the above impairment assessment, any difference between the disposal consideration and the new carrying values of assets and liabilities of the business is treated contribution by (or distribution to) the owner, as appropriate. Accordingly, an additional provision of impairment loss of the Paging assets amounting to approximately RMB608 million was recorded under US GAAP as at the effective date of the sale of Guoxin Paging. There was no adjustment to the shareholders’ equity since the disposal consideration approximated the new carrying values of the net assets of Guoxin Paging, after taking into consideration the additional impairment provision described above.

 

F - 72



 

(H)        Share option scheme

 

Under HK GAAP, the proceeds received from the exercise of the share options granted under the fixed award amended Share Option Scheme and Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme are to be recognized as an increase to capital upon the exercise of the share options as stated in Note 31 of the financial statements.

 

Under US GAAP, the Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (“APB 25”) to account for its fixed award stock options issued to employees. Under APB 25, compensation expense is recorded in the amount of the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the shares on the date of grant over the exercise price of the options, which is amortized over the vesting period of the option. Since the exercise price of the options granted did not exceed the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation cost for options has been recognized in the reconciliation of net income to US GAAP. In accordance with SFAS 123, as further amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure”(“SFAS 148”) which is effective for the year ended December 31, 2002, the required pro forma information to be disclosed is set forth below :

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB’000)

 

5,155,495

 

5,028,416

 

4,728,423

 

Less: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method (RMB’ 000)

 

(153,479

)

(90,288

)

(86,855

)

Pro forma (RMB’000)

 

5,002,016

 

4,938,128

 

4,641,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

0.411

 

0.401

 

0.377

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

0.398

 

0.393

 

0.370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

0.411

 

0.401

 

0.376

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

0.398

 

0.393

 

0.369

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ADS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

4.107

 

4.006

 

3.767

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

3.985

 

3.934

 

3.698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per ADS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported (RMB)

 

4.107

 

4.006

 

3.762

 

Pro forma (RMB)

 

3.985

 

3.934

 

3.693

 

 

F - 73



 

(I)             Investment in equity securities

 

Under HK GAAP, negotiable equity securities including ownership interest in an enterprise, which are intended to be held on a continuing basis, are classified as investment securities and are stated at cost.  The carrying amounts of investment securities are written down to reflect any diminution in value expected to be other than temporary.  Provisions against the carrying value are reversed when the circumstances and events that led to the write-downs or write-offs cease to exist and if there is persuasive evidence that the new circumstances and events will persist for the foreseeable future.

 

Under US GAAP, equity securities which are not marketable and do not have readily determinable fair values are classified as other investments, which are stated at cost less impairment in value other than temporary.  If an impairment in value is judged to be other than temporary, the cost of the investment is written down to its recoverable amount as a new cost basis and the amount of the write-down is included in the statements of income.  The new cost basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in value.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, there was no recovery in the value of investments in equity securities under HK GAAP (2001: approximately RMB12,305,000).

 

(J)          New Accounting Pronouncements

 

The Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149 “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 149”), Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a final consensus on EITF Issue 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” that addresses certain aspects of a vendor’s accounting for multiple revenue-generating arrangements (“EITF Issue 00-21”) and FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46R”), which issued to revise the original FASB Interpretation No. 46.

 

(a)           SFAS 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under FASB Statement No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. SFAS 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 149 did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

 

F - 74



 

(b)          In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached a final consensus on EITF Issue 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”, which addresses certain aspects of a vendor’s accounting for multiple revenue-generating arrangements.  This Issue addresses when and, how an arrangement involving multiple deliverables should be divided into separate units of accounting.  Factors to consider in this assessment include whether any of the deliverables are independently functional or sufficiently separable, and if so, whether there is any sufficient evidence of related fair values to account for them separately. Related provisions under EITF Issue 00-21 do not change otherwise applicable revenue recognition criteria.  EITF Issue 00-21 also provides additional guidance with respect to (i) the effect of certain customer rights due to vendor nonperformance on the recognition of revenue allocated to delivered units of accounting; (ii) the impact on the measurement and/or allocation of arrangement consideration of customer cancellation provisions and consideration that varies as a result of future actions of the customer or the vendor; and (iii) the recognition of the cost of certain deliverables that are excluded from the revenue accounting for an arrangement. The provisions of this Issue become effective for fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003, with early application permitted. The Group is currently reviewing the provisions of EITF Issue 00-21 and does not expect the adoption of this Issue to have a material effect on its results of operations and financial position.

 

(c)           FIN 46R provides guidance on the identification of and financial reporting for entities over which control is achieved through means other than voting rights.  Under FIN 46R, an entity is defined as a variable interest entity (“VIE”) if the entity (1) lacks sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, (2) has equity owners who cannot make significant decisions about the entity’s operations, and/or (3) has equity owners that do not absorb the entity’s expected losses or returns.  FIN 46R requires a variable interest holder to consolidate the VIE if that party will absorb a majority of the expected losses of the VIE, receive a majority of the returns of the VIE, or both.  This party is considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE.  Furthermore, an enterprise with a variable interest in a VIE shall treat the variable interests in that same VIE held by its related parties as its own interests.  In the case where two or more related parties hold variable interests in the same VIE, then the party, within the related party group, that is most closely associated with the variable interest entity is the primary beneficiary.  For VIEs created after January 31, 2003, FIN 46R is effective immediately.  For VIEs that qualify as special purpose entities, as defined in FIN 46R, the Group must adopt provisions of FIN 46R on January 1, 2004, and for all other VIEs created before January 31, 2003, the Group must adopt FIN 46R on December 31, 2004.

 

The Company has adopted FIN 46R as of December 31, 2003.  As of December 31, 2003, the Company has identified only one VIE in which it holds a variable interest.  The name of the VIE is Unicom New Horizon and the form of variable interest held by the Company is a series of lease renewal options.  Unicom New Horizon is a 100% owned subsidiary of the Company’s controlling shareholder, from which the Group leases its CDMA assets on a capacity-used basis under operating leases, subject to indefinite renewal options.  The Company has concluded that its controlling shareholder is the primary beneficiary of Unicom New Horizon, since it absorbs all of Unicom New Horizon’s expected losses (through its ownership of 100% of Unicom New Horizon’s equity and an unconditional guarantee of 100% of Unicom New Horizon debt) and is indirectly associated with the operations of the leased CDMA assets through its majority ownership of the Company. As such, the adoption of FIN 46R did not have any impact to the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 75



 

Differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP which affect net income and earnings per share of the Group are summarized below:

 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income under HK GAAP

 

(1 )

 

4,601,859

 

4,598,213

 

4,217,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of US GAAP adjustments:

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Effect of acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

(A)

 

351,889

 

648,006

 

 

- Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

(A)

 

 

(109,221

)

 

- Reversal of goodwill amortization and recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom New Century

 

(A)

 

 

 

88,794

 

- Effect of acquisition of Unicom New World

 

(A)

 

81,174

 

(118,879

)

350,947

 

- Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

(A)

 

 

 

(49,378

)

- Deferral of upfront non-refundable revenue

 

(C)

 

(1,001,637

)

(860,490

)

(1,417,474

)

- Amortization of upfront non-refundable revenue

 

(C)

 

455,839

 

526,982

 

1,223,938

 

- Deferral of direct incremental cost

 

(C)

 

934,713

 

776,387

 

1,417,474

 

- Amortization of direct incremental cost

 

(C)

 

(358,867

)

(435,385

)

(1,071,450

)

- Employee housing benefits

 

(D)

 

(18,532

)

(18,532

)

(18,532

)

- Reversal of depreciation for revalued property, plant and equipment

 

(F)

 

7,485

 

7,485

 

7,485

 

- Difference in provision for impairment and disposal loss of Paging Business

 

(B)

 

12,382

 

 

55,078

 

- Reversal of differences in provision for impairment loss of equipment upon depreciation and disposal and disposal

 

(G)

 

 

(3,538

)

(3,538

)

- Difference in provision for impairment loss of goodwill

 

(G)

 

62,948

 

 

 

- Non-recognition of recovery of impairment provision of investment securities and associated companies

 

(I)

 

(17,948

)

 

 

- Deferred tax effects of US GAAP adjustments

 

(E)

 

44,190

 

59,563

 

(72,018

)

- Effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transitional adjustment of goodwill impairment upon the adoption of SFAS 142 (net of tax RMB20,773,000)

 

(G)

 

 

(42,175

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income as restated under US GAAP

 

(2)

 

5,155,495

 

5,028,416

 

4,728,423

 

 

F - 76



 

Differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP which affect shareholders’ equity of the Group are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

As restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity under HK GAAP

 

(1)

 

66,652,535

 

69,615,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of US GAAP adjustments:

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

- Effect of acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

(A)

 

(2,052,554

)

(2,052,554

)

- Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom New Century

 

(A)

 

(109,221

)

(109,221

)

- Reversal of goodwill amortization and recognition of depreciation expenses based on historical cost of property, plant and equipment of Unicom New Century

 

(A)

 

 

88,794

 

- Effect of acquisition of Unicom New World

 

(A)

 

497,989

 

(946,370

)

- Transaction costs for the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

(A)

 

 

(49,378

)

- Deferred upfront non-refundable revenue

 

(C)

 

(4,536,046

)

(5,953,520

)

- Accumulated amortization of upfront non-refundable revenue

 

(C)

 

1,422,526

 

2,646,464

 

- Deferred direct incremental cost

 

(C)

 

3,619,901

 

5,037,375

 

- Accumulated amortization of direct incremental cost

 

(C)

 

(1,016,882

)

(2,088,332

)

- Reversal of revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

- Cost

 

(F)

 

(176,853

)

(82,531

)

- Accumulated depreciation

 

(F)

 

30,296

 

15,351

 

- Reversal of revaluation deficit of property, plant and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Cost

 

(F)

 

28,000

 

 

- Accumulated depreciation

 

(F)

 

(2,716

)

 

- Differences in cost and depreciation relating to provision for impairment loss of equipment

 

(G)

 

8,844

 

 

- Differences in provision for impairment loss of goodwill

 

(G)

 

62,948

 

 

- Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transitional adjustment of goodwill impairment upon the adoption of SFAS 142

 

(G)

 

(62,948

)

 

- Non-recognition of recovery of impairment provision of investment securities and associated companies

 

(I)

 

(17,948

)

 

- Deferred tax effects of US GAAP adjustments

 

(E)

 

(132,875

)

(209,065

)

- Recognition of deferred tax assets in relation to the loss carry forward from a subsidiary

 

(1), (3)

 

107,299

 

 

- Valuation allowance

 

(1), (3)

 

(107,299

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity as restated under US GAAP

 

(2)

 

64,214,996

 

65,912,503

 

 

F - 77



 

Note:

 


(1)           Under HK GAAP, prior to 2003, deferred taxation was accounted for at the current taxation rate in respect of timing differences between net income as computed for taxation purpose and net income as stated in the statements of income. A deferred tax asset was not recognized unless the related benefits are expected to crystallize in the foreseeable future. Upon the adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003, deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date are used to determine deferred taxation. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Detail description was set forth in Note 3(a) to the financial statements.

 

The change in the accounting policy has resulted in an increase of opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2002 and 2003 by approximately RMB373,159,000 and RMB405,300,000, respectively, representing the deferred tax assets relating to the provision for doubtful debts previously not recognized. This change has resulted in an increase in deferred tax assets at January 1, 2003 by approximately RMB405,300,000.  The net income for the year ended December 31, 2002 has also been increased by approximately RMB32,141,000.

 

The adoption of SSAP 12 has also resulted in an increase of the deferred tax assets of Unicom New Century as of December 31, 2002 by approximately RMB80,448,000.

 

Under HK GAAP, the adoption of SSAP 12 in 2003 represents a change in accounting policy which has been applied retrospectively so that the comparatives presented have been restated to conform to the changed policy.

 

(2)           In accordance with the US GAAP accounting as described in Note (A) above, the financial statements under US GAAP for prior periods presented have been retroactively restated to include Unicom New Century and Unicom New World since the beginning of the earliest period presented.

 

(3)           A valuation allowance was recorded against the deferred tax assets in relation to the loss carried forward from a subsidiary prior to 2001 because it is highly uncertain as to whether sufficient future net income can be generated by the subsidiary to utilize the tax loss within the five-year carried forward period allowed under tax laws of the PRC at that time. The operating loss carry forward expires in various years through 2003, if not utilized. Starting from 2001, with the approval of the state tax bureau, loss incurred by this subsidiary can be set off against taxable net income of the Group. As of December 31, 2003, deferred tax assets in relation to the loss carried forward from a subsidiary related to the Paging Business was disposed together with the sale of Guoxin Paging.

 

F - 78



 

The following summarized the combining results of operations and the financial positions for the separate entities on a combined basis as of and for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, restated to reflect the impact of the effects of the sale of Guoxin Paging and Acquisition of entities under common control, which is accounted for at historical cost under US GAAP with prior periods restated as if the entities were always combined, and other differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP.

 

 

 

The Group
(before the
acquisition of
Unicom New
World)

 

Unicom
New World

 

Elimination

 

The Group
(after the
acquisition of
Unicom New
World)

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

30,024,754

 

2,905,547

 

(428,980

)

32,501,321

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

5,784,497

 

81,174

 

 

5,865,671

 

Net loss from discontinued operation

 

(710,176

)

 

 

(710,176

)

Net income

 

5,074,321

 

81,174

 

 

5,155,495

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.404

 

 

 

0.411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of/for the year ended December 31, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

45,800,199

 

5,238,615

 

(623,566

)

50,415,248

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

5,611,683

 

(116,694

)

(2,185

)

5,492,804

 

Net loss from discontinued operation

 

(422,213

)

 

 

(422,213

)

Effect of change in accounting policy

 

(42,175

)

 

 

(42,175

)

Net income

 

5,147,295

 

(116,694

)

(2,185

)

5,028,416

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.410

 

 

 

0.401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

118,644,755

 

12,571,854

 

 

131,216,609

 

Current assets

 

31,921,101

 

2,153,980

 

(655,797

)

33,419,284

 

Total assets

 

150,565,856

 

14,725,834

 

(655,797

)

164,635,893

 

Non-current liabilities

 

41,673,150

 

8,025,450

 

 

49,698,600

 

Current liabilities

 

44,609,442

 

6,200,210

 

(653,612

)

50,156,040

 

Total liabilities

 

86,282,592

 

14,225,660

 

(653,612

)

99,854,640

 

Minority interests

 

566,257

 

 

 

566,257

 

Net assets

 

63,717,007

 

500,174

 

(2,185

)

64,214,996

 

 

F - 79



 

 

 

The Group
(before the
acquisition of
Unicom New
World)

 

Unicom
New World

 

Elimination

 

The Group
(after the
acquisition of
Unicom New
World)

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of/for the year ended December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover)

 

65,055,706

 

8,116,512

 

(1,213,965

)

71,958,253

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

5,719,316

 

348,762

 

2,185

 

6,070,263

 

Net loss from discontinued operation

 

(1,341,840

)

 

 

(1,341,840

)

Net income

 

4,377,476

 

348,762

 

2,185

 

4,728,423

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB)

 

0.349

 

 

 

0.377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial position (Note (a)):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

115,104,870

 

13,064,550

 

 

128,169,420

 

Current assets

 

20,941,127

 

2,278,122

 

(975,965

)

22,243,284

 

Total assets

 

136,045,997

 

15,342,672

 

(975,965

)

150,412,704

 

Non-current liabilities

 

34,908,769

 

5,684,779

 

 

40,593,548

 

Current liabilities

 

37,478,355

 

7,404,263

 

(975,965

)

43,906,653

 

Total liabilities

 

72,387,124

 

13,089,042

 

(975,965

)

84,500,201

 

Net assets

 

63,658,873

 

2,253,630

 

 

65,912,503

 

 


Note (a):               As described in Note (B) above, Guoxin Paging was sold to Unicom Group effective on December 31, 2003. As a result, the balance sheet of the Group did not include the financial positions of Guoxin Paging as of December 31, 2003.

 

F - 80



 

The following are condensed statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, condensed balance sheets information for the Group as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and additional financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, restated to reflect the impact of the effects of the disposal of Guoxin Paging and Acquisition of entities under common control which is accounted for at historical cost with retroactive restatement under US GAAP.

 

Condensed Statements of income

 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue (Turnover):

 

(g)

 

32,501,321

 

50,415,248

 

71,958,253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leased lines and network capacities

 

(g)

 

(746,495

)

(2,102,165

)

(4,725,932

)

Interconnection charges

 

(g)

 

(2,548,638

)

(3,953,324

)

(6,119,138

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

(9,274,845

)

(14,147,811

)

(16,746,044

)

Personnel

 

 

 

(2,175,648

)

(3,854,314

)

(4,644,904

)

Selling and marketing

 

(g)

 

(3,749,047

)

(8,118,722

)

(16,701,625

)

General, administrative and other expenses

 

(g)

 

(5,131,604

)

(7,282,553

)

(9,195,354

)

Cost of telecommunications products sold

 

(g)

 

(953,962

)

(1,203,367

)

(3,124,558

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

(24,580,239

)

(40,662,256

)

(61,257,555

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

 

 

 

7,921,082

 

9,752,992

 

10,700,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

2,096,856

 

476,353

 

169,521

 

Finance costs

 

 

 

(2,781,419

)

(2,765,835

)

(2,319,034

)

Other income (expenses), net

 

 

 

4,878

 

(45,557

)

(29,927

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations before taxation, discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy

 

 

 

7,241,397

 

7,417,953

 

8,521,258

 

Taxation

 

(c)

 

(1,375,726

)

(1,925,149

)

(2,450,995

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income before discontinued operation, and effect of change in accounting policy

 

 

 

5,865,671

 

5,492,804

 

6,070,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Loss from discontinued operation

 

 

 

(880,504

)

(578,389

)

(1,762,222

)

- Add: related tax impact

 

(c)

 

170,328

 

156,176

 

420,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

(710,176

)

(422,213

)

(1,341,840

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income before effect of change in accounting policy

 

 

 

5,155,495

 

5,070,591

 

4,728,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of change in accounting policy:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Transitional adjustment of goodwill impairment upon the adoption of SFAS 142

 

 

 

 

(62,948

)

 

- Less: related tax impact

 

(c)

 

 

20,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(42,175

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

5,155,495

 

5,028,416

 

4,728,423

 

 

F - 81



 

 

 

Note

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share (RMB):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy

 

(1)

 

0.467

 

0.438

 

0.484

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.056

)

(0.034

)

(0.107

)

Effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax

 

 

 

 

(0.003

)

 

Net income

 

(1)

 

0. 411

 

0.401

 

0.377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share (RMB):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy

 

(2)

 

0.467

 

0.438

 

0.483

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.056

)

(0.034

)

(0.107

)

Effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax

 

 

 

 

(0.003

)

 

Net income

 

(2)

 

0. 411

 

0.401

 

0.376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ADS (RMB):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy

 

(1), (3)

 

4.673

 

4.376

 

4.836

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.566

)

(0.336

)

(1.069

)

Effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax

 

 

 

 

(0.034

)

 

Net income

 

(1), (3)

 

4.107

 

4.006

 

3.767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per ADS (RMB):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share before discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy

 

(2), (3)

 

4. 673

 

4.376

 

4.830

 

Loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 

(0.566

)

(0.336

)

(1.068

)

Effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax

 

 

 

 

(0.034

)

 

Net income

 

(2), (3)

 

4.107

 

4.006

 

3.762

 

 

Note:

 


(1)                 Basic earnings per share before or after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were computed by dividing the net income before or after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy for the financial years under US GAAP by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years.

 

(2)                 Diluted earnings per share before or after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were computed by dividing the net income before or after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy for the financial years under US GAAP by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years, after adjusting for the effects of the dilutive potential ordinary shares. All potential dilutive shares arose from share options granted (i) under the amended Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme; and (ii) under the amended Share Option Scheme as described in Note 31. For 2003, all potential dilutive ordinary shares arose from additional share options granted in 2003 under the amended Share Option Scheme (see Note 31), which if converted to ordinary shares would decrease earnings per share. For 2001 and 2002, there were no dilution of earnings per share after taking into account of the dilutive effect of the share options. The anti-dilutive shares arising from the share options of approximately 66,573,000 shares (2001: 30,451,000 shares; 2002: 48,745,000 shares) were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share in 2003.

 

(3)                 Basic and diluted earnings per ADS before or after discontinued operation and effect of change in accounting policy were computed by multiplying the earnings per share by 10, which is the number of shares represented by each ADS.

 

F - 82



 

Condensed Balance Sheet

 

 

 

Note

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from Unicom Group

 

 

 

111,206

 

 

Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

(c)

 

1,291,650

 

873,849

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

 

 

872,048

 

263,414

 

Amounts due from domestic carriers

 

 

 

215,545

 

184,613

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

(d)

 

2,800,140

 

3,147,777

 

Inventories

 

 

 

3,532,674

 

2,169,354

 

Account receivable

 

 

 

6,663,071

 

8,960,506

 

Less: Provision for doubtful debts

 

 

 

(1,895,770

)

(3,488,959

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

 

4,767,301

 

5,471,547

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

173,939

 

 

Short-term bank deposits

 

 

 

4,825,205

 

912,794

 

Bank balances and cash

 

 

 

14,829,576

 

9,219,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

33,419,284

 

22,243,284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

(a)

 

118,787,064

 

118,124,070

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

1,022

 

 

Other assets

 

(b)

 

11,673,174

 

9,920,469

 

Deferred tax assets

 

(c)

 

663,835

 

124,881

 

Investment securities

 

 

 

90,919

 

 

Investment in associated companies

 

 

 

595

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets:

 

 

 

164,635,893

 

150,412,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend payable

 

 

 

8,448

 

 

Payables and accrued liabilities

 

(e)

 

22,310,930

 

17,098,420

 

Amounts due to Unicom Group

 

 

 

562,633

 

432,047

 

Amounts due to related parties

 

 

 

294,642

 

108,891

 

Amounts due to domestic carriers

 

 

 

1,201,277

 

778,841

 

Current portion of obligations under finance leases

 

 

 

16,793

 

25,435

 

Current portion of long-term bank loans

 

(f)

 

6,737,684

 

7,197,877

 

Taxes payable

 

 

 

1,307,471

 

623,857

 

Advances from customers

 

 

 

7,043,442

 

6,666,086

 

Short-term loans from Unicom Group

 

 

 

1,276,220

 

 

Short-term bank loans

 

 

 

9,396,500

 

10,975,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

50,156,040

 

43,906,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term bank loans

 

(f)

 

45,519,525

 

36,212,791

 

Obligations under finance leases

 

 

 

101,302

 

99,719

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

 

4,065,265

 

4,277,761

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

 

12,508

 

3,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

49,698,600

 

40,593,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

566,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

64,214,996

 

65,912,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liability and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

164,635,893

 

150,412,704

 

 

F - 83



 

Condensed Statement of Changes In Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2001, as previously reported before adjusting for the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

56,759,192

 

Adjustment for the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

(216,381

)

 

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2001, as adjusted for the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

56,542,811

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2001

 

5,155,495

 

Deemed capital contribution from owner for employee housing benefits

 

18,532

 

Contribution from owner

 

235,992

 

Distribution to owner

 

(68,749

)

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2001, as adjusted for the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

61,884,081

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2002

 

5,028,416

 

Deemed capital contribution from owner for employee housing benefits

 

18,532

 

Contribution from owner

 

2,083,967

 

Deemed capital distribution relating to the payment to Unicom Group for the transfer of Unicom New Century

 

(4,800,000

)

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2002, as adjusted for the acquisition of Unicom New World

 

64,214,996

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2003

 

4,728,423

 

Deemed capital contribution from owner for employee housing benefits

 

18,532

 

Contribution from owner

 

1,673,693

 

Deemed capital distribution relating to the payment to Unicom Group for the transfer of Unicom New World

 

(3,200,000

)

Distribution to owner

 

(268,999

)

Dividend paid

 

(1,255,300

)

Exercise of share options

 

1,158

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2003

 

65,912,503

 

 

F - 84



 

Condensed Cash Flow Statement

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Net cash inflows (outflows) from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

15,320,459

 

18,214,554

 

25,991,589

 

Investing activities

 

(62,970,725

)

(10,256,078

)

(20,272,030

)

Financing activities

 

21,015,381

 

(12,772,555

)

(11,379,199

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

(26,634,885

)

(4,814,079

)

(5,659,640

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

46,278,540

 

19,643,655

 

14,829,576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

19,643,655

 

14,829,576

 

9,169,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)

 

(2,784,378

)

(2,697,644

)

(2,322,892

)

 

Supplemental information

 

Payables to equipment suppliers for construction-in-progress during 2003 decreased by approximately RMB3,799 million ( 2001: increased by approximately RMB1,924 million; 2002: decreased by approximately RMB1,502 million).

 

(a)          Property, Plant and Equipment, net

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

11,276,660

 

12,800,363

 

Telecommunication equipment

 

119,200,606

 

116,315,865

 

Office furniture, fixtures and others

 

5,098,221

 

4,494,776

 

Leasehold improvements

 

1,163,482

 

1,054,779

 

Construction-in-progress

 

21,559,101

 

21,741,746

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

158,298,070

 

156,407,529

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

(39,511,006

)

(38,283,459

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118,787,064

 

118,124,070

 

 

F - 85



 

(b)          Other Assets

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inter-connection facilitates

 

641,894

 

613,622

 

Deferred direct incremental costs

 

4,911,833

 

6,465,485

 

Other

 

956,739

 

1,588,839

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,510,466

 

8,667,946

 

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

(2,332,426

)

(3,860,502

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,178,040

 

4,807,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid rental and leased line

 

1,296,741

 

1,201,375

 

Deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

6,198,393

 

3,911,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,673,174

 

9,920,469

 

 

(c)           Taxation

 

Detail ed description of the assessment basis of income tax liability of the Group including CUCL and Unicom New Century were set forth in Note 14 of the financial statements.

 

The income tax liability of Unicom New World was assessed as follows:

 

(i)              For 2001, 2002 and 2003, Unicom Group was assessed for PRC enterprise income tax liability under the relevant tax rules and regulations applicable to stat-owned enterprises at the statutory rate of 33% on a consolidation basis as a single entity. The tax provision for Unicom New World was determined on a separate return basis using the same tax policy applicable to Unicom Group. Under this basis, the tax liabilities attributable to Unicom New World were determined as if it were assessed for income tax separately from Unicom Group; and

 

(ii)           Various provincial branches and autonomous regions of Unicom New World were granted a preferential treatment by local tax authorities to assess their enterprise income tax at a tax rate of 15% for 2003 (2001 and 2002: 15%). The remaining provincial branches, or autonomous regions, were assessed at the standard tax rate of 33%.

 

The components of income tax are as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for PRC enterprise income tax of the estimated taxable income for the year

 

2,120,966

 

1,578,591

 

1,078,030

 

Deferred taxation

 

(915,568

)

169,609

 

952,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,205,398

 

1,748,200

 

2,030,613

 

 

F - 86



 

The reconciliation of PRC enterprise income tax at the statutory tax rate of 33% and the effective tax rate actually recorded in the statements of income is as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

PRC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate of 33%

 

33

%

33

%

33

%

Non-deductible expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Housing benefits

 

1.6

 

0.1

 

 

- Personnel expenses

 

2.5

 

1.7

 

 

- Selling and marketing expenses

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

 

- Other

 

0.8

 

1.0

 

0.6

 

Non-taxable revenue-connection fee

 

(0.6

)

 

 

Additional expenses for tax deductible purposes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Interest on loans from CCF joint ventures

 

 

(0.9

)

(0.3

)

- Depreciation expenses

 

(7.1

)

(0.2

)

(0.1

)

- Monetary housing benefits

 

 

 

(0.8

)

Effect of preferential tax rates

 

(0.7

)

(3.2

)

(2.1

)

Investment tax credits for domestic equipment

 

(1.9

)

(4.6

)

 

Increase in opening deferred tax asset resulting from an increase in tax rate

 

 

 

(2.1

)

Write-off deferred tax assets previously recognized for Guoxin Paging

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective PRC income tax rate

 

27.8

%

27.1

%

30.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective HK income tax rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total overall effective income tax rate

 

19.1

%

25.9

%

30.1

%

 

Effect of preferential tax rates is as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate amount (RMB in millions)

 

84

 

209

 

143

 

Per share effect (RMB)

 

0.007

 

0.017

 

0.011

 

 

F - 87



 

The movement of deferred tax assets is as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

2,125,094

 

1,955,485

 

Deferred taxation charged to statements of income

 

(190,382

)

(952,583

)

Deferred taxation relating to sale of Guoxin Paging

 

 

(4,172

)

Deferred taxation relating to effect of change in accounting policy

 

20,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

1,955,485

 

998,730

 

 

Deferred taxation represents the taxation effect of the following temporary differences:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Non-current deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount of deferral and amortization of upfront non-refundable revenue and incremental costs

 

1,013,328

 

887,269

 

Interest on loans from CCF joint ventures

 

287,998

 

256,673

 

Loss arising from terminations of CCF Arrangements

 

312,117

 

236,249

 

Operating loss of a subsidiary prior to 2001 (Note 1)

 

107,299

 

 

Provision for impairment loss of property, plant and equipment

 

110,075

 

4,875

 

Provision for impairment loss of goodwill

 

27,620

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts of Paging Business

 

38,673

 

 

Write-off of other assets

 

17,662

 

7,563

 

Amortization of retirement benefits

 

37,379

 

18,549

 

Additional depreciation deductible for tax purpose

 

171,091

 

101,267

 

Differences in tax basis for the residual value of the property, plant and equipment

 

19,634

 

7,608

 

Other

 

110,453

 

24,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,253,329

 

1,544,550

 

Less: Valuation allowance

 

(107,299

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,146,030

 

1,544,550

 

Non-current deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount of deferral and amortization of upfront non-refundable revenue and incremental costs

 

(1,185,131

)

(1,087,288

)

Change of depreciation period

 

(82,978

)

(28,268

)

Capitalized interest already deducted for tax purposes

 

(214,086

)

(304,113

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,482,195

)

(1,419,669

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net non-current deferred tax assets

 

663,835

 

124,881

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax on advances from customers for telephone cards

 

693,830

 

261,467

 

Write-down of inventory to net realizable value

 

31,261

 

15,905

 

Provision for doubtful debts of Cellular Business

 

543,691

 

534,839

 

Monetary housing benefits

 

 

56,826

 

Other

 

22,868

 

4,812

 

 

 

1,291,650

 

873,849

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1,955,485

 

998,730

 

 


Note (1): Refer to Note 3 of shareholders’ equity reconciliation table.

 

F - 88



 

(d)          Prepayment and Other Current Assets

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid rental

 

85,185

 

233,461

 

Deposits and prepayments

 

1,190,597

 

1,624,874

 

Interest receivables

 

37,780

 

4,872

 

Advances to employees

 

120,408

 

164,487

 

Deferred customer acquisition costs of contractual CDMA subscribers

 

531,551

 

535,521

 

Others

 

834,619

 

584,562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,800,140

 

3,147,777

 

 

(e)           Payables and Accrued Liabilities

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables to contractors and equipment suppliers

 

15,588,133

 

11,789,366

 

Accrued expenses

 

1,271,852

 

1,417,750

 

Payables to telecommunications products suppliers

 

2,636,330

 

1,346,784

 

Customer deposits

 

916,585

 

1,198,812

 

Salary and welfare payables

 

842,394

 

494,794

 

Other

 

1,055,636

 

850,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,310,930

 

17,098,420

 

 

F - 89



 

(f)             Long-term Bank Loans

 

 

 

Interest rate and final maturity

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMB denominated bank loans

 

Fixed interest rate ranging from 4.44% to 5.76% (2002: 4.54% to 6.24%) per annum with maturity through 2009 (2002: maturity through 2008)

 

 

 

 

 

- secured

 

 

 

31,516,112

 

10,622,366

 

- unsecured

 

 

 

20,741,097

 

26,994,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,257,209

 

37,616,978

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD denominated bank loans

 

Floating interest rate of USD LIBOR plus interest margin of 0.28% to 0.44% per annum with maturity through 2010

 

 

5,793,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,257,209

 

43,410,668

 

Less: Current portion

 

 

 

(6,737,684

)

(7,197,877

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,519,525

 

36,212,791

 

 

The repayment schedule of the long-term bank loans was as follows:

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Balances due:

 

 

 

 

 

- 2003

 

6,737,684

 

 

- 2004

 

6,656,391

 

7,197,877

 

- 2005

 

25,647,532

 

15,549,832

 

- 2006

 

10,085,831

 

11,700,060

 

- 2007

 

2,838,410

 

3,020,930

 

- 2008

 

291,361

 

4,116,570

 

- Thereafter

 

 

1,825,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,257,209

 

43,410,668

 

Less: Portion classified as current liabilities

 

(6,737,684

)

(7,197,877

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,519,525

 

36,212,791

 

 

As of December 31, 2003, long-term bank loans denominated in RMB were secured by the following:

 

(i)              Approximately RMB10,622 million (2002: RMB31,516  million) of long-term bank loans were secured by the future service fee revenue to be generated by the cellular operations of the relevant branches. Included in these long-term bank loans, approximately RMB3,600 million (2002: RMB4,931 million) was also guaranteed by Unicom Group;

 

(i i)           Approximately RMB8,004 million (2002: RMB10,497 million) of long-term bank loans were guaranteed by Unicom Group; and

 

(ii i)        Approximately RMB50 million (2002: Nil) of long-term bank loans were secured by restricted bank deposit.

 

F - 90



 

(g)          Related Party Transactions

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

Transactions with Unicom Group and its subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnection and roaming revenues

 

24,859

 

34,167

 

158,486

 

Interconnection and roaming charges

 

36,847

 

50,132

 

52,294

 

Rental charges for premises, equipment and facilities

 

24,963

 

21,601

 

17,936

 

Revenue for leasing of transmission line capacity

 

150

 

12,557

 

10,717

 

Sales of CDMA mobile handsets

 

 

6,129

 

23,484

 

Charges for the international gateway services

 

 

15,626

 

8,631

 

Leasing of satellite transmission capacity

 

61,778

 

35,153

 

26,400

 

Purchase of telecom cards

 

1,795,585

 

1,391,811

 

1,326,641

 

CDMA network capacity lease rental

 

128,021

 

1,299,286

 

3,909,148

 

Commission expenses for sales agency services incurred for telecom cards

 

2,616

 

18,497

 

16,175

 

Agency fee incurred for procurement of telecommunications equipment

 

308,117

 

19,634

 

20,705

 

Rental for the PRC corporate office

 

10,131

 

7,598

 

 

Sales of telecommunications equipment

 

 

16,088

 

 

 

Detail description of the nature and terms of the related party transactions are set forth in Note 32 of this financial statements.

 

Movement of significant provisions

 

(a)           Provision for deferred taxation valuation allowance was analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

107,299

 

107,299

 

107,299

 

Provision for the year

 

 

 

 

Disposal of Guoxin Paging

 

 

 

(107,299

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

107,299

 

107,299

 

 

 

(b)          Provision for doubtful debts was analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

921,067

 

1,370,027

 

1,895,770

 

Provision for the year

 

728,779

 

1,395,699

 

2,016,106

 

Written-off for the year

 

(279,819

)

(869,956

)

(358,253

)

Disposal of Guoxin Paging

 

 

 

(64,664

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

1,370,027

 

1,895,770

 

3,488,959

 

 

(c)           Other than those described in the above notes, there was no other significant movement of provisions for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003.

 

F - 91



 

Comprehensive Statements of income

 

According to SFAS No.130 “Reporting of Comprehensive Income”, certain items shown as components of common equity must be more prominently reported in a separate statement as components of comprehensive income. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, apart from the net income, there was no other comprehensive income which should be included in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Share option scheme

 

As disclosed in Note 31, information relating to the share options outstanding under the amended Pre-Global Offering Share Option Scheme and Share Option Scheme as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

Options
outstanding

 

Weighted
average

exercise
price

 

Options
outstanding

 

Weighted
average

exercise
price

 

Options outstanding

 

Weighted
average

exercise
price

 

 

 

 

 

HK$

 

 

 

HK$

 

 

 

HK$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, beginning of year

 

27,116,600

 

15.42

 

33,840,600

 

15.42

 

69,868,600

 

10.66

 

Granted during the year

 

6,724,000

 

15.42

 

36,028,000

 

6.18

 

105,956,000

 

4.30

 

Exercised during the year

 

 

 

 

 

(176,000

)

6.18

 

Cancelled during the year

 

 

 

 

 

(3,281,200

)

12.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, end of year

 

33,840,600

 

15.42

 

69,868,600

 

10.66

 

172,367,400

 

6.72

 

 

As of December 31, 2003 , 45,947,320 share options (2001: 6,724,000 share options; 2002: 33,840,600 share options) were exercisable and the weighted average exercise price was HK$6.72 (2001: HK$15.42; 2002: HK$15.42).  Also, as of December 31, 2003, weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding was approximately 5.5 years (2001: approximately 8.5 years; 2002: approximately 6.5 years).

 

The SFAS 123 method of accounting is based on several assumptions and should not be viewed as indicative of the operation of the Company in future periods.  The estimated fair value of each option granted to the employees of the Group on the date of grant is estimated to be HK$4.90, HK$2.48 and HK$1.26 for 2001, 2002 and 2003 respectively using the Black-Scholes option pricing method with the assumptions as follows:

 

 

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated fair value (in HK$)

 

HK$

4.90

 

HK$

2.48

 

HK$

1.26

 

Risk free interest rate

 

6

%

3

%

3

%

Expected life (in years)

 

8

 

5

 

3

 

Expected dividend yield

 

0

%

0

%

2

%

Volatility

 

52

%

41

%

35

%

 

Had the compensation costs for the plan s been determined based on the estimated fair value at the grant dates for awards under the plans consistent with the method of SFAS 123, the Group’s net income and earnings per share under US GAAP on a pro forma basis for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 are disclosed in the aforementioned Note H.

 

F - 92


Exhibit 1.3

 

THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE (CHAPTER 32)

Company Limited by Shares

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
(inclusive amendments up to 12 May 2004)

OF

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

 

PRELIMINARY
 

1.              The regulations in Table A in the First Schedule to the Ordinance shall not apply to the Company.

 

INTERPRETATION
 

2.              (a)            In these Articles save where the context otherwise requires:

 

associate in relation to any Director, has the meaning ascribed to it under the Listing Rules;

 

Auditors means the Auditors of the Company for the time being;

 

Chairman means the Chairman presiding at any meeting of members or the Board;

 

Company means the above-named Company;

 

Board and Directors means the directors for the time being of the Company or the Directors present at a duly convened meeting of directors at which a quorum is present;

 

call includes any instalment of a call and, in the application of provisions of these Articles to forfeiture of shares, a sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable at a fixed time either in respect of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium;

 

capital means the share capital from time to time of the Company;

 

Clearing House shall mean a recognised clearing house within the meaning of Schedule 1 to the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong);

 

Dividend includes distributions in specie or in kind, capital distributions and capitalisation issues;

 

Dollars & $ means dollars in the lawful currency of Hong Kong;

 

Hong Kong means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China;

 

Listing Rules means the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;

 

month means calendar month;

 

Office means the registered office of the Company for the time being;

 

paid up includes credited as paid up;

 

Ordinance means the Companies Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), and includes every other ordinance incorporated therewith or substituted therefor, and in the case of any such substitution the references in these Articles to the provisions of the Ordinance shall be read as references to the provisions substituted therefor in the new ordinance;

 



 

Register means the register of members of the Company kept pursuant to the Ordinance and includes any branch register kept pursuant to the Ordinance;

 

Seal means the common seal of the Company or any official seal that the Company may have as permitted by the Ordinance;

 

Secretary means the person or persons appointed for the time being to perform for the Company the duties of a secretary;

 

share means a share in the capital of the Company and includes stock except where a distinction between stock and shares is expressed or implied;

 

Stock Exchange means The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;

 

these Articles means these Articles of Association in their present form or as altered from time to time;

 

in writing and written shall include printing, lithograph, xerography, photography or other modes of representing or reproducing words in a permanent visible form or, to the extent permitted by and in accordance with the Ordinance and any other applicable laws, rules and regulations, any visible substitute for writing (including a communication sent by electronic transmission in any form through any medium), or modes of representing or reproducing words partly in one visible form and partly in another visible form.

 

(b)            In these Articles, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, words importing the singular number only shall include the plural number and vice versa, words importing any gender shall include all other genders and references to persons shall include corporations (acting, where applicable, by their duly authorised representatives).

 

(c)            Subject as aforesaid, any words defined in the Ordinance shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

 

(d)            The headings and any marginal notes are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of these Articles.

 

THE OFFICE
 

3.              The Office shall be at such place in Hong Kong as the Directors shall from time to time appoint.

 

SHARES

 

4.              Shares may be issued with a preferential or qualified right to dividends and in the distribution of assets of the Company and with a special, or without any right of voting.

 

5.              Without prejudice to any special rights, privileges or restrictions for the time being attached to any issued shares, any unissued or forfeited shares may be issued or re-issued upon such terms and conditions, and with such rights, privileges and restrictions attached thereto, whether in regard to dividends, voting, repayment or redemption of share capital, or otherwise, as the Company may, subject to the Ordinance, from time to time determine or, in the absence of any such determination, as the Directors shall determine.

 

6.              The Board may, subject to the approval by the shareholders in general meeting, issue warrants to subscribe for any class of shares or securities of the Company on such terms as the Board may from time to time determine.  Where warrants are issued to bearer, no certificate thereof shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Board is satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the original certificate thereof has been destroyed and the Company has received an indemnity in such form as the Board shall think fit with regard to the issue of any such replacement certificate.

 

7.              Save as provided by contract or the Ordinance or these Articles to the contrary, all unissued shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors who may allot, grant options over or otherwise deal with or dispose

 



 

of the same to such persons, at such times, for such consideration and generally upon such terms and conditions as they shall in their absolute discretion think fit, provided that no shares of any class shall be issued at a discount except in accordance with section 50 of the Ordinance.

 

8.              The Company may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the holders of such shares in the amount of calls to be paid and the time of payment of such calls.

 

9.              If by the conditions of allotment of any shares the whole or part of the issue price thereof shall be payable by instalments, every such instalment shall, when due, be paid to the Company by the person who for the time being and from time to time shall be the registered holder of the shares, or his legal personal representative.

 

10.            Subject to the provisions of section 49 of the Ordinance, any preference share may, with the sanction of a special resolution, be issued on the terms that it is, or at the option of the Company is liable, to be redeemed.

 

11.            Subject to the provisions of these Articles, except as required by law or ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and except as aforesaid, the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise any contingent, future, partial or equitable interest in any share or in any fractional part of a share or any other right in respect of any share or any other claim to or in respect of any such share on the part of any person (even when having notice thereof) except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

12.            The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying interest out of capital and of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Ordinance.

 

13.            No person shall become a member until his name shall have been entered into the Register.

 

JOINT HOLDERS OF SHARES
 

14.            Where two or more persons are registered as the holders of any share they shall be deemed to hold the same as joint tenants with benefit of survivorship, subject to the following provisions:

 

(a)            the Company shall not be bound to register more than four persons as the holders of any shares except in the case of the legal personal representatives of a deceased member;

 

(b)            the joint holders of any shares shall be liable severally as well as jointly in respect of all payments which ought to be made in respect of such shares;

 

(c)            on the death of any one of such joint holders the survivor or survivors shall be the only person or persons recognised by the Company as having any title to such shares, but the Directors may require such evidence of death as they may deem fit;

 

(d)            any one of such joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividend, bonus or return of capital payable to such joint holders; and

 

(e)            the Company shall be at liberty to treat the person whose name stands first in the Register as one of the joint holders of any shares as solely entitled to delivery of the certificate relating to such shares, or to receive notices from the Company, or to attend or vote at general meetings of the Company, and any notice given to such person shall be deemed notice to all the joint holders; but any one of such joint holders may be appointed the proxy of the persons entitled to vote on behalf of such joint holders, and as such proxy to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting personally or by proxy that one so present whose name stands first in the Register in respect of such shares shall alone be entitled to vote in respect thereof.

 



 

SHARE CERTIFICATES
 

15.            Every person whose name is entered as a member in the Register shall be entitled without payment to receive within two months after allotment or lodgment of an instrument of transfer duly stamped, or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide, one certificate for all his shares of any particular class, or if he shall so request, upon payment of a fee (not exceeding HK$2.50 or such greater sum as the Stock Exchange may from time to time permit) for every certificate after the first, as the Directors shall from time to time determine, such number of certificates for shares in Stock Exchange board lots or multiples thereof as he shall request and one for the balance (if any) of the shares in question, provided that in the event of a member transferring part of the shares represented by a certificate in his name a new certificate in respect of the balance thereof shall be issued in his name without payment and, in the case of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue a certificate or certificates to each such person, and the issue and delivery of a certificate or certificates to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

 

16.            Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal (which for this purpose may be any official seal as permitted by section 73A of the Ordinance) and shall specify the number and class of shares and, if required, the distinctive numbers thereof, to which the certificate relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Board may from time to time determine.  If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, every share certificate issued at that time shall comply with section 57A of the Ordinance, and no certificate shall be issued in respect of more than one class of shares.

 

17.            Subject to section 71A of the Ordinance, if any share certificate shall be worn out, defaced, destroyed or lost, it may be replaced on payment of such fee, if any (not exceeding HK$2.50 or such greater sum as the Stock Exchange may from time to time permit), on such evidence being produced as the Directors shall require, and in case of wearing out or defacement, on delivery up of the old certificate, and in case of destruction or loss, on the execution of such indemnity (if any), as the Directors may require.  In case of destruction or loss, the person to whom such replacement certificate is given shall also bear and pay to the Company all expenses incidental to the investigation by the Company of the evidence of such destruction or loss and of the production of such indemnity.

 

CALLS ON SHARES
 

18.            (a)            The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of all moneys unpaid on their shares whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium but subject always to the terms of issue of such shares, and any such call may be made payable by instalments.

 

(b)            Each member shall, subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment, pay to the Company the amount called on his shares and at the time or times and place so specified.  The non-receipt of a notice of any call by, or the accidental omission to give notice of a call to, any of the members shall not invalidate the call.

 

19.            A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.  A call may be revoked, varied or postponed as to all or any of the members liable therefor as the Directors may determine.  A person on whom a call is made will remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect whereof the call was made.

 

20.            If any part of a call is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the payment is due shall be liable to pay all costs, charges and expenses that the Company may have incurred by reason of such non-payment together with interest on the outstanding part thereof at such rate as the Directors shall determine (not exceeding twenty per cent. per annum) from the day appointed for the payment of such call or instalment to the time of discharge thereof in full; but the Directors may, if they shall think fit, waive the payment of such costs, charges, expenses or interest or any part thereof.

 

21.            If, by the terms of the issue of any shares or otherwise, any amount is made payable upon allotment or at any fixed time, whether on account of the nominal amount of the shares or by way of premium, every such amount shall be payable as if it were a call duly made and payable on the date on which by the terms of issue the same becomes payable; and all the provisions hereof with respect to the payment

 



 

of calls and interest thereon, or to the forfeiture of shares for non-payment of calls shall apply to every such amount and the shares in respect of which it is payable in the case of non-payment thereof.

 

22.            The Directors may, if they shall think fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same (either in money or money’s worth) all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him; and upon all or any of the moneys so paid in advance the Directors may (until the same would, but for such payment in advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the member paying the moneys in advance and the Directors (not exceeding twenty per cent. per annum).  But a payment in advance of a call shall not entitle the shareholder to receive any dividend or to exercise any other rights or privileges as a shareholder in respect of the share or the due portion of the shares upon which payment has been advanced by such shareholder before it is called.  The Directors may also at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such member one month’s notice in writing unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced.

 

23.            On the trial or hearing of any action for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such money is due; that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book of the Company; and that notice of such call was duly given to the member sued in pursuance of these Articles, and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matter whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence that the money is due.

 

24.            No member shall, unless the Directors otherwise determine, be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus, or to receive notice of or to be present or vote at any general meeting, either personally or (save as proxy for another member) by proxy, or to exercise any privileges as a member, or be reckoned in a quorum, until he shall have paid all calls or other sums for the time being due and payable on every share held by him, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any).

 

FORFEITURE
 

25.            If any member fails to pay in full any call or any instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Directors may at any time thereafter, during such time as any part of the call remains unpaid without prejudice to the provisions of Article 24, serve a notice on him requiring him to pay so much of the call as is unpaid together with interest accrued and any expenses incurred by reason of such non-payment.

 

26.            The notice shall name a further day (not being less than fourteen days from the date of the notice) on or before which such call or part thereof and all interest accrued and expenses incurred by reason of such non-payment are to be paid, and it shall also name the place where payment is to be made, such place being either the Office, or some other place at which calls of the Company are usually made payable.  The notice shall also state that, in the event of non-payment at or before the time and at the place appointed, the shares in respect of which such call is payable will be liable to forfeiture.

 

27.            If the requirements with regard to payment of any such notice as aforesaid be not complied with, any shares in respect of which such notice has been given may, at any time thereafter and before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect, and any such forfeiture shall extend to all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the shares so forfeited but not payable until after such forfeiture.  The Directors may accept surrender of any shares liable to be forfeited hereunder and in such cases references in the Articles to forfeiture shall include surrender.

 

28.            Any shares so forfeited shall be deemed for the purposes of this Article to be the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of either subject to or discharged from all calls made prior to the forfeiture, to any person, upon such terms as to subscription price and otherwise and in such manner and at such time or times as the Directors think fit.  For the purpose of giving effect to any such sale or other disposition the Directors may authorise the transfer of the shares so sold or otherwise disposed of to the purchaser thereof or any other person becoming entitled thereto.  The Directors shall account to the person whose shares have been forfeited with the balance (if any) of

 



 

monies received by the Company in respect of those shares after deduction of expenses of forfeiture, sale or disposal of the shares and any amount due to the Company in respect of the shares.

 

29.            The Directors may, at any time before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, annul the forfeiture thereof upon such conditions as they think fit or permit the share forfeited to be redeemed upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due thereon and all expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) it thinks fit.

 

30.            Any person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares but shall notwithstanding the forfeiture be and remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which, at the date of forfeiture, were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, together with interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate as the Directors may prescribe (not exceeding twenty per cent. per annum), and the Directors may enforce the payment of such moneys or any part thereof and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the shares at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares.  For the purposes of this Article any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

 

31.            When any shares have been forfeited, notice of the resolution shall be given to the member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture and an entry shall be made in the Register recording the forfeiture and the date thereof but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry, and so soon as the shares so forfeited have been sold or otherwise disposed of an entry shall also be made of the manner and date of the sale or disposal thereof.

 

LIEN
 

32.            The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid-up share) for all moneys outstanding in respect of such share whether presently payable or not, and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (other than fully paid-up shares) standing registered in the name of a member, whether singly or jointly with any other person or persons, for all the debts and liabilities of such member or his estate to the Company, whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice has been given to the Company of any interest of any person other than such member, and whether the time for the payment or discharge of the same shall have already arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such member or his estate and any other person, whether a member or not.  The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends payable thereon.  The Directors may at any time either generally or in any particular case waive any lien that has arisen, or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article.

 

33.            The Company may sell in such manner as the Directors think fit any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable or the liability or engagement in respect of such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged, nor until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable and giving notice of intention to sell in default shall have been given to the holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death, bankruptcy or winding-up or otherwise by operation of law or court order.

 

34.            The net proceeds of such sale after payment of the costs of such sale shall be applied in or towards payment or satisfaction of the debts or liabilities in respect whereof the lien exists so far as the same are presently payable and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the shares prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the time of the sale.  For giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares so sold to the purchaser thereof and may enter the purchaser’s name in the Register as holder of the shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor

 



 

shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

35.            A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director or the Secretary of the Company and that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered or sold on a date stated in the declaration shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share.  Such declaration and the receipt of the Company for the consideration (if any) given for the share on the sale, re-allocation or disposal thereof together with the share certificate delivered to a purchaser or allottee thereof shall (subject to the execution of a transfer if the same be required) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is sold, re-allotted or disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money (if any) nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, surrender, sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share.

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES
 

36.            The instrument of transfer of any shares in the Company shall be in writing in the usual common form or in such other form as the Board may accept and may be under hand only or, if the transferor or transferee is a Clearing House (or its nominee), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and by or on behalf of the transferee.  The transferor shall remain the holder of the shares concerned until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof.  Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognising a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

 

37.            Every instrument of transfer shall be lodged at the Office for registration (or at such other place the Board may appoint for such purpose) accompanied by the certificate relating to the shares to be transferred and such other evidence as the Directors may require in relation thereto.  All instruments of transfer which shall be registered shall be retained by the Company, but save where fraud is suspected any instrument of transfer which the Directors may decline to register shall, on demand, be returned to the person depositing the same.

 

38.            There shall be paid to the Company in respect of the registration of a transfer and of any Grant of Probate or Letters of Administration, Certificate of Marriage or Death, Power of Attorney or other document relating to or affecting the title to any share or for making of any entry in the Register affecting the title to any share such fee (if any) as the Directors may from time to time require or prescribe (but not exceeding HK$2.50 or such greater sum as the Stock Exchange may from time to time permit).

 

39.            The registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such periods as the Directors may, in accordance with section 99 of the Ordinance, from time to time determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares.

 

40.            The Directors may, subject to section 69 of the Ordinance, at any time in their absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor decline to register any transfer of any share (not being a fully paid-up share).  If the Directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

41.            The Directors may also decline to register any transfer unless:

 

(a)            the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 

(b)            in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of transferees does not exceed four;

 

(c)            the shares concerned are free of any lien in favour of the Company;

 

(d)            the instrument of transfer is properly stamped;

 

(e)            such other conditions as the Directors may from time to time impose for the purpose of

 



 

guarding against losses arising from forgery are satisfied;

 

(f)             a fee not exceeding the maximum fee prescribed or permitted from time to time by the Stock Exchange is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 

(g)            the instrument of transfer is accompanied by the certificate of the shares to which it relates, and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

42.            No transfer may be made to an infant or to a person of unsound mind or under other legal disability.

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
 

43.            In the case of the death of a member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased where he was a sole or only surviving holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his shares; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased holder, whether sole or joint, from any liability in respect of any share solely or jointly held by him.

 

44.            Any person becoming entitled to shares in the Company in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or winding-up of any member or otherwise by operation of law or by court order shall, upon procuring such evidence of his title as the Directors may require, have the right either to be registered himself as the holder of the shares upon giving to the Company notice in writing of such his desire or to transfer such shares to some other person.  All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these Articles and the Ordinance relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as if the same were a transfer of shares by a member, including the Directors’ right to refuse or suspend registration.

 

45.            A person becoming entitled to shares in the Company in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or winding-up of any member or otherwise by operation of law or by court order shall have the right to receive and give a discharge for any dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the shares, provided always that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect to be registered himself or to transfer the shares, and if the notice is not complied with within sixty days, the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the shares until the requirements of the notice have been complied with but subject to the requirements of Article 76 being met, such a person may vote at meetings.

 

STOCK
 

46.            The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution convert any fully paid-up shares into stock and may reconvert any stock into fully paid-up shares of any denomination.  After the passing of any resolution converting all the fully paid-up shares of any class in the capital of the Company into stock, any shares of that class which subsequently become fully paid-up and rank pari passu in all other respects with such shares shall, by virtue of this Article and such resolution, be converted into stock transferable in the same units as the shares already converted.

 

47.            The holders of stock may transfer the same or any part thereof in the same manner and subject to the same regulations as the shares from which the stock arose might prior to conversion have been transferred or as near thereto as circumstances admit.  The Directors may from time to time fix the minimum amount of stock transferable and restrict or forbid the transfer of fractions of such minimum, but the minimum shall not, without the sanction of an ordinary resolution of the Company, exceed the nominal amount of each of the shares from which the stock arose.  No warrants to bearer shall be issued in respect of any stock.

 

48.            The holders of stock shall, according to the amount of the stock held by them, have the same rights as regards dividends, participation in assets on a winding-up, voting at general meetings of the Company and other matters as if they held the shares from which the stock arose, but no such right (except as to participation in dividends, profits and in assets on a reduction of capital or a winding-up) shall be conferred by an amount of stock which would not, if existing in shares, have conferred such right.

 



 

49.            Such of these Articles as are applicable to fully paid-up shares shall apply mutatis mutandis to stock, and the words “share” and “shareholder” shall include “stock” and “stockholder”.

 

INCREASE OF CAPITAL AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES
 

50.            The Company may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution increase its authorised capital by such sum divided into shares of such amounts as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

51.            The general meeting resolving upon the creation of any new shares may direct that the same or any of them shall be offered in the first instance, and either at par or at a premium or (subject to the provisions of the Ordinance) at a discount, to all the holders for the time being of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, in proportion to the number of shares of such class held by them respectively, or make any other provisions as to the issue and allotment of the new shares, and in default of any such direction, or so far as the same shall not extend, the new shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors, and Article 7 shall apply thereto.  The Company may exercise any powers conferred or permitted by the Ordinance or any other ordinance from time to time to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares and warrants (including any redeemable shares) at any price or to give, directly or indirectly, by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise, financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase or other acquisition made or to be made by any person of any shares or warrants in the Company and should the Company purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares or warrants neither the Company nor the Board shall be required to select the shares or warrants to be purchased or otherwise acquired ratably or in any other particular manner as between the holders of shares or warrants of the same class or as between them and the holders of shares or warrants of any other class or in accordance with the rights as to dividends or capital conferred by any class of shares provided always that (a) purchases not made through the market or by tender shall be limited to a maximum price, and (b) if purchases are by tender, tenders shall be available to all shareholders alike and provided further that any such purchase or other acquisition or financial assistance shall only be made or given in accordance with any relevant rules or regulations issued by the Stock Exchange or the Securities and Futures Commission from time to time in force.

 

52.            Subject to any direction or determination that may be given or made in accordance with the powers contained in these Articles, all new shares created pursuant to Article 50 shall be subject to the same provisions herein contained with reference to the payment of calls, transfer, transmission, forfeiture, lien and otherwise as the existing shares of the Company.

 

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL
 

53.            The Company may by ordinary resolution:

 

(a)            subdivide its existing shares or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association of the Company, provided that in the subdivision of an existing share the proportion between the amount paid and the amount (if any) unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived, and so that the resolution whereby any share is subdivided may determine that as between the holders of the shares resulting from such subdivision one or more of the shares may, as compared with the others, have any such preferred, deferred or other special rights or be subject to any such restrictions as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;

 

(b)            divide its shares into several classes and attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions;

 

(c)            consolidate and divide its capital or any part thereof into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

(d)            cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its authorised capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled; or

 

(e)            make provision for the issue and allotment of shares which do not carry any voting rights.

 



 

54.            The Company may by special resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve fund or any share premium account in any manner allowed by law.

 

55.            Where any difficulty arises in regard to any consolidation and division under paragraph (c) of Article 53, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale in due proportion amongst the members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to the purchaser thereof, who shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS
 

56.            All or any of the special rights attached to any class or shares (unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) for the time being in issue may subject to the provisions of the Ordinance, at any time, as well before as during liquidation, be altered or abrogated either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class, and all the provisions contained in these Articles relating to general meetings shall mutatis mutandis apply to every such meeting but so that the quorum thereof shall be not less than two persons holding or representing by proxy one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class, and that any holder of shares of that class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

57.            The provisions of the foregoing Article shall apply to the variation or abrogation of the special rights attached to some only of the shares of any class as if each group of shares of the class differently treated formed a separate class the rights whereof are to be varied.

 

58.            The special rights concurred upon the holders of the shares or class of shares shall not unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be altered by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

GENERAL MEETINGS
 

59.            The Company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year.  The annual general meeting shall be held at such time (within a period of not more than fifteen months, or such longer period as the Registrar of Companies may authorise in writing, after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting) and place as may be determined by the Directors.  All other general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

60.            The Directors may wherever they think fit, and shall on requisition in accordance with the Ordinance, proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting.

 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
 

61.            Subject to section 116C of the Ordinance, an annual general meeting and a meeting called for the passing of a special resolution shall be called by not less than twenty-one days’ notice in writing, and any other general meeting shall be called by not less than fourteen days’ notice in writing.  The notice shall specify the place, date and time of meeting, and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business.  The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such, and the notice convening a meeting to pass a special resolution shall specify the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution.  There shall appear on every such notice with reasonable prominence a statement that a member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend and vote instead of him and that a proxy need not be a member of the Company.

 

62.            Notwithstanding that a meeting of the Company is called by shorter notice than that specified in these Articles or required by the Ordinance, it shall be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed:

 

(a)            in the case of a meeting called as the annual general meeting, by all the members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 



 

(b)            in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95 per cent. in nominal value of the shares giving that right.

 

63.            The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the notice) the accidental omission to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
 

64.            All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting and at an annual general meeting with the exception of:

 

(a)            the receipt of the accounts and balance sheet and the reports of the Directors and other documents required to be annexed to the accounts;

 

(b)            the declaration and sanction of dividends;

 

(c)            the election of Directors in place of those retiring (if any);

 

(d)            the election or re-election of the Auditors of the Company; and

 

(e)            the fixing of, or the determination of the method of fixing, the remuneration or extra remuneration of the Directors and of the Auditors of the Company.

 

65.            No business save the election of a chairman of the meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business.  Two members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

 

66.            If, within thirty minutes from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum be not present, the meeting, if convened upon requisition in accordance with the Ordinance, shall be dissolved; but in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, or to such other day, time and place as the Chairman of the meeting may determine.  If at such adjourned meeting a quorum be not present within thirty minutes from the time appointed for the meeting, the member or members present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum and may transact the business for which the meeting is called.

 

67.            The Chairman (if any) of the Board or, in his absence, a Deputy Chairman (if any) shall preside as Chairman at every general meeting.  If there is no such Chairman or Deputy Chairman, or if at any meeting neither the Chairman nor a Deputy Chairman is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or if neither of them is willing to act as Chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as Chairman if willing to act.  If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to act as Chairman, the persons present and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

68.            The Chairman of any general meeting at which a quorum is present may, with the consent of the meeting, and shall, if so directed by the meeting, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place or sine die; but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than business which might have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place unless due notice thereof is given or such notice is waived in the manner prescribed by these Articles.  When a meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, or sine die, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting.  Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting or the business to be transacted thereat.  Where a meeting is adjourned sine die the time and place for the adjourned meeting shall be fixed by the Directors.

 



 

VOTING
 

69.            (a)            At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded by:

 

(i)             the Chairman of the meeting; or

 

(ii)            at least three members present in person (or in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative) or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting; or

 

(iii)           any member or members present in person (or in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative) or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting; or

 

(iv)           any member or members present in person (or in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative) or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to attend and vote at the meeting on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right.

 

(b)            Unless a poll is so demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the Chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried unanimously or by a particular majority or lost shall be final and conclusive, and an entry to that effect in the minute book of the Company shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against such resolution.

 

70.            A demand for a poll may be withdrawn only with the approval of the Chairman of the meeting, at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is earlier.  If a poll be directed or demanded in the manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets) above mentioned it shall (subject to the provisions of Article 72 hereof) be taken at such time (being not later than thirty days after the date of the demand) and in such manner as the Chairman of the meeting may appoint.  No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately.  The result of such poll shall be deemed for all purposes to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was so directed or demanded.

 

71.            In the case of an equality of votes at any general meeting, whether upon a show of hands or on a poll, the Chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

72.            A poll demanded upon the election of a Chairman or upon a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith.  Any business, other than that upon which a poll has been demanded, may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll.

 

73.            (a)            Save as expressly provided in these Articles, no person other than a member duly registered and who shall have paid everything for the time being due from him payable to the Company in respect of his shares shall be entitled to be present or to vote (save as proxy for another member) either personally or by proxy, or to be reckoned in a quorum at any general meeting.

 

(b)            No objection shall be made to the validity of any vote except at a meeting at which such vote shall be tendered and every vote whether given personally or by proxy not disallowed at such meeting shall be deemed valid for all purposes whatsoever of such meeting or poll.

 

(c)            In case of any dispute as to voting the Chairman shall determine the same, and such determination shall be final and conclusive.

 

74.            Subject to the provisions of the Ordinance, a resolution in writing signed by all the members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.  A written notice of confirmation of such resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of a member shall be deemed to be his signature to such resolution in writing for the purposes of this Article.  Such

 



 

resolution in writing may consist of several documents each signed by or on behalf of one or more members.

 

VOTES OF MEMBERS
 

75.            Subject to Article 85 and to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares, every member who (being an individual) is present in person or (being a corporation) is present by a representative duly authorised under section 115 of the Ordinance at any general meeting shall be entitled, on a show of hands, to one vote only and, on a poll, to one vote for every fully paid-up share of which he is the holder.

 

76.            Any person entitled under Article 45 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that at least 48 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting (as the case may be) at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his right to be registered as the holder of such shares or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof.

 

77.            On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy and a member entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

78.            A member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a committee or curator bonis appointed by that court, and such committee, curator bonis or other person may on a poll, vote by proxy.  If any member be a minor he may vote by his guardian or one of his guardians who may give their votes personally or by proxy.

 

78A.         Where any member is, under the Listing Rules, required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution or restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution, any votes cast by or on behalf of such member in contravention of such requirement or restriction shall not be counted.

 

PROXIES
 

79.            (a)            A proxy need not be a member of the Company.

 

(b)            An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form which the Directors may accept, and shall be deemed, subject to the proviso hereinafter contained, to confer authority upon the proxy to vote on any resolution (or amendment thereto) put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit.

 

Provided that any form issued to a member for use by him for appointing a proxy to attend and vote at an extraordinary general meeting or at an annual general meeting at which special business (determined as provided in Article 64) is to be transacted shall be such as to enable the member according to his intention to instruct the proxy to vote in favour of or against (or, in default of instructions, to exercise his discretion in respect of) each resolution dealing with any such special business and shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

80.            The instrument appointing a proxy shall be signed by the appointor, or his duly authorised attorney, of if such appointor be a corporation, under its common seal or signed by some officer, attorney or other person duly authorised in that behalf.

 

81.            The instrument appointing a proxy and the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a notarially certified copy of such power or authority, shall be deposited at the Office at least forty-eight hours before the time fixed for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to attend and vote or, in the case of a poll, at least thirty-six hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; otherwise the person so named shall not be entitled to vote at that meeting (or as the case may be) except with the approval of the Chairman of the meeting.  No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve months from the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting

 



 

in cases where the meeting was originally held within twelve months from such date.  Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a member from attending and voting in person at the meeting or poll concerned and, in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.

 

82.            Any member may by power of attorney appoint any person to be his attorney for the purpose of attending and voting at any meeting, and such power may be a special power limited to any particular meeting or a general power extending to all meetings at which such member is entitled to vote.  Every such power shall be deposited at the Office at least thirty-six hours before the time fixed for holding the meeting at which such attorney proposes to attend and vote or, in the case of a poll, at least twenty-four hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; otherwise the attorney shall not be entitled to vote at that meeting (or as the case may be) except with the approval of the Chairman of the meeting.

 

83.            (a)            An instrument of proxy may be revoked by forwarding to the Office written notification of such revocation signed by or on behalf of the person who issued or authorised the issue of the instrument of proxy.

 

(b)            A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy or power of attorney or by the duly authorised representative of a corporation shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the proxy or power of attorney or other authority, or transfer of the shares in respect of which the proxy is given, provided no intimation in writing of the death, insanity, revocation or transfer shall have been received at the Office twenty-four hours at least before the time fixed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.

 

84.            Any corporation which is a member of the Company may, by resolution of its Directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorise such persons at it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of members of the Company, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company.  References in these Articles to a member present in person at a meeting shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include a corporation which is a member represented at the meeting by such duly authorised representative.

 

85.            Without prejudice to the generality of Article 84 if a Clearing House (or its nominee) is a member of the Company, it (or, as the case may be, its nominee) may authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its proxy and proxies or representative or representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of member of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the proxy form or authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised.  A person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Clearing House (or its nominee) which he represents as that Clearing House (or its nominee) could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company and, on a show of hands, each such person shall be entitled to a separate vote.

 

DIRECTORS
 

86.            Unless and until otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of the Company, the Directors shall be not fewer than two in number, and there shall be no maximum number of Directors.

 

87.            The Company shall keep in accordance with the Ordinance a register containing the names and addresses and occupations of its Directors and shall from time to time notify to the Registrar of Companies any change that takes place in such Directors as required by the Ordinance.

 

88.            A Director need not hold any shares in the Company.  A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings.

 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
 

89             (a)            The Directors shall be entitled to receive by way of remuneration for their services such sum as is from time to time determined by the Company in general meeting, such sum (unless

 



 

otherwise directed by resolution by which it is voted) is to be divided amongst the Directors in such proportions and in such manner as the Board may agreed, or failing agreement, equally, except that in such event any Director holding office for less than the whole of the relevant period in respect of which the remuneration is paid shall only rank in such division in proportion to the time during such period for which he has held office.  The foregoing shall not apply to a Director who holds any salaried employment or office in the Company in the case of sums paid in respect of directors’ fees.

 

(b)            The Directors shall also be entitled to be repaid their reasonable travelling, hotel and other expenses incurred by them in or about the performance of their duties as Directors, including their expenses of travelling to and from board meetings, committee meetings or general meetings or otherwise incurred whilst engaged on the business of the Company or on the discharge of their duties as directors.

 

90.            The Directors may award special remuneration out of the funds of the Company (by way of salary, commission or otherwise as the Directors may determine) to any Director who performs services which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director.

 

POWERS OF DIRECTORS
 

91.            The Directors may establish any local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company, either in Hong Kong or elsewhere, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents for the Company, and may fix their remuneration, and may delegate (with or without power to sub-delegate as the Directors shall determine) to any local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Directors, and may authorise the members of any local boards, or any of them, to fill any vacancies therein, and to act notwithstanding vacancies, and such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit, and the Directors may remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

92.            The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney or other instrument appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney or other instrument may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.  The Company may, by writing under its seal, empower any person, either generally or in respect of any specified matter, as its attorney to execute deeds and instruments on its behalf and to enter into contracts and sign the same on its behalf and every deed signed by such attorney on behalf of the Company and under his seal shall bind the Company and have the same effect as if it were under the seal of the Company.

 

93.            Subject to and to the extent permitted by the Ordinance, the Company or the Directors on behalf of the Company, may cause to be kept in any territory a Branch Register of members resident in such territory, and the Directors may make and vary such regulations as they may think fit respecting the keeping of any such Branch Register.

 

94.            All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, and other negotiable or transferable instruments, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed, or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine.  The Company’s bank accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine.

 

95.            (a)            The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and to issue debentures, debenture stocks, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the

 



 

Company or of any third party.  Debentures, debenture stocks, bonds and other securities of the Company may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to which the same may be issued, and may be issued at a discount, premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise.

 

(b)            The Directors shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance, of all mortgages and charges affecting the property of the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Ordinance in regard to the registration of mortgages and charges therein specified and otherwise.  Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.

 

96.            The Board may establish and maintain or procure the establishment and maintenance of any contributory or non-contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, or give or procure the giving of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to any persons who are or were at any time in the employment or service of the Company, or of any company which is a subsidiary of the Company, or is allied or associated with the Company or with any such subsidiary company, or who are or were at any time directors or officers of the Company or of any such other company as aforesaid, and holding or who have held any salaried employment or office in the Company or such other company, and the wives, widows, families and dependants of any such persons.  The Board may also establish and subsidise or subscribe to any institutions, associations, clubs or funds calculated to be for the benefit of or to advance the interests and well being of the Company or of any such other company as aforesaid or of any such persons as aforesaid, and may make payments for or towards the insurance of any such persons as aforesaid, and subscribe or guarantee money for charitable or benevolent objects or for any exhibition or for any public, general or useful object.  The Board may do any of the matters aforesaid, either alone or in conjunction with any such other company as aforesaid.  Any Director holding any such employment or office shall be entitled to participate in and retain for his own benefit any such donation, gratuity, pension, allowance or emolument.

 

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
 

97.            At each annual general meeting one-third of the Directors for the time being, or, if their number is not three or a multiple of three, then the number nearest one-third, shall retire from office by rotation save any Director holding office as Chairman or Chief Executive Officer.  The Directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last election but as between persons who became Directors on the same day shall (unless they otherwise agree between themselves) be determined by lot.  The retiring Directors shall be eligible for re-election.  The Company at any general meeting at which any Directors retire may fill the vacated offices.  No person other than a Director retiring at the meeting shall, unless recommended by the Directors for election, be eligible for election as a Director at any general meeting unless during a period of not less than seven (7) days commencing no earlier than the day after the dispatch of the notice of the meeting appointed for such election and ending no later than seven (7) days before the date appointed for the meeting there shall have been lodged at the Office or at the head office of the Company a Notice signed by a Member (other than the person to be proposed) duly qualified to attend and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given of his intention to propose such person for election and also a Notice signed by the person to be proposed of his willingness to be elected.

 

98.            If at any general meeting at which an election of Directors ought to take place the places of the retiring Directors are not filled, the retiring Directors or such of them as have not had their places filled shall be deemed to have been re-elected and shall, if willing, continue in office until the next annual general meeting and so on from year to year until their places are filled, unless:

 

(i)             it shall be determined at such meeting to reduce the number of Directors;

 

(ii)            it is expressly resolved at such meeting not to fill such vacated offices;

 

(iii)           in any such case the resolution for re-election of a Director is put to the meeting and lost; or

 



 

(iv)           such Director has given notice in writing to the Company that he is not willing to be re-elected.

 

99.            The Company may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the Board.

 

100.          The Company may by ordinary resolution remove any Director notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between him and the Company (but without prejudice to any right to damages for termination of such agreement not in accordance with the terms thereof), and may, if thought fit, by ordinary resolution appoint another person in his stead.  Any person so elected shall hold office for such time only as the Director in whose place he is elected would have held the same if he had not been removed.

 

101.          The Directors shall have power, exercisable at any time and from time to time, to appoint any other person as a Director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the Board but so that the number of Directors so appointed shall not exceed the maximum number determined from time to time (if any) by the shareholders in general meeting and any directors so appointed shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting of the Company and shall then be eligible for re-election, but shall not be taken into account in determining the Directors or the number of Directors who are to retire by rotation at each annual general meeting.

 

102.          The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.  If there shall be no Directors able or willing to act, then any two members may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors.

 

103.          No person other than a retiring Director shall, unless recommended by the Board for re-election, be eligible for election to the office of Director at any annual general meeting unless notice in writing for the intention to propose that person for election as a Director and notice in writing by that person of his consent to be elected, shall have been lodged at the Office or head office of the Company at least seven days before the date of the annual general meeting.

 

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS
 

104.          Each Director may by written notification to the Company nominate any other person to act as alternate Director in his place and at his discretion in similar manner remove such alternate Director.  If such person is not another Director, such appointment, unless previously approved by the Board, shall have effect only upon and subject to being so approved.  The alternate Director shall (except as regards the power to appoint an alternate) be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions existing with reference to the other Directors of the Company; and each alternate Director, whilst acting as such, shall exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of the Director he represents, but shall look to such Director solely for his remuneration as alternate Director.  Every person acting as an alternate Director shall (except when absent from Hong Kong) be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Board and shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director).  The signature of an alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board shall, unless the notice of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of his appointor.  Any person appointed as an alternate Director shall vacate his office as such alternate Director if and when the Director by whom he has been appointed removes him or vacates office as Director.  Every person acting as an alternate Director shall be deemed to be the agent of and for the Director appointing him and shall, without prejudice to any liability which he may cause to his appointor under the Ordinance or otherwise, be responsible to the Company for his own acts and defaults.  To such extent as the Board may from time to time determine in relation to any committee of the Board, the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall also apply mutatis mutandis to any meeting of any committee of which his appointor is a member.  An alternate Director shall not, save as aforesaid, have power to act as a Director nor shall he be deemed to be a Director for the purposes of these Articles.

 



 

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS
 

105.          The office of a Director shall ipso facto be vacated:

 

(a)            if he becomes prohibited by law or court order from being a Director;

 

(b)            if a receiving order is made against him or he makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

(c)            if he becomes of unsound mind;

 

(d)            if he absents himself from the meetings of the Board during a continuous period of six months, without special leave of absence from the Board, and his alternate Director (if any) shall not during such period have attended in his stead, and the Board passes a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated his office;

 

(e)            if he shall be removed from office by notice in writing served upon him signed by all his co-directors;

 

(f)             if he resigns his office;

 

(g)            if he is removed by an ordinary resolution of the Company; or

 

(h)            if he is convicted of an indictable offence.

 

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
 

106.          If a Director or any of his associates is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract, transaction or arrangement or proposed contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company, the Director shall declare the nature of his interest or the interest of any of his associates at the earliest meeting of the Board at which it is practicable for him so to do notwithstanding that the question of entering into the contract, transaction or arrangement is not taken into consideration at that meeting.  A general notice given to the Board by a Director stating that, by reason of facts specified in the notice, he or any of his associates is to be regarded as interested in a contract, transaction or arrangement of any description which may subsequently be made by the Company, that notice shall be a sufficient declaration of his interest or the interest of such of his associates, so far as attributable to those facts, in relation to any contract, transaction or arrangement of that description which may subsequently be made by the Company; but no such general notice shall have effect in relation to any contract, transaction or arrangement unless it is given before the date on which the question of entering into the contract, transaction or arrangement is first taken into consideration on behalf of the Company.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, a Director shall give notice to the Company of such matters relating to himself as may be necessary for the purposes of sections 155B, 158, 161 and 161B of the Ordinance.

 

107.          A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor), and he or any firm of which he is a member may act in a professional capacity for the Company in conjunction with his office of Director, for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.  No Director or intended Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, nor shall any contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company with any Director or any firm or company in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit, remuneration or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason only of such Director holding that office or of any fiduciary relationship thereby established, provided that such Director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested at the meeting of the board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first taken into consideration, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Board after he knows that he is or has become so interested.

 



 

 

108.          A Director shall not vote (nor shall he be counted in the quorum) on any resolution of the Board approving any contract or 4(1) Note 1 arrangement or proposal in which he or any of his associates is to his knowledge materially interested, and if he shall do so his vote shall not be counted (nor shall he be counted in the quorum for that resolution), but this prohibition shall not apply to any of the following matters, namely:

 

(i)             any contract or arrangement for the giving by the Company of any security or indemnity to the Director or any of his associates in respect of money lent or obligations incurred or undertaken by him or any of them at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(ii)            any contract or arrangement for the giving by the Company of any security to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries for which the Director or any of his associates has assumed responsibility in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

(iii)           any proposal concerning an offer of the shares or debentures or other securities of or by the Company or any other company which the Company may promote or be interested in for subscription or purchase where the Director or any of his associates is or is to be interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of the offer;

(iv)           any contract or arrangement in which the Director or any of his associates is interested in the same manner as other holders of shares or debentures or other securities of the Company by virtue only of his or their interest in shares or debentures or other securities of the Company;

(v)            any proposal concerning any other company in which the Director or any of his associates is interested only, whether directly or indirectly, as an officer or a shareholder or in which the Director or any of his associates is beneficially interested in shares of that company other than a company in which the Director and any of his associates are in aggregate beneficially interested in five per cent. or more of the issued shares of any class of the equity share capital of such company (or of any third company through which such interest is derived) or of the voting rights (excluding for the purpose of calculating such five per cent. interest any indirect interest of such Director or any of his associates by virtue of an interest of the Company in such company);

(vi)           any proposal or arrangement for the benefit of employees of the Company or its subsidiaries including the adoption, modification or operation of a pension fund or retirement, death or disability benefit scheme which relates to Directors, their associates and employees of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries and does not give in respect of any such Director or any of his associates any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the class of persons to whom such scheme or fund relates;

(vii)          any proposal or arrangement concerning the adoption, modification or operation of any employees’ share scheme involving the issue or grant of options over shares or other securities by the Company to, or for the benefit of, the employees of the Company or its subsidiaries under which the Director or any of his associates may benefit.

 

If any question shall arise at any meeting of the Board as to the materiality of the interest of a Director (other than the Chairman of the meeting) or any of his associates or as to the entitlement of any Director (other than such Chairman) to vote or be counted in the quorum and such question is not resolved by his voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting or not to be counted in the quorum, such question shall be referred to the Chairman of the meeting and his ruling in relation to such other Director or any of his associates shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of the Director concerned or any of his associates as known to such Director has not been fairly disclosed to the Board.  If any question as aforesaid shall arise in respect of the Chairman of the meeting or any of his associates such question shall be decided by a resolution of the Board (for which purpose such Chairman shall not be counted in the quorum and shall not vote thereon) and such resolution shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of such Chairman or any of his associates as known to such chairman has not been fairly disclosed to the Board.

 

109.          A Director may continue to be or become a director, managing director, joint managing director, executive director, chief executive officer or manager or other officer or member of any other company in which the Company is interested, and (unless otherwise agreed) shall not be liable to account to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director, managing director, joint managing director, executive director, chief executive officer, manager or other officer or member of any such other company.  The Board may exercise the voting powers conferred by the shares in any

 



 

other company held or owned by the Company or exercisable by it as directors of such other company in such manner as in all respects as the Board thinks fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them directors, chief executive officers, managing directors, joint managing directors, deputy managing directors, executive directors, managers or other officers of such company) and any director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or be about to be, appointed a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, chief executive officer, manager or other officer of such a company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid.  A Director of the Company may be or become a director of any company promoted by the Company or in which it may be interested as a vendor, shareholder or otherwise and no such Director will be accountable for any benefits received as a director or member of such company.  A Director of the Company or his firm may not act as auditor of the Company.

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND OTHER APPOINTMENTS
 

110.          The Directors may, from time to time, appoint one or more of their number to be Chief Executive Officer or Joint Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or to hold such office in the management, administration or conduct of the business of the Company as they may decide, and for such period and upon such terms and for such remuneration as the Directors shall think fit, and the Directors may also, from time to time (subject to the provisions of any agreement between him or them and the Company) remove him or them from office, and appoint another or others in his or their place or places.

 

111.          A Chief Executive Officer or a Joint Chief Executive Officer (subject to the provisions of any agreement between him and the Company) shall be subject to the same provisions as to resignation and removal as the other Directors of the Company, and shall ipso facto and immediately cease to be Chief Executive Officer or Joint Chief Executive Officer if he shall cease to hold the office of Director.

 

112.          The Directors may, from time to time, entrust to and confer upon any Chief Executive Officer, Joint Chief Executive Officer or Director, holding any other office in the management, administration or conduct of the business of the Company, such of the powers exercisable under these Articles by the Directors as they may think fit, and may confer such powers for such time, and to be exercised for such objects and purposes, and upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they may consider expedient, and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

 

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS
 

113.          The Directors may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit, and determine the quorum necessary for the transaction of business.   Until otherwise determined by the Board, two Directors shall constitute a quorum.  For the purpose of this Article an alternate Director shall be counted in a quorum but, notwithstanding that an alternate Director is also a Director or is an alternate for more than one Director, he shall for quorum purposes count as only one Director.  Matters arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes.  In case of an equality of votes the Chairman of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote.  A Director or the Secretary may, at any time, summon a meeting of the Directors.  A meeting of the Board or any committee of the Board may be held by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

114.          Notice of a meeting of Directors shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to him personally, in writing or by word of mouth, or sent to him at his last known address or any other address given by him to the Company for this purpose provided that notice need not be given to any Director or alternate Director for the time being absent from Hong Kong.  A Director may consent to short notice of and may waive notice of any meeting and any such waiver may be retrospective.

 

115.          The Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such Chairman be elected, or if at any meeting the Chairman be not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to be Chairman of such meeting.

 



 

116.          A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors except such as are absent from Hong Kong or temporarily unable to act through ill health or disability (or their alternate Directors) shall (so long as they constitute a quorum) be as effective for all purposes as a resolution of the Directors passed at a meeting duly convened, held and constituted.  A written notification of confirmation of such resolution in writing signed by a Director shall be deemed to be his signature to such resolution in writing for the purposes of this Article.  Such resolution in writing may consist of several documents, each signed by one or more Directors.

 

117.          A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board generally.

 

118.          The Directors may, from time to time, appoint committees consisting of such one or more persons as they think fit, and may delegate any of their powers to any such committee and, from time to time, revoke any such delegation and discharge any such committee wholly or in part.  Any committee so appointed shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations that may, from time to time, be imposed upon it by the Directors.  All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations and in fulfilment of the purposes for which it is appointed, but not otherwise, shall have the like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board shall have power, with the consent of the Company in general meeting, to remunerate the members of any special committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company.

 

119.          The meetings and proceedings of any such committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of these Articles regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors, insofar as the same are not superseded by any regulations made by the Directors under the last preceding Article.

 

120.          All acts done bona fide by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any persons acting as Directors, shall, notwithstanding that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Directors or persons acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and continued to be a Director.

 

MINUTES
 

121.          The Directors shall cause to be entered and kept in books provided for the purpose minutes of the following:

 

(a)            all appointments of officers;

 

(b)            all the names of the Directors and any alternate Director who is not also a Director present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee; and

 

(c)            all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings and of meetings of the Directors and committees.

 

Any such minutes of any meeting of the Directors, or of any committee, or of the Company, if purporting to be signed by the Chairman of such meeting, or by the Chairman of the next succeeding meeting shall be receivable as evidence of the proceedings of such meeting.

 

THE SEAL
 

122.          The Directors shall procure a common seal to be made for the Company, and shall provide for the safe custody thereof.  The Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of the Directors or a committee authorised by the Board in that behalf, and every instrument to which the Seal shall be affixed shall be signed by one Director or some other person nominated by the Directors for the purpose, provided that the Board may either generally or in any particular case or cases resolve (subject to such restrictions as to the manner in which the seal may be affixed as the Board may determine) that such signature may be affixed to certificates for shares or debentures or representing any other form of security by some mechanical means other than autographic to be specified in such resolution or that such certificates needs not be signed by any person.  Every instrument executed in

 



 

manner provided by this Article shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Directors previously given.

 

123.          The Company may have an official seal for use for sealing certificates for shares or other securities issued by the Company as permitted by section 73A of the Ordinance (and no signature of any Director, officer or other person and no mechanical reproduction thereof shall be required on any such certificates or other document to which such official seal is affixed and such certificates or other document shall be valid and deemed to have been sealed and executed with the authority of the Board notwithstanding the absence of any such signature or mechanical reproduction as aforesaid) and an official seal for use abroad under the provisions of the Ordinance where and as the Board shall determine, and the Company may be writing under the seal appoint any agents or agent, committees or committee abroad to be the duly authorised agents of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such official seal and may impose such restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit.  Wherever in these Articles reference is made to the seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such official seal as aforesaid.

 

124.          The Company may exercise all the powers of having official seals conferred by the Ordinance and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.

 

SECRETARY
 

125.          The Directors shall appoint such person, persons or entities to be Secretary or Joint Secretaries of the Company for such period, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit, and any Secretary or Joint Secretaries so appointed may be removed by them.  Anything by the Ordinance or these Articles required or authorised to be done by or to the Secretary or Joint Secretaries, if the office is vacant or there is for any other reason no person capable of acting in the capacity as Secretary or Joint Secretaries, may be done by or to any assistant or deputy Secretary, or if there is no assistant or deputy Secretary capable of acting, by or to any officer of the Company authorised generally or specially in that behalf by the Board.

 

DIVIDENDS AND RESERVES
 

126.          The Company may by ordinary resolution declare dividends but no such dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

127.          Unless and to the extent that the rights attached to any shares or the terms of issue thereof otherwise provide, all dividends shall (as regards any shares not fully paid throughout the period in respect of which the dividend is paid) be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.  For the purposes of this Article no amount paid on a share in advance of calls shall be treated as paid on the share.

 

128.          The Directors may retain any dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of a share on which the Company has a lien, and may apply the same in or towards satisfaction of the debts and liabilities in respect of which the lien exists.  The Board may deduct from any dividend or bonus payable to any member all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls, instalments or otherwise.

 

129.          Any resolution declaring a dividend on shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in general meeting or a resolution of the Directors, may specify that the same shall be payable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares.  The provisions of this Article shall mutatis mutandis apply to capitalisations to be effected in pursuance of these Articles.

 

130.          Any general meeting sanctioning a dividend may make a call on the members of such amount as the meeting fixes, but so that the call on each member shall not exceed the dividend payable to him, and so

 



 

that the call shall be made payable at the same time as the dividend, and the dividend may, if so arranged between the Company and the member, be set off against the call.

 

131.          (a)            In respect of any dividend which the Board has resolved to pay or any dividend declared or sanctioned or proposed to be declared or sanctioned by the Board or by the Company in general meeting, the Board may determine and announce, prior to or contemporaneously with the announcement, declaration or sanction of the dividend in question:

 

either

 

(i)             that shareholders entitled thereto will receive in lieu of such dividend (or such part thereof as the Board may think fit) an allotment of shares credited as fully paid provided that the shareholders are at the same time accorded the right to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof as the case may be) in cash in lieu of such allotment.  In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(A)           the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 

(B)            the Board, after determining the basis of allotment and notwithstanding that the number of shares to be allotted may not be calculated until after notice to the shareholders has been given as required by the provisions of this sub-paragraph and subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (D) below, shall give notice in writing to the shareholders of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective which shall be not less than two weeks from the date on which the notice above referred to was despatched to the shareholders;

 

(C)            the right of election accorded to shareholders as aforesaid may be exercised in whole or in part;

 

(D)           the Board may resolve:

 

(I)             that the right of election accorded to shareholders as aforesaid may be exercised so as to take effect on all future occasions (if any) when the Board makes a determination pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph (a); and/or

 

(II)            that a shareholder who does not exercise the right of election accorded to him as aforesaid either in whole or in part may notify the Company that he will not exercise the right of election accorded to him in respect of all future occasions (if any) when the Board makes a determination pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph (a) of this Article.

 

Provided that a shareholder may exercise such election or give such notice in respect of all but not some of the shares held by him and may at any time give seven days notice in writing to the Company of the revocation of such an election or such a notice which revocation shall take effect at the expiry of such seven days, and until such revocation has taken effect, the Board shall not be obligated to give to such shareholder notice of the right of election accorded to him or send to him any form of election;

 

(E)            the dividend (or that part of the dividend in lieu of which an allotment of shares is to be made as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (the “Non-Elected Shares”) and in lieu thereof shares shall be allotted credited as fully paid to the holders of the Non-Elected Shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and

 



 

apply out of the amount standing to the credit of share premium account or out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserve or reserves or other special account) as the Board may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of shares to be allotted on such basis and apply the same in paying up in full the appropriate number of unissued shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the Non-Elected Shares on such basis;

 

(F)            the Board may resolve that the shares to be allotted shall be allotted at a premium provided that the premium is credited as fully paid up and in such case the Board shall in addition to the amount to be capitalised and applied pursuant to sub-paragraph (E) above, and for the purposes therein set out, capitalise and apply out of the amount standing to the credit of the share premium account or out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserve or reserves or other special account) as the Directors may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate amount of the premium on the shares to be allotted and shall apply the same together with the sum to be applied pursuant to sub-paragraph (E) above and on the basis therein set out in paying up in full the appropriate number of unissued shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the Non-Elected Shares;

 

or

 

(ii)            that shareholders entitled to such dividend be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit.  In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(A)           the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 

(B)            the Board, after determining the basis of allotment and notwithstanding that the number of shares to be allotted may not be calculated until after notice to the shareholders has been given as required by the provisions of this sub-paragraph and subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (D) below, shall give notice in writing to the shareholders of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective which shall be not less than two weeks from the date on which the notice above referred to was despatched to the shareholders;

 

(C)            the right of election accorded to shareholders as aforesaid may be exercised in whole or in part;

 

(D)           the Board may resolve;

 

(I)             that the right of election accorded to shareholders as aforesaid may be exercised so as to take effect on all future occasions (if any) when the Board makes a determination pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph (a); and/or

 

(II)           that a shareholder who does not exercise the right of election accorded to him as aforesaid either in whole or in part may notify the Company that he will not exercise the right of election accorded to him in respect of all future occasions (if any) when the Board makes determination pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a).

 

Provided that a shareholder may exercise such election or give such notice

 



 

in respect of all but not some of the shares held by him and may at any time give seven days notice in writing to the Company of the revocation of such an election or such a notice which revocation shall take effect at the expiry of such seven days, and until revocation has taken effect, the Board shall not be obliged to give to such member notice of the right of election accorded to him or send to him any form of election;

 

(E)            the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (the Elected Shares ) and in lieu thereof shares shall be allotted credited as fully paid to the holders of the Elected Shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of the amount standing to the credit of share premium account or out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserve or reserves or other special account) as the Board may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of shares to be allotted on such basis and apply the same in paying up in full the appropriate number of unissued shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the Elected Shares on such basis;

 

(F)            the Board may resolve that the shares to be allotted shall be allotted at a premium provided that the premium is credited as fully paid up and in such case the Board shall in addition to the amount to be capitalised and applied pursuant to sub-paragraph (E) above, and for the purpose therein set out, capitalise and apply out of the amount standing to the credit of the share premium account or out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserve or reserves or other special account) as the Board may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate amount of the premium on the shares to be allotted and shall apply the same together with the sum to be applied pursuant to sub-paragraph (E) above and on the basis therein set out in paying up in full the appropriate number of unissued shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst holders of the Elected Shares.

 

(b)            The shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully paid shares then in issue save only as regards participation:

 

(i)             in the relevant dividend (or the right to receive or to elect to receive an allotment of shares in lieu thereof as aforesaid); or

 

(ii)            in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend

 

unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of its proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) of this Article in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Article shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights.

 

(c)            The Board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Article with full power to the Board to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the members concerned).  The Board may authorise any person to enter into on behalf of all members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 



 

(d)            The Company may upon the recommendation of the Board by ordinary resolution resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Article a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shares to elect such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

 

(e)            The Board may on any occasion when it makes a determination pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Article, resolve that no allotment of shares or rights of election for shares to be issued pursuant to such determination shall be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories or to a Depositary where the allotment of shares or the circulation of an offer of such rights of election would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, and in such event the provision aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such resolution and the only entitlement of shareholders in any such territory or territories shall be to receive in cash the relevant dividend resolved to be paid or declared.  “Depositary” means a custodian or other person (or a nominee for such custodian or other person) appointed under contractual arrangements with the Company or other arrangements approved by the Board whereby such custodian or other person or nominee holds or is interested in shares of the Company or rights or interests in shares of the Company and issues securities or other documents of title or otherwise evidencing the entitlement of the holder thereof to or to receive such shares, rights or interests, provided and to the extent that such arrangements have been approved by the Board for the purpose of these Articles and shall include, where approved by the Board, the trustees (acting in their capacity as such) of any employees’ share scheme established by the Company or any other scheme or arrangements principally for the benefit of employees of the Company and/or its subsidiaries which have been approved by the Board.

 

(f)             The Board may at any time resolve to cancel all (but not some only) of the elections made and the notices given by the shareholders pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i)(D) and (ii)(D) of paragraph (a) of this Article by giving seven days notice in writing to the relevant shareholders.

 

(g)            The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election under paragraph (a) of this Article shall not be made available to shareholders who are registered in the register of shareholders, or in respect of shares the transfer of which is registered, after a date fixed by the Board and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination.

 

132.          No dividend shall be payable except out of the profits or other distributable reserves of the Company, and no dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

133.          The Directors may, if they think fit, from time to time, resolve to pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by the reserves of the Company.  If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes the Directors may resolve to pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferred rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential or special rights in regard to dividend, and provided that the Directors act bona fide they shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring a preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.  The Directors may also resolve to pay at half-yearly or at other suitable intervals to be settled by them any dividend which may be payable at a fixed rate if they are of the opinion that the reserves of the Company justify the payment.

 

134.          All dividends unclaimed for one year after having become payable may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed, and all dividends unclaimed for six years after having become payable may be forfeited by the Directors and shall revert to the Company.  The payment into a separate account of any monies payable in respect of a dividend shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof for any person.

 

135.          Unless otherwise directed any dividend or other monies payable in cash on or in respect of a share may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post to the registered address of the member or person

 



 

entitled, or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of that one whose name stands first on the Register in respect of the joint holding, or addressed to such person at such address as the holder or joint holders shall direct.  The Company shall not be liable or responsible for any cheque or warrant lost in transmission nor for any dividend or other monies lost to the member or person entitled thereto by the forged endorsement of any cheque or warrant.  Payment of the cheque or warrant by the banker on whom it is drawn shall be a good discharge to the Company.

 

136.          The Directors may distribute in specie or in kind among the members in satisfaction in whole or in part of any dividend any of the assets of the Company, and in particular any shares or securities of other companies to which the Company is entitled and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue fractional certificates, disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend and such appointment shall be effective.  Where required, a contract shall be filed in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance and the Board may appoint any person to sign such contract on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend and such appointment shall be effective.

 

137.          Before recommending a dividend the Directors may set aside any part of the net profits of the Company to one or more reserves, and may apply the same either by employing it in the business of the Company or by investing it in such manner as they shall think fit and the income arising from such reserves shall be treated as part of the profits of the Company.  Such reserves may be applied for the purpose of maintaining the property of the Company, replacing wasting assets, meeting contingencies, forming an insurance fund, equalising dividends, paying special dividends, or for any other purpose for which the undivided profits of the Company may lawfully be used, and until the same shall be so applied it shall be deemed to remain undivided profit.  The Directors may also carry forward as undivided profit any profit or balance of profit which they shall not think fit to recommend as dividend or to place to reserve.

 

AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS
 

138.          Any Director or the Secretary or other authorised officer of the Company shall have power to authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolutions passed by the Company or the Directors or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies of extracts; and where any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office, the local manager or such other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be the authorised officer of the Company as aforesaid.  A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the Company or of the Directors or any local board or committee which is certified as aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that any minute so extracted is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

 

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES ETC.
 

139.         The Company in general meeting may upon the recommendation of the Directors resolve to capitalise any part of the Company’s reserves or undivided profits not required for the payment or provision of the dividend on any shares with a preferential right to a dividend, and accordingly that such part be divided amongst the members who would have been entitled thereto if distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on condition that the same be not paid in cash but be applied as a capitalisation issue either in or towards paying up any amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares held by such members respectively or paying up in full unissued shares or debentures or other securities of the Company to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid to and amongst such members in the proportion aforesaid, or partly in one way and partly in the other:

 



 

Provided that any amount standing to the credit of a share premium account or a capital redemption reserve fund may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in the paying up of unissued shares to be issued to members of the Company as fully paid-up shares.

 

140.          Whenever such a resolution as aforesaid shall have been passed the Directors shall make all appropriations and applications of the reserves and undivided profits resolved to be capitalised thereby, and all allotments and issues of fully paid-up shares, debentures or other securities and generally shall do all acts and things required to give effect thereto.

 

141.          For the purpose of giving effect to any resolution under Articles 136 and 139 hereof the Directors may settle any difficulty which may arise in regard to the distribution or capitalisation issue as they think expedient, and in particular may issue fractional certificates, and may fix the value for distribution of any specific assets, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members based upon the value so fixed or that fractions of such value as the Directors may determine may be disregarded in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such cash or specific assets in trustees upon such trusts for the persons entitled to the distribution or capitalisation issue as may seem expedient to the Directors.  The provisions of the Ordinance in relation to the filing of contracts for allotment shall be observed, and the Directors may appoint any person to sign such contract on behalf of the persons entitled to share in the distribution or capitalisation issue, and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon all concerned, and the contract may provide for the acceptance by such persons of the shares, debentures or other securities to be allotted and distributed to them respectively in satisfaction of their claims in respect of the sum so capitalised.

 

ACCOUNTS AND AUDITORS
 

142.         The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to:

 

(a)            all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place; and

 

(b)            the assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

Proper book shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of accounts as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the transactions.

 

143           (A) The Directors shall, from time to time, in accordance with the Ordinance, cause to be prepared and to be laid before its annual general meeting the relevant financial documents required by the Ordinance.  The Directors may also cause to be prepared a summary financial report if they think fit, which may be provided to members and/or debenture holders instead of the relevant financial documents in circumstances permitted by the Ordinance, the Listing Rules and any other applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

(B)           Subject to paragraph (C) below, a copy of the relevant financial documents or the summary financial report shall, not less than 21 days before the meeting, be delivered or sent by post to the registered address of every member and debenture holder of the Company, or in the case of a joint holding to the member or debenture holder (as the case may be) whose name stands first in the appropriate Register in respect of the joint holding.  No accidental non-compliance with the provisions of this Article shall invalidate the proceedings at the meeting.

 

(C)           Where a member or debenture holder of the Company has, in accordance with the Ordinance, the Listing Rules and any other applicable laws, rules and regulations, consented to treat the publication of the relevant financial documents and/or the summary financial report on the Company’s computer network as discharging the Company’s obligation under the Ordinance to send a copy of the relevant financial documents and/or the summary financial report, then subject to compliance with the Ordinance, the Listing Rules and any other applicable laws, rules and regulations, publication by the Company on the Company’s computer network of the relevant financial documents and/or the summary financial report at least 21 days before the date of the meeting shall, in relation to each such member or debenture holder of the Company, be deemed to discharge the Company’s obligations under paragraph (B) above.

 



 

144.          For the purpose of Article 143, “relevant financial documents” and “summary financial report” shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Ordinance.” 145.               Auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in the manner provided by the Ordinance.

 

146.          Subject as otherwise provided by the Ordinance the remuneration of the Auditors shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting provided always that in respect of any particular year the Company in general meeting may delegate the fixing of such remuneration to the Board.

 

147.          Every statement of accounts audited by the Company’s Auditors and presented by the Board at a general meeting shall after approval at such meeting be conclusive except as regards any error discovered therein within three months of the approval thereof.  Whenever any such error is discovered within that period, it shall forthwith be corrected, and the statement of accounts amended in respect of the error shall be conclusive.

 

NOTICES
 

 

148           Any notice or document to be given or issued under these Articles shall be in writing, except that any such notice or 7(3) document to be given or issued by or on behalf of the Company under these Articles (including any “corporate communication” within the meaning ascribed thereto in the Listing Rules) shall be in writing which may or may not be in a transitory form and may be recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form (including an electronic communication and publication on a computer network) whether having physical substance or not may be served or delivered by the Company by any of the following means subject to and to such extent permitted by and in accordance with the Ordinance, the Listing Rules and any other applicable laws, rules and regulations:

 

(i)             personally;

 

(ii)            by sending it through the post in a properly prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to a member at his registered address as appearing in the Register of Members or in the case of another entitled person, to such address as he may provide;

 

(iii)           by delivering or leaving it at such address as aforesaid;

 

(iv)           by advertisement in an English language newspaper and a Chinese language newspaper in Hong Kong in accordance with the Listing Rules;

 

(v)            by transmitting it as an electronic communication to the entitled person at such electronic address as he may have provided; or

 

(vi)           by publishing it on a computer network.

 

149.          Any notice or document (including any “corporate communication” within the meaning ascribed thereto in the Listing Rules) given or issued by or on behalf of the Company:

 

(i)          if sent by post, shall be deemed to have been served on the day following that on which the envelope or wrapper containing the same is put into a post office situated within Hong Kong and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly prepaid, addressed and put into such post office (airmail if posted from Hong Kong to an address outside Hong Kong) and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was so properly prepaid, addressed and put into such post office shall be conclusive evidence thereof;

 

(ii)         if not sent by post but delivered or left at a registered address by the Company, shall be deemed to have been served on the day it was so delivered or left;

 

(iii)        if published by way of a newspaper advertisement, shall be deemed to have been served on the date on which it is advertised in one English language newspaper and one Chinese language newspaper in Hong Kong;

 



 

(iv)        if sent as an electronic communication, shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the notice or document is transmitted electronically provided that no notification that the electronic communication has not reached its recipient has been received by the sender, except that any failure in transmission beyond the sender’s control shall not invalidate the effectiveness of the notice or document being served; and

 

(v)         if published on the Company’s computer network, shall be deemed to have been served on the day on which the notice or document is published on the Company’s computer network to which the entitled person may have access.

 

149A.       Subject to any applicable laws, rules and regulations, any notice or document, including but not limited to the documents referred to in Article 143 and any “corporate communication” within the meaning ascribed thereto in the Listing Rules, may be given in the English language only, in the Chinese language only or in both the English language and the Chinese language.

 

149B.       For the purpose of Article 148 and 149, “entitled person” shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Ordinance.

 

150.          Any person who, by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever, shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share which, previously to his name and address being entered in the Register, shall be duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.

 

151.          Any notice or document served in accordance with these Articles shall, notwithstanding such member be then deceased or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his decease or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any shares held by such member, whether held solely or jointly with other persons by such member, until some other person be registered in his stead as the holder or joint holder thereof, and such service shall for all purposes of these Articles be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on his executors, administrators or assigns and all persons (if any) jointly interested with him in any such share.

 

152.          Any summons, notice, order or other document required to be sent to or served upon the Company, or upon any officer of the Company, may be sent or served by leaving the same or sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper, addressed to the Company or to such officer at the Office.

 

153.          The signature to any notice to be given by the Company may be written, typed,  printed or made electronically .

 

154.          Subject to any special provisions contained in these Articles or in the Ordinance, all notices required to be given by 7(1) advertisement shall be advertised in at least one daily Chinese and one daily English newspaper circulating in Hong Kong.

 

155.          In reckoning the period for any notice given under these Articles, the day on which notice is served, or deemed to be served, and the day for which such notice is given shall be excluded.

 

WINDING UP
 

156.          If the Company shall be wound up, the surplus assets remaining after payment to all creditors shall be divided among the members in proportion to the capital paid up on the shares held by them respectively, and if such surplus assets shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital, they shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the members in proportion to the capital paid upon on the shares held by them respectively.  This Article is, however, subject to the rights of the holders of any shares which may be issued on special terms or conditions.

 

157.          If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator (whether voluntary or official) may, with the sanction of a special resolution, divide among the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company or vest any part of the assets of the Company in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members or any of them as the resolution shall provide.  Any such resolution may provide for and sanction a distribution of any specific assets amongst different classes of members otherwise than in accordance with their existing rights, but each member shall in that event have a right

 



 

of dissent and other ancillary rights in the same manner as if such resolution were a special resolution passed pursuant to section 237 of the Ordinance.

 

158.          In the event of a winding-up of the Company in Hong Kong, every member of the Company who is not for the time being in Hong Kong shall be bound, within fourteen days after the passing of an effective resolution to wind up the Company voluntarily, or within the like period after the making of an order for the winding up of the Company, to serve notice in writing on the Company appointing some person resident in Hong Kong upon whom all summonses, notices, processes, orders and judgements in relation to or under the winding up of the Company may be served and, in default of such nomination, the liquidator of the Company shall be at liberty on behalf of such member to appoint some such person, and service upon any such appointee shall be deemed to be a good personal service on such member for all purposes, and where the liquidator makes any such appointment he shall, with all convenient speed, give notice thereof to such member by advertising in such English language daily newspaper circulating in Hong Kong as he shall deem appropriate or by a registered letter sent through the post and addressed to such member at his address as appearing in the Register, and such notice shall be deemed to be served on the day on which the advertisement appears or the letter is posted.

 

INDEMNITY
 

159.          Subject to the provisions of the Ordinance, every Director or other officer of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all costs, charges, expenses, losses and liabilities which he may sustain or incur in or about the execution of his office or otherwise in relation thereto and in particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing every Director and other officer of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company against, and it shall be the duty of the Directors out of the funds of the Company to pay all costs, losses and expenses which any such Director and other officer may incur or become liable for by reason of any contract entered into, or act or thing done by him or them as such Director and other officer, or in any way in the discharge of their or his duties, including travelling expenses; and the amount for which such indemnity is provided shall immediately attach as a lien on the property of the Company, and have priority as between the members over all other claims.  Any person who is a Director or other officer of the Company shall not be liable (except in consequence of his own dishonesty) for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other Director or other officer of the Company or for any losses or expenses incurred by the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the Directors for or on behalf of the Company, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of the Company shall be invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any moneys, securities or effects of the Company shall be deposited or for any loss occasioned by any error of judgement, omission, default or oversight on their or his part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto.

 

DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
 

160.          Subject to the Ordinance, the Company may destroy:

 

(a)            any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after the expiry of one year from the date of such cancellation;

 

(b)            any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address at any time after the expiry of two years from the date on which such mandate, variation, cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;

 

(c)            any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of six years from the date of registration; and

 

(d)            any other document, on the basis of which any entry in the register is made, at any time after the expiry of six years from the date on which an entry in the register was first made in respect of it;

 

and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so

 



 

destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company.  Provided always that:

 

(i)             the foregoing provisions of this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim;

 

(ii)            nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (i) above are not fulfilled; and

 

(iii)           references in this Article to the destruction of any document include reference to its disposal in any manner.

 

UNTRACEABLE SHAREHOLDERS
 

161.          Without prejudice to the rights of the Company, the Company may cease sending such cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions.  However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.

 

162.          The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a shareholder who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

 

(i)             all cheques or warrants, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by the Articles of Association of the Company have remained uncashed;

(ii)            so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time, during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the shareholder who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law;

 

(iii)           the Company has caused an advertisement to be inserted in English in one English language daily newspaper and in Chinese in one Chinese language daily newspaper (provided that the aforesaid daily newspapers shall be included in the list of newspaper issued and published in the Hong Kong Government Gazette for the purpose of section 71A of the Ordinance) advertising its intention to sell such shares and a period of three months has elapsed since the date of such advertisement; and

(iv)           the Company has notified the stock exchange in the relevant territory of its intention to effect such sale.

 

For the purpose of the foregoing, “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (iii) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.

 

The manner, timing and terms of any sale of shares pursuant to this Article (including but not limited to the price or prices at which the same is made) shall be such as the Board determines, based upon advice from such bankers, brokers or other persons as the Board considers appropriate consulted by it for the purposes, to be reasonably practicable having regard to all the circumstances including the number of shares to be disposed of and the requirement that the disposal be made without delay and the Board shall not be liable to any person for any of the consequences of reliance on such advice.

 

163.          To give effect to any such sale pursuant to Article 162 the Board may authorise any person to transfer the said shares and the instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.  The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and, upon receipt by the Company of such proceeds, it shall become indebted to the former shareholder by carrying all moneys in respect thereof to a separate account for an amount equal to such net proceeds.

 



 

No trusts shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit.  Any sale under this Article shall include any additional shares which during the relevant period or during any period ending on the date when all the requirements of sub-paragraphs (i) to (iii) of Article 162 have been satisfied have been issued in respect of those held at the beginning of such relevant period and shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the shareholder holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.

 


Exhibit 4.15

 

(English Translation)

 

 

Restructuring Agreement

 

between

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation

 

and

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

November 4, 2003

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

Definitions

 

 

 

 

2.

Restructuring of Project Assets and Interests in China

 

 

 

 

3.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

 

 

 

 

4.

Taxation

 

 

 

 

5.

Non-Competition

 

 

 

 

6.

Further Consents

 

 

 

 

7.

Mutual Indemnification and Guarantee

 

 

 

 

8.

Ownership of Profits

 

 

 

 

9.

Document Transfer

 

 

 

 

10.

Force Majeure

 

 

 

 

11.

Confidentiality

 

 

 

 

12.

No Waiver

 

 

 

 

13.

Notices

 

 

 

 

14.

Governing Law

 

 

 

 

15.

Dispute Resolution

 

 

 

 

16.

Effectiveness; Miscellaneous

 

 



 

Restructuring Agreement

 

This Restructuring Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated November 4, 2003, is entered into in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (“China” or “PRC”), by and between the following two parties:

 

(1)            China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”) Address: Huang Cheng Hotel, No.15, Yangfangdian Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China

 

Legal Representative: Wang Jianzhou

 

(2)            Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”) Address: Room 1009, 10 th Floor, Tower 1, No. 18, Jian Guo Men Nei Avenue, Dongcheng District, Beijing, China

 

Legal Representative: Wang Jianzhou

 

WHEREAS:

 

(1)            Unicom Group is a duly organized and validly existing corporation engaged in integrated telecommunications services in accordance with PRC law.

 

(2)            Unicom New World is a duly organized and validly existing corporation wholly owned by Unicom Group at the time of incorporation in accordance with PRC law, established with a registered capital of RMB2,054,769,800. It operates mobile telecommunications services in 9 provinces (autonomous regions), namely, Shanxi, Neimenggu, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Tibet, Gansu, Qinghai and Ningxia.

 

(3)            Unicom Group intends to inject all its equity interests in Unicom New World into China Unicom Limited (“Unicom Red Chip Company”) through a wholly owned overseas company.

 

NOW THEREFORE, on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, after friendly consultations, Unicom Group and Unicom New World agree as follows:

 

1.              Definitions

 

Unless stated otherwise, in the Agreement:

 

Assets Assessment Report

 

shall mean the Assets Assessment General Report for the Intention of Establishment of Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporate Limited by China United Telecommunications Corporation (Zhong Qi Hua Ping Bao Zi [2003]139), which is made by Zhong Qi Hua Asset Evaluation Company and approved by the Committee of Management of State-owned Assets under the State Council (Guo Zi Chan Quan Han [2003]314), with June 30, 2004 as the assessment reference date.

 

 

 

Auditor’s Report

 

shall mean the financial statements and audit report (Pu Hua Yong Dao Te Shen Zi [2003]123) issued by PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian Accountants Firm for Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited for 2002 and the six months period ended June 30, 2003.

 

 

 

Unicom Group

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation

 

 

 

Unicom Red Chip Company

 

China Unicom Limited

 

 

 

CUCL

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

 

 

Unicom New World

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

1



 

Unicom New World (BVI)

 

Unicom New World (BVI) Limited

 

 

 

Project Assets and Interests in China

 

shall mean related assets, rights and liabilities injected by Unicom Group into Unicom New World, i.e. all assets and interests listed in the Assets Assessment Report, and all contracts, agreements, certificates, business operation information, documents and files, land use rights and housing ownership rights in connection with such assets and interests, and all interests thereof, together with all interests and income generated by such assets and interests since June 30, 2003.

 

 

 

Listed Business

 

shall mean any telecommunications business and other related businesses, wholly or partially owned, managed or operated directly or indirectly by Unicom Red Chip and/or Unicom New World at any time.

 

 

 

Competing Business

 

shall mean any business or activity which results or may result in any direct or indirect commercial competition with the Listed Business.

 

 

 

Unassigned Contracts

 

shall mean the unassigned contracts defined in article 2.10 under the Agreement.

 

 

 

Restructuring Effective Date

 

shall mean the date of incorporation of Unicom New World, i.e., November 4, 2003.

 

Unless stated otherwise herein, “provisions” mean only those hereunder. The titles and headings used are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting the Agreement.

 

2.              Restructuring of Project Assets and Interests in China

 

2.1            Unicom Group and Unicom New World (collectively, the “Parties”) hereby agree to assign the Project Assets and Interests in China to Unicom New World pursuant to the provisions and conditions of the Agreement.

 

2.2            Pursuant to the Restructuring, Unicom Group assigns net assets and related interests being RMB2,054,769,800 to Unicom New World.

 

2.3            Both Parties agree and confirm the assignment of the Project Assets and Interests in China, including the land use rights and real estate titles to be assigned to Unicom New World pursuant to the Restructuring.

 

Both Parties confirm such land use rights and real estate titles have been appraised to be Unicom Group’s investment in Unicom New World.

 

2.4            Unless otherwise provided herein, Unicom New World shall own and control the Project Assets and Interests in China free of any liens, security or any other third party interests, and be responsible for related liabilities on and after the Restructuring Effective Date.

 

2.5            Both Parties hereby agree and confirm that Unicom Group shall undertake all the responsibilities for any agreements, arrangements, liabilities or obligations in connection with the following matters, while Unicom New World shall not bear any of such responsibilities:

 

2.5.1         Any rights of Unicom Group’s employees (including the employees transferred to Unicom New World), in connection with any of Unicom Group’s salary funds or benefits funds at any time prior to the Restructuring Effective Date; and

 

2.5.2         Any capital contribution agreements or arrangements made between Unicom Group and its employees prior to the Restructuring Effective Date.

 

2



 

2.6            Pursuant to the Restructuring, certain employees of Unicom Group shall be transferred to Unicom New World on the Restructuring Effective Date. Unicom Group shall permit any such employee to occupy his or her current residence (owned by Unicom Group) under the same conditions as before the Restructuring Effective Date until his or her employment by Unicom New World is terminated. In the event that any such employee decides to exercise his or her option to purchase his or her current residence as permitted by the PRC government’s policies or regulations on housing reform, Unicom Group shall bear all the costs or losses arising from the sale of the residence (excluding any expenses to be paid by such employee as required by laws or regulations).

 

2.7            For the purpose of arranging the Restructuring pursuant to the provisions hereunder and to handle effectively all the related existing and remaining matters, both Parties hereby agree and confirm that all the activities in connection with the Restructuring shall be legally binding on each Party hereto.

 

2.8            Both parties agree to make their best efforts to complete as early as possible all the Restructuring matters remaining after the Restructuring Effective Date. Both Parties agree to take all actions, including, but not limited to, executing or causing others to execute any documents, applying and obtaining any approvals, consents or permits, and registering, listing or filing any proceeding documents, so as to ensure the full implementation of the Restructuring. As for any related matters not referred hereto, both parties shall consult with each other in a friendly fashion and handle them in an appropriate manner.

 

2.9            In the event that there is any lawsuit or arbitration, caused by any matters that happened prior to the Restructuring Effective Date, in connection with the Project Assets and Interests in China assigned to Unicom New World, both Parties shall participate in such lawsuit or arbitration, exercise their rights and Unicom Group shall undertake related responsibilities, and take all proper and reasonable actions permitted by the court or arbitrator so as to protect the interests of both Unicom Group and Unicom New World against such lawsuit or arbitration.

 

2.10          All existing contracts and agreements, with Unicom Group or any of its subsidiaries as a party and in connection with the Project Assets and Interests in China, shall be assigned to Unicom New World on the Restructuring Effective Date.

 

For the purpose of changing the titles of such contracts or agreements, both Parties have entered into agreements and/or letters of consent with other participating parties.

 

In the event that some of such contracts have not yet been agreed by certain other participating parties to be assigned from Unicom Group to Unicom New World because of such reasons as time or quantity (“Unassigned Contracts”), both Parties agree as follows:

 

2.10.1       Unicom Group shall hold the Unassigned Contracts after the Restructuring Effective Date and perform, in the name of Unicom Group, its obligations thereunder to the other participating parties thereto, while all Unicom Group’s rights or obligations thereunder and all the consequent profits or losses, unless otherwise specified herein, shall belong to Unicom New World. Unicom Group agrees that it shall receive or hold any interests thereunder, including, but not limited to, goods and money, on behalf of Unicom New World, who is the owner of such interests. Unicom Group shall deliver such interests to Unicom New World at Unicom New World’s requests;

 

2.10.2       Unicom Group shall exercise and perform, strictly under Unicom New World’s instructions from time to time, its rights and obligations under the Unassigned Contracts, and shall not alter or terminate any Unassigned Contracts without Unicom New World’s prior written consent; notwithstanding the fact that Unicom Group holds the Unassigned Contracts as a trustee of Unicom New World, the latter shall not directly claim any rights against other participating parties thereto, unless consented by such other participating parties;

 

2.10.3       Any reasonable expenses incurred by Unicom Group in performing the obligations under 2.10.1 herein shall be reimbursed by Unicom New World, excluding those arising from Unicom Group’s negligence or fault or any other factors caused by Unicom Group;

 

2.10.4       During the time when Unicom Group holds or performs any Unassigned Contract as a trustee

 

3



 

of Unicom New World pursuant to the provisions hereunder, in the event that there are any losses incurred by Unicom New World resulting from Unicom Group’s negligence or fault or any other factors caused by Unicom Group, prior to or after the Restructuring Effective Date, including, but not limited to, lawsuit costs and indemnification, Unicom Group shall make adequate, effective and timely indemnification to Unicom New World against such loss; and

 

2.10.5       In the event that Unicom New World needs Unicom Group to exercise, in the latter’s name, its rights under any Unassigned Contract, including filing lawsuits or arbitration or taking other necessary actions, Unicom Group should assist Unicom New World by so doing in exercising such rights.

 

2.11          Each Party agrees to bear its own expenses hereunder, unless specified otherwise herein.

 

3.              Representations , Warranties and Covenants

 

3.1            Each Party hereto makes to the other Party the following representations, warranties and covenants:

 

3.1.1         It is an independent legal person organized under PRC law. It has its valid business license and full rights to operate within the business scope described in the license;

 

3.1.2         It has the full legal rights, power and authorization to execute this Agreement and perform its responsibilities and obligations hereunder; and

 

3.1.3         No provision hereunder violates any of its organizational documents, PRC laws and regulations, and any third-party agreements.

 

3.2            Unicom Group makes to Unicom New World the following representations, warranties and covenants:

 

3.2.1         Unicom Group is the legitimate owner of the Project Assets and Interests in China, upon which Unicom Group has no lien, security, debts or other third-party interests (except for those disclosed in the Assets Assessment Report and the Auditor’s Report);

 

3.2.2         Unicom Group agrees to execute this Agreement and perform its responsibilities and obligations hereunder, including, but not limited to, the assignment of the Project Assets and Interests in China to Unicom New World; such assignment does not violate any of Unicom Group’s organizational documents, agreements or contracts of which Unicom Group is a participating party, and applicable laws and regulations;

 

3.2.3         Unicom Group has taken all necessary actions, including, but not limited to, executing agreements, adopting resolutions, filing and obtaining approvals, and has acquired all the necessary approvals from the state government, provincial and municipal governments and relevant supervisory authorities for the purpose of effectively assigning the Project Assets and Interests in China to Unicom New World;

 

3.2.4         The Auditor’s Report truthfully and impartially reflects the aggregate profits and net assets injected into Unicom New World’s Asset Injection Project for fiscal year as of December 31, 2002 and the six months period ended June 30, 2003. The Auditor’s Report fully provides and discloses all obligations (notwithstanding whether they are existing or not, indirect or disputable, including financial lease undertaking obligations, pension obligations), and all outstanding capital undertaking and all bad and non-performing debts.

 

3.2.5         Since the Assessment Reference Date, Unicom Group has been managing in a proper manner all the assets and liabilities in connection with the Project Assets and Interests in China and operating in a proper manner all the related business, and there has been no material adverse changes in the content and value of such assets and liabilities;

 

3.2.6         Except for the liabilities in connection with the Project Assets and Interests in China which have been disclosed in the Assets Assessment Report and the Auditor’s Report and the debts generated in the regular business operation after the Assessment Reference Date as stated in the Auditor’s Report, Unicom New World has no other actual, liquid or contingent debt,

 

4



 

including any guaranteed debt, or liability to undertake;

 

3.2.7         Unicom Group handles the Project Assets and Interests in China and operates all the related business in accordance with all applicable PRC laws and regulations, and has taken no illegal actions that may bring Unicom New World any material loss;

 

3.2.8         Unicom Group has not violated any provisions of any material contracts or agreements related to the Project Assets and Interests in China injected into Unicom New World;

 

3.2.9         The operation of the Project Assets and Interests in China has not been affected or interrupted by any shortage of facilities or resources, such as electricity, or any other factors;

 

3.2.10       Unicom Group has not violated any third party’s patents, copyrights, trademarks, titles or other registered or unregistered industrial or intellectual copyrights. Unicom Group shall bear the responsibility for indemnification in the event of any claims arising from Unicom New World’s use of the Chinese and English names of “Unicom”;

 

3.2.11       As of the execution date of this Agreement, Unicom Group and its subsidiaries have not engaged in any Competing Business in any manner in China (including, but not limited to, proprietorship, equity or cooperative joint venture, or directly or indirectly possessing other companies’ shares or other interests, unless via China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”) and Unicom New World), except for the existing Competing Business stipulated in the prospectus of Unicom Red Chip Company issued on June 30, 2000;

 

3.2.12       There is no material ongoing, pending or threatened lawsuit, arbitration or other legal proceeding related to Unicom Group (whether as a plaintiff, defendant or any other identity) and in connection with the Project Assets and Interests in China injected into Unicom New World by Unicom Group, nor any claim or fact of material importance to the Restructuring that may result in any claim which may have a material impact on Unicom New World’s operations or financial conditions;

 

3.2.13       After the Restructuring Effective Date, all existing or future business licenses, consents, permits and approvals (including Unicom Group’s licenses for telecommunications business) obtained from the Ministry of Information Industry and other state telecommunications authorities and other government authorities, other allocated and/or acquired resources (including but not limited to such resources as spectra, frequencies, numbers, trademarks and titles) related to Unicom New World’s Listed Business are also applicable to Unicom New World. Unicom Group shall obtain in accordance with law, continue to hold, retain and renew such business licenses, consents, permits and approvals and other resources for the sole benefit of Unicom New World’s Listed Business, and shall not conduct any action or inaction which may adversely affect the legality, validity and continuity of such business licenses, consents, permits and approvals and other resources or which may impair Unicom New World’s ability in operating Listed Business in accordance with PRC laws and regulations. Unicom Group shall take all action or inaction to obtain, maintain, retain, renew or extend such business licenses, consents, permits and approvals, and for the legality, validity and continuity of such business licenses, consents, permits and approvals and other resources and the ability of Unicom New World in operating Listed Business in accordance with PRC laws and regulations;

 

3.2.14       To meet the operating needs of Unicom New World’s Listed Business, Unicom Group shall arrange to allow Unicom New World to participate in its existing or future roaming and settlement arrangements set up with third parties in accordance with industry rules;

 

3.2.15       After the Restructuring Effective Date, (i) Unicom Group shall have the obligation to assist Unicom New World in obtaining the real estate title certificates in connection with the Project Assets and Interests in China. In the event that Unicom New World fails to acquire such certificates for any reasons, Unicom Group shall indemnify Unicom New World for all resulting losses, indemnities, payments, fees, expenses, or claims; and (ii) Unicom Group shall provide Unicom New World, other than the Project Assets and Interests in China, certain other assets and related services (including but not limited to those ensuring the continuous use by

 

5



 

Unicom New World of any premises owned by Unicom Group for which documentation of its relevant rights has not yet obtained, for three years after the Restructuring Effective Date). Unicom Group has the full legal rights, power and authorization to make such arrangements. In the event that there is any dispute regarding the usage by Unicom New World or its branches/subsidiaries of such assets or the related services that has resulted in the failure of Unicom New World or its branches/subsidiaries in exercising their relevant rights or caused damages to Unicom New World or its branches/subsidiaries, Unicom Group agrees to indemnify Unicom New World or its branches/subsidiaries for all consequent losses, indemnities, payments, fees, expenses, or claims;

 

3.2.16       Should Unicom New World deem it necessary, Unicom Group shall continue to provide financial support to Unicom New World; and

 

3.2.17       Unicom Group shall, at Unicom New World’s request from time to time, make available to Unicom New World or its branches/subsidiaries certain of its own assets and assets of which use rights have been obtained from certain third parties (including premises and related facilities). In the event that there is any dispute for any reason and under any circumstance regarding Unicom Group’s property rights or use rights of such assets that has resulted in Unicom New World’s failure in exercising its relevant rights or resulted in damages to Unicom New World, Unicom Group agrees to indemnify Unicom New World for all resulting claims.

 

3.3            All representations, warranties and covenants herein are separate and independent, and not subject to any other provisions or contents herein, unless stipulated otherwise herein.

 

3.4            In the event that Unicom New World finds Unicom Group has defaulted on any representations, warranties or covenants herein, Unicom New World shall be entitled to claim an indemnity against Unicom Group; Unicom Group agrees to indemnify Unicom New World, within thirty (30) days after it receives a notice for indemnity from Unicom New World, for all direct and indirect losses, fees or liabilities arising from such default by Unicom Group.

 

4.              Taxation

 

4.1           “Taxes” stipulated in Section 4.2 herein means all the taxes collected by or paid to state, provincial and local government authorities, including, but not limited to, taxation on gross or net profit, income, sales, acquisitions, patents and other intellectual property rights, tangible or intangible assets, chattel or estate (including sales, assignments, bestowal, disposals, possession, usage or occupancy of such), including, but not limited to, income tax, sales tax, value-added tax, consumption tax, tariff, stamp duty, deductions and withholding tax, and also include the following:

 

4.1.1         Any tax collected or paid based on contractual packages or in other similar methods;

 

4.1.2         Any additional or double-levied tax, whether such tax results from the deficiency of the previously collected or paid tax or the tax credits generated by previously collected or paid tax are unjustifiable or illegitimate; and

 

4.1.3         Any penalties, interest, delinquency charges or any other payables, but not including any tax to be paid which has been listed in financial statements.

 

4.2            Unicom Group will assume the following:

 

4.2.1         All taxes generated by the operation of the Project Assets and Interests in China, or any other assets assigned to Unicom New World, prior to the Restructuring Effective Date, whether such taxes are levied or payable before or after the Restructuring Effective Date; and

 

4.2.2         All taxes generated prior to or after the Restructuring Effective Date by assets, rights, debts or obligations (and the relevant operations) owned but not stipulated in the Assets Assessment Report and the Auditor’s Report.

 

4.3            Unicom Group agrees to indemnify Unicom New World as follows:

 

6



 

All taxes stipulated in Section 4.2 above and their related claims, lawsuits, losses, indemnities, payments, fees or expenses, including, but not limited to, all payments, fees and expenses arising from or associated with enforcements of judgments or settlements of such claims or lawsuits.

 

5.              Non-Competitio n

 

Unicom Group hereby covenants to Unicom New World that, once the shares of Unicom Red Chip Company are listed, Unicom Group, as a controlling shareholder of Unicom Red Chip Company and the coordinator of other controlling shareholders in accordance with laws or listing rules of such listing place, shall not engage or participate in, and shall prevent its subsidiaries from engaging or participating in, any Competing Business in China, except for the existing Competing Business or cellular telephony services based on CDMA technology, in any form (including, but not limited to, proprietorship, equity or cooperation joint venture, or directly or indirectly possessing other companies’ shares or interests, unless via Unicom Operating Company and/or Unicom New World). In the event that Unicom Group and/or any of its subsidiaries engages or participates in, at any time and in any place within China, operations or activities that have become a Competing Business, except for the existing Competing Business or cellular telephony services base on CDMA technology, Unicom Group shall terminate and/or cause its subsidiaries to terminate the engagement, participation, management and operation of such Competing Business.

 

6.              Further Consents

 

6.1            After Unicom Group has assigned all of its shares in Unicom New World to Unicom New World (BVI) Limited (“New World BVI”), Unicom New World shall then become a wholly owned foreign proprietorship company of New World BVI, and this agreement shall remain binding on Unicom Group and Unicom New World.

 

6.2            If Unicom Red Chip Company needs to further restructure Unicom Operating Company and Unicom New World, then this Agreement shall be binding on such company which shall be a successor to the assets, interests and businesses of Unicom New World. Representations, warranties and covenants made by Unicom Group to Unicom New World shall be deemed to be made to such company which shall be a successor to the assets, interests and businesses of Unicom New World.

 

7.              Mutual Indemnification and Guarantee

 

7.1            Except for liabilities specified in the Assets Assessment Report and the Auditor’s Report to be borne by Unicom New World, Unicom Group shall bear all the liabilities (including contingent liabilities) related to the Project Assets and Interests in China and other assigned assets and interests and all the indemnities arising from the Restructuring. Unicom New World assumes no responsibilities, rights or interests related to other assets, rights and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) owned by Unicom Group pursuant to the Restructuring.

 

7.2            Unicom Group agrees to make unlimited indemnities to Unicom New World as follows:

 

7.2.1         Any claims (excluding those related to taxation) of Unicom New World arising from or related to (i) the failure to disclose certain assets or liabilities in the financial statements prior to the Restructuring Effective Date or (ii) assets and liabilities retained or held by Unicom Group;

 

7.2.2         Any claims arising from or related to Unicom Group’s negligence or mismanagement in respect of the Project Assets and Interests in China prior to the execution date of this Agreement (unless any such claim is specified in the Assets Assessment Report); and

 

7.2.3         At any time:

 

(a)            Any claims arising from Unicom Group’s failure to inject any related assets or liabilities into Unicom New World pursuant to the Restructuring and this Agreement; and

 

(b)            Any claims arising from Unicom Group’s breach of any provision hereunder.

 

7



 

7.3            Unicom New World agrees to indemnify Unicom Group for any claim arising from Unicom New World’s breach of any provision hereunder.

 

7.4            Claims specified in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 above include but are not limited to all payments, fees and expenses generated in or related to the handling of such claims or the enforcement of judgments or decisions thereof. However, any lawsuits, claims, payments, fees and expenses resulting from or relating to the deliberate breach of this Agreement, fraud or negligence by the party claiming such indemnity are not included hereunder.

 

7.5            Any indemnity claim from any Party hereto should be presented in written form and with a description of the facts and status of the claim in reasonable detail.

 

7.6            Unicom Group hereby agrees to forward to Unicom New World any payment that belongs to Unicom New World after the Restructuring Effective Date within seven (7) days after Unicom Group receives such payment from any third party.

 

7.7            Pursuant to the Restructuring, some of Unicom Group’s employees shall be transferred to Unicom New World together with various social securities attached thereto. Unicom New World shall sign an employment contract with each of such employees as required by law, and provide such employee with all required benefits such as social security, medical insurance and retirement plans in accordance with the applicable PRC laws. Unicom Group agrees that Unicom New World shall not be responsible for any liabilities incurred in the period of such employee’s employment in Unicom Group. Unicom Group shall indemnify Unicom New World in the event that such liabilities result in Unicom New World’s loss.

 

8.              Ownership of Profits

 

Both Parties hereby agree that, after the Restructuring Effective Date, profits generated by businesses related to the Project Assets and Interests in China shall belong to Unicom New World.

 

9.              Document Transfe r

 

Unicom Group shall transfer to Unicom New World the originals of all the contracts, deeds, agreements, letters of undertaking, letters of guarantee, insurance policies and all other relevant documents related to the Project Assets and Interests in China.

 

10.           Force Majeur e

 

Should an unforeseeable, unavoidable and uncontrollable event of force majeure cause either Party hereto to be unable to perform its obligations hereunder, such party shall inform the other party of the situation, and provide within 15 days the relevant detailed information and a document discussing the reasons for the total inability or partial inability or necessary delay in continuing to perform the obligations hereunder. Both Parties shall consequently consult with each other in consideration of the degree such event of force majeure has affected the performance of such obligations so as to decide whether to terminate or partially relieve or delay the performance of such obligations.

 

11.           Confidentialit y

 

Unless required otherwise by law or by supervisory authorities or for the purpose of acquisition, each party hereto shall not provide or disclose, without written permission from the other party, to any company, enterprise, organization or individual any information and materials regarding the other party.

 

12.           No Waive r

 

Unless required otherwise by law, any party’s failure or delay in exercising any of its rights, power or privileges hereunder shall not be construed as any waiver of such rights, power or privileges. Any partial exercising of such rights, power or privileges shall not impair any further exercising of such rights, power or privileges.

 

8



 

13.           Notice s

 

Notices given in connection with this Agreement shall be transmitted in written form by hand delivery, facsimile or mail. If hand-delivered, it shall be deemed effectively delivered on the date it is actually delivered to the other Party. If sent by facsimile, it shall be deemed effectively delivered at the time the transmission report indicates that the message was completely transmitted. If sent by mail, it shall be deemed effectively delivered three business days (postponed automatically for public holidays) after the date of mailing. Any notice shall become effective upon delivery.

 

The Parties’ addresses are as follows:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation

 

Unicom New World Telecommunication Corporation Limited

 

 

 

Contact Person: Yi Yongji

 

Contact Person: Song Xiaoxi

 

 

 

Address: Room 1167, 11/F, No. 133A, Xidan North Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China

 

Address: 828, 8 th Floor, No. 133A, Xidan North Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing, China

 

 

 

Postal code:100032

 

Postal code:100032

 

14.           Governing Law

 

This Agreement and its interpretation and enforcement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

15.           Dispute Resolutio n

 

In the event that there is any dispute regarding the effectiveness, interpretation or performance of this Agreement, both Parties hereto shall first endeavor to resolve such dispute through friendly consultations. In the event that such dispute fails to be resolved within thirty (30) days after its occurrence, any Party may bring up a suit to a PRC Court in a relevant jurisdiction.

 

16.           Effectiveness; Miscellane ous

 

16.1          This Agreement shall become effective immediately after being executed and sealed by both Party’s legal representatives or their authorized persons.

 

16.2          This Agreement is severable. In the event that any provision hereof is determined to be unlawful or unenforceable, it shall not affect the effectiveness and enforcement of the other provisions hereof.

 

16.3          If mutually agreed upon, any amendments or supplements to this Agreement and related appendices may be made by both Parties and shall become effective after being executed and sealed by both Parties’ legal representatives or their authorized persons.

 

16.4          Each Party shall not transfer any of its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party without the written consent of the other party.

 

16.5          This agreement shall be executed by the Parties hereto in six (6) original counterparts. Each of the originals is equally effective.

 

9



 

Signature page follows:

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation  (corporate seal)

 

 

By:

/s/ Wang Jianzhou

 

   (The signature of legal representative or authorized representative)

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited  (corporate seal)

 

 

By:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

   (The signature of legal representative or authorized representative)

 

10


Exhibit 4.16

 

 

20 November 2003

 

 

CHINA UNICOM (BVI) LIMITED

 

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

 


 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to the entire
issued capital of Unicom New World (BVI) Limited

 


 



 

CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

 

 

 

1.

Definitions and Interpretation

 

 

 

 

2.

Sale of the Target Shares and Price

 

 

 

 

3.

Conditions Precedent

 

 

 

 

4.

Pre-Completion Undertakings

 

 

 

 

5.

Completion

 

 

 

 

6.

Post-Completion Undertakings; Restrictions on Vendor Group Companies

 

 

 

 

7.

Warranties

 

 

 

 

8.

Limitations on Claims

 

 

 

 

9.

Purchaser’s Rights to Rescission

 

 

 

 

10.

Withholding Tax and Grossing Up

 

 

 

 

11.

Entire Agreement

 

 

 

 

12.

Variation

 

 

 

 

13.

Assignment

 

 

 

 

14.

Announcements

 

 

 

 

15.

Costs

 

 

 

 

16.

Confidentiality

 

 

 

 

17.

Severability

 

 

 

 

18.

Counterparts

 

 

 

 

19.

Waiver

 

 

 

 

20.

Further Assurance

 

 

 

 

21.

Notices

 

 

 

 

22.

Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Service of Process

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

 

CORPORATE STRUCTURE PRIOR TO COMPLETION

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

 

THE WARRANTIES

 

 



 

APPENDIX 1

 

 

Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the Company

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX 2

 

 

Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the A Share Company

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX 3

 

 

The Restructuring Agreements

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 



 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20 November 2003

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                   CHINA UNICOM (BVI) LIMITED a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is at Craigmuir Chambers, P.O. Box 71, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands (the Vendor );

 

(2)                                   CHINA UNICOM LIMITED a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong whose registered office is at 75 th Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road, Central, Hong Kong (the Purchaser ).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)          As part of a series of restructurings, Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (the Target Company ) has acquired from Unicom Group the mobile communications networks in each of Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang autonomous regions (the Territory ).

 

(B)           Pursuant to a reorganisation agreement dated 14 November 2003, Unicom Centenarian (BVI) Limited ( UCBVI ), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, acquired the Target Company Shares.

 

(C)           Pursuant to that reorganisation agreement, UCBVI on-sold the Target Company Shares to its wholly-owned subsidiary, Unicom New World (BVI) Limited (the Target Holding Company ).

 

(D)          Pursuant to a conditional sale and purchase agreement dated 20 November 2003 between the Vendor, UCBVI and Unicom Group (the Initial Acquisition Agreement ), the Vendor agreed to acquire from UCBVI the entire issued share capital of the Target Holding Company.

 

(E)           The Vendor is a subsidiary of the A Share Company, a limited liability company whose shares are listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. The A Share Company is in turn a subsidiary of Unicom Group.

 

(F)           Immediately prior to the signing of this Agreement, the corporate structure of the parties to this Agreement in so far as it relates to the Target Group Companies (as defined herein) is set out in Part A of Schedule 2.

 

(G)           The Vendor has agreed to on-sell the Target Shares to the Purchaser for the consideration and upon the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

(H)          The Vendor has agreed to make certain representations, warranties and undertakings in relation to the Target Group Companies.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.             Words and expressions used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set out in Schedule 1.

 

SALE OF THE TARGET SHARES AND PRICE

 

2.1           The Vendor agrees to sell as legal and beneficial owner, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase, the Target Shares. The Target Shares shall be sold free from all security interests.

 

2.2           The total price payable on Completion by the Purchaser to the Vendor for the Target Shares shall be HK$3,014,886,000 (the Total Price ), payable in cash.

 



 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

3.1           Completion of the sale and purchase of the Target Shares shall be conditional upon the fulfilment to the reasonable satisfaction of the Purchaser or (in the case of 3.1(b) and 3.1(c)) waiver of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                   the passing of resolutions by the independent shareholders of the Purchaser at its general meeting approving (i) this Agreement and (ii) the Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the Company;

 

(b)                                  the passing of resolutions by the independent shareholders of the A Share Company at its general meeting approving (i) the Initial Acquisition Agreement and (ii) the Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the A Share Company;

 

(c)                                   there having been no material adverse change to the financial condition, business operations or prospects of any of the Target Group Companies;

 

(d)                                  the delivery by or on behalf of the Vendor to the Purchaser of copies of all necessary Regulatory Approvals; and

 

(e)                                   the completion of the Initial Acquisition having taken place.

 

3.2           The Vendor undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Conditions Precedent set out in clauses 3.1(b), 3.1(c), 3.1(d) and 3.1(e) are fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Purchaser as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event by 30 June 2004.

 

3.3           The Purchaser undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Condition Precedent set out in clause 3.1(a) is fulfilled as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event by 30 June 2004.

 

3.4           The Purchaser shall be entitled in its absolute discretion, by written notice to the Vendor, to waive any or all of the Conditions Precedent set out in clauses 3.1(c) and 3.1(d) either in whole or in part.

 

3.5           If any of the Conditions Precedent has not been fulfilled (or waived) on or before the date specified in clauses 3.2 and 3.3 or such other date as the parties to this Agreement may agree in writing, this Agreement (other than clauses 1, 11 to 14, 16 to 22 and Schedule 1, which shall continue to be in force) shall automatically terminate and no party shall have any claim of any nature whatsoever against the other parties under this Agreement (save in respect of its accrued rights arising from any prior breach of this Agreement).

 

PRE-COMPLETI ON UNDERTAKINGS

 

4.1           Pending Completion, the Vendor shall procure that:

 

(a)                                   each Target Group Company shall carry on its business in the ordinary and usual course and shall not make (or agree to make) any payment other than routine payments in the ordinary and usual course of trading;

 

(b)                                  each Target Group Company shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect its assets;

 

(c)                                   the Purchaser’s representatives shall be allowed, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, access to the books and records of each Target Group Company (including, without limitation, all statutory books, minute books, leases, contracts, supplier lists and customer lists) together with the right to take copies;

 

(d)                                  no Target Group Company shall do, allow or procure any act or omission which would constitute or give rise to a breach of any Warranty as if the Warranties were to be repeated on or at any time before Completion by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing;

 



 

(e)                                   prompt disclosure is made to the Purchaser of all relevant information which comes to the notice of the Vendor in relation to any fact or matter (whether existing on or before the date of this Agreement or arising afterwards) which may constitute a breach of any Warranty as if the Warranties were to be repeated on or at any time before Completion by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing;

 

(f)                                     no dividend or other distribution shall be declared, paid or made by any Target Group Company;

 

(g)                                  no share or loan capital shall be allotted or issued or agreed to be allotted or issued by any Target Group Company;

 

(h)                                  all transactions between each Target Group Company and each Vendor Group Company shall be on arm’s length commercial terms and in their respective ordinary and usual course of business;

 

(i)                                      the amount of any Indebtedness owed by each Target Group Company or existing as at the date of this Agreement shall not be increased or extended and no new Indebtedness shall be entered into or assumed by any such company; and

 

(j)                                      no action is taken by any Target Group Company or any Vendor Group Company which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4.2           Pending Completion, the Vendor shall procure that the Target Group Companies consult fully with the Purchaser in relation to any matters which may have a material effect upon the Target Group Companies.  Without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, the Target Group Companies shall not, and the Vendor shall ensure that the Target Group Companies do not:

 

(a)                                   enter into any contract or commitment (or make a bid or offer which may lead to a contract or commitment) having a material value or involving material expenditure or which is of a long term or unusual nature or which could involve an obligation of a material nature or which may result in any material change in the nature or scope of the operations of such Target Group Company;

 

(b)                                  agree to any variation or termination of any existing contract to which that Target Group Company is a party and which may have a material effect upon the nature or scope of the operations of such Target Group Company;

 

(c)                                   (whether in the ordinary and usual course of business or otherwise) acquire or dispose of, or agree to acquire or dispose of, any material business or any material asset; or

 

(d)                                  enter into any agreement, contract, arrangement or transaction (whether or not legally binding) other than in the ordinary and usual course of business.

 

COMPLETION

 

5.1           The sale and purchase of the Target Shares shall be completed at 75 th Floor, The Centre, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong on such date as may be agreed between the Vendor and the Purchaser following notification by the Purchaser to the Vendor of the fulfilment to the satisfaction of the Purchaser (or waiver) of all the Conditions Precedent.  The events referred to in the following provisions of this clause 5 shall take place on Completion.

 

5.2           The Vendor shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Purchaser:

 

(a)                                   duly executed transfers into the name of the Purchaser or its nominee in respect of all of the Target Shares, together with the related share certificates;

 



 

(b)                                  the certificates of incorporation, common seal, share register, share certificate book (with any unissued share certificates), business licence, the documents evidencing the Regulatory Approvals (as the case may be) and all minute books and other statutory books (which shall be written-up to but not including Completion) of each Target Group Company;

 

(c)                                   all such other documents (including any necessary waivers of pre-emption rights or other consents) as may be required to enable the Purchaser and/or its nominee to be registered as the holder(s) of the Target Shares;

 

(d)                                  a counterpart of the Tax Indemnity duly executed by the Vendor;

 

(e)                                   a copy of a resolution of the board of directors (certified by a duly appointed officer as true and correct) of:

 

(i)              the Vendor, authorising the execution of and the performance by the Vendor of its obligations under this Agreement and each of the other documents to be executed by the Vendor (including the Tax Indemnity);

 

(ii)           each Vendor Group Company, authorising the execution of and the performance by the relevant company of its obligations under each of the Connected Transactions to which it is a party;

 

(f)                                     a copy of the sale and purchase agreement pursuant to which the entire issued share capital of the Target Holding Company was transferred to the Vendor;

 

(g)                                  a legal opinion from Commerce & Finance, PRC counsel, in form and substance acceptable to the Purchaser; and

 

(h)                                  a legal opinion from Conyers, Dill & Pearman, in form and substance acceptable to the Purchaser.

 

5.3           The Vendor shall procure that resolutions of the board of directors of the Target Holding Company are passed to approve the registration of the transfers in respect of the Target Shares referred to in clause 5.2.

 

5.4           The Purchaser shall:

 

(a)                                   in satisfaction of its obligations under clause 2.2, cause the sum set out in clause 2.2 to be paid (i) by electronic funds transfer (or such other modes of payment as may be agreed between the Vendor and the Purchaser) to the Vendor’s bank account, or if so directed by the Vendor, to its nominee’s bank account, details of which shall be notified in writing to the Purchaser at least two Business Days prior to Completion or (ii) as otherwise directed by the Vendor; and

 

(b)                                  deliver to the Vendor a copy of the minutes (certified by a duly appointed officer as true and correct) of the Purchaser authorising the execution and performance by the Purchaser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Tax Indemnity and each of the Connected Transactions to which it is a party.

 

Any payment made in accordance with clause 5.4(a) shall constitute a good discharge by the Purchaser of its obligations under clause 2.2 and the Purchaser shall not be concerned to see that the funds are applied in payment to the Vendor.

 

5.5           If the Vendor fails or is unable to perform any material obligation required to be performed by the Vendor pursuant to clauses 3.2, 5.2 and 5.3, respectively, by the last date on which Completion is required to occur, the Purchaser shall not be obliged to complete the sale and purchase of the Target Shares and may, in its absolute discretion, by written notice to the Vendor:

 

(a)                                   rescind this Agreement without liability on the part of the Purchaser; or

 



 

(b)                                  elect to complete this Agreement on that date, to the extent that the Vendor is ready, able and willing to do so, and specify a later date on which the Vendor shall be obliged to complete the outstanding obligations of the Vendor; or

 

(c)                                   elect to defer the Completion by not more than 90 days to such other date as it may specify in such notice, in which event the provisions of this clause 5.5 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, if the Vendor fails or is unable to perform any such obligations on such other date.

 

POST-COMPLETION UNDERTAKINGS ; RESTRICTIONS ON VENDOR GROUP COMPANIES

 

6.1           Following Completion, the Vendor undertakes to the Purchaser to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain the release of each Target Group Company from any Intra-Group Guarantees to which it is a party and, pending such release, to indemnify the relevant Target Group Company against all amounts paid by it to any third party pursuant to any such Intra-Group Guarantee in respect of any liability of any Vendor Group Company (and all Costs incurred in connection with such liability) whether arising before or after Completion.

 

6.2           Following Completion, the Purchaser undertakes to the Vendor to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain the release of each Vendor Group Company from any Intra-Group Guarantees to which it is a party and, pending such release, to indemnify the relevant Vendor Group Company against all amounts paid by it to any third party pursuant to any Intra-Group Guarantees in respect of any liability of any Target Group Company (and all Costs incurred in connection with such liability) whether arising before or after Completion.

 

6.3 (a)                 The Vendor shall not and shall cause that each other Vendor Group Company shall not (whether alone or jointly with another and whether directly or indirectly) carry on or be engaged or (except as the owner for investment of securities dealt in on a stock exchange and not exceeding 5 per cent. in nominal value of the securities of that class) be interested economically or otherwise in any manner whatsoever in any Competing Business during the Relevant Period.

 

(b)                                  The Vendor shall not and shall cause that each other Vendor Group Company shall not during the Relevant Period, directly or indirectly, solicit or endeavour to entice away from the Target Group Companies, offer employment to or employ, or offer or conclude any contract for services with, any person who was employed in skilled or managerial work in the Target Company’s business at any time during the 1 year prior to Completion.

 

(c)                                   Except so far as may be required by law and in such circumstances only after prior consultation with the Purchaser, the Vendor shall not (and shall cause that each other Vendor Group Companies shall not) at any time disclose to any person or use to the detriment of the Target Company’s business any trade secret or other confidential information of a technical character which it holds in relation to the Target Company’s business.

 

(d)                                  The Vendor (acting for itself and each other Vendor Group Company) acknowledges and agrees that the duration, extent and application of the respective restrictions in clauses (a), (b) and (c) are no greater than is reasonable and necessary for the protection of the interests of the Purchaser but that, if any such restriction shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable but would be valid if part of the wording thereof was deleted and/or the period thereof was reduced and/or the area dealt with thereby was reduced, the said restriction shall apply within the jurisdiction of that court with such modifications as may be necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

WARRANT IES

 

7.1           The Vendor represents, warrants and undertakes to the Purchaser in the terms of the Warranties and acknowledges that the Purchaser has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon the Warranties.

 



 

7.2           The Vendor undertakes (without limiting any other rights of the Purchaser in any way including its rights to damages in respect of a claim for breach of any Warranty on any other basis) that it shall pay in cash to the Purchaser (or, if so directed by the Purchaser, to the Target Group Company in question) (each an Indemnified Person ) by way of indemnity on demand in the case of a breach of any of the Warranties, a sum equal to the aggregate of (i) the amount which, if received by the Indemnified Person, would be necessary to put that Indemnified Person into the financial position which would have existed had there been no breach of the Warranty in question; and (ii) all Costs suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Person, directly or indirectly, as a result of or in connection with such breach of Warranty.

 

7.3           The Vendor agrees to waive the benefit of all rights (if any) which the Vendor may have against any Target Group Company, or any present or former officer or employee of any such company, on whom the Vendor may have relied in agreeing to any term of this Agreement and each of the Vendor undertakes not to make any claim in respect of such reliance.

 

7.4           Each of the Warranties shall be construed as a separate Warranty and (save as expressly provided to the contrary) shall not be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other Warranty or any other term of this Agreement.

 

7.5           The Warranties shall be deemed to be repeated immediately before Completion with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

7.6           The Vendor undertakes to notify the Purchaser in writing promptly if it becomes aware of any circumstance arising after the date of this Agreement which would cause any Warranty (if the Warranties were repeated with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) to become untrue or inaccurate or misleading in any respect which is material to the financial or trading position of any of the Target Group Companies.

 

LIMITATIONS ON CL AIMS

 

8.1           The aggregate amount of the liability of the Vendor for all Claims shall not exceed the Total Price.

 

8.2           None of the limitations contained in clause 8.1 shall apply to any breach of any Warranty which (or the delay in discovery of which) is the consequence of dishonest, deliberate or reckless mis-statement, concealment or other conduct by any Vendor Group Company or any officer or employee, or former officer or employee, of any Vendor Group Company.

 

PURCHASER’S RIGHTS TO RE SCISSION

 

9.             The Purchaser may by written notice given to the Vendor at any time prior to Completion rescind this Agreement without liability on the part of the Purchaser:

 

(a)                                   if any fact, matter or event (whether existing or occurring on or before the date of this Agreement or arising or occurring afterwards) comes to the notice of the Purchaser at any time prior to Completion which:

 

(i)              constitutes a breach by the Vendor of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any breach of the pre-Completion undertakings in clause 4); or

 

(ii)           would constitute a breach of any Warranty if the Warranties are repeated on or at any time before Completion by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing; or

 

(iii)        affects or is likely to affect in a materially adverse manner the business, financial position or prospects of the Target Group Companies taken as a whole; or

 

(b)                                  if at any time after signing of this Agreement and before Completion there is a material adverse change in the market price of the shares of the Company and the Company is of the

 



 

opinion that it will not be in the interests of its shareholders as a whole to proceed with the acquisition of the Target Shares.

 

WITHHOLDING TAX AND GROSSING UP

 

10.1         The Vendor shall pay all sums payable by it under clauses 6.1 and 7 free and clear of all deductions or withholdings unless the law requires a deduction or withholding.  If a deduction or withholding is so required the Vendor shall pay such additional amount as will ensure that the net amount the payee receives equals the full amount which it would have received had the deduction or withholding not been required.

 

10.2         If any tax authority brings any sum paid by the Vendor under or pursuant to clauses 6.1 and 7 into charge to tax, then the Vendor shall pay such additional amount as will ensure that the total amount paid, less the tax chargeable on such amount, is equal to the amount that would otherwise be payable under clauses 6.1 and 7.

 

ENTIRE AGR EEMENT

 

11.           This Agreement and the Tax Indemnity constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in connection with the sale and purchase of the Target Shares.  This Agreement and the Tax Indemnity supersede all prior agreements or understandings in connection with the subject matter hereof which shall cease to have any further force or effect.  No party has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set out or referred to in this Agreement and the Tax Indemnity.

 

VARIATI ON

 

12.1         No variation of this Agreement (or of any of the legally binding agreements referred to in this Agreement) shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties to it.  The expression “variation” shall include any variation, supplement, deletion or replacement however effected.

 

12.2         Unless expressly agreed, no variation shall constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement, nor shall it affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under or pursuant to this Agreement which have already accrued up to the date of variation, and the rights and obligations of the parties under or pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except and only to the extent that they are so varied.

 

ASSIGNME NT

 

13.           The Vendor shall not assign, transfer, charge or otherwise deal with all or any of its rights under this Agreement nor grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in it without the prior written consent of the Purchaser. Any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 13 shall be void.

 

ANNOUNCEME NTS

 

14.1         Except as required by law or by any stock exchange or governmental or other regulatory or supervisory body or authority of competent jurisdiction to whose rules the party making the announcement or disclosure is subject, whether or not having the force of law, no announcement or circular or disclosure in connection with the existence or subject matter of this Agreement shall be made or issued by or on behalf of any of the Vendor Group Companies without the prior written approval of the Purchaser (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or by or on behalf of the Purchaser without the prior written approval of the Vendor Group Companies (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

14.2         Where any announcement or disclosure is made in reliance on the exception in clause 14.1, the party making the announcement or disclosure will so far as practicable consult with the other

 



 

parties in advance as to the form, content and timing of the announcement or disclosure.

 

COST S

 

15.           Each party shall bear its own Costs incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and completion of this Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIALI TY

 

16.           The Vendor undertakes with the Purchaser that it shall keep confidential (and to ensure that its directors, officers, employees, agents and professional and other advisers keep confidential) any information in its possession (whether before or after the date of this Agreement):

 

(a)                                   in relation to the subscribers, business, assets or affairs of the Target Group Companies (including any data held by the Target Group Companies); or

 

(b)                                  which relates to the contents of this Agreement (or any agreement or arrangement entered into pursuant to this Agreement),

 

provided that the undertakings contained in this clause 16 shall not apply to any information which is in or has entered the public domain otherwise than as a result of an announcement or disclosure by the Vendor Group Companies in breach of clause 14 or by their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and professional and other advisers.

 

The Vendor shall not use for its own business purposes or disclose to any third party any such information without the consent of the Purchaser.

 

SEVERABILI TY

 

17.           If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall (so far as it is invalid or unenforceable) be given no effect and shall be deemed not to be included in this Agreement but without invalidating any of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.  The parties shall then use all reasonable endeavours to replace the invalid or unenforceable provisions by a valid and enforceable substitute provision the effect of which is as close as possible to the intended effect of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

COUNTERPAR TS

 

18.           This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties to it on separate counterparts, each of which is an original but all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

WAIV ER

 

19.1         No failure or delay by any parties hereto in exercising any right or remedy provided by law under or pursuant to this Agreement shall impair such right or remedy or operate or be construed as a waiver or variation of it or preclude its exercise at any subsequent time and no single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

19.2         The rights and remedies of the parties hereto under or pursuant to this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as such party considers appropriate and are in addition to its rights and remedies under general law.

 

FURTHER ASSURA NCE

 

20.           The Vendor agrees to perform (or procure the performance of) all further acts and things, and execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery of) such further documents, as may be

 



 

required by law or as the Purchaser may reasonably require, whether on or after Completion, to implement and/or give effect to this Agreement and the transaction contemplated by it and for the purpose of vesting in the Purchaser the full benefit of the assets, rights and benefits to be transferred to the Purchaser under this Agreement.

 

NOTIC ES

 

21.1         Any notice or other communication to be given by one party to any other party under, or in connection with, this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the party giving it.  It shall be served by sending it by fax to the number set out in clause 21.2, or delivering it by hand, or sending it by pre-paid recorded delivery or registered post, to the address set out in clause 21.2 and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party set out in clause 21.2 (or as otherwise notified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this clause 21).  Any notice so served by hand, fax or post shall be deemed to have been duly given:

 

(a)                                   in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered;

 

(b)                                  in the case of fax, upon confirmation of transmission;

 

(c)                                   in the case of prepaid recorded delivery or registered post, at 10a.m. on the fifth Business Day following the date of posting

 

provided that in each case where delivery by hand or by fax occurs after 6p.m. on a Business Day or on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9a.m. on the next following Business Day.

 

References to time in this clause are to local time in the country of the addressee.

 

21.2         The addresses and fax numbers of the parties for the purpose of clause 21.1 are as follows:

 

The Vendor:

 

Address:

 

Craigmuir Chambers,
P.O. Box 71,
Road Town,
Tortola,
British Virgin Islands

 

 

 

Fax:

 

(852) 2126 2016

 

 

 

For the attention of:

 

The Directors

 

The Purchaser:

 

Address:

 

75th Floor
The Center,
99 Queen’s Road Central,
Hong Kong

 

 

 

Fax:

 

(852) 2126 2016

 

 

 

For the attention of:

 

The Directors

 

21.3         A party may notify any other party to this Agreement of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or fax number for the purposes of this clause 21, provided that, such notice shall only be effective on:

 

(a)                                   the date specified in the notice as the date on which the change is to take place; or

 



 

(b)                                  if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date following five Business Days after notice of any change has been given.

 

21.4         All notices under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in the English language.

 

GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

22.1         This Agreement and the relationship between the parties shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of Hong Kong.

 

22.2         The parties agree that the courts of Hong Kong are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes (including claims for set-off and counterclaims) which may arise in connection with the creation, validity, effect, interpretation or performance of, or the legal relationships established by, this Agreement or otherwise arising in connection with this Agreement, and for such purposes irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts.

 

22.3         The Vendor shall at all times maintain an agent for service of process and any other documents in proceedings in Hong Kong or any other proceedings in connection with this Agreement.  Such agent shall be China Unicom (Hong Kong) Group Limited currently of 75 th Floor, The Centre, 99 Queen’s Road, Central, Hong Kong and any writ, judgment or other notice of legal process shall be sufficiently served on the Vendor if delivered to such agent at its address for the time being.  The Vendor undertakes not to revoke the authority of the above agent and if, for any reason, the Purchaser requests the Vendor to do so it shall promptly appoint another such agent with an address in Hong Kong and advise the Purchaser.  If, following such a request, the Vendor fails to appoint another agent, the Purchaser shall be entitled to appoint one on behalf of the Vendor at the expense of the Vendor.

 

AS WITNESS this Agreement has been signed on behalf of the parties the day and year first before written.

 



 

SCHEDULE 1
 
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
 

1.             In this Agreement, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

A Share Company means China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited;

 

Accounts means in relation to the Target Company:

 

(a)                                   the combined audited balance sheets of the Target Company as of the relevant Accounts Date in respect of that financial period; and

 

(b)                                  the combined audited statements of income, owner’s equity and cash flows of the Target Company for the financial period ended on the relevant Accounts Date,

 

together with any notes, reports or statements included in or annexed to them;

 

Accounts Date means 31 December 2002 or 30 June 2003, as the case may be;

 

Business Day means a day (excluding Saturdays) on which banks in Hong Kong and the PRC are generally open for the transaction of normal banking business;

 

Claim means any claim for breach of a Warranty;

 

Companies Ordinance means the Companies Ordinance, Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong;

 

Competing Business means a business which carries on or is involved with the provision of any mobile telephone (voice and data) and related value-added services using GSM, CDMA, CDMA1x, WCDMA, 3G technology or otherwise in the Territory;

 

Completion means completion of the sale and purchase of the Target Shares under this Agreement;

 

Conditions Precedent means the conditions specified in clause 3.1;

 

Connected Transactions means the Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the A Share Company and the Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the Company;

 

Costs means liabilities, losses, damages, costs (including legal costs) and expenses (including taxation), in each case of any nature whatsoever;

 

HK$ means Hong Kong dollars, the lawful currency of Hong Kong;

 

holding company shall be construed in accordance with section 2 of the Companies Ordinance;

 

Hong Kong means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC;

 

Indebtedness means any indebtedness in respect of all obligations to repay borrowed money, all indebtedness evidenced by notes, bonds, loan stock, debentures or similar obligations, acceptances or documentary credit facilities, all rental obligations under finance leases, and hire purchase contracts, any other transaction having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money, the net amount of any liability under any swap, hedging or other similar treasury instrument, and all guarantees, sureties, indemnities, counter-indemnities or letters of comfort of obligations of others of the foregoing types;

 

Intellectual Property Rights means patents, trade marks, service marks, trade names, design rights, copyright (including rights in computer software), rights in know-how and other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including applications for the grant of any

 



 

such rights and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or similar effect anywhere in the world;

 

Intra-Group Guarantees means all guarantees, indemnities, counter-indemnities and letters of comfort of any nature whatsoever (a) given to any third party by the Target Group Company in respect of a liability of any Vendor Group Company; and/or (as the context may require) (b) given to any third party by any Vendor Group Company in respect of a liability of the Target Group Company;

 

Intra-Group Loans means all debts outstanding between any Target Group Company and any Vendor Group Company;

 

Last Accounts means the Accounts of the Target Company in respect of the financial period ended on the Last Accounts Date;

 

Last Accounts Date means 30 June 2003;

 

Leased Properties means the properties currently leased by the Target Company as tenant;

 

Mainland China means the PRC excluding Hong Kong and the Macau Special Administrative Region of the PRC;

 

PRC means the People’s Republic of China;

 

Properties means the properties currently owned by the Target Company;

 

Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the Company means those transactions effected pursuant to the operating agreements in the agreed forms as listed in Appendix 1;

 

Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the A Share Company means those transactions effected pursuant to the operating agreements in the agreed forms as listed in Appendix 2;

 

Regulatory Approvals means the approvals, consents and authorisations from all relevant regulatory authorities in the PRC (including the State Council, the State Development and Planning Commission, the Ministry of Information Industry, the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation, the Ministry of Finance and the China Securities Regulatory Commission), Hong Kong (including the Telecommunications Authority) and the United States of America (including the Federal Communications Commission) being those necessary to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

Relevant Period means the period commencing from the date of Completion and ending on the date on which (i) the shares or the American Depository Shares of the Purchaser cease to be listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Hong Kong Stock Exchange and any other stock exchanges or (ii) Unicom Group ceases to be a controlling shareholder of the Purchaser or an associate of such controlling shareholder under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, whichever is the earlier;

 

Reorganisation means the acquisitions and transfers described in Recitals (A) to (C);

 

Restructuring Agreements means the agreements listed in Appendix 3;

 

RMB means Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC;

 

Schedules means Schedules 1, 2 and 3 to this Agreement and Schedule shall be construed accordingly;

 

security interest means any security interest of any nature whatsoever including, without limitation, any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment by way of security or other encumbrance, options, equities, claims or other third party rights (including rights of pre-emption) of any nature whatsoever, together with all rights attaching to them;

 



 

subsidiary and subsidiaries shall be construed in accordance with section 2 of the Companies Ordinance;

 

Target Company Shares means all the issued shares in the capital of the Target Company, details of which are set out in Part C of Schedule 2;

 

Target Group Companies means the Target Holding Company and/or the Target Company;

 

Target Shares means all the issued shares in the capital of the Target Holding Company, details of which are set out in Part B of Schedule 2;

 

Tax Indemnity means the Tax Indemnity in the agreed form to be entered into by the Vendor in favour of the Purchaser;

 

Tax Warranties means the warranties set out in paragraphs 1.1 to 1.9 in Part B of Schedule 3;

 

Unicom Group means China United Telecommunications Corporation;

 

Vendor Group Company means Unicom Group, any subsidiary from time to time of Unicom Group (but excluding the Purchaser, the subsidiaries of the Purchaser from time to time and the Target Group Companies); and

 

Warranties means the representations and warranties set out in Schedule 3.

 

2.             In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                   any references to the Target Company shall include any predecessor entity or person carrying on the business of such Target Company, whether before or after the Reorganisation;

 

(b)                                  references to persons shall include individuals, bodies corporate (wherever incorporated), unincorporated associations and partnerships;

 

(c)                                   the headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  any reference to an enactment or statutory provision is a reference to it as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified, consolidated or re-enacted;

 

(e)                                   any statement qualified by the expression to the best knowledge of the Vendor or so far as the Vendor is aware or any similar expression shall be deemed to include an additional statement that it has been made after due and careful enquiry and shall be deemed also to include the best of the knowledge of each Vendor Group Company;

 

(f)                                     any reference to a document in the agreed form is to the form of the relevant document agreed between the parties and for the purpose of identification initialled by each of them or on their behalf (in each case with such amendments as may be agreed by or on behalf of the Vendor and the Purchaser);

 

(g)                                  references to any Hong Kong legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any other legal concept shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong, be deemed to include the legal concept which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the Hong Kong legal term.

 

3.             The Schedules and Appendices comprise schedules and appendices to this Agreement and form part of this Agreement.

 



 

SCHEDULE 2
 
CORPORATE STRUCTURE PRIOR TO COMPLETION
 

PART A

 

Corporate Structure

 

 



 

PART B

 

Details of the Target Holding Company

 

UNICOM NEW WORLD (BVI) LIMITED

 

1.

Name:

 

Unicom New World (BVI) Limited

 

 

 

 

2.

Date of Incorporation:

 

5 November 2003

 

 

 

 

3.

Place of Incorporation:

 

British Virgin Islands

 

 

 

 

4.

Class of Company:

 

International Business Company

 

 

 

 

5.

Registered Number:

 

566613

 

 

 

 

6.

Registered Office:

 

Romasco Place
Wickhams Cay 1
P.O. Box 3140
Road Town, Tortola
British Virgin Islands

 

 

 

 

7.

Directors:

 

Wang Jianzhou, Shi Cuiming, William Lo Wing Yan and Ye Fengping

 

 

 

 

8.

Registered Shareholders:

 

China Unicom (BVI) Limited

 

 

 

 

9.

Authorised Capital:

 

HK$11,000 divided into 11,000 shares of HK$1.00 each

 

 

 

 

10.

Issued Capital:

 

1,000 shares of HK$1.00 each

 

 

 

 

11.

Subsidiary:

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

 

 

12.

Mortgages and Charges:

 

None

 



 

PART C

Details of the Target Company

 

 

UNICOM NEW WORLD PRC

 

1.

 

Name:

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Place of Incorporation:

 

Beijing, PRC

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Nature of Incorporation:

 

Wholly foreign-owned enterprise

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

Scope of Business:

 

Mobile telecommunication businesses in Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang autonomous regions

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

Registered Office:

 

Room 1009, 10 th Floor, Tower 1, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen Nei Dajie, Beijing, PRC

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

Registered Capital:

 

RMB2,054,769,700

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

Total Investment:

 

RMB2,054,769,700

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

Equity Holder:

 

Unicom New World (BVI) Limited

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

Tax Residence:

 

Beijing, PRC

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

Subsidiaries:

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

Mortgages and Charges:

 

None

 



 

SCHEDULE 3
 
THE WARRANTIES
 

Part A: General

 

INFORMATION

 

1.1           All information relating to the Target Group Companies provided to the Purchaser or its representatives and advisers for the purposes of preparation of the Accounts is true, accurate and not misleading and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

1.2           Save as already disclosed in writing to the Purchaser, there are no other facts or matters which might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial or trading position or prospects of any Target Group Company.

 

CORPORATE MATTERS

 

The Target Group Companies

 

2.1(a)                    All of the Target Shares are fully-paid or properly credited as fully-paid and the Vendor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of them free from all security interests.

 

(b)                                  The information in respect of the Target Holding Company set out in Part B of Schedule 2 is true and accurate and not misleading.

 

(c)                                   The Target Holding Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing under the laws of the BVI, with legal right, power and authority (corporate and other) to own, use, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business in the manner presently conducted, and is duly qualified to transact business in any jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business and such qualification is required, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction; the Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of the Target Holding Company comply with the requirements of applicable BVI law and are in full force and effect.

 

2.2(a)                    The Target Holding Company is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the entire equity interests in the Target Company free from all security interests.

 

(b)                                  The information in respect of each of the Target Company set out in Part C of Schedule 2 is true and accurate.

 

(c)                                   The Target Company is currently a domestic enterprise with limited liability and has been duly organised and is validly existing under the laws of the PRC, and its business licence is in full force and effect; its Articles of Association comply with the requirements of applicable PRC law and are in full force and effect; it has all consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, clearances and qualifications of or with any court, governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over it or any of its properties in each jurisdiction in which the ownership or lease of property by it or the conduct of its business requires such qualification and has the legal right and authority to own, use, lease and operate its assets and to conduct its business in the manner presently conducted.

 

2.3           No Target Group Company owns or has any interest of any nature whatsoever in any shares, debentures or other securities issued by any undertaking other than, in respect of the Target Holding Company, its equity interests in the Target Company.

 

2.4           The Target Holding Company does not carry on any business other than holding the Target Company.

 



 

The Vendor

 

2.5           The Vendor (the Warrantor ) is duly incorporated or established and is validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to execute and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

2.6           The execution, delivery and performance by the Warrantor of this Agreement has been duly authorised by it and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Warrantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the laws of bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

2.7           All regulatory, corporate and other approvals (including Regulatory Approvals and shareholder approvals) and authorisations required by the Warrantor for the execution and delivery of this Agreement and any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance of the terms hereof and thereof and the sale of the Target Shares have been obtained, are unconditional and are in full force and effect.

 

2.8           The execution and delivery by the Warrantor of this Agreement, and the performance and completion of the transactions herein contemplated: (a) will not infringe any applicable laws or regulations; (b) will not result in any breach of the terms of, or constitute a default under, its constitutional documents and business licence (as applicable) or any instrument, agreement or governmental, regulatory or other judgement, decree or order to which the Warrantor is a party or by which it or its property is bound; and (c) will not conflict with any of the certificates, licences or permits of the Warrantor that enable it to carry on the business or operations now operated by it.

 

2.9           The Warrantor is not: (a) in breach of the terms of, or in default under, any instrument, agreement or order to which it is a party or by which it or its property is bound to an extent which is material in the context of the transactions herein contemplated; (b) involved in or the subject of any current or pending investigation or proceedings (whether administrative, regulatory or otherwise), whether in the PRC, Hong Kong or elsewhere.

 

FINANCIAL MATTERS

 

Accounts

 

3.1(a)                    The Accounts give a true and fair view of the state of affairs and financial results of the Target Company for the periods and as at the dates stated therein.

 

(b)                                  Without limiting the generality of paragraph (a):

 

(i)              the Accounts of the Target Company either make full provision for or disclose all liabilities (whether actual, contingent or disputed and including financial lease commitments and pension liabilities), all outstanding capital commitments and all bad or doubtful debts of the Target Company as at the Accounts Dates, in each case in accordance with applicable accounting principles;

 

(ii)           the Accounts of the Target Company for each of the periods ended on the Accounts Date were prepared under the historical convention, complied with the requirements of all relevant laws and regulations then in force and with all statements of standard accounting practice (or financial reporting standards) and applicable accounting principles then in force;

 

(iii)        the rate of depreciation adopted by the Target Company in its Accounts for each of the periods ended on the Accounts Dates was sufficient for each of the fixed assets of the Target Company to be written down to nil by the end of its useful life;

 

(iv)       except as stated in its Accounts, no changes in the accounting policies were made by any of the Target Company in any of the periods ended on the Accounts Dates;

 



 

(v)          the results shown by the Accounts of the Target Company for each of the periods ended on the Accounts Dates were not (except as therein disclosed) affected by any extraordinary or exceptional item or by any other factor rendering such results for all or any of such periods unusually high or low.

 

3.2           None of the financial information provided to the Purchaser or its representatives and advisers is misleading in any material respect nor materially over-state the value of the assets nor materially under-state the liabilities of the Target Company as at the dates to which they were drawn up and do not materially over-state the profits of the Target Company in respect of the periods to which they relate.

 

Position since Last Accounts Date

 

3.3(a)                    Since the Last Accounts Date and compared to the Last Accounts, there has been no material adverse change in the financial or trading position or (save to the extent that the same would be likely to affect to a similar extent generally all companies carrying on similar businesses) in the prospects of the Target Company and no event, fact or matter has occurred which is likely to give rise to any such change.

 

(b)                                  Since the Last Accounts Date and compared to the Last Accounts:

 

(i)                        the business of the Target Company has been carried on in the ordinary and usual course and the Target Company has not made or agreed to make any payment other than routine payments in the ordinary and usual course of trading;

 

(ii)                     no dividend or other distribution has been declared, paid or made by the Target Company;

 

(iii)                  there has been no material change in the level of borrowing or in the working capital requirements of the Target Company (except for changes of not more than 10% arising from expenditure of a capital nature which has been budgeted or otherwise provided for in the Target Company’s approved business plan);

 

(iv)                 all transactions between the Target Company and any Vendor Group Company have been on an arm’s length basis and commercial terms;

 

(v)                    save for the Restructuring Agreements and the Connected Transactions, no contract, liability or commitment (whether in respect of capital expenditure or otherwise) has been entered into by the Target Company which is of a long term or unusual nature or which involved or could involve an obligation of a material nature or magnitude;

 

(vi)                 save as provided in the Restructuring Agreements, the Target Company has not (whether in the ordinary and usual course of business or otherwise) acquired or disposed of, or agreed to acquire or dispose of, any material business or any material asset having a value in excess of RMB4 billion;

 

(vii)              no material debtor has been released by the Target Company on terms that it pays less than the book value of its debt and no material debt owing to the Target Company has been deferred, subordinated or written off or has proved to any extent irrecoverable;

 

(viii)           no change has been made in terms of employment and any benefits in kind payable to employees and other employment related matters by the Target Company or any Vendor Group Company (other than those required by law) which could materially increase the total costs attributable to employment and employee benefits of the Target Company;

 



 

(ix)                   there has been no material increase or decrease in the levels of trade debtors or creditors or in the average collection or payment periods for the trade debtors and creditors respectively;

 

(x)                      the Target Company has not repaid any material borrowing or indebtedness in advance of its stated maturity;

 

(xi)                   there has been no material reduction in the cash balances of the Target Company;

 

(xii)                no resolution of the members of the Target Company has been passed whether in general meeting or otherwise (other than resolutions relating to the routine business of annual general meetings); and

 

(xiii)             the business of the Target Company has not been affected by any abnormal factor not affecting to a similar extent generally all companies carrying on similar businesses.

 

Working Capital

 

3.4           Having regard to existing bank and other financial facilities, the Target Company has sufficient working capital available to it as at the date of this Agreement to enable it to continue to carry on its business in its present form and at its present level of turnover and for the purpose of performing in accordance with their terms all orders, projects and other obligations and discharging all liabilities which ought properly to be discharged during the period of 12 months after Completion.

 

Accounting and other Records

 

3.5(a)                    The books of account and other records of the Target Company:

 

(i)                        are up-to-date and have been maintained in accordance with all applicable laws and generally accepted accounting practices on a proper and consistent basis;

 

(ii)                     comprise complete and accurate records of all information required to be recorded therein;

 

(iii)                  are in its possession or under its control together with all documents of title and executed copies of all existing agreements to which the Target Company is a party.

 

(b)                                  All accounts, documents and returns required by law to be delivered or made by the Target Company to any government authority or regulatory body or any other authority have been duly and correctly delivered or made.

 

DEBT POSITION

 

Debts owed to the Target Company

 

4.1(a)                    There are no debts owing to the Target Company other than:

 

(i)                                      the Intra-Group Loans; and

 

(ii)                                   other trade debts incurred in the ordinary and usual course of business which do not exceed RMB600 million in aggregate for the Target Company as a whole.

 

(b)                                  The book debts shown in the Last Accounts of the Target Company have realised, or will realise within a period of six months from the Last Accounts Date, their nominal amount less any specific provision for bad or doubtful debts included in such accounts. The book debts incurred by the Target Company since the Last Accounts Date and which are outstanding as at the date of this Agreement will realise within three months from such date not less than 90% of their nominal amount.

 



 

Debts owed by the Target Company

 

4.2(a)                    The Target Company does not have outstanding any borrowing or indebtedness in the nature of borrowing (including, without limitation, any indebtedness for moneys borrowed or raised under any acceptance credit, bond, note, bill of exchange or commercial paper, finance lease, hire purchase agreement, trade bills (other than those on terms normally obtained), forward sale or purchase agreement or conditional sale agreement or other transaction having the commercial effect of a borrowing) other than:

 

(i)                        the Intra-Group Loans; and

 

(ii)                     moneys borrowed from or otherwise owed to third parties (which do not exceed RMB22 billion in aggregate for the Target Company as a whole).

 

(b)                                  The Target Company has not received any notice to repay under any agreement relating to any borrowing or indebtedness in the nature of borrowing which is repayable on demand.

 

(c)                                   There has not occurred any event of default or any other event or circumstance which would entitle any person to call for early repayment under any agreement relating to any borrowing or indebtedness of the Target Company or to enforce any security given by the Target Company (or, in either case, any event or circumstance which with the giving of notice and/or the lapse of time and/or a relevant determination would constitute such an event or circumstance).

 

REGULATORY MATTERS

 

5.1(a)                    Save as envisaged in the Connected Transactions, the Target Company has (or will by Completion have) obtained all licences, permissions, authorisations and consents required for carrying on its business effectively in the places and in the manner in which such business is now carried on.

 

(b)                                  The licences, permissions, authorisations and consents referred to in paragraph (a) are (or will by Completion be) in full force and effect, not limited in duration or subject to any unusual or onerous conditions and have been (or will by Completion have been) complied with in all respects.

 

(c)                                   To the best knowledge of the Vendor, there are no circumstances which indicate that any of the licences, permissions, authorisations or consents referred to in paragraph (a) will or are likely to be revoked or not renewed, in whole or in part, in the ordinary course of events (whether as a result of the acquisition of the Target Shares by the Purchaser, the Restructuring or otherwise).

 

5.2(a)                    The Target Company has conducted its business and corporate affairs in accordance with its business licence and with all applicable laws and regulations (whether of the PRC, Hong Kong or any other jurisdiction).

 

(b)                                  The Target Company is not in default of any order, decree or judgment of any court or any governmental or regulatory authority (whether of the PRC, Hong Kong or any other jurisdiction).

 

THE REORGANISATION AND THE ASSETS

 

The Reorganisation

 

6.1(a)                    The assets injected into the Target Company pursuant to the Reorganisation comprise all the assets necessary for the carrying on of the business carried on by the Target Company in the manner it is presently conducted and the liabilities assumed by the Target Company pursuant

 



 

to the Reorganisation represent the only liabilities of the Target Company and are fully, fairly and accurately provided for in the Accounts.

 

6.2           The events and transactions contemplated by the Reorganisation do not contravene any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation and do not contravene the Articles of Association or the business licence of the Target Company or contravene the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument binding upon the Target Company that, singly or in the aggregate, is material to the Target Company, or any judgement, rule or regulation, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Target Company and will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, encumbrance or other restriction upon any assets of the Target Company.

 

6.3           Save for the conditions precedent referred to in clauses 3.1(a) and 3.1(b), all consents, approvals, authorisations, orders, registrations and qualifications required in the PRC in connection with the events and transactions contemplated by the Reorganisation have been (or will by Completion have been) made or unconditionally obtained in writing (including, without limitation, all PRC Regulatory Approvals and shareholders’ approval), and no such consent, approval, authorisation, order, registration or qualification has been withdrawn or is subject to any condition precedent which has not been fulfilled or performed.

 

6.4           There are no legal or government proceedings pending against the Target Company in the PRC challenging the effectiveness or validity of the events and transactions contemplated by the Reorganisation and, to the best knowledge of the Vendor, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by any governmental agencies in the PRC or elsewhere.

 

Ownership

 

6.5(a)                    For the purpose of this Warranty 6.5, assets shall not include the properties disclosed in the Accounts, to which the provisions of Part B of this Schedule shall apply.

 

(b)                                  Each of the assets included in the Last Accounts of the Target Company or acquired by it since the Last Accounts Date (other than assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the Reorganisation) is the absolute property of the Target Company.  Save as disclosed in the Last Accounts, those assets are not the subject of any security interest, factoring arrangement, leasing or hiring agreement, hire purchase agreement, conditional sale or credit sale agreement, agreement for payment on deferred terms or any similar agreement or arrangement (or any agreement or obligation, including a conditional obligation, to create or enter into any of the foregoing).

 

Possession and Third Party Facilities

 

6.6(a)                    All of the assets owned by the Target Company, or in respect of which the Target Company has a right of use, are in the possession or under the control of the Target Company.

 

(b)                                  Where any assets are used but not owned by the Target Company or any facilities or services are provided to the Target Company by any third party, there has not occurred any event of default or any other event or circumstance which may entitle any third party to terminate any agreement or licence in respect of the provision of such facilities or services (or any event or circumstance which with the giving of notice and/or the lapse of time and/or a relevant determination would constitute such an event or circumstance).

 

Adequacy of Assets

 

6.7(a)                    The assets of the Target Company and the facilities and services to which the Target Company has a contractual right include all rights, properties, assets, facilities and services necessary or desirable for the carrying on of the business of the Target Company in the manner in which it is currently carried on.

 



 

(b)                                  The assets of the Target Company and the facilities and services to which the Target Company has a contractual right include all assets, facilities and services necessary to enable the Target Company to conduct its business after Completion in the same manner in all material respects as it was conducted immediately prior to the transfer of such business to the Target Company pursuant to the Reorganisation.

 

(c)                                   Save as otherwise provided in the Connected Transactions, the Target Company does not depend in any material respect upon the use of assets owned by, or facilities or services provided by, any Vendor Group Company.

 

Condition

 

6.8                                  All the plant, machinery, systems, equipment and vehicles used by the Target Company:

 

(a)                                   are in a good state of repair and have been regularly and properly maintained in accordance with appropriate technical specifications, safety regulations and the terms and conditions of any applicable agreement;

 

(b)                                  are capable of being efficiently and properly used for the purposes for which they were acquired or are retained;

 

(c)                                   are not dangerous, inefficient, obsolete or in need of renewal or replacement.

 

Insurances

 

6.9(a)                    The business, undertakings, properties and other assets of the Target Company are adequately insured against such risks as are normally insured by persons carrying on similar businesses in the PRC as those carried on by the Target Company and such insurances include all the insurances which the Target Company is required under the terms of any leases or any contracts in respect of any of its properties to undertake and such insurances are in full force and effect and there are no circumstances which could render any of such insurances void or voidable and all due premiums in respect thereof have (if due) been paid.

 

(b)                                  No claim is outstanding by the Target Company under any such policy of insurance and, to the best knowledge of the Vendor, there are no circumstances likely to give rise to such a claim.

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

Registered Rights

 

7.1(a)                    The Target Company is the sole legal owner of all Intellectual Property Rights registered or sought to be registered in any jurisdiction which are held or beneficially owned by the Target Company.

 

(b)                                  No act has been done or omitted to be done and no event has occurred or is likely to occur which may render any of such Intellectual Property Rights subject to revocation, compulsory licence, cancellation or amendment or may prevent the grant or registration of a valid Intellectual Property Right pursuant to a pending application.

 

Infringement

 

7.2(a)                    None of the operations of the Target Company infringe, or are likely to infringe, any rights held by any third party or involve the unauthorised use of confidential information disclosed to the Target Company (or any Vendor Group Company) in circumstances which might entitle a third party to make a claim against the Target Company.

 



 

(b)                                  No claim has been made by any third party which alleges any infringing act or process which would fall within paragraph (a) above or which otherwise disputes the right of the Target Company to use any Intellectual Property Rights relating to its business and the Vendor is not aware of any circumstances (including any act or omission to act) likely to give rise to such a claim.

 

(c)                                   There exists no actual or threatened infringement by any third party of any Intellectual Property Rights held or used by the Target Company (including misuse of confidential information) or any event likely to constitute such an infringement nor has the Target Company (or any Vendor Group Company) acquiesced in the unauthorised use by any third party of any such Intellectual Property Rights.

 

Intellectual Property Licences

 

7.3           The Target Company is not in default under any licence, sub-licence or assignment granted to it in respect of any Intellectual Property Rights used by the Target Company.

 

Loss of Rights

 

7.4           No Intellectual Property Rights owned or used by the Target Company and no licence of Intellectual Property Rights of which the Target Company has the benefit will be lost, or rendered liable to any right of termination or cessation by any third party, by virtue of the acquisition by the Purchaser of the Target Shares.

 

Records and Software

 

7.5(a)                    All the accounting records and systems (including but not limited to computerised accounting systems) of the Target Company are recorded, stored, maintained or operated or otherwise held by the Target Company and are not wholly or partly dependent on any facilities or systems which are not under the exclusive ownership or control of the Target Company.

 

(b)                                  The Target Company is licensed to use all software necessary to enable it to continue to use its computerised records for the foreseeable future in the same manner in which they have been used prior to the date of this Agreement and does not share any user rights in respect of such software with any other person.

 

CONTRACTUAL MATTERS

 

Material Contracts

 

8.1           Save for the Restructuring Agreements and the Connected Transactions, there is not outstanding any agreement or arrangement to which the Target Company is a party:

 

(a)                                   which, by virtue of the acquisition of the Target Shares by the Purchaser or other performance of the terms of this Agreement, will result in:

 

(i)                                      any other party being relieved of any obligation or becoming entitled to exercise any right (including any right of termination or any right of pre-emption or other option); or

 

(ii)                                   the Target Company being in default under any such agreement or arrangement or losing any benefit, right or licence which it currently enjoys or in a liability or obligation of the Target Company being created or increased;

 

(b)                                  to which any Vendor Group Company is a party or in which any Vendor Group Company or any connected person (as defined under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited) is interested or from which any such person takes

 



 

benefit, whether directly or indirectly, except for a royalty-free Trademark Sub-Licensing Contract between the Target Company and the A Share Company;

 

(c)                                   entered into otherwise than by way of a bargain at arm’s length and on commercial terms;

 

(d)                                  which establishes any guarantee, indemnity, suretyship, form of comfort or support (whether or not legally binding) given by the Target Company in respect of the obligations or solvency of any third party;

 

(e)                                   pursuant to which the Target Company has sold or otherwise disposed of any company or business in circumstances such that it remains subject to any liability (whether contingent or otherwise) which is not fully provided for in its Last Accounts;

 

(f)                                     which, upon completion by the Target Company of its work or the performance of its other obligations under it, is likely to result in a loss for the Target Company which is not fully provided for in its Last Accounts or which either is not expected to make a normal profit margin or involves an abnormal degree of risk;

 

(g)                                  which establishes any joint venture, consortium, partnership or profit (or loss) sharing agreement or arrangement to which the Target Company is a party;

 

(h)                                  which involves any power of attorney given by the Target Company or any other authority which would enable any person not employed by the Target Company to enter into any contract or commitment on behalf of the Target Company;

 

(i)                                      which involves or is likely to involve (i) material expenditure by the Target Company or (ii) material obligations or restrictions of the Target Company of an unusual or exceptional nature or magnitude and not in the ordinary and usual course of business;

 

(j)                                      which is a currency and/or interest rate swap agreement, asset swap, future rate or forward rate agreement, interest cap, collar and/or floor agreement or other exchange or rate protection transaction or combination thereof or any option with respect to any such transaction or any other similar transaction to which the Target Company is a party;

 

(k)                                   which is any other agreement or arrangement having or likely to have a material effect on the financial or trading position or prospects of the Target Company;

 

(l)                                      which is a bid, tender, proposal or offer which, if accepted, would result in the Target Company becoming a party to any agreement or arrangement of a kind described in sub-paragraphs (a) to (k) above.

 

Defaults

 

8.2(a)                    The Target Company is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party and there are no circumstances likely to give rise to any such default.

 

(b)                                  No party with whom the Target Company has entered into any agreement or arrangement is in default under such agreement or arrangement and there are no circumstances likely to give rise to any such default.

 

LITIGATION AND INVESTIGATIONS

 

Litigation

 

9.1(a)                    Except as plaintiff in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary course of business, the Target Company is not a plaintiff or defendant in or otherwise a party to any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are in progress or threatened or pending by or against or concerning the Target Company or any of its assets.

 



 

(b)                                  No governmental or official investigation or inquiry concerning the Target Company is in progress or pending.

 

(c)                                   The Vendor Group are not aware of any circumstances which are likely to give rise to any such proceeding, investigation or inquiry as is referred to in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b).

 

DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES

 

Employees

 

10.1         The Target Company has not entered into any arrangements regarding any future variation in any contract of employment in respect of any of its directors and employees or any agreement imposing an obligation on the Target Company to increase the basis and/or rates of remuneration and/or the provision of other benefits in kind to or on behalf of any of its directors or employees at any future date.

 

Compliance

 

10.2         The Target Company has in relation to each of its employees (and so far as relevant to each of its former employees) complied in all material respects with all statutes, regulations, codes of conduct, collective agreements, terms and conditions of employment, orders and awards relevant to their conditions of service or to the relations between it and its employees (or former employees, as the case may be) or any recognised trade union.

 

Incentive Schemes

 

10.3         The Target Company does not have in existence (or is proposing to introduce) any share incentive scheme, share option scheme or profit sharing scheme for all or any of its directors or employees.

 

Payments on Termination

 

10.4         Except to the extent (if any) to which provision or allowance has been made in the Last Accounts of the Target Company:

 

(a)                                   no outstanding liability has been incurred by the Target Company for breach of any contract of employment or for services or for long service or redundancy payments, protective awards, compensation for dismissal or for any other liability accruing from the termination of any contract of employment or for services, and no such liability will be incurred by the Target Company as a result of the Reorganisation or the acquisition of the Target Shares by the Purchaser or other performance of the terms of this Agreement and the Restructuring Agreements;

 

(b)                                  no gratuitous payment has been made or benefit given (or promised to be made or given) by the Target Company in connection with the actual or proposed termination or suspension of employment, or variation of any contract of employment, of any present or former director or employee of the Target Company.

 

INSOLVENCY ETC.

 

11.1         No order has been made, petition presented or meeting convened for the purpose of considering a resolution for the winding up of any Target Group Company or for the appointment of any provisional liquidator.  No petition has been presented for an administration order to be made in relation to any Target Group Company, and no receiver (including any administrative receiver) has been appointed in respect of the whole or any part of any of the property, assets and/or undertaking of any Target Group Company.

 

11.2         No composition in satisfaction of the debts of any Target Group Company, or scheme of

 



 

arrangement of its affairs, or compromise or arrangement between it and its creditors and/or members or any class of its creditors and/or members, has been proposed, sanctioned or approved.

 

11.3         No distress, distraint, charging order, garnishee order, execution or other process has been levied or applied for in respect of the whole or any part of any of the property, assets and/or undertaking of any Target Group Company.

 



 

Part B: Tax and Property Warranties

 

TAX

 

1.1           The Target Company has a tax registration certificate which is in full force and effect.

 

1.2           The Target Company has complied in all material respects with all statutory provisions, rules, regulations, orders and directions concerning profits or corporate tax, value-added tax, business tax and stamp duty in their respective jurisdictions.

 

1.3           No tax authority has agreed to operate any special arrangement (being an arrangement which is not based on a uniform application of the relevant legislation whether expressly provided for in the relevant legislation or operated by way of extra statutory concession or otherwise) in relation to the Target Company.

 

1.4           The Target Company has duly, within any appropriate time limits, made all returns, given all notices and supplied all information required to be supplied to all relevant tax authorities.  All such information was when provided and remain complete and accurate and all such returns and notices were when provided and remain complete and accurate and were made on a proper basis.

 

1.5           The Target Company has not received any notice or allegation from any tax authorities that it has not complied with any relevant legal requirement relating to registration or notification for taxation purposes and the Target Company is not involved in any dispute or investigation with any tax authority and there are no facts or matters which it reasonably believes will cause any such dispute or investigation or any liability for taxation (present or future).

 

1.6           The Target Company:

 

(a)                                   has paid or accounted for all taxation (if any) due to be paid or accounted for by it before the date of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  is not under any liability to pay any penalty or interest in connection with any taxation referred to in paragraph (a);

 

(c)                                   has made all deductions and withholdings in respect or on account of taxation which it is required or entitled by any relevant legislation to make from any payments made by it including, without limitation, interest annuities or other annual payments, royalties, rent, remuneration payable to employees or sub-contractors or payments to a non-resident and where appropriate the Target Company has accounted in full to the relevant fiscal authority for any taxation so deducted or withheld; and

 

(d)                                  taken all necessary steps to obtain any repayment of or relief from taxation available to it.

 

1.7           All sums due and payable to any taxation authority in respect of emoluments paid and benefits provided to the employees of the Target Company at the date of this Agreement have been paid and all such deductions and retentions as are required under the applicable laws have been made.

 

1.8           All remuneration, compensation payments, payments on retirement or removal from an office or employment and other sums paid or payable to employees or officers or former employees or officers of the Target Company and all interest, annuities, royalties, rent and other annual payments paid or payable by the Target Company (whether before or after the date hereof) pursuant to any obligation in existence at the date hereof are and will (on the basis of the taxation legislation in force at the date hereof) be deductible for incomes tax purposes either in computing the profits of the Target Company or as a charge on the income of the Target Company.

 

1.9           The Target Company has made or caused to be made the returns which ought to be made by or in respect of the Target Company for any taxation purposes and no returns are the subject of any dispute with any tax authority.

 



 

PROPERTY

 

2.1           The Properties and the Leased Properties are in the possession and under the control of the Target Company. The Target Company has valid title to, and leasehold interests in, all of the Properties, free and clear of all security interests except for those which do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Target Company.

 

2.2           Each Leased Property held under lease by the Target Company is held by it under valid and enforceable leases in full force and effect with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Target Company and no material default (or event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute such a default) by the Target Company has occurred and is continuing under any of such leases.

 

2.3           The Target Company does not own, operate, manage or have any other right or interest, directly or indirectly, in any other material real property of any kind save for those reflected in the Last Accounts or other than as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the combined financial position, shareholder’s equity or results of operations of the Target Company taken as a whole.

 



 

APPENDIX 1
 
Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the Company
 

1.                                        Transfer Agreement dated 20 November 2003 between the A Share Company and the Target Company regarding the transfer of rights and obligations under a CDMA network capacity lease agreement.

 

2.                                        Transfer Agreement dated 20 November 2003 between the A Share Company and the Target Company regarding the transfer of rights and obligations under a comprehensive services agreement.

 



 

APPENDIX 2
 
Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the A Share Company
 

1.                                        CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement dated 20 November 2003 among Unicom New Horizon Telecommunications Company Limited, Unicom Group and the A Share Company.

 

2.                                        Comprehensive Services Agreement dated 20 November 2003 between Unicom Group and the A Share Company.

 



 

APPENDIX 3
 
The Restructuring Agreements
 

1.                                        Reorganisation Agreement dated 4 November 2003 pursuant to which Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited acquired from Unicom Group its cellular business assets and operations in the Territory.

 

2.                                        Restructuring Agreement dated 14 November 2003 pursuant to which (a) Unicom Centenarian (BVI) Limited acquired from China United Telecommunications Corporation the entire equity interests in Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited; and (b) Unicom New World (BVI) Limited acquired from Unicom Centenarian (BVI) Limited the entire equity interests in Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited.

 

3.                                        Sale and Purchase Agreement dated 20 November 2003 pursuant to which China Unicom (BVI) Limited acquired from Unicom Centenarian (BVI) Limited the entire issued share capital of Unicom New World (BVI) Limited.

 



 

SIGNATURE PAGE
 

 

SIGNED by

/s/ Ye Fengping

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

CHINA UNICOM (BVI) LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

/s/ Shi Cuiming

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

 

 


Exhibit 4.17

 

 

(English Translation)

 

 

Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement

with respect to the equity interest of Guoxin Paging Co., Ltd.

 

 

between

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

 

and

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

November 20, 2003

 



 

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into on November 20, 2003, in Beijing, People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), between

 

(1).           Vendor: China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”)

 

Address: 12F, Tower One, Henderson Center, No. 18, Jianguomenneidajie, Beijing, PRC

 

Legal Representative: Mr. Wang Jianzhou

 

(2).           Purchaser: China United Telecommunications Co. Ltd (the “A Share Company”)

 

Address: 40F, Jinmao Building, Century Boulevard, Shanghai, PRC

 

Legal Representative: Mr. Wang Jianzhou

 

Whereas:

 

(1).           The A Share Company is a company limited by shares duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has had its common stock listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange since October 9, 2002, with China United Telecommunication Corporation (“Unicom Group”) holding 74.6017% of its total shares.

 

(2).           CUCL is a wholly owned subsidiary of China Unicom Limited (the “Unicom Red-Chip Company”). Guoxin Paging Co., Ltd. (“Guoxin Paging”) is a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC engaging in paging services, other value-added businesses and customer services. CUCL owns 100% of the equity interest of Guoxin Paging (the “Target Interest”).

 

(3).           Unicom Group and the A Share Company entered into a memorandum, dated August 12, 2002, regarding certain transactions after the public offering of the A Share Company between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and any subsidiaries controlled by it) and the Unicom Red-Chip Company, which is indirectly controlled by the A Share Company, or its subsidiaries;

 

NOW THEREFORE, for the purpose of the repurchase of Guoxin Paging, on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, both Parties hereby have reached the following agreements after friendly consultations:

 

1.              Sale of the Target Interest

 

1.1            Sale of the Target Interest

 

In accordance with the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement, the Vendor agrees to sell, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase, the entire equity interest held by the Vendor in Guoxin Paging.

 

The Target Interest shall be sold free from any mortgage, pledge, other security interest, option, claim or any other rights of third parties (including but not limited to limited rights of purchase).

 

1.2            Consideration

 

As consideration for the sale of the Target Interest specified in Article 1.1, the Purchaser shall pay the Vendor HK$2,590,917,656 in cash pursuant to Section 2 below.

 

2



 

2.              Closing

 

2.1            Closing

 

Pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, the closing with respect to the sale and purchase of the Target Interest shall be completed as soon as possible following satisfaction of the conditions under Section 5.

 

2.2            Closing Date

 

Subject to the approval by the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the Closing Date, for the purpose of the sale of the Target Interest under the Agreement, shall be the date when Guoxin Paging has completed the shareholders modification registration and received a modified enterprise legal person business license.

 

2.3            On or before the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall perform its payment obligations under Article 1.2 by arranging for the sum specified in Article 1.2 to be paid to the designated bank account in the manner as instructed by the Vendor in writing.

 

2.4            Provided the share price of the Unicom Red-Chip Company undergoes material adverse fluctuations and the sale of the Target Interest is not in the overall interest of the Unicom Red-Chip Company, the Vendor has the right to terminate the Agreement.

 

3.              Representations and Warranties

 

3.1            Either party to the Agreement has made to the other party the following representations and warranties:

 

(a)            It has the full right, power and authority to execute this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder.  This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation, enforceable pursuant to its terms.

 

(b)            Performance of terms and/or provisions in the Agreement will not lead to:

 

(i)             Violation of the company’s constituent documents or other related documents, or any applicable laws, regulations or rules; or

 

(ii)            Violation of any material contracts, agreements, permits or other documents, or any determinations, judgments and orders issued by courts, government departments or supervisory authorities.

 

(c)            There are no orders or resolutions to carry out any liquidation, winding-up or other similar arrangements, or petitions to any court or meetings to be held at which a judgment or resolution concerning liquidation, winding-up or other similar arrangement is being considered.

 

(d)            No liquidator, temporary liquidator, bankruptcy receiver, bankruptcy trustee or other similar persons has been appointed and no resolution is before the board of directors or shareholder’s meeting regarding the appointment of such persons by the company.

 

(e)            The party is not in a situation where it is insolvent, unable to pay debts already due, or has stopped paying debt already due.

 

3



 

3.2            The Vendor hereto makes the following additional representations and warranties to the Purchaser:

 

(a)            The Vendor, a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and registered with the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, has the full right, power and authority in its capacity as a company to develop its business and possess, lease and operate its properties and assets;

 

(b)            The Vendor has not entered into any agreements with any third party for the sale of the Target Interest or which contemplates the sale of the Target Interest;

 

(c)            The sale of the Target Interest by the Vendor to the Purchaser shall be free from any preemptive right or any other third party rights;

 

(d)            The Vendor warrants that the Purchaser shall be free of any liability in connection with any claims, debts and obligations unknown on the Completion Date but incurred before the effective date;

 

(e)            The Vendor does not impose any mortgage, pledge or other security interest on the Target Interest, and it is the sole owner of Guoxin Paging; and

 

(f)             The representations and warranties hereof made by the Vendor have been true and correct in all material respects when made and as of the Closing Date (as if these representations and warranties were made on the Closing Date), unless clearly permitted by the Agreement or where modifications have been anticipated.

 

3.3            The Purchaser hereto makes the following additional representations and warranties to the Vendor:

 

(a)            The Purchaser, a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and registered with the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, has the full right, power and authority in its capacity as a company to develop its business and possess, lease and operate its properties and assets; and

 

(b)            The representations and warranties hereof made by the Purchaser have been true and correct in all material respects when made and as of the Closing Date (as if these representations and warranties were made on the Closing Date), unless clearly permitted by the Agreement or where modifications have been anticipated.

 

4.              Resale of the Target Interest

 

4.1            Pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and the memorandum regarding connected transactions, the Vendor has given its irrevocable consent for the Purchaser to sell the Target Interest to Unicom Group and no other or further consent by the Vendor shall be required for the Purchaser to sell the Target Interest to Unicom Group.

 

5.              Effectiveness

 

This agreement shall become effective upon satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

5.1            Approval at the Shareholders Meeting of the A Share Company of the sale of the Target Interest to Unicom Group pursuant to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules;

 

5.2            Approval at the Shareholders Meeting of Unicom Red-Chip Company of implementation of this

 

4



 

Agreement pursuant to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules;

 

5.3            Approval at the Shareholders Meeting of the A Share Company of the implementation of the Comprehensive Services Agreement entered into by Unicom Group, Guoxin Paging and the A Share Company ( the “Comprehensive Services Agreement ”) pursuant to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules;

 

5.4            Approval at the Shareholders Meeting of Unicom Red-Chip Company of transfer of all of the rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Services Agreement by Unicom Red-Chip Company to CUCL, Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Century”) and Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”) pursuant to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules;

 

5.5            Approval at the Shareholders Meeting of Unicom Red-Chip Company of implementation of the Premises Leasing Agreement entered into by CUCL, the Unicom New Century and the the Unicom New World (the “Leasing Agreement”) pursuant to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules; and

 

5.6            Approval at the Shareholders Meeting of the A Share Company of transfer of all of the rights and obligations under the Leasing Agreement by the A Share Company to Guoxin Paging pursuant to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules.

 

6.              Taxation

 

6.1            Either party to the Agreement shall pay the taxes arising from the sale and purchase of the Target Interest under the Agreement as required by the applicable laws and regulations.

 

6.2            The various taxes and fees incurred in connection with Article 6.1 shall be the responsibility of the appropriate party pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

7.              Force Majeure

 

7.1            In any force majeure event that is unforeseeable and the consequences of which are unavoidable or insurmountable and which results in either Party’s failure to duly perform the obligations hereunder, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party of such situation and provide within 15 days any valid documents evidencing the details and explaining the reasons for not being able to perform all or part of its obligations hereunder or the reasons for any necessary delays of such performance. Based on the impact of the force majeure event, the Parties shall decide through negotiations whether to terminate, partially waive or postpone such performance.

 

8.              Confidentiality

 

8.1            Except to the extent that disclosure is required by law or by the rules of the relevant supervisory authorities, or for the purpose of submission to the Shanghai Stock Exchange by the A Share Company, each Party, without the other party’s written consent, shall not provide or disclose to any company, enterprise, organisation or person any data and information relating to the other Party’s operations or businesses.

 

9.              No Waiver

 

9.1            Unless otherwise required by law, any failure or delay in exercising any of its rights, powers or privileges by one Party shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights, powers or privileges. Any one time or partial exercise of such rights, powers or privileges shall not affect any further or

 

5



 

complete exercise of such rights, powers or privileges.

 

10.           Severability

 

10.1          If any of the provision of the Agreement is deemed as invalid or unenforceable, such provision is invalid and shall be deemed as not incorporated into this Agreement, while the other provisions shall remain valid.  In this situation, both parties shall make reasonable efforts to substitute the provisions deemed invalid or unenforceable with valid or enforceable provisions.  The validity of such new provisions shall be as similar as possible to that of the provisions substituted.

 

11.           Notices

 

11.1          Any notification given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by one Party to the other Party by hand, fax or mail. Such a notification by hand shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of delivery. Such a notification via fax shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the completion of the fax transmission. Such a notification by mail shall be deemed to have been duly given on the third working day (extended when there is a public holiday) after the postal date. Notifications become effective upon their arrivals.

 

11.2          Addresses of the Parties hereto for receiving notifications are as follows:

 

China Unicom Communication Limited

 

Attention: Yan Xiaowei

 

Address: 1021, 10th Floor, No. 133 Xidanbeidajie Jia, Xicheng District, Beijing, China

 

Post Code: 100032

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

Attention: Zhao Yilei

 

Address: 40F, Jinmao Building, Century Boulevard, Shanghai, China

 

Post Code: 200121

 

12.           Applicable Law and Dispute Settlement

 

12.1          This Agreement is under the jurisdiction of the laws of the People’s Republic of China and shall be interpreted and executed in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

12.2          Both Parties shall endeavour to resolve any dispute over the effectiveness, interpretation or execution of this Agreement through friendly consultations. Should any dispute remain unsettled for more than 30 days after its occurrence, either Party is entitled to bring a lawsuit based on this Agreement before a competent PRC court.

 

13.           Miscellaneous

 

13.1          Revisions to this Agreement (or any documents referred to in the Agreement) shall be made in writing. No revisions or additions shall become effective until it is duly signed in writing and sealed by the legal representatives of both parties or their duly authorized representatives.  The term “revision” shall include revisions, additions, deletions or modifications in any manner.

 

6



 

13.2          This Agreement has six original copies with each party holding three and each copy having equal legal binding force.

 

7



 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Corporate Seal)

 

 

Legal Representative or Duly Authorized Representative:

/s/ Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Corporate Seal)

 

 

Legal Representative or Duly Authorized Representative:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

8


Exhibit 4.18

 

(English Translation)

 

 

Comprehensive Services Agreement

 

between

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation

 

and

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

November 20, 2003

 



 

Comprehensive Services Agreement

 

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into on November 20, 2003, in Beijing, People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”), between

 

(1)            Party A: China United Telecommunications Corporation

Address: Huang Cheng Hotel, 15 Yangfangdianlu, Haidian District,

Beijing

Legal Representative: Wang Jianzhou

 

(2)            Party B: China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

Address: 40 th Floor, Jinmao Tower, 88 Century Boulevard, Shanghai

Legal Representative: Wang Jianzhou

 

Whereas:

 

(1)            Party A, a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing in the PRC, is a provider of integrated telecommunications services;

 

(2)            Party B, a joint-stock limited company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC, has had its common stock listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange since October 9, 2002, 74.6017% of which is held by Party A;

 

(3)            Party A and Party B entered into a memorandum, dated August 12, 2002 (the “Memorandum on Connected Transactions”), regarding certain transactions between Party A or its subsidiaries (excluding Party B and any subsidiaries controlled by Party B) and China Unicom Limited (the “Unicom Red-Chip Company”), which is indirectly controlled by Party B, or its subsidiaries;

 

(4)            Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”), a limited liability company wholly owned by Party A and a provider of integrated telecommunications services established on November 4, 2003, has been injected by Party A with its GSM mobile telecommunications assets (“GSM Assets”) in the following nine provinces (or autonomous regions): Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Tibet (no GSM assets), Gansu, Qinghai and Ningxia (the “9B Areas”).  Following the approval of the Ministry of Information Industry of the PRC in Xinbu Dianhan [2003] No. 443, Unicom New World has been authorized by Party A to provide mobile telecommunications services within the 9B Areas; and

 

(5)            Party A is contemplating on injecting, via a wholly owned overseas subsidiary, all the rights and interests of the shares of Unicom New World it now holds (the “Target Interests”) into Unicom Red-Chip Company, which is established in Hong Kong (the “Offshore Capital Injection Project”).  Following the completion of the Offshore Capital Injection Project, Unicom New World will become one of Unicom Red-Chip Company’s subsidiaries that provide telecommunication services domestically.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for the purpose of the Offshore Capital Injection Project, in accordance with the Memorandum on Connected Transactions and the applicable transaction principles set forth in the related listing rules, and on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, both Parties hereby have reached the following agreements after friendly consultations:

 

1.              General Principles:

 

1.1            The “Comprehensive Service” hereunder refers to certain services and facilities provided by the Parties to each other or by one party to the other under this Agreement and any payment by the

 



 

Served Party to the Serving Party (the “Service Fees”).

 

1.2            Such services and/or facilities provided by one Party to the other Party pursuant to this Agreement are non-gratuitous commercial transactions. In accordance with the fair-market principles, the Serving Party shall collect reasonable Service Fees for any services and facilities provided by it, and the Served Party shall make any due payment.

 

1.3            The condition or quality of any of the Comprehensive Service provided hereunder by either Party to the other Party shall not be lower than that of the same or similar services or facilities the Serving Party provides to any third party.

 

1.4            In the event that either Party requires the other Party to increase the supply of any of the Comprehensive Service, the other Party shall do its utmost to provide such requested amount of the services or facilities, of which the condition or quality shall not be lower than that of the same or similar services or facilities the Serving Party provides to any third party.

 

1.5            In the event that any Party is not able to provide, in full amount or at all, any of the Comprehensive Service due to any reasons other than its own fault, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party and do its utmost to assist the other Party in seeking the same or similar services or facilities through other channels.

 

1.6            The Comprehensive Service provided hereunder shall be in accordance with the specific purposes agreed by both Parties as well as with the applicable national standards.

 

1.7            In the event that either Party breaches this Agreement and losses are incurred by the other Party, the defaulting Party shall bear any liabilities for such breach, including, but not limited to, any direct and indirect losses resulting from the breach, provided that such losses are not caused by any force majeure event.

 

1.8            Each Party shall provide all reasonable and necessary efforts to assist the other Party’s performance hereunder.

 

2.              Basic Content of the Comprehensive Service:

 

2.1            The Comprehensive Service provided by the Parties to each other and other related arrangements are set forth in the Annexes hereto:

 

Annex I:      Interconnection and Settlement (to be provided by both Parties to each other);

 

Annex II:     Roaming Arrangement (to be provided by both Parties to each other);

 

Annex III:    Special Phone Cards (to be provided by Party A to Party B);

 

Annex IV:    Equipment Acquisition Service (to be provided by Party A to Party B); and

 

Annex IV:    Use of the Properties (to be provided by Party A to Party B).

 

3.              Pricing and Payment:

 

3.1            The principles for pricing and billing standards in connection with the Service Fees are set forth in the Annexes hereto.

 

3.2            Any specific amounts of the Service Fees shall be calculated under the current applicable Chinese accounting rules.

 



 

3.3            In the event that the Parties fail to agree upon a certain amount of the Service Fees, such issue shall be reported to the relevant authorities, who shall determine such amount in accordance with this Agreement and the national pricing policies and rules. Such authorities’ decisions shall be final and binding on both Parties.

 

3.4            Each Party shall pay the due Service Fees for the relevant services provided by the other Party in accordance with the pricing principles and standards set forth in this Agreement and the Annexes hereto.

 

3.5            In the event that either Party fails to pay any due Service Fee, such Party shall pay to the other Party a late fee of 0.05% of the due amount on a daily basis. In the event that the payment is overdue for more than 60 days, the other Party may notify in writing of its intention to suspend the relevant services. In the event that such Service Fees are not paid within 30 days after the receipt of the written notice, the other Party may declare to terminate the relevant services. The suspension or termination of such services shall not affect any rights or obligations hereunder brought forth prior to such event.

 

3.6            Every October, both Parties shall discuss the next fiscal year’s pricing standards for each item of the Comprehensive Service as well as other related matters and enter into certain supplemental agreements. If the Parties fail to enter into such supplemental agreements by then, the current pricing standards and other related clauses shall apply to the next fiscal year until certain agreement is reached or the dispute is resolved pursuant to Section 3.3 herein.

 

4.              Term:

 

4.1            The term of this Agreement shall be one year. Subject to Section 7 herein, this Agreement shall become effective on December 31, 2003.

 

4.2            Subject to applicable laws and government regulations, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed each year, unless Party B notifies Party A in writing 60 days prior to the expiration day.

 

5.              Representations, Warranties and Covenants:

 

Each Party hereto represents and warrants to the other Party as follows:

 

5.1            Such Party has the full power and authority (including, but not limited to, obtaining relevant approvals, consents or permits from government authorities) to execute this Agreement and its Annexes;

 

5.2            This Agreement and its Annexes will become effective and binding once it is signed in the way specified herein and can be enforced in a mandatory manner; and

 

5.3            No provision in this Agreement and its Annexes shall run counter to the applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.

 

6.              Assignment:

 

6.1            Subject to the terms and conditions under this Agreement and the Memorandum on Connected Transactions, Party A hereby gives an irrevocable consent that Party B may transfer its rights and obligations hereunder to Unicom New World.  No other or further consent by Party A shall be required for Party B to transfer its rights and obligations hereunder to Unicom New World.

 

6.2            Once Party B transfers its rights and obligations hereunder to Unicom New World, Unicom New

 



 

World shall immediately assume all of Party B’s rights and obligations hereunder, while Party B shall immediately terminate all such rights and obligations.

 

7.              Effectiveness:

 

The Agreement shall be effective on the day agreed to by the Parties after the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

7.1            Party B shall have approved through a shareholder meeting in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations and listing rules the purchase by China Unicom (BVI) Limited (“Unicom BVI”), a subsidiary of Party B, of the Targeted Interests indirectly or directly held by Party A.

 

7.2            Party B shall have approved implementation of this Agreement through a shareholder meeting in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations and listing rules.

 

7.3            The Unicom Red-Chip Company shall have approved through a shareholder meeting in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations and listing rules its purchase of the Targeted Interests from Unicom BVI.

 

7.4            The Unicom Red-Chip Company shall have approved through a shareholder meeting in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations and listing rules the transfer by Party B of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to Unicom New World.

 

8.              Force Majeure:

 

In any force majeure event that is unforeseeable and the consequences of which are unavoidable or insurmountable and which results in either Party’s failure to duly perform its obligations hereunder, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party of such situation and provide within 15 days any valid documents evidencing the details and explaining the reasons for not being able to perform all or part of its obligations hereunder or the reasons for any necessary delays of such performance. Based on the impact of the force majeure event on the performance of any obligations hereunder, the Parties shall decide through negotiations whether to terminate, partially waive or postpone such performance.

 

9.              Confidentiality:

 

Unless required by law or any regulations or requirements of any relevant regulatory authorities, or unless for the purpose of Party B’s information disclosure to the Shanghai Stock Exchange, each Party shall not, without the other Party’s written consent, provide or disclose any data and information in connection with the other Party’s businesses to any other company, enterprise, organization or person.

 

10.           No Waiver:

 

Unless otherwise required by law, any failure or delay in exercising any of its rights, powers or privileges by one Party shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights, powers or privileges. Any one time or partial exercise of such rights, powers or privileges shall not affect any further or complete exercise of such rights, powers or privileges.

 

11.           Notification:

 

Any notification given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by one Party to the other Party by hand, fax or mail. Such a notification by hand shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of delivery. Such a notification via fax shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the completion of the fax transmission. Such a notification by mail shall be deemed to have been duly given on the third working day (extended when there is a public holiday) after the postal date. Notifications

 



 

become effective upon their arrival.

 

 

Addresses of the Parties hereto for receiving notifications are as follows:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation:

 

 

Addressee:

Yi Yongji

 

Address:

A133, Xidanbeidajie, Room 1167, 11 th Floor, Xicheng District,

 

 

Beijing, China 100032

 

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited:

 

 

Addressee:

Zhao Yilei

 

Address:

40 th Floor, Jinmao Tower, 88 Century Boulevard,

 

 

Shanghai, China 200121

 

12.           Governing Law:

 

This Agreement is under the jurisdiction of the PRC laws and shall be interpreted and executed in accordance with the PRC laws.

 

13.           Dispute Resolution:

 

Other than the exceptions under Section 3.3 herein, both Parties shall endeavor to resolve any dispute over the effectiveness, interpretation or execution of this Agreement through friendly consultations. Should any dispute remain unsettled for more than 30 days after its occurrence, either Party is entitled to bring a lawsuit based on this Agreement to a competent PRC Court.

 

14.           Miscellaneous

 

14.1          Annexes I to V hereof are integral parts of this Agreement with equal legal binding force. Should there be any conflict between the Annexes and the Agreement, the Annexes shall prevail.

 

14.2          Based on mutual consultations, both Parties can make modifications, revisions or additions to this Agreement and the Annexes hereto. No revision or addition shall become effective until it is duly signed in writing and sealed by both Parties or their authorized representatives.

 

14.3          This Agreement is severable, that is, when any of the clauses in this Agreement or the Annexes hereto is deemed illegal or non-enforceable, the effectiveness and enforcement of the other clauses contained herein shall by no means be affected.

 

14.4          This Agreement has six original copies with equal legal binding force, and each Party shall retain three.

 



 

China United Telecommunications Corporation (Company Seal)

 

Legal Representative or Authorized Representative:

/s/ Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Company Seal)

 

Legal Representative or Authorized Representative:

/s/  Sun Qian

 

 



 

Annex I

 

Interconnection and Settlement

 

1.              Types of interconnection:

 

For the purpose of operating various telecommunication networks, including the mobile network of the Nine Service Areas, Party A and Party B hereby agree to interconnect all of their telecommunication networks, including each Party’s own mobile networks and other networks.

 

2.              Technical specifications and standards, cost sharing and network construction in respect of the interconnection:

 

2.1            Any such interconnection shall be subject to the interconnection standards and specifications set forth by governmental telecommunications authorities.

 

2.2            Issues such as cost-sharing methods and network construction shall be discussed and decided by both Parties, in accordance with applicable regulations set forth by governmental telecommunications authorities.

 

3.              Each Party’s obligations:

 

3.1            Each Party shall ensure that the quality of the interconnection shall not be lower than that of the telecommunication within their own networks.

 

3.2            Based on the technology available, each Party shall unconditionally and promptly provide the other Party’s customers, upon the customers’ requests, any services (including special services and intelligent services) available to the customers in its own networks and shall guarantee the quality of such services.

 

4.              Network management and adjustment:

 

4.1            Each Party shall notify the other Party of its construction work on network expansions, if such construction work may affect the usage of the other Party’s customers, six months before such construction work starts.

 

4.2            Each Party shall notify the other Party of its technical adjustment work on router systems, frame relays, transmission methods, cell data or software upgrades, etc., if such adjustment may affect the usage of the other Party’s customers, 30 days before such adjustment work starts.

 

4.3            Each Party shall provide timely cooperation and assistance, at the other Party’s request, in the other Party’s adjustment work on router systems, frame relays, transmission methods, cell data or software upgrades, etc., so as to ensure the quality of the interconnection.

 

5.              Maintenance, technical problems and solutions:

 

5.1            Both Parties shall maintain their networks by the current standards and regulations set forth by the governmental telecommunications authorities so as to ensure normal operation of the entire network.

 

5.2            Each Party may not terminate the interconnection without the other Party’s consent.

 

5.3            Should there be a network breakdown or heavy network traffic, both Parties shall take effective

 



 

measures to resume operations.

 

6.              Settlement and payment:

 

6.1            Settlement Principles:

 

(1)            Settlement between both Parties’ mobile networks:

 

The two different settlement methods for mobile calls between different provinces are as follows:

 

(i)             If the settlement standards stipulated in the MII’s March 14, 2001 “Notice Regarding Announcement of ‘Settlement Measures for Interconnection Telecommunications Fees’” (Xinbu Dian [2001] No. 195) announcement is applied, the caller’s network shall retain RMB0.06 of the long-distance charge while the receiver’s network shall retain RMB0.06. The remainder shall be collected by Party B.

 

(ii)            Currently, both Parties agree to adopt the settlement method specified in 6.1(1)(ii).  However, both Parties also agree that, if any other settlement method set forth and modified from time to time by the relevant governmental authorities, are found more favorable to Party B than the settlement method specified in 6.1(1)(ii), such settlement method shall be adopted.

 

ii.              All other interconnection settlement between both Parties:

 

Both Parties agree to make settlements in accordance with the MII’s announcement dated March 14, 2001 and its amendments from time to time.

 

6.2            Billing principles:

 

The interconnection settlement between the Parties shall be based on Party B’s billing data. However, if the discrepancy between Party A’s billing data and Party B’s accounting billing is larger than 3%, both Parties shall negotiate to determine a settlement basis.

 

6.3            Delivery of billing data and settlement:

 

(1)            Settlement between the Parties’ mobile networks

 

Both Parties agree to submit relevant billing data on the 25 th day of each month to the Settlement Center, controlled by Party B. The Settlement Center is in charge of data collecting and processing, and creating network settlement statements.

 

Both Parties also agree to make settlements once a month on the network settlement statements created by the Settlement Center.

 

(2)            Other settlements between the Parties’ mobile networks and fixed networks

 

Both Parties agree to have their subsidiaries make settlements once a month based on the settlement principles set forth in this Annex.

 



 

Annex II

 

Roaming Arrangement

 

1.              Because Party A and Party B provide mobile services in their own respective service areas and in order to provide roaming services to both Parties’ mobile subscribers, both Parties hereby agree to make arrangements as follows:

 

1.1            Both Parties agree to arrange for automatic roaming, so that either Party’s mobile subscribers can make and receive calls in the other Party’s service areas.

 

1.2            Both Parties agree that a mobile subscriber using roaming services shall be charged with a fixed roaming fee of RMB0.60 per minute for both incoming and outgoing calls.

 

(1)            If a Party B’s subscriber uses the roaming service in Party A’s service area, the roaming charge shall be collected by Party B and shall be distributed as follows: (i) RMB0.40 is collected by Party A; and (ii) RMB0.20 is retained by Party B.

 

(2)            If a Party A’s subscriber roams in the Nine Service Areas, the roaming charge shall be collected by Party A and shall be distributed as follows: (i) RMB 0.56 is collected by Party B; and (ii) RMB 0.04 is retained by Party A.

 

2.              Roaming on the networks of other domestic and/or international mobile telecommunications services operators (“Other Operators”)

 

2.1            Party A agrees to make the necessary arrangements to allow Party B roaming capabilities on the mobile networks of Other Operators; and Party B agrees to provide its entire long distance network for realizing such roaming capability.

 

2.2            Both parties agree to carry out the roaming and settlement arrangements according to the relevant roaming agreements between Party A and the Other Operators.

 

2.3            When subscribers of Party A’s mobile networks roam on the networks of any third-party operators under Party A’s international roaming arrangements, or when subscribers of Other Operators roam on Party A’s networks under such arrangements, Party B shall receive 50% of all roaming revenues to which Party A is entitled under its international roaming arrangements.

 



 

Annex III

Special Phone Cards

 

1.              Scope of the special phone cards service:

 

Based on its actual needs, Party B may request Party A to provide, via Unicom Xingye, a subsidiary held by Party A, or other subsidiaries of Party A, certain telephone cards for various purposes, including SIM cards, UIM cards, IP cards, long-distance cards and rechargeable cards (the “Phone Cards” collectively).

 

2.              Quantity of the Phone Cards:

 

2.1            Annual and periodical plans for ordering the Phone Cards:

 

2.1.1         In October of each year, Party B shall submit to Party A its annual order plan for the coming year, based on its operation plan for the year.

 

2.1.2         In February, May and September of each year, Party B shall confirm its order plans for the periods from May to August, from September to December, and from January to April of the next year, respectively. Party A shall deliver the Phone Cards according to the order plans confirmed by Party B, unless there is a force majeure event.

 

2.2            Rush orders and temporary orders:

 

Party B may request to modify its order plans. Should there be any rush orders or temporary orders resulting from such modifications, Party A shall do its utmost to supply the order as requested by Party B and shall confirm within three days after Party B’s request whether it will be able to perform as requested by Party B.

 

3.              Prices for the Phone Cards

 

3.1            Both Parties agree that the prices for the Phone Cards shall be determined by the actual cost of the Phone Cards to be delivered by Party A to Party B (including the import cost, manufacture cost and distribution cost) plus a marginal profit no higher than 20% (which is to be determined from time to time by both Parties) of the overall cost. Both Parties also agree to set up a discount rate based on the volume of Party B’s orders.

 

3.2            As for Party B’s rush orders or temporary orders, Party A may add an expedited fee of up to 10% on top of the prices set forth above.

 

3.3            Both Parties agree to negotiate and determine in December of each year the price for each type of Phone Card for the coming year.

 

4.              Delivery time and place:

 

Party A shall deliver the Phone Cards to Party B at the time and places designated in Party B’s order plans or as requested by any rush/temporary orders.

 

5.              Quality of the Phone Cards:

 

5.1            Party A shall guarantee the quality of the Phone Cards to be up to the standards stipulated by the relevant governmental authorities, and provide any necessary certification.

 



 

5.2            Party A shall guarantee all the numbers, codes and passwords of the Phone Cards to be produced under a secure and confidential condition, and guarantee the technology, security and confidentiality of such numbers, codes or passwords.

 

5.3            In the event that Party B raises any questions regarding the quality of any Phone Cards within five days after it receives such Phone Cards, Party A shall exchange or repair such defective Phone Cards, unless the defect was caused by Party B, until the applicable standards and Party B’s requirements are satisfied.

 

5.4            In the event that Party B fails, after its reasonable efforts, to discover any existing quality defects in the Phone Cards, Party A shall indemnify Party B for all of Party B’s direct losses caused by such defects.

 

6.              Payment:

 

6.1            By the time that Party B confirms with Party A of Party B’s order plan, it shall make a prepayment of 15% of the total price of the Phone Cards ordered by Party B;

 

The remaining 85% of the total payment shall be delivered to Party A by the time that Party A completes the delivery of all the Phone Cards pursuant to Party B’s order plan.

 

6.2            Payment for rush/temporary orders:

 

By the time that Party A confirms with Party B of any rush or temporary order, Party B shall make the full payment of such order (including any expedited fees) and Party B may require Party A to deliver such order on a timely basis.

 

7.              Other Phone Cards:

 

Based on its business needs, Party B may request Party A to provide other types of Phone Cards. Party A shall give complete consideration based on the available technology, operating conditions and other factors and shall provide such cards if able to confirm a workable plan.

 

Both Parties agree that they shall discuss the amount, prices, and payment methods of such other types of Phone Cards. The price shall be based on the actual cost incurred by Party A in manufacturing and delivering such Phone Cards plus a marginal profit no higher than 20% of the total cost.

 



 

Annex IV

 

Equipment Acquisition Services

 

1.              Scope of the equipment acquisition services:

 

Based on its actual needs, Party B may request Party A to act on its behalf (via Unicom Import and Export Co. Ltd. (“Unicom I&E”), a subsidiary controlled by Party A), to handle overseas or domestic acquisitions of telecommunications equipment and other materials.

 

Unicom I&E shall, at Party B’s request, provide comprehensive acquisition services, including bidding, consulting, and acting as the processing agent. Unicom I&E may also authorize Party A’s other subsidiaries to provide such acquisition services.

 

2.              Procedures for the acquisition services:

 

Both Parties agree to authorize Unicom I&E to provide the equipment aquisition services to Party B in accordance with “Notice on Centralized Import and Export Operations (No. [1994]001)”, “Rules on Centralized Equipment Acquisitions of China Unicom (No. [1995]380)”, “Rules on Centralized Acquisitions of Equipment and Instruments (No. [1996 ]31)”, “Methods of Equipment Acquisitions of China Uniform (No. [1998] 059)” and other applicable documents agreed upon by both Parties.

 

3.              Service Fees and Payment:

 

3.1            Party B shall pay Unicom I&E such service fees for the acquisitions of any equipment and materials as follows:

 

3.1.1            0.7% of the underlying amount (including any bank processing fees) in any overseas acquisition contract of major equipment signed by Unicom I&E on Party B’s behalf;

 

3.1.2            0.5% of the underlying amount in any domestic acquisition contract of major equipment signed by Unicom I&E on Party B’s behalf; and

 

3.1.3            Unicom I&E agrees not to charge Party B for the acquisition of any power switches, storage batteries, diesel-electric sets, constant power supplies, the air conditioning of equipment rooms, optic fibers and other transmission materials and necessary accessories.

 

3.2            Both Parties agree that the payment time for the agent service fees shall be determined by both       Party B and Unicom I&E, based on the specific circumstance of the equipment acquisition. Should there be any payment overdue, Party B shall pay Unicom I&E a late fee of 0.5% of the total amount due on a daily basis.

 

4.              Party A shall cause Unicom I&E to treat Party B in the same manner as it would Party A in respects of import and export prices as well as other material provisions or conditions.

 



 

Annex V

 

USE OF THE PROPERTIES

 

1.              Use and purposes of the properties:

 

1.1            Each party agrees to, based on the other party’s requests from time to time, to give the other party access to use certain properties it owns (the “Owned Properties”) and certain other properties procured by it from certain third parties (the “Third Parties’ Properties”), including premises, air conditioners, power supplies, power devices and other accessorial facilities.

 

1.2            Any party that uses the other party’s property shall use such above-mentioned properties only for the purposes of its offices, retail outlets, and operations.

 

2.              Fees and payments:

 

2.1            Payment by one party for using any of the other party’s Owned Properties shall be based on the depreciation cost or the market price of similar properties in the same geographical area, whichever is lower.  Such provision notwithstanding, Party B can choose to charge Party A a property use fee based on the market price of properties in the same geographical area.

 

2.2            As for any of the Third Parties’ Properties used by either party, both Parties shall share the payment to such third party, based on the proportion used by each Party.

 

2.3            Payments shall be made within 30 days after the end of each quarter.

 

2.4            Should there be any payment overdue, a late fee of 0.05% of the total amount due on a daily basis shall be assessed.

 

3.              Warranties and Covenants:

 

Party A warrants that it has full rights to provide such above-mentioned Owned Properties and Third Parties’ Properties (including premises, power supplies, air conditioners, power devices and other accessorial facilities) for Party B to use. Party A agrees to indemnify Party B for all the losses resulting from any dispute regarding Party A’s ownership or rights of use of such Properties that prevents Party B from exercising its rights under this Annex or any other damages incurred by Party B.

 


Exhibit 4.19

 

(English Translation)

 

 

Transfer Agreement

 

with respect to the Comprehensive Services Agreement

 

 

between

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

and

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

November 20, 2003

 



 

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into on November 20, 2003, in
Beijing, China, between:

 

(1)            Party A: China United Telecommunications Co. Ltd (the “A Share Company”)

 

Address:  40F, Jinmao Building, No. 88, Century Boulevard, Shanghai, PRC

 

Legal Representative: Mr. Wang Jianzhou

 

(2)            Party B: Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”)

 

Address: 1009, 10F, Ban Yi, No. 18, Jianguomenneidajie, Dongcheng District, Beijing, PRC

 

Legal Representative: Mr. Wang Jianzhou

 

Whereas:

 

(1)            China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”), a limited corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, is an integrated telecommunications business operator and the controlling shareholder of the A Share Company;

 

(2)            The A Share Company, a limited corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, has had its common stock listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange since October 9, 2002;

 

(3)            Unicom New World, a limited corporation wholly owned by Unicom Group and a provider of integrated telecommunications services established on November 4, 2003, has been injected by Unicom Group with its GSM mobile telecommunications assets in the following nine provinces and autonomous regions: Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Xizang (no GSM assets), Gansu, Qinghai and Ningxia  (the “Nine Service Areas”).  As approved by the Ministry of Information Industry in the telex letter numbered [2003]443, Unicom Group authorizes Unicom New World to engage in the mobile telecommunication services in the Nine Service Areas ;

 

(4)            Unicom Group and the A Share Company entered into a memorandum, dated August 12, 2002 (the “Memorandum on Connected Transactions”), regarding certain transactions after the public offering of the A Share Company between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and any subsidiaries controlled by it) and China Unicom Limited (the “Unicom Red-Chip Company”), which is indirectly controlled by the A Share Company, or its subsidiaries;

 

(5)            Unicom Group is contemplating injecting all of its shares of Unicom New World and its other offshore interests (collectively, the “Target Interests”) into the Unicom Red-Chip Company through its wholly-owned overseas subsidiary (the “Offshore Capital Injection Project”); After the completion of the Offshore Capital Injection Project, Unicom New World will be one of the subsidiaries of Unicom Red-Chip Company engaging in telecommunication services within the PRC; and

 

(6)            Unicom Group and the A Share Company entered into a Comprehensive Services Agreement on November 20, 2003 (the “Comprehensive Services Agreement”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, for the purpose of this Offshore Capital Injection Project,

 

1



 

on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, both Parties hereby have reached the following agreements after friendly consultations:

 

1.              Provided that the conditions under Section 6 herein are satisfied, the A Share Company agrees to transfer immediately all of its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Services Agreement and its Annexes to Unicom New World. Unicom New World consequently agrees to accept all the rights and obligations of the A Share Company under the Comprehensive Services Agreement.

 

2.              Once the A Share Company transfers all of its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Services Agreement to Unicom New World, Unicom New World shall immediately assume all such rights and obligations and the A Share Company shall immediately terminate all such rights and obligations.

 

3.              The A Share Company confirms that, pursuant to Section 6 of the Comprehensive Services Agreement, Unicom Group has given its irrevocable consent that the A Share Company may transfer all of its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Services Agreement to Unicom New World or its subsidiaries or to Unicom Red-Chip Company or any of its subsidiaries; no other or further consent by Unicom Group shall be required for the A Share Company to transfer its rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Services Agreement to Unicom New World or its subsidiaries, or Unicom Red-Chip Company or its subsidiaries.

 

4.              Each Party warrants that it has the full right, power and authority to execute this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations on each Party.

 

5.              Unicom New World agrees to retain and perform, during the term of the Comprehensive Services Agreement, all the rights and obligations given to the A Share Company in the past or in the future pursuant to the provisions and conditions set forth in the Comprehensive Services Agreement.

 

6.              Effectiveness

 

This Agreement shall become effective simultaneously with the Comprehensive Services Agreement subject to the following conditions:

 

6.1            Approval from the Shareholders Meeting of Unicom Red-Chip Company to transfer all of the rights and obligations under the Comprehensive Services Agreement by the A Share Company to Unicom New World pursuant to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules; and

 

6.2            The requirements under Article 7 of the Comprehensive Service agreement have been met.

 

7.              Force Majeure

 

In any force majeure event that is unforeseeable and the consequences of which are unavoidable or insurmountable and which results in either Party’s failure to duly perform its obligations hereunder, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party of such situation and provide within 15 days any valid documents evidencing the details and explaining the reasons for not being able to perform all or part of its obligations hereunder or the reasons for any necessary delays of such performance. Based on the impact of the force majeure event, both Parties shall decide through negotiations to terminate, partially waive or postpone such performance.

 

2



 

8.              Confidentiality

 

Except to the extent that disclosure is required by law or by the rules of the relevant supervisory authorities, or for the purpose of submission to the Shanghai Stock Exchange by the A Share Company or to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange by Unicom Red-Chip Company, each Party, without the other party’s written consent, shall not provide or disclose to any company, enterprise, organization or person any data and information relating to the other Party’s operations or businesses.

 

9.              No Waiver

 

Unless otherwise required by law, any failure or delay in exercising any of its rights, powers or privileges by one Party shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights, powers or privileges. Any one time or partial exercise of such rights, powers or privileges shall not affect any further or complete exercise of such rights, powers or privileges.

 

10.            Notices

 

Any notification given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by one Party to the other Party by hand, fax or mail. Such a notification by hand shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of delivery. Such a notification via fax shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the completion of the fax transmission. Such a notification by mail shall be deemed to have been duly given on the third working day (extended when there is a public holiday) after the postal date. Notifications become effective upon their arrival.

 

Addresses of the Parties hereto for receiving notifications are as follows:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

Attention: Zhao Yilei

Address: 40F, Jinmao Building, No. 88, Century Boulevard, Shanghai, China

Post Code: 200121

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

Attention: Song Xiaoxi

Address: A133 Xidanbeidajie, Suite 1168, 11th Floor, Xicheng

District, Beijing,China

Postcode: 100032

 

11.            Applicable Law

 

This Agreement is under the jurisdiction of the laws of the People’s Republic of China and shall be interpreted and executed in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

12.            Dispute Settlement

 

Both Parties shall endeavour to resolve any dispute over the effectiveness, interpretation or execution of this Agreement through friendly consultations. Should any dispute remain unsettled for more than 30 days after its occurrence, either Party is entitled to bring a lawsuit based on this Agreement before a competent PRC court.

 

13.            Miscellaneous

 

13.1          Based on mutual consultations, both Parties can make modifications, revisions or additions to this Agreement and Annexes hereto. No revision or addition shall become effective until it is duly signed in writing and sealed by both Parties or their authorized representatives.

 

3



 

13.2          This Agreement is severable, that is, when any of the clauses in this Agreement or the Annexes hereto is deemed illegal or unenforceable, the effectiveness and enforceability of the other clauses contained herein shall by no means be affected.

 

13.3          This Agreement has six original copies with each party holding three copies and each having equal legal binding.

 

4



 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Corporate Seal)

 

 

Legal Representative or Duly Authorized Representative:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Corporate Seal)

 

 

 

 

 

Legal Representative or Duly Authorized Representative:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

5


Exhibit 4.20

 

20 November 2003

 

 

UNICOM NEW HORIZON
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION LIMITED

 

 

CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION LIMITED

 

 

CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

 

 


 

Network Capacity Lease Agreement
for
Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai
provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang
autonomous regions

 


 



 

CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

 

 

Interpretation

 

 

 

Lease of Network Capacity

 

 

 

Conditions

 

 

 

Term and Capacity

 

 

 

Lease fee

 

 

 

Payment

 

 

 

Procurement and Construction of the Network

 

 

 

Acceptance and Testing of the Network

 

 

 

Operation, Management and Revenue

 

 

 

Risk and Title

 

 

 

Responsibilities of the Parties

 

 

 

Representations and Warranties

 

 

 

Purchase Option

 

 

 

Insurance

 

 

 

Network Maintenance

 

 

 

Guarantee and Indemnity

 

 

 

Confidentiality

 

 

 

Force Majeure

 

 

 

Termination

 

 

 

Notices

 

 

 

Assignment and Sub-Contracting

 

 

 

Severability

 

 

 

Further assurance

 

 

 

Costs

 

 

 

Waivers and Variations

 

 

 

Entire Agreement

 

 

 

Governing Law; Settlement of Disputes

 

 

 

Language

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

APPENDIX 1

 

Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the Lessee

 

 

 

APPENDIX 2

 

Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of China Unicom

 

 



 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20 November 2003

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)            UNICOM NEW HORIZON TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION LIMITED , a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose registered office is at 6 th Floor, Tower 3, Henderson Centre, 18 Jianguomen Nei Dajie, Beijing, the PRC ( Lessor );

 

(2)            CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION LIMITED , a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose office is at 9 th Floor, 133 Bei Dajie Jia, Xidan, Xi Cheng District, Beijing, the PRC ( Lessee ); and

 

(3)            CHINA UNITED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION , a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose registered office is at No. 15, Yangfangdian Road, Haidian District, Beijing, the PRC ( Unicom Group ).

 

WHEREAS :

 

(A)           Unicom Group has been approved by the PRC Government to undertake telecommunications infrastructure development and operate a nationwide CDMA network within the PRC.

 

(B)            The Lessor, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, is a special purpose vehicle responsible for the procurement and construction of the CDMA mobile telecommunications network for Unicom Group.

 

(C)            Construction of the second phase of the Network was completed in the first half of 2003.  After completion of the initial acceptance procedures of the Network, the Lessor entered into a lease with the Operating Entity (the Existing Lease ) pursuant to which the Operating Entity has been provided with capacity since 8 January 2002 to carry on the CDMA Business.

 

(D)           China Unicom has agreed with Unicom Group to acquire from it the entire registered capital of the Operating Entity.

 

(E)            Following completion of the acquisition and with effect from the Lease Effective Date, the Existing Lease will be terminated and replaced by arrangements envisaged in this Agreement and the Transfer Agreement.

 

(F)            In advance of the signing of the Transfer Agreement, the Lessor and the Lessee agree to enter into this Agreement.

 

(G)           Unicom Group has agreed to guarantee the performance by the Lessor of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

INTERPRETATION

 

Definitions

 

1.1            In this Agreement (including the recitals) the following words and expressions have the following respective meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Acquisition Agreement means the Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to the entired issued capital of Unicom New World (BVI) Limited entered into between Unicom BVI and China Unicom on 20 November 2003;

 

Additional Term has the meaning given to it in clause 4.2;

 



 

Additional Phase has the meaning given to it in clause 5.3;

 

Agreement means this agreement, including Schedule 1 to this Agreement;

 

Associates has the meaning given to that term in the Listing Rules;

 

Business Day means any day on which banks in the PRC are open for the transaction of normal banking business;

 

Capacity means capacity on the Network, measured in terms of total number of Subscribers, including all Additional Capacity to be delivered pursuant to clause 4.4;

 

CDMA means Code Division Multiple Access technology, which is a digital transmission technology that accommodates higher throughput by using various coding sequences to mix and separate voice and data signals for wireless communication, and including all network re-configuration, upgrades, enhancement or modifications to such technology from time to time (including CDMA 2000 1x and CDMA 2000 3x, each of which is designed to increase data transmission speed and improve quality of service operation over existing network infrastructure);

 

CDMA Business means the CDMA mobile telecommunications business operated by the Operating Entity in the Listed Service Areas utilising the Network;

 

China Unicom means China Unicom Limited, a company incorporated under the Companies Ordinance, Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong, with limited liability whose shares are listed on the Stock Exchange and whose American Depositary Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange;

 

Conditions means the conditions precedent set out in clause 3.1;

 

Equipment means all necessary hardware, software and accessories used or to be used in constructing the Network, where applicable, in accordance with the designs and specifications agreed between the Lessor and the Lessee;

 

Force Majeure Event means in relation to the Lessee and the Lessor, matters beyond the reasonable contemplation of that party, including, but not limited to, fire, lightning, explosion, war, flood, earthquake, typhoon, and other natural disasters, national emergency, civil disturbance, riot, terrorism, industrial disputes, weather of exceptional severity, binding acts or omissions of any Government Entity;

 

Government Entity means:

 

(a)                                   any national government, political subdivision thereof, or local jurisdiction therein;

 

(b)                                  any instrumentality, board, commission, court, or agency of any thereof, however constituted; and

 

(c)                                   any association, organization, or institution of which any of the above is a member or to whose jurisdiction any thereof is subject or in whose activities any of the above is a participant;

 

Initial Term has the meaning given to it in clause 4.1;

 

Lease means the lease of Capacity by the Lessor to the Lessee pursuant to this Agreement;

 

Lease Effective Date has the meaning given to it in clause 2.1;

 

Lease Fee means the amounts payable by the Lessee to the Lessor pursuant to clause 5.1;

 



 

Lessor Lien means any Security Interest from time to time created by or through the Lessor in connection with the financing of the Network construction;

 

Listed Group means China Unicom and its subsidiaries from time to time, including the Operating Entity being acquired;

 

Listed Service Areas means Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu and Qinghai provinces and Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Xizang autonomous regions;

 

Listing Rules means the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;

 

MII means the Ministry of Information Industry of the PRC;

 

Network means the CDMA mobile telecommunications network, infrastructure or Equipment, constructed or acquired by or on behalf of the Lessor in the Listed Service Areas, including all additional CDMA networks, infrastructure and Equipment (whether they be comprised in the same Phase of construction or otherwise) constructed or acquired after the date of this Agreement in the Listed Service Areas;

 

Network Construction Cost in relation to each Phase of the Network, the total amount of all payments, costs, expenses and amounts paid or incurred by the Lessor that are directly attributable to the construction of that Phase, including construction, installation and Equipment procurement costs and expenses, survey and design costs, investment in technology, software and other intangible assets, insurance premiums and capitalised interest on loans in respect of the construction period of that Phase, any taxes levied or paid in respect of the procurement of Equipment and the construction of that Phase of the Network, including import taxes and customs duties and all costs incurred in relation to any network re-configuration, upgrade, enhancement or modifications to the technology in respect of that Phase, all such payments, costs, expenses and amounts having been verified and confirmed by certified public accountants in accordance with PRC accounting principles and standards as capital in nature and being able to satisfy the accounting definition of fixed assets of the Lessor in its accounts;

 

Operating Entity means Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited;

 

Phase means a fixed amount of constructed Capacity on the Network, as stated in clause 4.12 (in respect of Phase 1 or Phase 2) or agreed by the Lessor and Lessee pursuant to clause 4.13 (in respect of any Additional Phase);

 

PRC means the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for the purposes of this Agreement, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan);

 

Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the Lessee means those transactions effected pursuant to the operating agreements in the agreed forms as listed in Appendix 1;

 

Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of China Unicom means those transactions effected pursuant to the operating agreements in the agreed forms as listed in Appendix 2;

 

Purchase Option has the meaning given to it in clause 13.1;

 

Purchase Price has the meaning given to it in clause 13.2;

 

Quarter means a period of three calendar months, with the first quarter commencing on the Lease Effective Date;

 

RMB means Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC;

 

Security Interest means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, assignment, hypothecation, right of set-off or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security;

 



 

Shanghai Stock Exchange means the Shanghai Stock Exchange of the PRC;

 

Subscriber means a unit of capacity on the Network, as further described in clauses 4.14 and 4.15;

 

Subsidiary means any company:

 

(a)            of which another controls the composition of the board of directors of the company; or

 

(b)            of which another has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent. of the voting share capital; and

 

Term means the Initial Term and all Additional Terms.

 

Transfer Agreement means the Transfer Agreement relating to this Agreement entered into between the Lessee and the Operating Entity on the date of this Agreement;

 

Unicom BVI means China Unicom (BVI) Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and the immediate holding company of China Unicom; and

 

Unicom BVI Acquisition Agreement means the Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to the entired issued capital of Unicom New World (BVI) Limited entered into by Unicom Group, Unicom Centenarian (BVI) Limited and Unicom BVI on 20 November 2003.

 

1.2            In this Agreement and the Schedules unless the context requires:

 

(a)            the headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement;

 

(b)            references to one gender include all genders;

 

(c)            references to parties are to the parties to this Agreement;

 

(d)            references to clauses and schedules are to clauses of and schedules to this Agreement; and

 

(e)            words and phrases indicating the singular shall, where the context so admits, include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.3            Schedule 1 to this Agreement forms part of this Agreement.

 

LEASE OF NETWORK CAPACITY

 

2.1            Subject to satisfaction of the Conditions, the Lessor agrees to lease Capacity to the Lessee on the terms set out herein, with effect from such date as the Lessor and the Lessee may agree following fulfilment (or waivers) of the Conditions (the Lease Effective Date ).

 

2.2            The Lessor agrees that, following the completion of the Transfer Agreement, the Operating Entity shall be permitted to use and operate the Network on an exclusive basis to provide CDMA services, including basic voice services, mobile data services and value added mobile services, under applicable PRC laws and regulations, in the Listed Service Areas.

 

2.3            In consideration of the satisfactory performance by the Lessor of its obligations under this Agreement, the Lessee shall pay the Lease Fee in accordance with clause 5.

 

CONDITIONS

 

3.1            The Lease shall not be effective and binding on the parties unless the following conditions have been fulfilled:

 



 

(a)            the passing of resolutions by the shareholders of the Lessee approving (i) the Unicom BVI Acquisition Agreement and (ii) the Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the Lessee at an extraordinary general meeting of the Lessee convened for such purpose;

 

(b)            the passing of resolutions by the shareholders (other than Unicom Group and its Associates, who shall abstain from voting) of China Unicom Limited approving (i) the Acquisition Agreement and (ii) the Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of China Unicom at an extraordinary general meeting of China Unicom convened for such purpose; and

 

(c)            all other conditions precedent contained in the Transfer Agreement having been fulfilled or waived.

 

3.2            In the event that the Conditions have not been satisfied by 30 June 2004 or such later date as the parties may agree in writing, all rights, obligations and liabilities of each party hereto shall be of no further effect and no party shall have any claim against any other and this Agreement shall be void and of no further effect.

 

TERM AND CAPACITY

 

Term

 

4.1            The Lessee shall initially lease Capacity for a period of one year from the Lease Effective Date (the Initial Term ).

 

4.2            The Lease shall be renewable for further one year periods (each an Additional Term ) at the option of the Lessee by giving not less than 180 days’ prior written notice to the Lessor.

 

Initial Capacity Commitment

 

4.3            During the Initial Term, the Lessee shall lease the following total amounts of Capacity:

 

First Quarter

-

such Capacity as is notified to the Lessor by not later than 15 December 2003

 

 

 

Second Quarter

-

such Capacity as is notified to the Lessor by not later than the last day of the first Quarter

 

 

 

Third Quarter

-

such Capacity as is notified to the Lessor by not later than the last day of the second Quarter

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter

-

such Capacity as is notified to the Lessor by not later than the last day of the third Quarter

 

Additional Capacity

 

4.4            In addition to its Capacity commitment in respect of the Initial Term, subject to giving not less than 180 days’ prior written notice to the Lessor, the Lessee may lease such additional Capacity as it may require during the Term ( Additional Capacity ).  Such notice shall specify the total amount of Additional Capacity required, the date by which the Additional Capacity is required to be delivered, and other requirements and details in relation to the Additional Capacity.

 

4.5            Subject to clause 4.6, the Lessor shall ensure that all Capacity which the Lessee has committed to lease or requested pursuant to clause 4.3 or clause 4.4 is supplied by the due date of delivery of the Capacity (the Capacity Delivery Date ) and otherwise in accordance with the notification provided by the Lessee under clause 4.4. In addition, the Lessor shall also use best endeavours to provide all such further Capacity as the Lessee may from time to time request on less than 180 days’ notice, either by supplying existing surplus Capacity, or through additional or accelerated expansion of the Network in the Listed Service Areas or by other appropriate means.

 



 

4.6            Unless otherwise agreed between the Lessor and the Lessee, the Lessor shall not be obliged to deliver any Additional Capacity if to do so would require the Lessor to expand the Network beyond Phase 2 (as described in clause 4.12).  However, if the Lessor agrees to provide any such Additional Capacity, the provisions of this Agreement (including the determination of Network Construction Cost and the Lease Fee) shall apply equally in relation to all such Additional Capacity which the Lessor has agreed to provide.

 

4.7            Subject to clause 4.6, if at any time any event occurs or circumstances arise which may delay the delivery of any Capacity on the scheduled Capacity Delivery Date, then the Lessor shall, as soon as practicable (and in any event within five Business Days of the Lessor becoming aware of the event or circumstances in question), notify the Lessee of that fact in writing. Such notification shall set out:

 

(a)            the nature of the event or circumstances and whether they have arisen as a result of any of the causes set out in clause 4.9;

 

(b)            a description of the steps, if any, which the Lessor has identified are necessary to rectify the matter and bring the Capacity into operational service on the relevant Capacity Delivery Date or as soon as practicable thereafter; and

 

(c)            the likely effect of the event or circumstances on the achievability of the Capacity Delivery Date.

 

4.8            Following receipt by the Lessee of any notification pursuant to clause 4.7, the Lessee and the Lessor shall discuss in good faith:

 

(a)            actions which can be taken to rectify the matter; and

 

(b)            any proposed change to the relevant Capacity Delivery Date.

 

4.9            Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any event or circumstance notified by the Lessor to the Lessee under clause 4.7 is, or arises as a result of, one or more of the following:

 

(a)            a Force Majeure Event;

 

(b)            any material breach by the Lessee of any of its material obligations under this Agreement which prevents the Lessor from performing the relevant obligation under this Agreement; or

 

(c)            compliance with any applicable law, the mandatory requirements of any Government Entity or any other applicable statutory regulations;

 

then, save to the extent that the event arose (in the case of an event under clause 4.9(c) only) as a result of any breach of this Agreement by the Lessor, the Lessor shall have no liability to the extent the delay arises from such events, whether under clause 4.10 or otherwise, to provide any Delay Discount (as defined below), or pay any damages or other compensation to the Lessee as a result of the Capacity not being ready for service by the Capacity Delivery Date as a result of such events and that Capacity Delivery Date shall be extended to the earliest practicable date on which the Lessee requires, and the Lessor is able, to make available the Capacity in light of the relevant event.

 

Consequences of failure to achieve Capacity Delivery Dates

 

4.10          Subject to clauses 4.6 and 4.9, if any Capacity is not ready for operational service by the relevant Capacity Delivery Date, then the Lessor shall provide the Lessee with a discount (a Delay Discount ), calculated as follows:

 

Delay Discount

 

=

 

Daily Lease Fee of relevant delayed Capacity x period of delay (number of days)

 

The Delay Discount shall be credited against next Lease Fee payment to be made by the Lessee (or

 



 

caused to be made by the Lessee) to the Lessor.

 

Reduction of Capacity

 

4.11          The Lessee may not reduce the amount of Capacity leased by it hereunder during the Initial Term. However, subject to providing not less than 180 days’ prior written notice to the Lessor, or with the prior written consent of the Lessor, the Lessee may reduce the amount of Capacity leased with effect from the commencement of any Additional Term, provided that the Lessee must lease all Capacity which it has requested or otherwise committed to lease for at least one year following the date of delivery or renewal of the lease of such Capacity (as the case may be). Any reduction in the total amount of leased Capacity shall be effected in reverse of the order in which Capacity was originally delivered and leased hereunder, such that Capacity last delivered prior to the request for reduction shall be reduced first.

 

Network Capacity

 

4.12          The Lessor represents to the Lessee that Phase 1 and Phase 2 of the Network has a combined total Capacity of approximately 4.5165 million Subscribers.

 

4.13          Subject to clause 4.6, the Lessor and Lessee shall, based on the Lessee’s requests for Additional Capacity from time to time, agree the total amount of Capacity to be constructed for each Additional Phase.

 

Subscriber Capacity

 

4.14          All Phase 1 and Phase 2 Capacity leased hereunder shall be calculated based on a nominal value of Erlang per Subscriber during peak periods to be agreed between the Lessor and the Lessee for each local region.

 

4.15          The parties may, in light of actual usage patterns and other relevant factors, agree to vary the nominal value per Subscriber in respect of Capacity constructed during any Additional Phase.

 

Spectrum

 

4.16          The Lessor shall, based on the amount of all committed Capacity and any Additional Capacity requested under clause 4.4, provide or procure that the Lessee is provided with all necessary spectrum for the operation and expansion of the CDMA Business.

 

Network Upgrade

 

4.17          Unless otherwise agreed between the Lessor and the Lessee, the Lessor shall not be obliged to re-configure, upgrade, enhance or otherwise modify the Network.  However, if the Lessor agrees to do so, clauses 4.4 to 4.10 and clause 7 shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to all such re-configurations, upgrades, enhancement and modifications which the Lessor has agreed to provide.

 

LEASE FEE

 

5.1            The Lease Fee shall be determined so as to enable the Lessor to recover the Network Construction Cost within seven years, together with an internal rate of return on its investment of 8%.  The Lease Fee shall be calculated by applying the formula set out in Schedule 1, subject to adjustment in accordance with clause 5.3. For the purposes of this clause 5 and Schedule 1, the Lease Fee shall include the lease fees paid or payable by the Operating Entity to the Lessor under the Existing Lease.

 

5.2            The parties agree that, by applying the formula set out in Schedule 1, the current estimate of the Lease Fee per Subscriber for all Phase 1 Capacity and Phase 2 Capacity, subject to clause 5.3, is RMB56.4 per Quarter.

 

5.3            The Lessor and the Lessee shall procure that, as soon as reasonably practicable following final

 



 

acceptance of each Phase of the Network constructed after Phase 1 (each an Additional Phase ), a firm of auditors jointly selected by the Lessor and Lessee is appointed to perform procedures agreed upon with the Lessor and Lessee to verify the final Network Construction Cost in respect of such Additional Phase. The Lessor shall provide the Lessee and the firm of auditors so appointed with certified copies or originals of all such supporting invoices and receipts and other documentary evidence and information as the Lessee or such auditors may require in order to verify the Network Construction Cost in respect of any Additional Phase of the Network. The auditors’ fees for carrying out the aforesaid procedures shall be borne by the Lessor and the Lessee in equal shares.

 

5.4            In the event that the final Network Construction Cost calculated under clause 5.3 in respect of an Additional Phase differs from the Network Construction Cost calculated at the time of initial acceptance of such Additional Phase by more than 1.0%, the final Network Construction Cost shall be substituted for the initial Network Construction Cost used in calculating the Lease Fee by applying the formula contained in Schedule 1, and any adjustment in such Lease Fee shall apply from the commencement of the applicable Term.  Subject to the foregoing, subsequent quarterly payments of the Lease Fee shall be increased or decreased as appropriate to reflect the adjustment to the Lease Fee pursuant to this clause 5.4.

 

5.5            The Lease Fee in respect of each Additional Phase of the Network shall, subject to clauses 5.3 and 5.4, be calculated by applying the formula set out in Schedule 1 and agreed by the Lessor and the Lessee as soon as reasonably practicable following initial acceptance and delivery of each such Additional Phase and shall apply to all Capacity leased from that Phase.

 

PAYMENT

 

6.1            Subject to clauses 6.2 and 7.3, the Lease Fee shall, based on the actual amount of Capacity (in terms of volume and number of days) leased by the Lessee during each Quarter, be paid (or caused to be paid) quarterly in arrears by the Lessee to the Lessor within 30 days following the end of each Quarter during the Term.  The total Lease Fee payable by the Lessee in respect of a Quarter shall be calculated by applying the formula set out in Schedule 1. If new Capacity is delivered into service after the Lease Effective Date, all Lease Fees in respect thereof will be payable commencing from the date such Capacity is delivered and ready for use, and the first payment, covering the period from the date the Capacity is delivered and ready for use to the beginning of the next Quarter, shall be payable in arrears within 30 days following the end of the Quarter in which it is delivered.

 

6.2            The Lessor shall send an invoice to the Lessee within two days following the end of each Quarter during the Term in respect of all Capacity leased during such Quarter.  Such invoice shall contain details of all Capacity leased during the relevant Quarter, as well as the Lessor’s calculation, by applying the formula set out in Schedule 1, of the total Lease Fee payable by the Lessee for such Quarter.

 

6.3            Unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Lessor and the Lessee, all Lease Fee payments shall be made in Renminbi.

 

6.4            All sums payable to the Lessor under this Agreement shall be made in immediately available funds by electronic funds transfer to such account as the Lessor shall by not less than seven days’ prior written notice notify to the Lessee.

 

6.5            The Lessor may charge interest on any outstanding sum payable to the Lessor hereunder from the due date to the date of receipt of payment in full by the Lessor, at the daily compound rate of 0.01%.

 

PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE NETWORK

 

7.1            The Lessor shall procure the Network and shall finance the procurement of all Equipment. Except for Phase 1 and Phase 2 of the Network, the Lessor shall invite the Lessee to participate in all negotiations with Equipment suppliers, and the Lessee shall be entitled to approve all Equipment purchases and sign all Equipment purchase contracts.

 



 

7.2            The Lessor shall ensure that the Network is constructed in accordance with the detailed design standards, specifications and timetable agreed in writing between the Lessor and Lessee.  Subject to clause 4.6, the Lessor and Lessee shall, within 60 days following the issue by the Lessee of a request for Additional Capacity under clause 4.4, agree in writing the detailed design standards, specifications and construction timetable for any required expansion of the Network to meet such Additional Capacity requirements.

 

7.3            Subject to complying with its obligations under clause 7.2, the Lessor shall use its best endeavours to ensure that the Equipment is procured and the Network constructed for the lowest achievable cost, and shall comply with any requirement of the Lessee that the purchase of the Equipment be undertaken in a manner which is tax efficient for the Lessee.

 

ACCEPTANCE AND TESTING OF THE NETWORK

 

8.1            In relation to each Additional Phase of the Network, authorised representatives of the Lessor and the Lessee shall attend the initial acceptance and the final acceptance arranged by the Equipment suppliers in accordance with the Equipment supply and installation services contracts, which shall incorporate the acceptance regulations of the Lessor. Representatives of the Lessor and the Lessee shall effect initial and final acceptance of each Additional Phase by execution and delivery to the Equipment suppliers of an initial acceptance document and a final acceptance document, respectively.  The Lessee may elect to be represented or accompanied by authorised representatives of the Operating Entity.

 

OPERATION , MANAGEMENT AND REVENUE

 

9.1            On the day of signing by the authorised representatives of the Lessor and the Lessee of an initial acceptance document relating to a particular Additional Phase of the Network, that Phase shall be formally delivered to the Operating Entity for operation, management and maintenance.

 

9.2            All operating revenue, including airtime charges, monthly subscription fees, interconnection charges, income from sales of UIM cards and handsets and other income generated from or in connection with the operation of the Network shall be collected by and belong to the Operating Entity.

 

9.3            All costs of operating and managing the Network shall be borne by the Operating Entity.

 

RISK AND TITLE

 

10.1          The parties agree that title to all parts of the Network procured, acquired or otherwise funded by the Lessor will remain vested in the Lessor until the Network is transferred to the Lessee pursuant to clause 13.

 

10.2          As between the Lessor and the Lessee, during the period of construction of each Additional Phase of the Network, the Lessor shall bear all risks of loss, theft, damage and destruction of or to the Network. Thereafter and until the expiry of the Term, the Lessor shall bear all risks of physical loss, damage and destruction of or to the Network caused by a Force Majeure Event, and the Lessee shall be responsible for all losses and damage resulting from the Operating Entity’s operation of the Network.

 

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES

 

Lessor’s Responsibilities

 

11.1          Without limiting the Lessor’s other obligations hereunder, the Lessor’s responsibilities are:

 

(a)            to obtain and maintain all necessary government and other approvals, authorisations, licences and other documents necessary or desirable for the construction, operation, maintenance and upgrading of the Network;

 



 

(b)            to obtain all PRC approvals and permits for the import of all equipment and technology, other supplies and installation services required for the construction and operation of the Network, and to use best endeavours to obtain and maintain favourable customs duties;

 

(c)            to obtain all necessary funding for the construction and expansion of the Network in accordance with the Lessee’s requirements;

 

(d)            to ensure that each Additional Phase of the Network is constructed in accordance with construction timetable agreed by the Lessor and Lessee;

 

(e)            to handle all arrangements in relation to the importation of the Equipment;

 

(f)             to ensure that the Capacity leased is delivered to the Lessee before the relevant Capacity Delivery Date;

 

(g)            to use best endeavours to ensure that the Network is constructed for the lowest cost achievable based on the technical specifications and subject to prevailing economic circumstances, provided that the Network quality standards shall meet the standards agreed by the Lessor and Lessee;

 

(h)            upon request by the Lessee to upgrade the software or hardware of the Network, to use best endeavours to satisfy the request as soon as possible;

 

(i)             to make available to the Lessee during the Term the benefit of all manufacturer’s warranties in relation to the Equipment and other product support;

 

(j)             unless agreed in writing with the Lessee and Unicom Group and save as contemplated by the Transfer Agreement, not to lease or sell any part of the Network to any third party, or permit any third party to use or operate the Network in any manner to provide telecommunications services;

 

(k)            without the prior written consent of the Lessee, not to use or operate the Network in any manner to provide telecommunications services, or to compete in any other manner with the Listed Group; and

 

(l)             in the event of a breakdown of any part of the Network, to provide the Lessee all necessary cooperation, including liasing with Equipment suppliers and coordinating relevant parties.

 

Lessee’s Responsibilities

 

11.2          Without limiting the Lessee’s other obligations hereunder, the Lessee’s responsibilities are:

 

(a)            to promptly notify the Lessor of any event of loss or any event which is likely to result in an insurance notification claim;

 

(b)            to provide the Lessor with such information concerning the condition, use and operation of the Network as the Lessor may from time to time reasonably request;

 

(c)            to permit the Lessor’s representatives to inspect the Network during normal working hours, upon reasonable notice;

 

(d)            to be responsible for the maintenance and safety of the Network and maintenance of all databases in relation to the Network;

 

(e)            to permit the Lessor to use such of its premises as are reasonably required by the Lessor for the purpose of complying with its obligations under this Agreement;

 



 

(f)             to refrain from subleasing any part of the Network or assign its rights under the lease to any party other than the Operating Entity or another member of the Listed Group; and

 

(g)            in accordance with market requirements and subscriber demand, to use all reasonable efforts to promote and advertise the CDMA Business in the Listed Service Areas.

 

Unicom Group’s Responsibilities

 

11.3          Without limiting Unicom Group’s other obligations hereunder, Unicom Group’s responsibilities are:

 

(a)            to obtain and maintain all necessary government and other approvals, authorisations, licences and other documents necessary or desirable for the construction, operation, maintenance and upgrading of the Network; and

 

(b)            to establish and maintain roaming and interconnection arrangements with other telecommunications operators.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Representations and Warranties of the Lessee

 

12.1          The Lessee represents and warrants to the Lessor that:

 

(a)            Status :   It is a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted;

 

(b)            Power and authority : It has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)            Legal validity : This Agreement has been duly authorised, executed and delivered by the Lessee, and this Agreement constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Lessee, enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

(d)            Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by the Lessee of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not (i) conflict with the constitutional documents of the Lessee; or (ii) conflict with or result in default under any document which is binding upon the Lessee or any of its assets nor result in the creation of any Security Interest over any of its assets;

 

(e)            Authorisation : All authorisations, consents, registrations and notifications required by the Lessee in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

(f)             No Immunity : The Lessee is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither Lessee nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by the Lessee constitute private and commercial acts; and

 

(g)            Litigation : No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are pending or threatened against Lessee which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect upon the Lessee’s financial condition or business or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 



 

Representations and Warranties of the Lessor and Unicom Group

 

12.2          Each of the Lessor and Unicom Group jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Lessee that:

 

(a)            Status : The Lessor is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

(b)            Power and authority : The Lessor has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)            Legal validity : This Agreement constitutes the Lessor’s legal, valid and binding obligation;

 

(d)            Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by the Lessor of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with: (i) any laws binding on the Lessor; or (ii) the constitutional documents of the Lessor; or (iii) any document which is binding upon the Lessor or any of its assets;

 

(e)            Authorisation : So far as concerns the obligations of the Lessor, all authorisations, consents, registrations and notifications required under the laws of the PRC in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement by the Lessor have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 

(f)             No breach : The use of the Network by the Operating Entity in accordance with this Agreement will not cause the Operating Entity to breach any law, regulation, direction, permission, waiver, consent, registration, approval or other authorisation; and

 

(g)            No Immunity : The Lessor is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither the Lessor nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by the Lessor constitute private and commercial acts.

 

Representations and Warranties of Unicom Group

 

12.3          Unicom Group also represents and warrants to the Lessee that:

 

(a)            Status : Unicom Group is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

(b)            Power and authority : Unicom Group has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)            Legal validity : This Agreement constitutes Unicom Group’s legal, valid and binding obligation;

 

(d)            Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by Unicom Group of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with: (i) any laws binding on Unicom Group; or (ii) the constitutional documents of Unicom Group; or (iii) any document which is binding upon Unicom Group or any of its assets;

 

(e)            Authorisation : So far as concerns the obligations of Unicom Group, all authorisations, consents, registrations and notifications required under the laws of the PRC in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement by Unicom Group have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

 



 

(f)             CDMA Licence : Unicom Group’s CDMA licence (Licence No. [2001] Yi Zi No. 01) issued by the MII dated 1 August 2001 is in full force and effect and there are no circumstances which indicate that such licence will or is likely to be revoked, in whole or in part. In accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, Unicom Group is permitted to authorise the Lessee to provide CDMA mobile telecommunications services by using the Network;

 

(g)            No Immunity : Unicom Group is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither Unicom Group nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by Unicom Group constitute private and commercial acts.

 

PURCHASE OPTION

 

13.1          The Lessor hereby grants the Lessee an option to purchase the Network (the Purchase Option ).

 

13.2          The Purchase Option may be exercised at any time during the Term and within one year thereafter by the Lessee giving notice in writing (a Purchase Option Notice ) to the Lessor. The acquisition price of the Network shall be negotiated between the Lessor and the Lessee based on the appraised value of the Network determined in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, and taking into account prevailing market conditions and other relevant factors, provided that the acquisition price will not be greater than such price as would, after taking into account all Lease Fee payments made by the Lessee to the Lessor and deducting all Delay Discounts due to the Lessee under clause 4.10, enable the Lessor to recover the Network Construction Cost, together with an internal rate of return on its investment of 8% (the Purchase Price ).

 

13.3          The purchase of the Network by the Lessee under this clause 13 shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Shanghai Stock Exchange listing rules and all applicable PRC laws and regulations (or the Listing Rules and all applicable Hong Kong laws after completion of the Transfer Agreement).

 

13.4          As soon as practicable following the issue of a Purchase Option Notice, the Lessor and Lessee shall negotiate in good faith and execute an agreement in relation to the sale and purchase of the Network.  The agreement shall reflect the terms referred to in this clause 13, as well as such other terms as the Lessor and the Lessee shall agree. In the agreement, the Lessor shall provide such representations and warranties as are reasonably requested by the Lessee in relation to the Network and other related matters.

 

13.5          The Network shall be sold free from all Security Interests and with all rights attached to it at the date of completion of the sale and purchase of the Network.

 

INSURANCE

 

14.1          During the construction period of each Additional Phase of the Network, the Lessor shall fully and continuously maintain insurance over the Network. The relevant insurance premiums shall be paid by the Lessor and form part of the Network Construction Cost.  Such insurance policies shall name the Lessor as the beneficiary.  Following receipt by the Lessor of any proceeds of such insurance, the Lessor shall apply all the proceeds to repair the Network.

 

14.2          After each Phase of the Network has been constructed and made available to the Lessee, insurance of that Phase of the Network shall be effected and maintained fully and continuously valid by or on behalf of the Lessee on such terms and with such qualified insurance company as agreed by the Lessor and the Lessee.  The relevant insurance premiums, which form part of the cost of operating the Network, shall be paid by or on behalf of the Lessee.  The Lessor and the Lessee shall be named as joint beneficiaries under all such insurance policies.

 

14.3          The proceeds of any insurance taken out over the Network shall be applied in repairing or

 



 

replacing the part of the Network that has been damaged or lost.  If the costs of such repair or replacement exceed the amount of relevant proceeds of insurance, the excess shall be paid by the Lessor and shall form part of the Network Construction Cost in case the damage or loss occurs during the construction period, and shall be paid by or on behalf of the Lessee and form part of the operating cost of the Network in case the damage or loss occurs during the operating period.

 

14.4          In the event of loss of, or damage to, the Network, the Lessor and Lessee shall agree upon the detailed steps which can be taken to repair or replace the Network so as to overcome, rectify and minimise such loss or damage.

 

NETWORK MAINTENANCE

 

15.1          The Lessee shall at all times during the Term:

 

(a)            take all necessary or desirable steps to safeguard all parts of the Network and keep the Network in good repair and condition, subject to fair wear and tear; and

 

(b)            maintain the Network in accordance with the generally accepted best practice of other mobile telecommunications operators in the PRC.

 

15.2          The Lessee shall bear all costs, fees and expenses in complying with its obligations under clause 15.1.

 

15.3          The Lessee shall permit the Lessor’s representatives to inspect the Network during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice, for the purpose of ascertaining whether the Lessee is in compliance with its obligations under clause 15.1.

 

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

16.1          In consideration of the Lessee entering into this Agreement, Unicom Group unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual performance by the Lessor of its obligations under this Agreement. If and each time the Lessor fails for any reason to perform or observe its obligations under this Agreement, Unicom Group shall forthwith upon demand unconditionally perform (or procure the performance of) the obligation in relation to which such failure has occurred in the manner prescribed in this Agreement and so that the same benefits shall be received by the Lessee as would have been so received if such obligation had been duly performed and/or observed by the Lessor.

 

16.2          Unicom Group agrees to indemnify the Lessee on demand for any loss or damage suffered by any member of the Listed Group as a result of any defect in any of the Equipment or any loss or damage caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of the Lessor or Unicom Group under this Agreement or in connection with the Network. The aggregate liability of Unicom Group for any claim shall not exceed the total amount of Lease Fee payments made by the Lessee to the Lessor and the total Purchase Price paid by the Lessee for the Network.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

17.1          At all times during the Term, each party shall, and shall procure that their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall, keep confidential and shall not, without the prior written consent of the other parties, disclose to any third party this Agreement or any of the terms of this Agreement or any documents or materials supplied by or on behalf of either party in connection with this Agreement, save that any such party shall be entitled upon giving notice to the other parties to make such disclosure:

 

(a)            in connection with any proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement to the extent that any party may consider necessary to protect its interests; or

 

(b)            if required to do so by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction whether in pursuance of any procedure for discovering documents or otherwise or pursuant to any law or any regulation of any stock exchange or securities regulatory authority; or

 



 

(c)            to its auditors or legal advisors or other professional advisers; or

 

(d)            by the Lessor or the Lessee to any bank or any other financier or prospective financier; or

 

(e)            if required to do so by any applicable law or in order for such party to comply with its obligations under this Agreement.

 

17.2          Nothing in clause 17.1 shall prevent the Lessee from disclosing information, documents or other materials in connection with the Lease to the Operating Entity.

 

FORCE MAJEURE

 

18.1          If the Lessee or Lessor (the Affected Party ) is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under this Agreement by a Force Majeure Event:

 

(a)            the Affected Party’s obligations under this Agreement are suspended from notification of the event in accordance with clause 18.1(b) while the Force Majeure Event continues but only to the extent that it is so prevented, hindered or delayed;

 

(b)            immediately after the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event the Affected Party shall promptly notify the other parties in writing of the Force Majeure Event, the time and date on which the Force Majeure Event started and the effects of the Force Majeure Event on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(c)            the Affected Party shall take all reasonable endeavours to mitigate the effects of the Force Majeure Event on the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

(d)            immediately after the end of the Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall notify the other parties in writing that the Force Majeure Event has ended, the duration of the Force Majeure Event, and shall resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

TERMINATION

 

19.1          The Lessee may terminate this Agreement by not less than 180 days’ prior written notice, such termination to take effect from the end of any Additional Term. The Lessor may not terminate this Agreement except in accordance with this clause 19.1 or clause 19.2.

 

19.2          Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies they may have (either under this Agreement or at law), the Lessor or the Lessee may terminate this Agreement if the other (or, in the case of the Lessee, Unicom Group) commits any continuing or material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement (save for any breach which is caused by the party seeking to rely on it) and, in the case of such a breach which is capable of remedy, fails to remedy the same within 90 days after receipt of a written notice giving full particulars of the breach and requiring it to be remedied.

 

19.3          For the purpose of clause 19.2, a breach shall be considered capable of remedy if the party in breach can comply with the provision in question in all respects other than as to the time of performance (provided that time of performance is not of the essence).

 

19.4          The rights to terminate this Agreement given by this clause 19 shall not prejudice any other right or remedy of any party in respect of the breach concerned (if any) or any other breach.

 

19.5          Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement and to any rights or obligations which have accrued prior to termination, no party shall have any further obligation to the others under this Agreement.

 

19.6          Notwithstanding clause 19.1, this Agreement may terminate at any time with the written agreement of the parties.

 



 

Redelivery

 

19.7          Subject to clause 13, the Lessee shall redeliver the Network to the Lessor within 90 days following the termination of the Lease.  At the time of such redelivery:

 

(a)            the Network shall be free and clear of all Security Interests (other than Lessor Liens);

 

(b)            all maintenance to the Network due for performance during the Term shall have been completed in accordance with clause 15, with all deferred maintenance items completed; and

 

(c)            all damage to the Network shall have been permanently repaired and certified in accordance with the requirements of the relevant Equipment manufacturer.

 

NOTICES

 

20.1          Any notice to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by (or on behalf of) the person giving it.  It shall be served by sending it by fax, or delivering it by hand, or sending it by prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, to the address or fax number set out in clause 20.2 and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party (or to such other address or fax number as shall have been duly notified in accordance with this clause).  Any notice so served by hand, fax or post shall be deemed to have been duly given:

 

(a)            in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered;

 

(b)            in the case of delivery by fax, at the time of transmission; and

 

(c)            in the case of prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, at 9 a.m. on the second Business Day following the date of posting

 

provided that in each case where delivery by hand or by fax occurs after 6 p.m. on a Business Day or on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9 a.m. on the next following Business Day.

 

References to time in this clause are to local time in the country of the addressee.

 

20.2          The addresses and fax numbers of the parties for the purpose of clause 20.1 are as follows:

 

Lessor

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

1227, 12 th Floor, 133 Bei Dajie Jia, Xidan, Xi Cheng District, Beijing, the PRC

 

 

 

Fax:

 

+86 10 6611 0768

 

 

 

For the attention of:

 

Zhang Yun Gao

 

 

 

Lessee

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

9 th Floor, 133 Bei Dajie Jia, Xidan, Xi Cheng District, Beijing, the PRC

 

 

 

Fax:

 

+86 10 6650 4066

 

 

 

For the attention of:

 

The Directors

 

 

 

Unicom Group

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

1167, 11 th Floor, 133 Bei Dajie Jia, Xidan, Xi Cheng District,

 



 

 

 

Beijing, the PRC

 

 

 

Fax:

 

+86 10 6611 4366

 

 

 

For the attention of:

 

Li Zhang Ting

 

20.3          A party may notify the other parties of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or fax number for the purposes of this clause 20, provided that such notice shall only be effective on:

 

(a)            the date specified in the notice as the date on which the change is to take place; or

 

(b)            if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date following five Business Days after notice of any change has been given.

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTING

 

21.1          The rights or benefits under this Agreement may not be assigned (nor may any cause of action arising in connection with any of them be assigned) by the Lessor or Unicom Group or their respective successor in title without the prior written consent the Lessee.  Each of the Lessor and Unicom Group irrevocably agrees that the Lessee may transfer or sub-contract any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the Operating Entity or another member of the Listed Group.

 

21.2          The Lessor may, with the Lessee’s prior written consent, sub-contract any of its obligations under this Agreement provided that the Lessor procures that the sub-contractor complies with the Lessor’s obligations under this Agreement as if it were a party to this Agreement in place of the Lessor. Nothing in this clause 21 will relieve the Lessor of any of its liabilities or obligations under this Agreement.

 

SEVERABILITY

 

22.1          If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall (so far as it is invalid or unenforceable) be given no effect and shall be deemed not to be included in this Agreement but without invalidating any of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

23.1          Each party agrees to perform (or procure the performance of) all further acts and things, and execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery of) such further documents, as may be required by law or as the other parties may reasonably require to implement and/or give effect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it.

 

COSTS

 

24.1          Subject to clause 24.2, each of the parties shall pay its own costs and expenses (including legal costs) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and implementation of this Agreement.

 

24.2          Any stamp duty or other duties payable in connection with this Agreement, and matters contemplated hereunder shall be borne by the Lessor and the Lessee in equal shares.

 

WAIVERS AND VARIATIONS

 

25.1          No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No waiver shall be effective unless expressed in writing signed for or on behalf of the party granting it.

 



 

25.2          No variation of this Agreement (or of any of the documents referred to in this Agreement) shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties to it.  The expression “variation” shall include any variation, supplement, deletion or replacement however effected.

 

25.3          Unless expressly agreed, no variation shall constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement, nor shall it affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under or pursuant to this Agreement which have already accrued up to the date of variation, and the rights and obligations of the parties under or pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except and only to the extent that they are so varied.

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

26.1          This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

GOVERNING LAW; SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

 

27.1          This Agreement and the relationship between the parties shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, PRC law.

 

27.2          The parties agree to use their best efforts to settle all disputes, controversies or conflicts arising from or in connection with this Agreement through friendly negotiation and consultation.

 

27.3          Each of the parties agree that the courts of the PRC are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise in connection with this Agreement.

 

27.4          Each party agrees to waive and not to claim any immunity from any proceedings and legal actions and from all forms of execution to which it or its property is now or hereafter becomes entitled under the laws of any jurisdiction.

 

27.5          During the arbitration or court proceedings, the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement except for the part in dispute which is being referred to arbitration or court proceedings.

 

LANGUAGE

 

28.1          This Agreement shall be written in a Chinese version and an English version in two originals each. If there exists any dispute between the parties as to the interpretation of the two versions, then the two versions shall be read in conjunction to determine the parties’ intention at the time of signing. If the parties’ real intention still cannot be ascertained by such reading, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date shown at the beginning of this Agreement.

 



 

SIGNED on behalf of Unicom New Horizon
Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

By:

/s/ Zhang Yungao

 

 

 

 

Name:

Zhang Yungao

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal Representative

or Authorized Representative

 

 

 

SIGNED on behalf of China United
Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

By:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

 

 

Name:

Sun Qian

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal Representative

or Authorized Representative

 

 

 

SIGNED on behalf of China United
Telecommunications Corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal Representative

or Authorized Representative

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 1
 

Quarterly Lease Fee Payment Calculation Formula

 

The total quarterly Lease Fee payable in respect of any Phase of the Network shall be calculated as follows:

 

 

Where:

 

Q = Quarterly Lease Fee payment

 

Pi = Lease Fee per Subscriber per Quarter in Phase i of the Network

 

Mij = Total Capacity leased during the Quarter in a particular Term j and constructed as part of Phase i

 

dj = Number of days in a particular Term j in a Quarter for which Capacity is leased

 

D = Total number of days during the Quarter

 

i = Natural numbers denoting the Phase number of the Network

 

j = Natural numbers denoting the Term in which the Capacity is leased

 

The quarterly Lease Fee per Subscriber for a particular Phase shall be calculated as follows:

 

=Ci x 4.6441%

 

Where:

 

Ci = Network Construction Cost per Subscriber for Phase i

 

n = Number of Quarters during seven years, being n = 4 x 7 = 28

 

R = Quarterly return on investment: based on an annual return of 8%, R = (1+8%)(1)/(4) = 1.9427%

 

In respect of Phase 1 and Phase 2, the recoupment period of seven years specified in clause 5.1 shall be deemed to commence from 8 January 2002.

 



 

APPENDIX 1
 
Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of the Lessee
 

1.              CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement dated 20 November 2003 among Unicom New Horizon Telecommunications Company Limited, Unicom Group and the A Share Company.

 

2.              Comprehensive Services Agreement dated 20 November 2003 between Unicom Group and the A Share Company.

 



 

APPENDIX 2
 
Prospective Cellular Connected Transactions of China Unicom
 

1.              Transfer Agreement dated 20 November 2003 between the A Share Company and the Target Company regarding the transfer of rights and obligations under a CDMA network capacity lease agreement.

 

2.              Transfer Agreement dated 20 November 2003 between the A Share Company and the Target Company regarding the transfer of rights and obligations under a comprehensive services agreement.

 


Exhibit 4.21

 

 

(English Translation)

 

 

Transfer Agreement

with respect to CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement

 

 

between

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

and

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

November 20, 2003

 



 

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into on November 20, 2003, in
Beijing, China, between

 

(1)            Party A: China United Telecommunications Co. Ltd (the “Unicom A-Share Company”)

 

Address: 40F, Jinmao Building, Century Boulevard, Shanghai, China

 

Legal Representative: Mr. Wang Jianzhou

 

(2)            Party B: Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New World”)

 

Address: 1009, 10F, Ban Yi, No. 18, Jianguomenneidajie, Dongcheng District, Beijing, China

 

Legal Representative: Mr. Wang Jianzhou

 

Whereas:

 

(1)            China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”), a limited corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, is an integrated telecommunications business operator and the controlling shareholder of the A Share Company;

 

(2)            The A Share Company, a limited corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, has had its common stock listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange since October 9, 2002;

 

(3)            Unicom New World, a limited corporation wholly owned by Unicom Group and a provider of integrated telecommunications services established on November 4, 2003, has been injected by Unicom Group with its GSM mobile communications assets in the following nine provinces and autonomous regions: Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Xizang (no GSM assets), Gansu, Qinghai and Ningxia (the “Nine Service Areas”) As approved by the Ministry of Information Industry in the telex letter numbered [2003]443, Unicom Group authorizes Unicom New World to engage in the mobile communication services in the Nine Service Areas;

 



 

(4)            Unicom Group and the A Share Company entered into a memorandum, dated August 12, 2002 (the “Memorandum on Connected Transactions”), regarding certain transactions after the public offering of the A Share Company, between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding the A Share Company and any subsidiaries controlled by it) and China Unicom Limited (the “Unicom Red-Chip Company”), which is indirectly controlled by the A Share Company, or its subsidiaries;

 

(5)            Unicom Group is contemplating injecting all of its shares of Unicom New World (the “Target Interests”) into Unicom Red-Chip Company through its wholly-owned overseas subsidiary (the “Offshore Capital Injection Project”). Upon the completion of the Offshore Capital Injection Project, Unicom New World will be one of the subsidiaries of Unicom Red-Chip Company engaging in telecommunication services within China; and

 

(6)            For the purpose of the Offshore Capital Injection Project, Unicom Group, Unicom New World, Unicom New Horizon Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Horizon”) and the A Share Company entered into a CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement on November 20, 2003.

 

NOW THEREFORE, For the purpose of this Offshore Capital Injection Project, on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, both Parties hereby have reached the following agreements after friendly consultations:

 

1.              Provided that the conditions under Section 6 herein are satisfied, the A Share Company agrees to transfer immediately all of its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement and the Annexes thereto to Unicom New World. Unicom New World consequently agrees to accept all of the rights and obligations of the A Share Company under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement.

 

2.              Once the A Share Company transfers all of its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement to Unicom New World, Unicom New World shall immediately succeed to all such rights and obligations and the A Share Company shall immediately terminate all such rights and obligations.

 

3.              Unicom A-Share Company confirms that, pursuant to Section 21 of the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement, Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon have given an irrevocable consent that the A Share Company may transfer all of its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement to Unicom New World or its subsidiaries or to Unicom Red-Chip Company or any of its subsidiaries; no other or further consent by Unicom Group and/or Unicom New Horizon shall be required for the A Share Company to transfer its rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement to Unicom New World or its subsidiaries, or Unicom Red-Chip Company or its subsidiaries.

 

2



 

4.              Each Party warrants that it has the full right, power and authority to execute this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder. Upon execution, this Agreement shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation on each Party.

 

5.              Unicom New World agrees to retain and perform during the term of the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement all the rights and obligations given to the A Share Company in the past or in the future pursuant to the provisions and conditions set forth in the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement.

 

6.              Effectiveness

 

This Agreement shall become effective simultaneously with the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement subject to the following conditions:

 

6.1            Approval at the Shareholders Meeting of Unicom Red-Chip Company of the transfer of all of the rights and obligations under the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement by the A Share Company to Unicom New Company pursuant to applicable laws, regulations and listing rules; and

 

6.2            The requirements under Section 3 of the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement are met.

 

7.              Force Majeure

 

In any force majeure event that is unforeseeable and the consequences of which are unavoidable or insurmountable and which results in either Party’s failure to duly perform the obligations hereunder, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party of such situation and provide within 15 days any valid documents evidencing the details and explaining the reasons for not being able to perform all or part of its obligations hereunder or the reasons for any necessary delays of such performance. Based on the impact of the force majeure event, the Parties shall decide through negotiations whether to terminate, partially waive or postpone such performance.

 

8.              Confidentiality

 

Except to the extent that disclosure is required by law or by the rules of the relevant supervisory authorities, or for the purpose of submission to the Shanghai Stock Exchange by the A Share Company or to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange by Unicom Red-Chip Company, each Party, without the other party’s written consent, shall not provide or disclose to any company, enterprise, organisation or person any data and information relating to the other Party’s operations or businesses.

 

3



 

9.              No Waiver

 

Unless otherwise required by law, any failure or delay in exercising any of its rights, powers or privileges by one Party shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights, powers or privileges. Any one time or partial exercise of such rights, powers or privileges shall not affect any further or complete exercise of such rights, powers or privileges.

 

10.            Notices

 

Any notification given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by one Party to the other Party by hand, fax or mail. Such a notification by hand shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of delivery. Such a notification via fax shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the completion of the fax transmission. Such a notification by mail shall be deemed to have been duly given on the third working day (extended when there is a public holiday) after the postal date. Notifications become effective upon their arrivals.

 

Addresses of the Parties hereto for receiving notifications are as follows:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited
Attention: Zhao Yilei
Address: 40F, Jinmao Building, Century Boulevard, Shanghai, China
Post Code: 200121

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited
Attention: Song Xiaoxi
Address: A133 Xidanbeidajie, Suite 1168, 11th Floor, Xicheng District, Beijing, China
Postcode: 100032

 

11.            Applicable Law

 

This Agreement is under the jurisdiction of the laws of the People’s Republic of China and shall be interpreted and executed in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

12.            Dispute Settlement

 

Both Parties shall endeavour to resolve any dispute over the effectiveness, interpretation or execution of this Agreement through friendly consultations. Should any dispute remain unsettled for more than 30 days after its occurrence, either Party is entitled to bring a lawsuit based on this Agreement before a competent PRC court.

 

4



 

13.            Miscellaneous

 

13.1          Based on mutual consultations, both Parties can make modifications, revisions or additions to this Agreement and the Annexes hereto. No revision or addition shall become effective until it is duly signed in writing and sealed by both Parties or their authorized representatives.

 

13.2          This Agreement is severable, that is, when any of the clauses in this Agreement or the Annexes hereto is deemed illegal or non-enforceable, the effectiveness and enforceability of the other clauses contained herein shall by no means be affected.

 

13.3          This Agreement has six original copies with each having equal legal binding force.

 

5



 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Corporate Seal)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal Representative or Duly Authorized Representative:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Corporate Seal)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal Representative or Duly Authorized Representative:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

6


Exhibit 4.22

 

(English Translation)

 

 

Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement

 

 

between

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation

 

 

Guoxin Paging Corporation Limited

 

 

and

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

November 20, 2003

 



 

This agreement (the “Agreement”) is hereby entered into on November 20, 2003 in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) between and by:

 

Serving Party:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation (“ Unicom Group ”)

 

 

 

 

 

Address: Huang Cheng Hotel, 15 Yangfangdian Street, Haidian District, Beijing, PRC

 

 

 

 

 

Legal representative: Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

 

 

Guoxin Paging Corporation Limited (“ Guoxin Paging ”)

 

 

 

 

 

Address: Boruiqi Mansion, No.53, Xibianmenneidajie, Xuanwu District, Beijing, PRC

 

 

 

 

 

Legal representative: Nan Xinsheng

 

 

 

Served Party:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“ Unicom A Share Company ”)

 

 

 

 

 

Address: 40 th Floor, Jinmao Tower, 88, Century Boulevard, Shanghai, PRC

 

 

 

 

 

Legal representative: Wang Jianzhou

 

Whereas:

 

(1)            Unicom Group, a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of PRC, is an integrated telecommunications business provider providing “1001” customer services (“Customer Services”) in the following nine provinces and or autonomous regions: Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Yunnan, Guizhou, Xizang, Gansu, Qinghai and Ningxia and possesses relevant assets;

 

(2)            Guoxin Paging, a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of PRC , has its equity interest wholly owned by China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”). According to the Transfer Agreement with respect to “1001” assets entered into by CUCL, Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom New Century”), Guoxin Paging may develop Customer Services business and possess the relevant assets within the regions where China Unicom Limited (“Unicom Red-Chip Company”) provides mobile communication services;

 

(3)            Unicom Group is contemplating counterpurchasing all the equity interest owned by CUCL in Guoxin Paging through Unicom A Share Company controlled by it (the “Paging Counterpurchase Project”);

 

(4)            Unicom A Share Company, a company limited by shares duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC, has had its common stock listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange since October 9, 2002 with Unicom Group holding 74.6017% of its total shares;

 



 

(5)            Unicom Group and Unicom A Share Company entered into a memorandum, dated August 12, 2002 (the “Memorandum on Connected Transactions”), regarding certain transactions after the public offering of the Unicom A Share Company between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and any subsidiaries controlled by it) and China Unicom Limited (“Unicom Red-Chip Company”), which is indirectly controlled by Unicom A Share Company, or its subsidiaries;.

 

(6)            CUCL is a wholly owned subsidiary of Unicom Red-Chip Company, with the following business scope: domestic and international long-distance telecommunications; mobile telecommunication services in the following 12 provinces and municipalities directly under the Central Government: Beijing, Tianjin, Hebei, Liaoning, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Shandong, Hubei and Guangdong; wireless beeper-paging; Internet and IP and technology consultation and services.

 

(7)            Unicom New Century, a wholly owned subsidiary of Unicom Red-Chip Company, is an integrated telecommunications business provider. As approved by the Ministry of Information Industry of PRC in the telex letter numbered [2002] No.299 Unicom Group has authorized Unicom New Century to engage in the mobile telecommunications business in the following nine provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities directly under the Central Government (the “9A Regions” ): Sichuan, Xinjiang, Chongqing, Shanxi, Guangxi, Henan, Heilongjiang, Jilin and Jiangxi.

 

(8)            Unicom New World, a limited liability corporation wholly owned by Unicom Group and a provider of integrated telecommunications services established on November 4, 2003, has been injected by Unicom Group with its GSM mobile communications assets in the following nine provinces and autonomous regions: Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Xizang (no GSM assets), Gansu, Qinghai and Ningxia (the “9B Regions”). As approved by the Ministry of Information Industry in the telex letter numbered [2003]443, Unicom Group has authorized Unicom New World to engage in the mobile telecommunications business in the 9B regions; and

 

(9)            Unicom Group is contemplating injecting all of its shares of Unicom New World into Unicom Red-Chip Company through its wholly-owned overseas subsidiary (the “Assets Injection Project”). Upon the completion of the Assets Injection Project, Unicom New World will be one of the subsidiaries of Unicom Red-Chip Company engaging in telecommunication services within China.

 

NOW THEREFORE, For the purpose of this Assets Injection Project and the Paging Counterpurchase Project, on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, both Parties hereby have reached the following agreements after friendly consultations:

 

1.              Definitions

 

“Unicom Group”

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation

 

3



 

“Guoxin Paging”

 

Guoxin Paging Corporation Limited

 

 

 

“Unicom A Share Company”

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

 

“Unicom BVI”

 

China Unicom (BVI) Limited

 

 

 

“Unicom Red-Chip Company”

 

China Unicom Limited

 

 

 

“CUCL”

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

 

 

“Unicom New Century”

 

Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

 

“Unicom New World”

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

 

“Paging Counterpurchase Project”

 

Unicom Group’s contemplated counterpurchase of all the equity interest owned by CUCL in Guoxin Paging through Unicom A Share Company controlled by it

 

 

 

“Assets Injection Project”

 

Unicom Group’s contemplated injection of all of its shares of Unicom New World into China Unicom Limited through its wholly owned overseas subsidiary

 

 

 

“Memorandum on Connected Transactions”

 

The memorandum entered into by Unicom Group and Unicom A Share Company, dated August 12, 2002, regarding certain transactions after the public offering of the Unicom A Share Company between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and any subsidiaries controlled by it) and China Unicom Limited which is indirectly controlled by Unicom A Share Company, or its subsidiaries

 

 

 

“Service Fee”

 

Payment by the Served Party to the Serving Party for certain services and facilities provided by the Serving Party to the Served Party pursuant to the Agreement

 

 

 

“SSE”

 

Shanghai Stock Exchange

 

 

 

“Mobile Customer”

 

A customer of GSM and/or CDMA mobile telecommunications service provided by subsidiaries of Unicom Red-Chip Company which operates telecommunication services within China

 

 

 

“RMB”

 

Unless otherwise indicated, Renminbi, the lawful currency of PRC

 

2.              Basic Principles

 

2.1            The “Comprehensive Operator Services” hereunder refers to certain services and facilities provided by the Serving Party to the Served Party and any payment by the Served Party to the Serving Party (the “Service Fees”).

 

2.2            Such services and/or facilities provided by the Serving Party to the Served Party pursuant to this Agreement are non-gratuitous commercial transactions. In accordance with the fair-market principles, the Serving Party shall collect reasonable Service Fees for any services and facilities provided by it, and the Served Party shall make any due payment.

 

2.3            The condition or quality of any of the Comprehensive Operator Services provided hereunder

 

4



 

by the Serving Party to the Served Party shall not be lower than that of the same or similar services or facilities the Serving Party provides to any third party.

 

2.4            In the event that the Served Party requires the Serving Party to increase the supply of any of the Comprehensive Operator Services, the other Party shall do its utmost to provide such requested amount of the services or facilities, of which the condition or quality shall not be lower than that of the same or similar services or facilities the Serving Party provides to any third party

 

2.5            In the event that the Serving Party is not able to provide, in full amount or at all, any of the Comprehensive Operator Services due to any reasons other than its own fault, the Serving Party shall promptly notify the Served Party and do its utmost to assist the Served Party in seeking the same or similar services or facilities through other channels.

 

2.6            The Comprehensive Operator Services provided hereunder shall be in accordance with the specific purposes agreed by both Parties as well as with the applicable national standards.

 

2.7            In the event that either Party breaches this Agreement and losses are incurred by the other Party, the defaulting Party shall bear any liabilities for such breach, including, but not limited to, any direct and indirect losses resulting from the breach, provided that such losses are not caused by any force majeure event.

 

2.8            Each Party shall provide all the reasonable and necessary efforts in assisting the other Party’s performance hereunder.

 

2.9            Preconditioned on the satisfaction of Article 2.3 and that the billing standards of the Serving Party is not higher than any third party, the Served Party hereby agrees to choose the service provided by the Serving Party on a priority basis.

 

2.10          If there is any independent third party in the regions where the Serving Party provides the services, who (i) provides services of a better quality than those by the Serving Party; or (ii) collects lower fees than the Serving Party for services of the same quality, the Served Party has the right to terminate the services provided by the Serving party and shall be free from any liability for compensation in connection with the termination, subject to advance written notice to the Serving Party.

 

3.              Major Items in the Comprehensive Operator Services

 

3.1            The Comprehensive Operator Services provided by the Parties to each other and other related arrangements are set forth in the Annexes hereto:

 

Annex I

 

Cellular Subscriber Value-added Services

 

 

 

Annex II

 

“1001” Customer Services

 

 

 

Annex III

 

Agency Services

 

5



 

4.              Pricing and Payment

 

4.1            The principles for pricing and billing standards in connection with the Service Fees are set forth in the Annexes hereto.

 

4.2            Any specific amounts of the Service Fees shall be calculated under the current applicable Chinese accounting rules.

 

4.3            In the event that the Parties fail to agree upon a certain amount of the Service Fees, such issue shall be reported to the relevant authorities, who shall determine such amount in accordance with this Agreement and the national pricing policies and rules. Such authorities’ decision shall be final and binding on both Parties.

 

4.4            The Served Party shall pay the due Service Fees for the relevant services provided by the Serving Party in accordance with the pricing principles and standards set forth in this Agreement and the Annexes hereto.

 

4.5            In the event that the Served Party fails to pay any due Service Fee, the Served Party shall pay to the Serving Party a late fee of 0.05% of the due amount on a daily basis. In the event that the payment is overdue for more than 60 days, the Serving Party may notify in writing of its intention to suspend the relevant services. In the event that such Service Fees are not paid within 30 days after the receipt of the written notice, the Serving Party may declare to terminate the relevant services. The suspension or termination of such services shall not affect any rights or obligations hereunder brought forth prior to such event.

 

4.6            In every October, both Parties shall discuss the next fiscal year’s pricing standards for each item of the Comprehensive Operator Services as well as other related matters and enter into certain supplemental agreements. If the Parties fail to enter into such supplemental agreements by then, the current pricing standards and other related clauses shall apply to the next fiscal year until certain agreement is reached or the dispute is resolved pursuant to Section 4.3 herein.

 

5.              Term

 

5.1            The term of this Agreement shall be one year. Subject to Section 8 herein, this Agreement shall become effective on January 1, 2003.

 

5.2            Subject to applicable laws and government regulations, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed each year, unless the Served Party notifies the Serving Party in writing 60 days prior to the expiration day.

 

6.              Representations, Warranties and Undertakings

 

Each Party hereto represents and warrants to the other Party as follows:

 

6.1            Such Party has the full power and authority (including, but not limited to, obtaining relevant approvals, consents or permits from government authorities) to execute this Agreement and its

 

6



 

Annexes;

 

6.2            This Agreement and its Annexes will become effective and binding once it is signed in the way specified herein and can be enforced in a mandatory manner; and

 

6.3            No provision in this Agreement and its Annexes shall run counter to the applicable laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China.

 

7.              Assignment

 

7.1            Subject to the terms and conditions under this Agreement and the Memorandum on Connected Transactions, the Serving Party hereby gives an irrevocable consent that the Served Party may, according to the regional division for mobile communication services, transfer its rights and obligations hereunder to the subsidiary companies of Unicom Red-Chip Company within China engaging in telecommunication services. No other or further consent by the Serving Party shall be required for the Served Party to transfer its rights and obligations hereunder to subsidiary companies of Unicom Red-Chip Company within China engaging in telecommunication services

 

7.2            Once the Served Party transfers its rights and obligations hereunder to subsidiary companies of Unicom Red-Chip Company within China engaging in telecommunication services, the transferee shall immediately assume all of the rights and obligations of the Served Party hereunder, while the Served Party shall immediately terminate all such rights and obligations.

 

7.3            No other or further consent by the Served Party shall be required for Unicom Group to transfer all of its rights and obligations to Guoxin Paging or its successors in connection with the provision of services under the Agreement in the following nine provinces and autonomous regions: Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Hunan, Yunnan, Guizhou, Xizang, Gangsu, Qinghai and Ningxia

 

8.              The Effectiveness of the Agreement

 

The Agreement shall take effect on the day agreed by the parties after the following conditions are satisfied:

 

8.1            The general shareholder’s meeting of Unicom A Share Company approves, pursuant to the applicable laws, regulations and relevant listing rules, to sell Unicom Group, the total stock equities of Guoxin Paging which have been assigned to and are being held by Unicom A Share Company through CUCL.

 

8.2            Pursuant to the applicable laws, regulations and relevant listing rules, the general shareholder’s meeting of Unicom A Share Company approves the implementation of the Agreement.

 

8.3            Pursuant to the applicable laws, regulations and relevant listing rules, the general shareholder’s meeting of Unicom Red Chip Company approves the sale of stock equities of

 

7



 

Guoxin Paging from CUCL to Unicom A Share Company.

 

8.4            The general shareholder’s meeting of Unicom Red Chip Company approves, pursuant to the applicable laws, regulations and relevant listing rules, to assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement to the Subsidiaries.

 

9.              Force Majeure

 

9.1            In any force majeure event that is unforeseeable and the consequences of which are unavoidable or insurmountable and which results in either Party’s failure to duly perform its obligation hereunder, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party of such situation and provide within 15 days any valid documents evidencing the details and explaining the reasons for not being able to perform all or part of its obligations hereunder or the reasons for any necessary delays of such performance. Based on the impact of the force majeure event, the Parties shall decide through negotiations whether to terminate, partially waive or postpone such performance.

 

10.           Confidentiality

 

10.1          Unless otherwise required by law or requirements of any relevant regulatory authorities, or unless for the purpose of information disclosure to a securities regulatory authority by Unicom A Share Company and Unicom Red Chip Company, each Party hereto shall not, without the other Party’s written consent, provide or disclose any data and information in connection with the other Party’s businesses to any other company, enterprise, organization or person.

 

11.           Non-waiver

 

11.1          Unless otherwise required by law, any failure or delay in exercising any of its rights, powers or privileges by one Party shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights, powers or privileges. Any partial exercise of such rights, power or privileges shall not affect any further or complete exercise of such rights, powers or privileges.

 

12.           Notification

 

12.1          Any notification given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by one Party to the other Party by hand, fax or mail. Such a notification by hand shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of delivery. Such a notification via fax shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the completion of the fax transmission. Such a notification by mail shall be deemed to have been duly given on the third working day (extended when there is a public holiday) after the postal date. Notifications become effective upon their arrival.

 

Addresses of the Parties hereto for receiving notification are as follows:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation
Addressee: Yi Yongji

 

8



 

Address: Room 1167, 11 th Floor, A133, Xidan North Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing.
Postcode: 100032

Guoxin Paging Corporation Limited
Addressee: Xiao Baoyu
Address: Room 873, 8 th Floor, A133, Xidan North Avenue, Xicheng District, Beijing.
Postcode: 100032

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited
Addressee: Zhao Yilei
Address: 40 th Floor, Jinmao Tower, No.88, Century Boulevard, Shanghai.
Postcode: 200121

 

13.           Governing Law

 

13.1          This Agreement is under the jurisdiction of the Chinese laws and shall be interpreted and executed in accordance with the Chinese laws.

 

14.           Disputes Resolution

 

14.1          Other than the exceptions under Section 4.3, in the event that there is any dispute regarding the effectiveness, interpretation or performance of this Agreement, both Parties hereto shall first endeavor to resolve such dispute through friendly consultations. Should any dispute remain unsettled for more than 30 days after its occurrence, either Party is entitled to bring a lawsuit based on this Agreement before a competent PRC court.

 

15.           Miscellaneous

 

15.1          Annexes I to III hereof are integral parts of this Agreement with equal legal binding force. Should there be any conflict between the Annexes and the Agreement, the Annexes shall prevail.

 

15.2          Based on mutual consultations, both Parties can make modifications, revisions or additions to this Agreement and the Annex hereto. No revision or addition shall become effective until it is duly signed in writing and sealed by both Parties or their authorized representatives.

 

15.3          This Agreement is severable, that is, when any of the clauses in this Agreement or the Annex hereto is deemed illegal or unenforceable, the effectiveness and enforcement of the other clauses contained herein shall by no means be affected.

 

15.4          This Agreement has six original copies with equal legal binding force, and each Party shall retain two.

 

9



 

Signature page follows:

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation (common seal)

 

 

By:

/s/ Wang Jianzhou

 

 

   (The signature of legal representative or authorized representative)

 

 

Guoxin Paging Corporation Limited (common seal)

 

 

By:

/s/ Nan Xinsheng

 

 

   (The signature of legal representative or authorized representative)

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (common seal)

 

 

By:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

 

   (The signature of legal representative or authorized representative)

 

10



 

Annex I: Cellular Subscriber Value-added Services

 

1.              General guideline of the services

 

The provider, through operating the overall business of voice beeper-paging, provides various voice value-added services to the recipient’s cellular subscribers, including the “Unicom Assistant” service and etc.

 

2.              Settlement

 

2.1.           The subsidiaries of the Providing Party and the Receiving Party shall negotiate the proportion for sharing the revenue derived from value-added services, on the condition that such agreed proportion for the Providing Party shall not be higher than the average agreed proportion for independent value-added telecommunications content providers who provide value-added telecommunications content to the Receiving Party in the same region. The proportion of revenue sharing may be adjusted once annually subject to the above conditions.

 

2.2.           The settlement of the Parties shall be based on the billing data provided by the Receiving Party.

 

2.3.           Both Parties agree to have their subsidiaries make settlements once a month based on the settlement principles set forth in this Annex.

 

3.              Obligations of the Parties

 

3.1.           Each Party shall notify the other Party of its network construction (including but not limited to capacity expansion or reconstruction), if such construction work may affect the services under this Agreement, six months before such construction work starts.

 

3.2.           Both Parties shall maintain their networks by the current standards and regulations set forth by the governmental telecommunications authorities so as to ensure normal operation of the entire network.

 

3.3.           Each Party shall not terminate the interconnection without the other Party’s consent. Should there be a network breakdown or heavy network traffic, both Parties shall take effective measures to resume operations.

 

11



 

Annex II: “1001” Customer Services

 

1.              Content of services

 

The Providing Party, through its “1001” operator service, shall provide to the Receiving Party the following services: business inquiries, tariff inquiries, account maintenance, complaints handling (“1001 Basic Services”) and customer interview and subscriber retention (“1001 Value-added Services”), and at the same time shall charge such fees to the Receiving Party.

 

2.              Settlement standards

 

2.1.           The settlement standards of services listed in this annex shall be the cost of providing the above-mentioned customer services plus a profit margin of not more than 10%.

 

2.2.          The cost of the Customer Services will be the cost per operator seat multiplied by the number of effectively operating operator seats.

 

(a).           The cost per operator seat for economically developed metropolises, such as Beijing and Shanghai, shall be the Actual Cost per Operator Seat (as defined below) in such area for the previous year. The cost per operator seat in the areas other than those economically developed metropolises shall be negotiated by the subsidiaries of both Parties and final confirmed by the Receiving Party, provided that it shall not exceed the amount of 110% of the actual cost of each seats weighted average in the country (excluding Beijing and Shanghai).

 

The Actual Cost per Operator Seat consists of wages, administration expenses, operation, maintenance expenses, depreciation of equipment and leasing fees for premises etc. The Actual Cost per Operator Seat in a certain area shall be calculated based on the auditor’s report issued by an independent audit firm in respect of such costs of the Providing Party in the same region for previous year. Such auditor’s report and relevant supporting documents shall be provided to the Receiving Party’s auditor.

 

(b).           Confirmation of the number of effective operator seats: the Providing Party shall notify the number of operator seats of the previous month to the Receiving Party before the tenth day of each month. The Receiving Party shall confirm the number of effective operator seats within five working days based on the criteria as set out in the Service Standard for Telecommunication Operations (for Trial Implementation) published by the Ministry of Information Industry. The number of effective operator seats shall be subject to the final confirmation of the Receiving Party.

 

2.3.           Both Parties agree to have their subsidiaries make settlements once a month based on the settlement principles set forth in this Annex.

 

3.              Obligations of the Parties

 

3.1.           The provider shall, according to requirements of the Receiving Party, properly increase the

 

12



 

seats and/or expand the service content, including but not limited to providing special seats for the 1001 Value-added Services upon the written instructions of the Receiving Party. The cost of the seats should be calculated in light of the aforesaid Section 2.2(a).

 

3.2.           The Receiving Party shall not only promptly provide the Providing Party with information regarding new services that the Receiving Party operates for its cellular customers, but shall also provide from time to time information on the variety of services that the Receiving Party operates as the Providing Party shall so require.

 

3.3.           Each Party shall not terminate the interconnection without the other Party’s consent. Should there be a network breakdown or heavy network traffic, both Parties shall take effective measures to resume operations.

 

13



 

Annex III: Agency Services

 

1.              Content of services

 

The Providing Party shall direct promotion and marketing of products and services in accordance with the demands of the market and the demands and requirements of the Receiving Party.

 

2.              Settlement standard

 

The standard of the service that the Providing Party provides shall not be lower than that of the services provided by an independent third party agent developing customers for the Receiving Party in the same region. The agency fee that the Providing Party charges shall not be higher than the average fee for an independent third party agent developing customers for the Receiving Party in the same region.

 

3.              Other settlement matters

 

3.1.           The settlement of the Parties shall be based on the billing data provided by the Receiving Party.

 

3.2.           Both Parties agree to have their subsidiaries make settlements once a month based on the settlement principles set forth in this Annex.

 

14


Exhibit 4.23

 

 

Transfer Agreement

 

with respect to the Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement

 

between

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation

 

Unicom New World Telecommunication Corporation

 

and

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

 

November 20, 2003

 



 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is hereby entered into on November 20, 2003, in Beijing, People’s Republic of China by and between:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Transferor:

 

China Unicom Telecommunications Corporation Limited (“Unicom A Share Company”)

 

 

 

 

Address: 88 Century Boulevard, Jinmao Tower, 40 th Floor, Shanghai

 

 

 

 

Legal Representative: Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Transferees:

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”)

 

 

 

 

Address: 18 Jianguomenneidajie, Hengji Center, Tower One, 12 th Floor, Beijing

 

 

 

 

Legal Representative: Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom New Century”)

 

 

 

 

Address: 18 Jianguomenneidajie, Hengji Center, Tower One, 10 th Floor, Suite 1012, Beijing

 

 

 

 

Legal Representative: Wang Jianzhou

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom New World”)

 

 

 

 

Address: 18 Jianguomenneidajie, Hengji Center, Tower One, 10 th Floor, Suite 1009, Beijing

 

 

 

 

Legal Representative: Wang Jianzhou

 

WHEREAS:

 

(1)                                   China United Telecommunications Corporation (“Unicom Group”), a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing in China and engaging in integrated telecommunications business, is the controlling shareholder of Unicom A Share Company;

 

(2)                                   Unicom A Share Company, a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing in China, has had its common stock listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange since October 9, 2002, with Unicom Group holding 74.6017% of its total shares;

 

(3)                                   CUCL, a wholly owned subsidiary of China Unicom Limited (“Unicom Red-Chip Company”) engages in the following businesses: domestic and international long-distance telecommunications; mobile telecommunications service in Beijing, Tianjin, Hebei, Liaoning, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Shangdong, Hubei and Guangdong (collectively the “12 Provinces and Municipalities”); wireless beep-paging; internet and IP call; technical advice and service;

 

3



 

Unicom New Century, a wholly owned subsidiary of Unicom Red-Chip Company engaging in integrated telecommunications service, with the approval of the document of Xin-bu-dian-han [2002] No. 299 formulated by the Ministry of Information Industry of PRC (“MII”) has been authorized by Unicom Group to operate mobile telecommunications business in Sichuan, Xinjiang, Chongqing, Shaanxi, Guangxi, Henan, Heilongjiang, Jilin and Jiangxi (collectively the “9A Regions”);

 

(4)                                   Unicom New World, a limited liability company engaging in integrated telecommunications service, was established by Unicom Group on November 4, 2003, and is wholly owned by Unicom Group. Unicom Group has contributed its GSM mobile service assets (the “GSM Assets”) in Shanxi, Neimenggu, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Tibet (no GSM Assets), Gansu, Qinghai and Ningxia (collectively “the 9B Regions”) into Unicom New World, which, with the approval of the document of Xin-bu-dian-han [2003] No. 443 formulated by MII, has been authorized to provide mobile service in the 9B Regions;

 

(5)                                   Unicom Group and Unicom A Share Company signed a memorandum on August 12, 2002, on the transaction matters, after the stock offering of Unicom A Share Company, between Unicom Group or its subsidiaries (excluding Unicom A Share Company and any subsidiaries controlled by Unicom A Share Company) and Unicom Red-Chip Company, indirectly controlled by Unicom A Share Company, and its subsidiaries;

 

(6)                                   Unicom Group, through its wholly owned overseas subsidiaries, is to transfer all the stock equity of Unicom New World to Unicom Red-Chip Company (the “Assets Injection Project”). After the completion of the Assets Injection Project, Unicom New World shall be one of the subsidiaries of Unicom Red-Chip Company operating domestic telecommunications business;

 

(7)                                   Guoxin Paging Corporation Limited (“Guoxin Paging”), a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing in China, has its stock equities entirely held by CUCL. Pursuant to a transfer agreement entered into by Guoxin Paging, CUCL and Unicom New Century regarding the assets of 1001 phone code resource, Guoxin Paging shall engage in customer service business by means of the 1001 phone code resource within the areas where Unicom Red-Chip Company provides mobile telecommunications service;

 

(8)                                   Unicom Group, through its holding company, Unicom A Share Company, is to counterpurchase all the stock equities of Guoxin Paging from CUCL (the “Paging Counterpurchase Project”); and

 

(9)                                   the Comprehensive Operator Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) was entered into on November 20, 2003, by Unicom Group, Guoxin Paging and Unicom A Share Company.

 

NOW THEREFORE , for the purpose of the Paging Counterpurchasing Project and the Assets Injection Project, on the ground of equality and mutual benefits and through friendly consultations, the parties hereto reach this Agreement as follows:

 

4



 

1.                                        Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 6 herein under which this Agreement becomes effective, the Transferor hereby agrees to transfer all the rights and obligations set out in the Services Agreement and the annexes thereto to the Transferees, who shall accept such rights and obligations respectively in their own areas of mobile telecommunications service (namely, CUCL in the 12 Provinces and Municipalities, Unicom New Century in the 9A Regions and Unicom New World in the 9B Regions).

 

2.                                        Once such rights and obligations under the Services Agreement and the annexes thereto have been transferred to each of the Transferees, the Transferees shall immediately succeed to such rights and obligations while the Transferor shall immediately terminate such rights and obligations.

 

3.                                        The Transferor acknowledges that, pursuant to Section 7 in the Services Agreement, Unicom Group has irrevocably agreed to have the Transferor assign the Transferor’s rights and obligations under the Services Agreement and the annexes thereto to the subsidiaries of Unicom Red-Chip Company operating domestic telecommunications business, and that no other consents of Unicom Group shall be required for such assignment.

 

4.                                        Each party hereto warrants to have its own full rights, power and ability to execute and perform this Agreement, which shall become a legal, effective and binding obligation to each party hereto upon execution.

 

5.                                        The Transferees agree to enjoy and perform on the ground of the clauses and conditions under the Services Agreement all the Transferor’s rights and obligations thereunder in the past or in the future within the effective term of the Services Agreement.

 

6.                                        Effectiveness of this Agreement:

 

Subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions, this Agreement shall become effective simultaneously with the Services Agreement:

 

6.1                                  In accordance with the applicable laws, regulations and listing rules, a general meeting of the shareholders of Unicom Red-Chip Company approves the Transferor to transfer all its rights and obligations under the Services Agreement to the Transferees; and

6.2                                  The conditions set forth in Section 8 of the Services Agreement have been satisfied.

 

7.                                        Force Majeure

 

In the event that any party hereto is prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Agreement and the annexes hereto as a consequence of any Force Majeure events, which are unforeseeable and the occurrence and results of which are unavoidable, such party shall notify the other party without delay, and within 15 days thereafter provide detailed

 

5



 

information concerning such events and certification concerning the reasons for its inability to perform all or part of, or for deferring the performance of, the obligations under this Agreement and the annexes hereto. The parties hereto shall, through consultations, decide whether to terminate this Agreement or to partly exempt the performance of or to defer the performance of the obligation according to the extent to which the performance of this Agreement is affected by such Force Majeure event.

 

8.                                        Confidentiality

 

Except to the extent that disclosure is required by law or by the rules of the relevant supervisory authorities, or for the purpose of information disclosure submitted to the Shanghai Stock Exchange by the Transferor or to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange by Unicom Red-Chip Company, no party hereto shall, without the other party’s written consent, provide or disclose to any company, enterprise, organization or individual any data or information relating to the other party’s businesses.

 

9.                                        Non-waiver

 

Unless otherwise required by law, any party’s failure or delay to exercise any right, power or privilege shall not be deemed as a waiver of them, and any partial exercise of any right, power or privilege shall not preclude the exercise of such right, power or privilege in the future.

 

10.                                  Notice

 

All notices relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and may be delivered either by special messenger, fax or mail. Notices delivered by messenger shall be deemed served upon their handover; notices delivered by fax shall be deemed served when the sent signal appears on the sender’s fax machine; notices delivered by mail shall be deemed served on the third working day (extension is allowed for any statutory holiday) after the date of sending. Any notice shall immediately come into force upon being served.

 

The mailing addresses of the parties hereto are as follows:

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

Attention: Zhao Yilei

Address:   88 Century Boulevard, Jinmao Tower, 40 th Floor, Shanghai

Zipcode:   200121

 

China Unicom Corporation

 

Attention: Yang Xiaowei

Address:   A133 Xidanbeidajie, 10 th Floor, Suite 1029, Xicheng District, Beijing

Zipcode:   10032

 

6



 

Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation

 

Attention: Jia Yongzeng

Address:   A133 Xidanbeidajie, 9 th Floor, Suite 976, Xicheng District, Beijing

Zipcode:   10032

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation

Attention: Song Xiaoxi

Address:   A133 Xidanbeidajie, 8 th Floor, Suite 828, Xicheng District, Beijing

Zipcode:   10032

 

11.                                  Applicable Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the PRC law, and interpreted and implemented in accordance with the PRC law.

 

12.                                  Dispute Settlement

 

The parties hereto shall primarily endeavor to resolve any dispute with respect to the validity, interpretation or performance of this Agreement through friendly consultation. In the event that a resolution fails to be reached by the parties hereto within 30 days after the occurrence of the dispute, any party may submit the dispute for litigation to a people’s court that has jurisdiction.

 

13.                                  Miscellaneous

 

13.1                            Upon unanimous agreement the parties hereto may amend or supplement this Agreement and its annexes, and all the amendments or supplements shall become effective upon written execution by the signatures of the legal representatives of the parties hereto or its duly authorized representatives and by the corporate seals of the parties hereto.

 

13.2                            This Agreement is severable, and the invalidity or non-enforcement of any provision of this Agreement and its annexes shall not affect the validity and enforcement of any other provision hereof.

 

13.3                            This Agreement has eight originals with each having equal legal effect and each party hereto holding two of them.

 

7



 

Signature page

 

 

China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited (Corporate Seal)

 

 

By:

/s/ Sun Qian

 

(Legal Representative or Authorized Representative)

 

 

 

 

China Unicom Corporation (Corporate Seal)

 

 

By:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

(Legal Representative or Authorized Representative)

 

 

 

 

Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation (Corporate Seal)

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

(Legal Representative or Authorized Representative)

 

 

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation (Corporate Seal)

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

(Legal Representative or Authorized Representative)

 

8


Exhibit 4.24

 

 

(English Translation)

 

 

21 June 2002

 

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED

 

 

and

 

 

William Lo Wing Yan

 

 


 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 


 



 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Definitions and Interpretation

 

 

 

 

2.

Conditions Precedent

 

 

 

 

3.

Term of Employment

 

 

 

 

4.

Duties

 

 

 

 

5.

Remuneration

 

 

 

 

6.

Expenses

 

 

 

 

7.

Holidays

 

 

 

 

8.

Confidential Information

 

 

 

 

9.

Non-Solicitation

 

 

 

 

10.

Non-Competition

 

 

 

 

11.

Return of Papers

 

 

 

 

12.

Effect of Restrictions

 

 

 

 

13.

Termination of Employment

 

 

 

 

14.

Takeover

 

 

 

 

15.

Notices

 

 

 

 

16.

Other Agreements

 

 

 

 

17.

The Articles

 

 

 

 

18.

Language

 

 

 

 

19.

Governing Law

 

 



 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into on 21 June 2002 by and between:

 

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED whose registered office is at 75 th Floor, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (the Company ); and

 

WILLIAM LO WING YAN of Room A, 18 th Floor, Monterey Court, No. 47 Bai Jian Shi Road, Hong Kong (the Employee ).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.              Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1            In this Agreement:

 

Articles means the articles of association of the Company for the time being in force.

 

Board means the board of directors of the Company or a duly constituted committee of the board of directors.

 

Companies Ordinance means the Companies Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong).

 

Listing Rules means the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

 

NYSE means the New York Stock Exchange.

 

PRC means the People’s Republic of China.

 

Stock Exchange means the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

 

Subsidiary means any company which is from time to time a subsidiary of the Company (as defined in section 2 of the Companies Ordinance).

 

1.2            In this Agreement:

 

(a)            a word in the singular includes the plural and vice-versa;

 

(b)            a party is a party to this Agreement and shall include its successor or permitted transferee;

 

(c)            no provision shall be taken as preventing this Agreement from being extended, modified, changed or supplemented from time to time;

 

(d)            all references to laws and regulations are to those laws and regulations as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; and

 

(e)            all headings are used for ease of reference and shall have no effect on the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2.              Conditions Precedent

 

2.1            The Employee makes the following warranties to the Company, and confirms that the Company will not sign this Agreement unless the Employee has satisfied the following conditions:

 

2.1.1         The Employee shall be qualified, pursuant to the Companies Ordinance and the Listing

 

1



 

Rules, for the position of director of a listing company; and

 

2.1.2         The Employee has never, according to the relevant laws and regulations, been prohibited to be a director of any company.

 

2.2            The resolution of the Board authorizes the Employee to assume the responsibility of a director.

 

3.              Term of Employment

 

3.1            The Company shall appoint and employ the Employee as its executive director and vice-president.

 

3.2            The term of employment shall take effect on 8 July 2002 (“Employment Date”) until the termination of the relevant provisions under this Agreement.

 

3.3            There is a six-month probation starting from the Employment Date (“Probation”).

 

4.              Duties

 

4.1            The Employee’s normal place of work shall be in the PRC including Hong Kong, or at such other places as the Company may from time to time determine.

 

4.2            The Employee hereby undertakes to the Company that during his employment, he:

 

(a)            shall report directly to the Company and the Board, and give to the Board such information regarding the affairs of the Company as the Board may require and at all times conform to the reasonable and lawful directions of the Board;

 

(b)            shall faithfully and diligently perform in respect of the Company such duties and exercise such powers as may be reasonably assigned to or vested in him from time to time by the executives and the Board;

 

(c)            shall comply with all rules and regulations of the Company from time to time concerning its executives and directors;

 

(d)            shall devote his full time and attention to the business of the Company (except in case of incapacity through illness or accident, in which case he shall forthwith notify the secretary of the Board of such incapacity and shall provide evidence of such incapacity as may be required by the Board) and use his best efforts and exercise the best of his skill and ability to develop and extend the business of the Company, promote the interests of the Company and carry out his duties in a proper, loyal and efficient manner;

 

(e)            shall travel to such places within and outside of the PRC at such times as the Company may from time to time reasonably require, provided that the Company gives reasonable prior notice;

 

(f)             shall observe and comply with the following, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time:

 

(i)             the Articles;

 

(ii)            all relevant and applicable PRC laws and regulations;

 

(iii)           all relevant and applicable Hong Kong laws and regulations including, but not limited to:

 

2



 

(A)     the Listing Rules, including the listing agreement between the Stock Exchange and the Company;

 

(B)     the Hong Kong Codes on Takeovers and Mergers and Share Repurchases;

 

(C)     the Securities (disclosure of interests) Ordinance;

 

(D)     the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Companies;

 

(iv)           all relevant and applicable laws of the United States and regulations of the     NYSE;

 

(g)            shall, in the exercise of his powers and discharge of his duties, exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances;

 

(h)            shall, in the exercise of powers of the Company entrusted to him, observe obligations of a fiduciary not to place himself in a position where his duty and his interest may conflict; this principle includes without limitation a duty:

 

(i)     to act honestly in the best interests of the Company;

 

(ii)           to exercise the powers vested in him for their intended purpose;

 

(iii)        to exercise the discretion vested in him personally and not allow himself to act under the direction of another and, unless and to the extent permitted by law or with the informed consent of shareholders in general meeting, not to delegate the exercise of his discretion;

 

(iv)       to treat shareholders of the same class equally and to treat shareholders of different classes fairly;

 

(v)          except in accordance with the Articles or with the informed consent of shareholders in general meeting, not to enter into a contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(vi)       without the informed consent of shareholders in general meeting, not to use the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s property for his own benefit;

 

(vii)    not to use his powers as a means to accept bribes or any other unlawful income, and not to expropriate in any way the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s property, including without limitation, not to usurp the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s opportunities;

 

(viii)not to use his position and powers to make personal gains;

 

(ix)         without the informed consent of shareholders in general meeting, not to accept commissions in connection with the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s transactions; and

 

(x)            without the informed consent of shareholders in general meeting, not to compete with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

4.3            The Company may at any time during the appointment of the Employee under this Agreement suspend the Employee from the performance of his duties or exclude him from any premises of the Company or any Subsidiary and need not give any reason for so doing.

 

4.4            For the purposes of this Agreement, the Employee shall, if and so long as he is so reasonably required by the Company:

 

3



 

(a)            carry out the duties of his office on behalf of any Subsidiary;

 

(b)            act as director, officer or employee of any such Subsidiary; and

 

(c)            carry out such duties relating to any such appointment as if they were duties to be performed by him on behalf of the Company under this Agreement.

 

4.5            The Employee shall at all times keep the board promptly and fully informed (in writing if so requested) of his conduct of the business or affairs of the Company and provides such explanations as the Board may require in connection therewith.

 

4.6            The Employee agrees that the Company shall have the remedies provided in the Articles and that neither this Agreement nor his office is capable of assignment.

 

4.7            The Employee also undertakes to the Company acting as agent for each shareholder to observe and comply with his obligations to shareholders stipulated in the Articles.

 

5.              Remu neration

 

5.1            In consideration of the performance of his duties, the Employee shall be paid HK$150,000 per month (or at a rate approved by the general meeting of shareholders and agreed by the Company and the Employee from time to time) during his employment at the end of each month. The Company shall pay the fee (the amount shall be calculated according to the Employment Ordinance) of the 13 th month to the Employee pursuant to the Employment Ordinance of Hong Kong.

 

5.2            At least once in each twelve (12) months, the Company shall review, but shall not be obliged to increase, the fee payable to the Employee referred to in Section 5.1.

 

5.3            In addition to the fee referred to in Section 5.1, the Employee:

 

(a)    shall be entitled to such allowances and benefits as the Company grants to all its employees;

 

(b)    shall be entitled to such other allowances and benefits commensurate with his position as the Board may from time to time determine;

 

(c)    may in respect of each financial year of the Company during his employment under this Agreement receive a year end bonus to be determined by the Board, subject in each case to approval by the shareholders in general meeting; and

 

(d)    may receive equity options of the Company through the equity option plan with the approval and authorization of the Board.

 

5.4            As for working overtime or on vacations or public holidays, the Company assumes no liability to pay additional subsidy or any other fees.

 

6.              Expen ses

 

The Company shall reimburse the Employee, pursuant to relevant rules of the Company, against production of receipts and vouchers if requested, for all necessary and reasonable expenses (including travel, hotel, entertainment and other out-of-pocket expenses) properly incurred in the performance of his duties under this Agreement.

 

7.              Holid ays

 

7.1            The working hours of the Company are from 9 am to 5:30 pm, Monday to Friday.

 

4



 

7.2            The Employee will be entitled to paid leave of 21 working days for each calendar year.  In relation to the first and last calendar year of employment, the number of days of paid leave will be apportioned accordingly.  Notice of intention to take leave should be given, pursuant to relevant to rules of the Company, to the relevant department of the Company at least half month in advance.

 

8.              Confident ial Information

 

The Employee shall not either during or after the termination of his appointment without limit in point of time:

 

(a)    divulge or communicate to any person or persons except to those officers of the Company whose province it is to know the same and except as required by law; or

 

(b)    use for his own purposes or for any purposes other than those of the Company; or

 

(c)    through any failure to exercise all due care and diligence cause any unauthorized disclosure of any secret confidential or private information of the Company or any Subsidiary including, but not limited to:

 

(i) marketing plans, customer lists, business development plans, inventions, technical data and know-how;

 

(ii)    information relating to corporate activities or transactions which have been or are proposed to be undertaken by the Company or any Subsidiary; or

 

(iii)   any information in respect of which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound by an obligation of confidence to any third party,

 

provided, however, that these restrictions shall cease to apply to any information or knowledge which may (otherwise than through the default of the Employee) become available to the public generally without requiring a significant expenditure of labor, skill or money.

 

9.              Non-Solic itation

 

The Employee undertakes that he will not during, or for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of his employment with the Company (howsoever caused), within the PRC or in any other country where the Company or any Subsidiary has transacted business, either personally or through an agent:

 

(a)    solicit or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any Subsidiary:

 

(i)     any person, firm, Company or other organization which within twelve (12) months prior to or at the date of such termination was a customer or client of, or in the habit of dealing with the Company or any Subsidiary and with whom the Employee had contact or about whom he became aware or informed of in the course of his employment; or

 

(ii)    any other person, firm, Company or other organization with whom the Employee had regular, substantial or a series of business dealings on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary; or

 

(iii)   any employee, director, adviser or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(b)    accept into employment or otherwise engage or use the services of any person who is an employee, adviser, consultant of or under a contract of services with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

5



 

10.           Non-Com petition

 

10.1          During his employment the Employee shall not, without obtaining the prior approval of the shareholders in general meeting, be directly or indirectly engaged or concerned in the conduct of any other business or have any financial interest in any other business which, in the reasonable opinion of the Board or the shareholders in general meeting:

 

(a)    is a body which competes or tends to compete with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary; or

 

(b)    is an association which could harm the reputation of the Company; or

 

(c)    is an engagement which would reduce the Employee’s ability to perform his duties under this Agreement fully and properly.

 

10.2          The Employee will not, for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of his employment with the Company (howsoever caused), either personally or through an agent, carry on or be interested or engaged in (other than as a holder of not more than 5% of the issued shares or debentures of any Company listed on any recognized stock exchange), or be concerned directly or indirectly in any executive, technical, advisory or other capacity in, any business concern (of whatever kind) which is in direct competition with the business of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.  However, this restriction shall not restrain the Employee from being engaged or concerned in any business concern insofar as the Employee’s duties or work shall relate solely to:

 

(a)    geographical areas outside the PRC where the Company and the Subsidiaries have not transacted any business; or

 

(b)    services or activities of a kind with which the Employee was not concerned to a material extent during his employment with the Company.

 

11.           Return of Papers

 

The Employee shall promptly whenever requested by the Company and in any event upon the termination of his employment, deliver up to the Company or its nominees all lists of clients or customers, correspondence and all other records, documents, papers, tapes, computer diskettes, laptops, mobile phones, keys and assets which may have been prepared by him or have come into his possession, custody or control in the course of his employment, and the Employee shall not be entitled to and shall not retain any copies thereof.  Title and copyright in these items shall vest in the Company.

 

12.           Effect of Restrictions

 

While the restrictions contained in this Agreement are considered by the parties to be reasonable in all the circumstances, it is agreed that if such restrictions as a whole are adjudged to go beyond what is reasonable for the protection of the confidential information and other legitimate interests of the Company, and to be unenforceable, but would be adjudged reasonable and enforceable if any part or parts thereof were deleted or any periods or areas reduced, such restrictions shall apply as if such part or parts had been deleted or such periods or areas reduced so that such restrictions would be adjudged reasonable and enforceable.

 

13.           Termina tion of Employment

 

13.1          During the probation, either party may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a one-month notice in writing or remuneration in lieu of notice. After the probation, either party may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a six-month notice in writing or by payment

 

6



 

of remuneration in lieu of notice.

 

13.2          The Company shall be entitled to terminate the Employee’s employment under this Agreement forthwith by notice in writing if the Employee shall:

 

(a)    become disqualified or prohibited by any applicable law or regulation including those applied by the Stock Exchange or Securities & Futures Commission of Hong Kong or the NYSE or the Securities and Exchange Commission, from being or acting as a director or from being directly or indirectly concerned in the promotion, formation or management of a Company, or from carrying out any of the duties or functions he is employed to carry out under this Agreement; or

 

(b)    be or become incapacitated by reason of ill-health, accident or otherwise from efficiently performing his duties under this Agreement for four (4) consecutive months or for one hundred and twenty (120) working days in aggregate in any period of twelve consecutive months; or

 

(c)    become bankrupt or make any arrangement or composition or analogous arrangement with his creditors; or

 

(d)    be guilty of misconduct or default in the course of his employment or commit any serious, persistent or material breach of any of his obligations to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries (whether under this Agreement, the Listing Rules or otherwise); or

 

(e)    be convicted of any criminal offence punishable by imprisonment (other than a motoring offence involving imprisonment of three months or less).

 

13.3          The Employee shall have no claim against the Company by reason of termination under Section 13.1 or Section 13.2.  Any delay or forbearance by the Company in exercising any right of termination under Section 13.2 shall not constitute a waiver of it.

 

13.4          If the Employee shall cease to be a director of the Company, his appointment under this Agreement shall automatically terminate.  But if such cessation shall be caused by any act or omission of either party without the consent, concurrence or complicity of the other, then such act or omission shall be deemed a breach of this Agreement and termination hereunder shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages in respect of such breach.

 

13.5          On the termination of his appointment under Section 13.2 howsoever arising:

 

(a)    the Employee shall at the request of the Company immediately resign in writing from his office as a director of the Company, the Subsidiaries or any other office held by him with the Company and any of the Subsidiaries; and

 

(b)    the Employee shall not at any time thereafter unless he has been appointed to a different post in the Company represent himself still to be connected with the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

13.6          Termination of the Employee’s appointment under this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any rights which have accrued at the time of termination or to Sections 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 18 and 19 (all of which shall remain in full force and effect).

 

14.           Takeove r

 

In the event of an offer for the Company within the meaning of the Hong Kong Code on Takeovers and Mergers and subject to the approval of the shareholders in general meeting, the Employee shall be entitled to compensation for the unexpired period of his term of employment under this Agreement for any loss of office as a result of such offer for the Company.

 

7



 

15.           Notices

 

15.1          All notices and communications given or made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall, unless otherwise specified, be in Chinese.

 

15.2          Any such notice or other communication shall be addressed to the registered address for the time being of the Company and, in the case of the Employee, to the address stated above or as notified from time to time and, if so addressed, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as follows:

 

(a)    if sent by personal delivery, upon delivery at the address of the relevant party;

 

(b)    if sent by post, five (5) days after the date of posting; and

 

(c)    if sent by facsimile, at the time when sending is complete.

 

16.           Other Agre ements

 

The Employee acknowledges and warrants that there are no agreements or arrangements whether written, oral or implied between the Company and the Employee relating to the employment of the Employee other than those referred to in this Agreement and that he is not entering into this Agreement in reliance on any representation not expressly set out herein (save that this Section 16 shall not exclude liability for, or remedy in respect of, fraudulent misrepresentation).

 

17.           The Article s

 

Insofar as any terms of this Agreement shall be inconsistent with the Articles, the Articles shall prevail.

 

18.           Language

 

This Agreement is made in the Chinese language.

 

19.           Governin g Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Hong Kong law.

 

8



 

IN WITNESS whereof this Agreement has been signed by or on behalf of the parties on the day and year first before written

 

 

SIGNED by

on behalf of

CHINA UNICOM LIMITED:

/s/ Shi Cuiming

 

 

 

in the presence of:

/s/ Maurice Ngai

 

 

SIGNED by

WILLIAM LO WING YAN:

/s/ Lo Wing Yan

 

 

 

in the presence of:

/s/ Maurice Ngai

 

 


Exhibit 4.25

 

(English Translation)

 

Letter Agreement between Mr. Wang Jianzhou, executive director of Unicom,
 and Unicom with respect to the Extension of the Service Agreement
 between Mr. Wang and Unicom

 

August 29, 2003

 



 

To: Mr. Wang Jianzhou

 

Re: Extension of the “Service Agreement for Executive Directors” (“Service Agreement”)

 

The three-year “Service Agreement” between you and our company signed on May 26, 2000 provided the service conditions during your employment as our executive director starting from April 20, 2000. The “Service Agreement” expired on April 19, 2003, and our company now wishes to extend such “Service Agreement”.

 

The provisions of this Extension Notice are effective from April 20, 2004.

 

If you agree to accept the relevant provisions, for the purpose of confirmation, please sign the counterpart of this Notice hereunder and send it back to our Hong Kong office.

 

Regards,

 

 

China Unicom Limited

 

/s/ Ye Fengping

 

Executive Director

August 29, 2003

 

 

Confirmed and Signed by Director:

 

/s/ Wang Jianzhou

 

Wang Jianzhou

August 29, 2003

 


Exhibit 8.1

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

 

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant:

 

 

China Unicom Corporation Limited

 

People’s Republic of China

Unicom New Century Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

People’s Republic of China

Unicom New World (BVI) Limited

 

British Virgin Islands

 

 

 

Subsidiary of Unicom New World (BVI) Limited:

 

 

Unicom New World Telecommunications Corporation Limited

 

People’s Republic of China

 


Exhibit 11.1

 

Code of Ethics for the Managers

 

This Code of Ethics applies to the Chief Executive Officer, President and Vice-President of China Unicom Limited (the “Company”) and each of its subsidiaries, and General Managers and Deputy General Managers of each department, provincial branch and local branch of the Company (together, the “Managers”).

 

I. Duty of Diligence

 

Each Manager should work diligently and faithfully carry out his or her duties to the Company.

 

II. Honest and Ethical Conduct

 

1. Each Manager must act in the utmost interest of the Company, and never use the Company’s assets or his or her position or work at the Company to obtain any personal benefit for himself or herself, for his or her family, or for any other person, including the acceptance of commissions;

 

2. Each Manager must conduct himself or herself in an honest and ethical manner, and refrain from any conduct that creates a conflict, whether actual or apparent, between the interests of the Manager and the Company;

 

3. Each Manager must provide to the Company business opportunities obtained by the use of corporate property, information, position or work at the Company, and may not in any way take advantage of such business opportunities for himself or herself, or direct such opportunities to third parties.

 

III. Compliance with Disclosure Procedures

 

When making public disclosures, each Manager must strictly adhere to the Company’s relevant disclosure procedures and the requirements of the Disclosure Committee, and ensure that such disclosure is complete, fair, accurate, timely and clear. Each Manager must always report financial and operating numbers truthfully. Account fabrication, manipulation and other reporting misconduct are strictly prohibited. Managers must never disclose information that may have an effect on the market price of the Company’s securities in a manner not prescribed in the Company’s relevant disclosure procedures, and must never divulge any business secret of the Company.

 

IV. Protection of the Company’s Assets

 

All Managers should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their reasonable use, handle Company assets in a careful and diligent manner and ensure that all Company assets are used only for legitimate business purposes.

 

V. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

 

Managers must strictly adhere to all applicable domestic and foreign laws, rules and regulations, including laws and regulations prohibiting insider trading (directly or indirectly by tipping others) based on non-public information relating to the Company or any other company. If a Manager is uncertain about the legality of certain actions, the Manager should consult with the Company’s internal or external counsel before taking such actions.

 



 

VI. Disciplinary Action for Violations of the Code of Ethics

 

When a Manager has violated a provision of this Code, the Company will take disciplinary actions based on the nature of the misconduct and the degree of damage to the Company.

 

The Company’s senior management and Board of Directors are responsible for the administration and interpretation of this Code. The Company may, in light of the requirements of laws and regulations and regulatory agencies, amend the provisions of this Code. Any employee who becomes aware of any violation by a Manager of this Code or other Company policies, laws, rules or regulations is required to notify the appropriate persons at the Company based on the circumstances. Employees may also report violations to the Disclosure Committee or directly report to the Board of Directors of the Company by contacting the Company’s Hong Kong Secretary (Tel: 852-2121-3220). Any employee who is unsure of whether a Manager’s conduct violates this Code or other Company policies, laws, rules or regulations should consult with the appropriate person listed above. The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against employees who report possible violations of this Code or other Company policies, laws, rules or regulations.

 


Exhibit 12.1

 

Certification

 

I, Wang Jianzhou, certify that:

 

1.                I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Unicom Limited;

 

2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

a)               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)              Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c)               Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date:  June 24, 2004

/s/ Wang Jianzhou

 

 

Name:

Wang Jianzhou

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 12.2

 

Certification

 

I, Tong Jilu, certify that:

 

1.                I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Unicom Limited;

 

2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

a)               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)              Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c)               Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date:  June 24, 2004

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

Name:

Tong Jilu

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 13.1

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Unicom Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Exchange Act and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated:  June 24, 2004

/s/ Wang Jianzhou

 

 

Name:

Wang Jianzhou

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C § 1350 and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section.

 


Exhibit 13.2

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Unicom Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Exchange Act and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated:  June 24, 2004

/s/ Tong Jilu

 

 

Name:

Tong Jilu

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C § 1350 and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section.